LINCOLN NAVIGATOR Owner's Manual 2023
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of release. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or
equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any
form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2022
All rights reserved.
Part Number: -202207-20220818190032
California Proposition 65
WARNING: Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more
information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash your hands after handling.
Contacting Us
Contacting Us ..................................................17
Introduction
About This Publication ..................................19
Using This Publication ..................................20
Symbols Glossary
Symbols Used on Your Vehicle ...................21
Data Privacy
Data Privacy ....................................................24
Service Data ....................................................25
Event Data .......................................................26
Settings Data ..................................................26
Connected Vehicle Data ..............................27
Mobile Device Data .......................................27
Emergency Call System Data .....................28
Visual Search
Steering Wheel ..............................................29
Instrument Panel .............................................31
Vehicle Interior ...............................................33
Front Exterior ..................................................35
Rear Exterior ....................................................37
Child Safety
Child Safety Precautions .............................39
Child Restraint Anchor Points .....................40
Child Restraints ...............................................41
Installing Child Restraints ............................44
Booster Seats .................................................48
Child Safety Locks ..........................................51
Seatbelts
Seatbelt Precautions ....................................52
Fastening and Unfastening the Seatbelts
.........................................................................53
Sensitive Locking Mode ...............................54
Automatic Locking Mode .............................54
Adjusting the Seatbelts During Pregnancy
........................................................................55
Adjusting the Seatbelt Height ....................56
Seatbelt Reminder .........................................56
Checking the Seatbelts ...............................58
Seatbelt Extensions ......................................58
Personal Safety System™
What Is the Personal Safety System .........60
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work .............................................................60
Personal Safety System Components
........................................................................60
Airbags
How Do the Front Airbags Work ................61
How Do the Side Airbags Work ..................61
How Does the Safety Canopy™ Work .......62
Airbag Precautions ........................................63
Properly Adjusting the Driver and Front
Passenger Seats ........................................64
Children and Airbags ....................................65
Front Passenger Sensing System .............65
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator ........68
Disposing of Airbags ....................................69
911 Assist
What Is 911 Assist ...........................................70
How Does 911 Assist Work ..........................70
Emergency Call Requirements ...................70
1
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Emergency Call Limitations ..........................71
Keys and Remote Controls
Remote Control Limitations .........................72
Using the Remote Control ...........................72
Removing the Key Blade ..............................73
Sounding the Panic Alarm ...........................73
Locating Your Vehicle ...................................73
Changing the Remote Control Battery
.........................................................................73
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
.........................................................................75
Programming the Remote Control ............75
Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting .........................................77
Phone as a Key
What Is Phone as a Key ................................78
Phone as a Key Limitations .........................78
Programming Your Phone ...........................78
Using the Valet Mode ...................................79
Using the Backup Start Passcode .............79
Phone as a Key – Troubleshooting ...........80
MyKey™
What Is MyKey ................................................82
MyKey Settings ..............................................82
Creating a MyKey ..........................................83
Programming a MyKey .................................84
Clearing All MyKeys ......................................84
Checking MyKey System Status ................84
Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems
.........................................................................84
MyKey – Troubleshooting ...........................85
Doors and Locks
Operating the Doors From Outside Your
Vehicle ..........................................................87
Operating the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle ..........................................................87
Autounlock ......................................................88
Autolock ...........................................................88
Mislock .............................................................88
Doors and Locks Audible Warnings .........89
Doors and Locks – Troubleshooting ........89
Keyless Entry
What Is Keyless Entry ....................................91
Keyless Entry Limitations ..............................91
Keyless Entry Settings ...................................91
Using Keyless Entry .......................................91
Keyless Entry – Troubleshooting ...............92
Keyless Entry Keypad
What Is the Keyless Entry Keypad .............93
Keyless Entry Keypad Limitations .............93
Locating the Keyless Entry Keypad ..........93
Keyless Entry Keypad Master Access Code
.........................................................................93
Keyless Entry Keypad Personal Access
Codes ...........................................................94
Using the Keyless Entry Keypad ................95
Keyless Entry Keypad – Troubleshooting
........................................................................96
Easy Entry and Exit
How Does Easy Entry and Exit Work ........97
Switching Easy Entry and Exit On and Off
.........................................................................97
2
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Liftgate
Liftgate Precautions ......................................98
Opening the Liftgate .....................................98
Setting the Liftgate Opening Height .......100
Closing the Liftgate .....................................100
Stopping the Liftgate Movement .............103
Liftgate Obstacle Detection ......................103
Opening and Closing the Liftgate Window
.......................................................................103
Liftgate – Troubleshooting ........................104
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System .........................106
Anti-Theft Alarm System ............................106
Anti-Theft Alarm System Settings ............107
Security – Troubleshooting .......................108
Power Running Boards
Power Running Board Precautions ..........110
Power Running Board Settings .................110
Deploying and Stowing the Power Running
Boards ...........................................................111
Power Running Boards – Troubleshooting
.........................................................................111
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ....................112
Resetting the Stopping Position ................112
Horn ..................................................................112
Switching the Heated Steering Wheel On
and Off .........................................................112
Adjustable Pedals
Adjusting the Pedals ....................................113
Wipers and Washers
Wipers ..............................................................114
Autowipers ......................................................114
Switching the Rear Window Wiper On and
Off .................................................................115
Reverse Wipe .................................................115
Checking the Wiper Blades ........................116
Replacing the Front Wiper Blades ............116
Replacing the Rear Wiper Blades .............117
Washers ...........................................................117
Wipers and Washers – Troubleshooting
........................................................................119
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lighting Control ............................120
Headlamps ....................................................120
Headlamps – Troubleshooting ..................121
Autolamps .......................................................121
Exterior Lamps ..............................................122
Automatic High Beam Control ..................124
Automatic High Beam Control –
Troubleshooting .......................................127
Glare Free Lighting ......................................127
Glare Free Lighting – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................130
Adaptive Front Lighting ..............................130
Interior Lighting
Switching All of the Interior Lamps On and
Off ................................................................132
Switching the Front Interior Lamps On and
Off ................................................................132
Switching the Rear Interior Lamps On and
Off ................................................................132
3
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Interior Lamp Function ................................133
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Lighting
Brightness ..................................................133
Ambient Lighting ..........................................133
Interior Lighting – Troubleshooting .........133
Windows
Opening and Closing the Windows ........134
Global Opening ............................................134
Window Bounce-Back ................................135
Locking the Rear Window Controls .........135
Interior Mirror
Interior Mirror Precautions .........................136
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror ....................136
Childminder Mirror .......................................136
Exterior Mirrors
Adjusting the Exterior Mirrors ...................138
Folding the Exterior Mirrors .......................138
Auto-Dimming Exterior Mirror ...................139
Moonroof
Opening and Closing the Sunshade .......140
Opening and Closing the Moonroof .......140
Venting the Moonroof ..................................141
Moonroof Bounce-Back ..............................141
Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster Overview ....................142
Tachometer ....................................................143
Speedometer ................................................143
Fuel Gauge ....................................................143
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge ......144
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge .......................144
Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge
.......................................................................144
What Are the Instrument Cluster Warning
Lamps ..........................................................144
Instrument Cluster Warning Lamps .........144
What Are the Instrument Cluster Indicators
.......................................................................146
Instrument Cluster Indicators ....................146
Instrument Cluster Display
Using the Instrument Cluster Display
Controls ......................................................148
Instrument Cluster Display Main Menu
.......................................................................148
Trip Computer ...............................................149
Customizing the Instrument Cluster Display
.......................................................................150
Personalized Settings
Changing the Language ..............................151
Changing the Measurement Unit ..............151
Changing the Temperature Unit ................151
Changing the Tire Pressure Unit ..............151
Head Up Display
What Is the Head Up Display ....................152
Switching the Head Up Display On and Off
.......................................................................152
Head Up Display Settings ..........................152
Head Up Display Indicators .......................154
Head Up Display – Troubleshooting ......155
4
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Remote Start
What Is Remote Start ...................................156
Remote Start Precautions ..........................156
Remote Start Limitations ............................156
Enabling Remote Start ................................156
Remotely Starting and Stopping the
Vehicle ........................................................156
Extending the Remote Start Duration
.......................................................................157
Remote Start Remote Control Indicators
.......................................................................157
Remote Start Settings .................................157
Climate Control
Identifying the Climate Control Unit ........159
Switching Climate Control On and Off
.......................................................................159
Switching Recirculated Air On and Off
.......................................................................159
Switching Air Conditioning On and Off
.......................................................................159
Switching Defrost On and Off ...................159
Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off
.......................................................................159
Switching Maximum Cooling On and Off
.......................................................................160
Switching the Heated Rear Window On
and Off ........................................................160
Setting the Blower Motor Speed .............160
Setting the Temperature ............................160
Directing the Flow of Air ............................160
Auto Mode ......................................................161
Climate Control Hints ..................................162
Rear Passenger Climate Control
Identifying the Rear Passenger Climate
Control Unit ...............................................164
Switching the Rear Passenger Climate
Controls On and Off ................................164
Setting the Blower Motor Speed .............164
Setting the Temperature ............................165
Directing the Flow of Air ............................165
Rear Auto Mode ...........................................165
Rear Passenger Climate Control Indicators
.......................................................................165
Interior Air Quality
What Is the Cabin Air Filter ........................166
Replacing the Cabin Air Filter ...................166
Front Seats
Front Seat Precautions ...............................167
Sitting in the Correct Position ...................167
Power Seats ..................................................168
Massage Seats ..............................................172
Heated Seats .................................................173
Ventilated Seats ............................................174
Rear Seats
Manual Seats .................................................175
Power Seats ...................................................179
Massage Seats .............................................182
Heated Seats ................................................182
Ventilated Seats ...........................................183
Rear Occupant Alert System
What is the Rear Occupant Alert System
.......................................................................184
5
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System
Work ............................................................184
Rear Occupant Alert System Precautions
.......................................................................184
Rear Occupant Alert System Limitations
.......................................................................184
Switching Rear Occupant Alert System On
and Off ........................................................185
Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators
.......................................................................185
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Warnings ....................................................185
Memory Function
What Is the Memory Function ...................186
Memory Function Precautions ..................186
Locating the Memory Function Buttons
.......................................................................186
Saving a Preset Position ............................186
Recalling a Preset Position ........................186
Garage Door Opener
Garage Door Opener Introduction ..........188
Garage Door Opener Precautions and
Frequencies ..............................................188
Programming the Garage Door Opener
.......................................................................189
Garage Door Opener Additional
Assistance .................................................192
USB Ports
Locating the USB Ports ...............................193
Playing Media Using the USB Port ..........193
Charging a Device .......................................194
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 12V
Power Outlet
What Is the Power Outlet ...........................195
Power Outlet Precautions ..........................195
Locating the Power Outlets .......................195
Power Outlet - Vehicles With:
110V Power Outlet
What Is the Power Outlet ...........................196
Power Outlet Precautions ..........................196
Power Outlet Limitations ............................196
Locating the Power Outlets .......................196
Power Outlet Indicators ..............................197
Wireless Accessory Charger
What Is the Wireless Accessory Charger
.......................................................................198
Wireless Accessory Charger Precautions
.......................................................................198
Locating the Wireless Accessory Charger
.......................................................................198
Charging a Wireless Device ......................198
Storage
Overhead Storage ......................................200
Glove Compartment ...................................200
Center Console ...........................................200
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Precautions ...............................................201
Push Button Ignition Switch ......................201
Starting the Engine .....................................202
Engine Block Heater ..................................203
Stopping the Engine ...................................204
Automatic Engine Stop ..............................204
6
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Accessing the Passive Key Backup
Position ......................................................205
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Troubleshooting ......................................206
Auto-Start-Stop
What Is Auto-Start-Stop .............................208
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions ....................208
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off
......................................................................208
Stopping the Engine ..................................208
Restarting the Engine ................................208
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators ........................208
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting ........209
Fuel and Refueling
Fuel and Refueling Precautions ................211
Fuel Quality ...................................................212
Locating the Fuel Filler Funnel .................212
Running Out of Fuel ....................................213
Refueling ........................................................214
Fuel Tank Capacity ......................................216
Fuel and Refueling – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................217
Catalytic Converter
What Is the Catalytic Converter ...............218
Catalytic Converter Precautions ..............218
Catalytic Converter – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................219
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission Precautions .....220
Automatic Transmission Positions ..........220
Shifting Your Vehicle Into Gear ................221
Automatic Transmission Position Indicators
.......................................................................221
Manually Shifting Gears .............................221
Temporary Neutral Mode ..........................222
Automatic Return to Park (P) ....................223
Automatic Transmission Audible Warnings
......................................................................223
Four-Wheel Drive
How Does Four-Wheel Drive Work ........224
Four-Wheel Drive Precautions .................224
Four-Wheel Drive Limitations ..................225
Selecting a Four-Wheel Drive Mode ......226
Four-Wheel Drive Modes ..........................226
Four-Wheel Drive Indicators .....................227
Four-Wheel Drive – Troubleshooting ......227
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential
What Is the Electronic Limited-Slip
Differential ................................................230
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential –
Troubleshooting .......................................231
Brakes
Brake Precautions .......................................232
Anti-Lock Braking System .........................232
Brake Over Accelerator .............................232
Locating the Brake Fluid Reservoir ........232
Checking the Brake Fluid .........................232
Brake Fluid Specification ..........................233
Brakes – Troubleshooting .........................233
Electric Parking Brake
What Is the Electric Parking Brake .........235
Applying the Electric Parking Brake .......235
7
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Applying the Electric Parking Brake in an
Emergency ...............................................235
Manually Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake ..........................................................235
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake ..........................................236
Electric Parking Brake Audible Warning
......................................................................236
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the
Vehicle Battery Has Run Out of Charge
......................................................................236
Electric Parking Brake – Troubleshooting
......................................................................236
Reverse Braking Assist
What Is Reverse Braking Assist ...............238
How Does Reverse Braking Assist Work
......................................................................238
Reverse Braking Assist Precautions ......238
Switching Reverse Braking Assist On and
Off ...............................................................239
Overriding Reverse Braking Assist .........239
Reverse Braking Assist Indicators ..........239
Reverse Braking Assist – Troubleshooting
......................................................................240
Hill Start Assist
What Is Hill Start Assist ..............................242
How Does Hill Start Assist Work .............242
Hill Start Assist Precautions .....................242
Hill Start Assist – Troubleshooting .........242
Auto Hold
How Does Auto Hold Work ......................243
Switching Auto Hold On and Off .............243
Using Auto Hold ..........................................243
Auto Hold Indicators ..................................244
Traction Control
What Is Traction Control ............................245
How Does Traction Control Work ...........245
Switching Traction Control On and Off
......................................................................245
Traction Control Indicator .........................245
Traction Control – Troubleshooting .......246
Stability Control
How Does Stability Control Work ............247
Switching Stability Control On and Off
......................................................................248
Stability Control Indicator ..........................249
Hill Descent Control
What Is Hill Descent Control ....................250
How Does Hill Descent Control Work
......................................................................250
Hill Descent Control Precautions ...........250
Switching Hill Descent Control On and Off
......................................................................250
Setting the Hill Descent Speed ................251
Hill Descent Control Indicator ..................251
Hill Descent Control – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................251
Steering
Electric Power Steering .............................252
Steering – Troubleshooting .....................252
Parking Aids
Parking Aid Precautions ............................255
Switching Parking Aid On and Off ..........256
Rear Parking Aid ..........................................256
8
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Front Parking Aid .........................................257
Side Parking Aid ..........................................258
Parking Aid Indicators ................................259
Parking Aids – Troubleshooting ..............259
360 Degree Camera
What Is the 360 Degree Camera .............261
How Does the 360 Degree Camera Work
.......................................................................261
360 Degree Camera Precautions ............261
360 Degree Camera Limitations ............262
Locating the 360 Degree Cameras .......262
360 Degree Camera Guide Lines ..........262
360 Degree Camera Settings ..................263
Active Park Assist
What Is Active Park Assist ........................265
How Does Active Park Assist Work .......265
Active Park Assist Precautions ................265
Switching Active Park Assist On and Off
......................................................................265
Entering a Parallel Parking Space ..........266
Entering a Perpendicular Parking Space
......................................................................266
Exiting a Parking Space .............................267
Active Park Assist – Troubleshooting
......................................................................267
Adaptive Cruise Control
How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With
Stop and Go Work ..................................270
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions .....270
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations ........271
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and
Off ...............................................................273
Adaptive Cruise Control Automatic
Cancellation ..............................................274
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Speed
......................................................................274
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Gap
......................................................................275
Canceling the Set Speed ..........................276
Resuming the Set Speed ..........................276
Overriding the Set Speed .........................278
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators ........278
Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control
to Cruise Control .....................................278
Lane Centering ............................................279
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control ........282
Adaptive Cruise Control – Troubleshooting
......................................................................284
ActiveGlide™
What Is ActiveGlide™ ..................................286
How Does ActiveGlide™ Work .................286
ActiveGlide™ Precautions ..........................287
ActiveGlide™ Requirements ......................288
ActiveGlide™ Limitations ............................288
ActiveGlide™ Settings .................................289
Switching ActiveGlide™ On and Off ........289
ActiveGlide™ Alerts .....................................290
ActiveGlide™ Automatic Cancellation .....290
ActiveGlide™ Indicators ...............................291
ActiveGlide™ – Troubleshooting ...............291
Drive Mode Control
What Is Drive Mode Control .....................294
How Does Drive Mode Control Work .....294
Selecting a Drive Mode .............................295
Drive Modes .................................................295
Drive Mode Control – Troubleshooting
......................................................................298
9
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Lane Keeping System
What Is the Lane Keeping System ..........300
How Does the Lane Keeping System Work
......................................................................300
Lane Keeping System Precautions ........300
Lane Keeping System Limitations ............301
Switching the Lane Keeping System On
and Off ........................................................301
Switching the Lane Keeping System Mode
.......................................................................301
Alert Mode ....................................................302
Aid Mode .......................................................302
Alert and Aid Mode ....................................303
Lane Keeping System Indicators ............303
Blind Spot Assist .........................................304
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer Coverage
......................................................................306
Lane Keeping System – Troubleshooting
......................................................................308
Blind Spot Information System
What Is Blind Spot Information System
........................................................................311
How Does Blind Spot Information System
Work .............................................................311
Blind Spot Information System Precautions
........................................................................311
Blind Spot Information System Limitations
........................................................................311
Blind Spot Information System
Requirements ............................................312
Switching Blind Spot Information System
On and Off .................................................312
Locating the Blind Spot Information System
Sensors .......................................................312
Blind Spot Information System With Trailer
Coverage ...................................................313
Blind Spot Information System Indicators
.......................................................................315
Blind Spot Information System –
Troubleshooting .......................................316
Cross Traffic Alert
What Is Cross Traffic Alert ..........................317
How Does Cross Traffic Alert Work .........317
Cross Traffic Alert Precautions ..................317
Cross Traffic Alert Limitations ...................318
Switching Cross Traffic Alert On and Off
.......................................................................318
Locating the Cross Traffic Alert Sensors
.......................................................................318
Cross Traffic Alert Indicators .....................319
Cross Traffic Alert – Troubleshooting
......................................................................320
Pre-Collision Assist
What Is Pre-Collision Assist .......................321
How Does Pre-Collision Assist Work ......321
Pre-Collision Assist Precautions ..............321
Pre-Collision Assist Limitations ...............322
Switching Pre-Collision Assist On and Off
......................................................................323
Locating the Pre-Collision Assist Sensors
......................................................................324
Distance Indication .....................................325
Distance Alert ...............................................327
Automatic Emergency Braking ................327
Evasive Steering Assist ..............................327
Pre-Collision Assist – Troubleshooting
......................................................................328
10
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Driver Alert
What Is Driver Alert .....................................330
How Does Driver Alert Work ....................330
Driver Alert Precautions ............................330
Driver Alert Limitations ...............................331
Switching Driver Alert On and Off ...........331
Driver Alert – Troubleshooting .................331
Speed Sign Recognition
What Is Speed Sign Recognition .............332
How Does Speed Sign Recognition Work
......................................................................332
Speed Sign Recognition Precautions .....332
Speed Sign Recognition Limitations ......332
Speed Sign Recognition Indicators ........333
Setting the Speed Sign Recognition Speed
Warning ......................................................333
Setting the Speed Sign Recognition Speed
Tolerance ...................................................333
Speed Sign Recognition – Troubleshooting
......................................................................334
Load Carrying
Load Carrying Precautions .......................336
Locating the Safety Compliance
Certification Labels .................................337
What Is the Gross Axle Weight Rating
......................................................................337
What Is the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
......................................................................337
What Is the Gross Combined Weight
Rating .........................................................337
Calculating Payload ....................................338
Calculating the Load Limit ........................338
Roof Rack ......................................................340
Luggage Compartment
Luggage Compartment Precautions .......341
Installing and Removing the Luggage
Compartment Cargo Net .......................341
Adjusting the Luggage Compartment Load
Floor ...........................................................342
Adjusting the Luggage Compartment
Divider ........................................................343
Connecting a Trailer
Connecting a Trailer Precautions ............345
Hitches ...........................................................345
Connecting a Trailer ...................................346
Connecting a Trailer – Troubleshooting
......................................................................348
Towing a Trailer
Towing a Trailer Precautions ....................349
Trailer Brake Precautions ..........................349
Towing a Trailer Limitations ......................350
Loading Your Trailer ...................................350
Trailer Towing Hints ....................................350
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft ..................................................351
Towing Weights and Dimensions ............352
Towing a Trailer – Troubleshooting ........354
Integrated Trailer Brake
Controller
What Is the Integrated Trailer Brake
Controller ..................................................356
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller
Precautions ..............................................356
Using the Integrated Trailer Brake
Controller ..................................................356
Adjusting the Integrated Trailer Brake
Controller Mode ......................................358
11
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller –
Troubleshooting ......................................359
Trailer Sway Control
How Does Trailer Sway Control Work
.......................................................................361
Trailer Sway Control Precautions .............361
Switching Trailer Sway Control On and Off
.......................................................................361
Trailer Backup Assistance
What is Trailer Backup Assistance ..........362
How Does Trailer Backup Assistance Work
......................................................................362
Trailer Backup Assistance Precautions
......................................................................362
Setting Up the Trailer Backup Assistance
for a Conventional Trailer .....................363
Switching Trailer Backup Assistance On
and Off .......................................................366
Using the Trailer Backup Assistance
Controller ..................................................366
Using the Trailer Backup Assistance Views
......................................................................367
Trailer Backup Assistance –
Troubleshooting ......................................369
Trailer Reverse Guidance
What Is Trailer Reverse Guidance ...........375
How Does Trailer Reverse Guidance Work
......................................................................375
Trailer Reverse Guidance Precautions
......................................................................375
Setting Up Trailer Reverse Guidance for a
Conventional Trailer ...............................375
Switching Trailer Reverse Guidance On
and Off .......................................................378
Using Trailer Reverse Guidance Views
......................................................................378
Trailer Reverse Guidance –
Troubleshooting ......................................380
Driving Hints
Cold Weather Precautions ........................384
Driving on Snow and Ice ...........................384
Breaking-In ....................................................384
Driving Economically ..................................384
Driving in Special Conditions ...................385
Driving Through Shallow Water ..............386
Floor Mats ......................................................387
Crash and Breakdown
Information
Roadside Assistance ..................................389
Switching the Hazard Flashers On and Off
......................................................................390
Jump Starting the Vehicle .........................390
Post-Crash Alert System ...........................392
Post Impact Braking ....................................393
Automatic Crash Shutoff ...........................393
Recovery Towing .........................................394
Transporting the Vehicle ...........................395
Towing Your Vehicle
Towing Your Vehicle Precautions ............397
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle - 4x4
......................................................................397
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle - 4x2
......................................................................399
Emergency Towing .....................................399
Towing Your Vehicle – Troubleshooting
......................................................................400
12
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Fuses
Fuse Precautions .........................................401
Under Hood Fuse Box ................................401
Body Control Module Fuse Box ..............408
Identifying Fuse Types ................................413
Fuses – Troubleshooting ...........................413
Maintenance
Maintenance Precautions ..........................414
Opening and Closing the Hood ...............414
Under Hood Overview ................................415
Engine Oil .......................................................417
Checking the Coolant .................................418
Engine Air Filter ...........................................423
Changing the Fuel Filter ............................424
Changing the 12V Battery .........................424
Adjusting the Headlamps ..........................427
Exterior Bulbs ...............................................428
Interior Bulbs ................................................428
Drive Belt Routing .......................................428
Vehicle Care
Cleaning Products ......................................429
Cleaning the Exterior .................................430
Cleaning the Interior ...................................432
Repairing Minor Paint Damage ................434
Waxing Your Vehicle ...................................434
Storing Your Vehicle
Preparing Your Vehicle for Storage ........435
Removing Your Vehicle From Storage
......................................................................436
Wheel and Tire Information
Locating the Tire label ...............................437
Department of Transportation Uniform Tire
Quality Grades .........................................437
Information on the Tire Sidewall .............438
Glossary of Tire Terminology ...................443
Tire Replacement Requirements .............444
Using Snow Chains .....................................446
Tire Care
Checking the Tire Pressures ....................449
Inflating the Tires .........................................449
Inspecting the Tire for Wear .....................449
Inspecting the Tire for Damage ..............450
Inspecting the Wheel Valve Stems ..........451
Tire Rotation ..................................................451
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
What Is the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System .......................................................453
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Overview
......................................................................453
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Precautions ...............................................454
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Limitations ................................................455
Viewing the Tire Pressures ......................455
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Troubleshooting ......................................455
Changing a Road Wheel
Changing a Flat Tire ...................................459
Wheel Nuts ...................................................465
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications .................................467
13
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Motorcraft Parts ...........................................468
Engine Oil Capacity and Specification
......................................................................469
Cooling System Capacity and Specification
.......................................................................471
Fuel Tank Capacity ......................................473
Air Conditioning System Capacity and
Specification .............................................474
Washer Fluid Specification .......................475
Brake Fluid Specification ...........................475
Transfer Case Fluid Capacity and
Specification .............................................477
Front Axle Fluid Capacity and Specification
......................................................................478
Rear Axle Fluid Capacity and Specification
......................................................................479
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number .................480
Connected Vehicle
What Is a Connected Vehicle ....................481
Connected Vehicle Requirements ...........481
Connected Vehicle Limitations .................481
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network ......................................................481
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network
......................................................................482
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting
......................................................................482
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot ............484
Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Name
or Password ..............................................484
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot – Troubleshooting
......................................................................485
Audio System
Audio System Precautions .......................486
Identifying the Audio Unit .........................486
Switching the Audio Unit On and Off .....486
Selecting the Audio Source .....................486
Playing or Pausing the Audio Source .....486
Adjusting the Volume .................................487
Switching Shuffle Mode On and Off .......487
Switching Repeat Mode On and Off ......487
Setting a Memory Preset ...........................487
Muting the Audio .........................................487
Adjusting the Sound Settings ..................487
Setting the Clock and Date ......................488
AM/FM Radio ................................................488
Switching the Display On and Off ...........489
Digital Radio .................................................489
Satellite Radio ...............................................491
Audio System – Troubleshooting ...........493
Rear Passenger Audio Controls
Identifying the Rear Passenger Audio
Controls .....................................................497
Switching the Rear Passenger Audio
Controls On and Off ...............................497
Selecting the Audio Source ......................497
Playing and Pausing the Audio Source
......................................................................497
Adjusting the Volume .................................497
Switching Shuffle Mode On and Off .......497
Switching Repeat Mode On and Off ......497
Changing the Radio Station ......................497
14
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Center Display Overview
Center Display Precautions ......................498
Center Display Limitations ........................498
Status Bar ......................................................498
Feature Bar ...................................................499
Information On Demand Screen .............500
Rebooting the Center Display .................500
Voice Interaction
Lincoln Personal Assistant .........................501
Alexa Built-In
What is Alexa Built-In .................................503
Alexa Built-In Requirements .....................503
Signing Into Your Account ........................503
Using Alexa Built-In ....................................503
Alexa Built-In Settings ................................503
Phone
Phone Precautions .....................................505
Connecting Your Phone ............................505
Phone Menu .................................................505
Making and Receiving a Phone Call ......507
Sending and Receiving a Text Message
......................................................................509
Switching Text Message Notification On
and Off ........................................................510
Bluetooth®
Connecting a Bluetooth® Device ..............511
Playing Media Using Bluetooth® ...............511
Apps
App Precautions ...........................................512
App Requirements .......................................512
Accessing Apps ............................................512
Enabling Apps on an iOS Device .............512
Enabling Apps on an Android Device
.......................................................................512
Switching Apple CarPlay On and Off ......513
Switching Android Auto On and Off .......513
Personal Profiles
How Do Personal Profiles Work ...............515
Enabling or Disabling Personal Profiles
.......................................................................515
Creating a Personal Profile ........................515
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Remote Control .....................................516
Navigation
Connected Navigation ................................517
Accessing Navigation .................................517
Navigation Map Updates ............................517
Adjusting the Map ........................................517
Live Traffic ......................................................517
Setting a Destination ...................................518
Waypoints ......................................................518
Route Guidance ............................................519
Vehicle Software Updates
Vehicle Software Updates ........................520
Software Update Settings ........................520
Software Update Indicators ......................521
Vehicle System Reset
Performing a System Reset ......................523
Accessories
Accessories ..................................................524
15
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
Lincoln Protect
What Is Lincoln Protect ..............................526
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information ..........529
Normal Scheduled Maintenance ............533
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance .............................................537
Customer Information
Rollover Warning ..........................................541
The Better Business Bureau Auto Line
Program - United States of America
.......................................................................541
The Mediation and Arbitration Program -
Canada ......................................................542
Ordering a Canadian French Owner's
Manual .......................................................543
Reporting Safety Defects in the United
States .........................................................543
Reporting Safety Defects in Canada ......544
Radio Frequency Certification Labels
......................................................................545
Perchlorate ...................................................590
Replacement Parts Recommendation
......................................................................590
Mobile Communications Equipment .......591
Federal Highway Administration
Regulation ..................................................591
End User License Agreement ...................591
Emission Law - United States of America
.......................................................................621
Export Unique Options ..............................622
Warranty Information ..................................623
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility ................625
16
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Table of Contents
If you require assistance or clarification on
policies or procedures, please contact the
customer relationship center.
United States
Lincoln
Lincoln Concierge
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126
1-800-521-4140
TDD for the hearing impaired:
7-1-1 (where offered by your telephone
service provider)
www.owner.lincoln.com
Lincoln Automotive Financial Services
- US Only
Lincoln Automotive Financial Services offers
a full range of financing and lease plans to
help you acquire your vehicle. We are
dedicated to providing answers, information
and a truly extraordinary experience.
For assistance call 1-888-498-8801, or for
more information about Lincoln Automotive
Financial Services and access to an account
manager, visit www.lincoln.com/finance.
Canada
Lincoln
Customer Relationship Centre
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8
1-800-387-9333
TDD for the hearing impaired:
7-1-1 (where offered by your telephone
service provider)
www.lincolncanada.com
Australia
Ford Motor Company
Attention: Customer Relationship Centre
Private Mail Bag 5
Fairlane Business Park #3
Campbellfield, Victoria, 3061
Telephone: 13 3673 (FORD)
E-mail: [email protected]
New Zealand
Ford Motor Company
Attention: Customer Relationship Centre
Private Bag 76912
Manukau City 2241
Telephone: 0800 367 369 (FORDNZ)
E-mail: [email protected]
China
Customer Relationship Center
Telephone: 400-988-6789
Email: [email protected]
Wechat Account: Lincoln_in_China
Weibo Account: Lincoln China
Asia Pacific
E-mail: [email protected]
17
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Contacting Us
Caribbean, Central America and Israel
Ford Motor Company
Ford Export Operations
Attention: Owner Relations
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, MI 48101
Fax: (313) 390-0804
Telephone: (313) 594-4857
E-mail: [email protected]
U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico
Ford Motor Company
Ford Export Operations
Attention: Owner Relations
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, MI 48101
Telephone: (800) 841-3673
E-mail: [email protected]
Chile
Ford Customer Service
Telephone: 800-470-408
Argentina
Telephone: 0800-888-3673
Brazil
www.ford.com.br
North Africa
E-mail: [email protected]
Sub-Saharan Africa
E-mail: [email protected]
Puerto Rico
Ford International Business Development,
Inc.
P.O. Box 11957
Caparra Heights Station
San Juan, PR 00922-1957
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
Fax: (313) 390-0804
E-mail: [email protected]
www.ford.com.pr
Middle East
Ford Middle East Customer Relationship
Center
P.O. Box 21740
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Telephone: 80004441066
Toll-free number for the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia: 8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell phone users in Saudi
Arabia: 800850078
Kuwait: 22280384
Local telephone number for Kuwait: +965 1
898900
Fax: +971 4 3327266
E-mail: [email protected]
www.me.ford.com
South Korea
Telephone: +82-02-1600-6003
E-mail: [email protected]
18
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Contacting Us
ABOUT THIS PUBLICATION
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
WARNING: You risk death, fire, or
serious injury to yourself and others if you
do not follow the instruction highlighted
by the warning symbol.
Thank you for choosing Lincoln. We
recommend that you take some time to get
to know your vehicle in order to benefit from
greater safety and pleasure from driving it.
Use this digital manual, that we have also
made available for your continued use
through the Lincoln Way app and your local
Lincoln website to familiarize yourself with
the basics.
Note: To download the Lincoln Way app,
visit your device's app store.
Note: To find the local Ford website, visit
https://corporate.ford.com/operations/
locations/global-links.html.
Note: Use and operate your vehicle in line
with all applicable laws and regulations.
Note: Pass on all printed owner’s information
when selling this vehicle.
Our digital resources include a
comprehensive digital owner’s manual that
is dynamically created according to the
features on your vehicle by using the vehicle
identification number. See Locating the
Vehicle Identification Number (page 480).
The digital owner’s manual includes visual
and full text search functions so that you can
quickly locate the information you are
looking for. It also includes links to a number
of how-to videos created to help you
understand some of the advanced
technologies on your vehicle.
Features and Options
This publication describes product features
and options available throughout the range
of available models, sometimes even before
they are generally available. It may describe
options that are not available on the vehicle
you have bought.
Illustrations
Some of the illustrations in this manual could
show features as used in different models,
some can appear different to you on your
vehicle.
Location of Components
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
19
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Introduction
E154903
Right-hand side.A
Left-hand side.B
USING THIS PUBLICATION
To quickly locate information about your
vehicle, use the word search within the
Owner's Manual application.
20
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Introduction
SYMBOLS USED ON YOUR
VEHICLE
These are some of the symbols you may see
on your vehicle.
E67017
Airbag
E162384
Air conditioning system
E231157
Air conditioning system lubricant
type
E67020
Anti-lock braking system
E139220
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
E67021
Battery
E139227
Battery acid
Blower motor
E139209
Brake fluid - non petroleum based
E67024
Brake system
E270480
Brake system
E139223
Cabin air filter
Check fuel cap
Child safety door lock or unlock
E139211
Child seat lower anchor
E141128
Child seat tether anchor
E332905
Cruise control
E139219
Do not open when hot
E139212
Electric Parking brake
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
E103308
Engine coolant temperature
E67022
Engine oil
E139221
Explosive gas
E139228
Fan warning
E71880
Fasten seatbelt
E231160
Flammable
Front fog lamps
21
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Symbols Glossary
Fuel pump reset
E139214
Fuse compartment
E75790
Hazard flashers
E67019
Headlamp high beams
E270968
Headlamps on
Heated rear window
E163171
Hill descent control
E270945
Horn control
Interior luggage compartment
release
E139231
Jack
E161353
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low fuel level
E139232
Low tire pressure warning
E139229
Maintain correct fluid level
E67028
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
E72343
Note operating instructions
Panic alarm
E139213
Parking aid
E71341
Parking lamps
E270849
Passenger airbag activated
E270850
Passenger airbag deactivated
Power steering fluid
E139216
Power windows front/rear
E139225
Power window lockout
E231159
Requires registered technician
E65963
Safety alert
E72021
See Owner's Manual
E231158
See Service Manual
Side airbag
22
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Symbols Glossary
E167012
Shield the eyes
E138639
Stability control
E130458
Stability control off
E332910
Trail control
E67018
Turn Signal
E73953
Windshield defrosting system
E270969
Windshield wiping system
E270967
Windshield wash and wipe
23
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Symbols Glossary
WARNING: Do not connect wireless
plug-in devices to the data link connector.
Unauthorized third parties could gain
access to vehicle data and impair the
performance of safety related systems.
Only allow repair facilities that follow our
service and repair instructions to connect
their equipment to the data link connector.
We respect your privacy and are committed
to protecting it. The information contained
in this publication was correct at the time of
release, but as technology rapidly changes,
we recommend that you visit the local
Lincoln website for the latest information.
Your vehicle has electronic control units that
have data recording functionality and the
ability to permanently or temporarily store
data. This data could include information on
the condition and status of your vehicle,
vehicle maintenance requirements, events
and malfunctions. The types of data that can
be recorded are described in this section.
Some of the data recorded is stored in event
logs or error logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service
or repair.
Note: We may provide information in
response to requests from law enforcement,
other government authorities and third
parties acting with lawful authority or through
a legal process. Such information could be
used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Operating states of system components,
for example fuel level, tire pressure and
battery charge level.
• Vehicle and component status, for
example wheel speed, deceleration,
lateral acceleration and seatbelt status.
• Events or errors in essential systems, for
example headlamps and brakes.
• System responses to driving situations,
for example airbag deployment and
stability control.
• Environmental conditions, for example
temperature.
Some of this data, when used in combination
with other information, for example an
accident report, damage to a vehicle or
eyewitness statements, could be associated
with a specific person.
Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use
data, for example account information,
vehicle location and driving characteristics,
that could identify you. We transmit this data
through a dedicated, protected connection.
We only collect and use data to enable your
use of our services to which you have
subscribed, with your consent or where
permitted by law. For additional information,
see the terms and conditions of the services
to which you have subscribed.
For additional information about our privacy
policy, refer to the local Lincoln website.
24
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Data Privacy
Services That Third Parties Provide
We recommend that you review the terms
and conditions and data privacy information
for any services equipped with your vehicle
or to which you subscribe. We take no
responsibility for services that third parties
provide.
Where equipped, SiriusXM with 360L may
use the modem. To disable, turn off the
SiriusXM with 360L or Vehicle Connectivity
setting. See Enabling and Disabling the
Modem (page 481).
SERVICE DATA
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing diagnostic
information about your vehicle. This
potentially includes information about the
performance or status of various systems
and modules in the vehicle, such as engine,
throttle, steering or brake systems. In order
to properly diagnose and service your
vehicle, Ford Motor Company (Ford of
Canada in Canada), and service and repair
facilities may access or share among them
vehicle diagnostic information received
through a direct connection to your vehicle
when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford of
Canada, in Canada) may, where permitted
by law, use vehicle diagnostic information
for vehicle improvement or with other
information we may have about you, for
example, your contact information, to offer
you products or services that may interest
you. Data may be provided to our service
providers such as part suppliers that may
help diagnose malfunctions, and who are
similarly obligated to protect data. We retain
this data only as long as necessary to
perform these functions or to comply with
law. We may provide information where
required in response to official requests to
law enforcement or other government
authorities or third parties acting with lawful
authority or court order, and such information
may be used in legal proceedings. For U.S.
only (if equipped), if you choose to use
connected apps and services, you consent
that certain diagnostic information may also
be accessed electronically by Ford Motor
Company and Ford authorized service
facilities, and that the diagnostic information
may be used to provide services to you,
personalizing your experience, troubleshoot,
and to improve products and services and
offer you products and services that may
interest you, where permitted by law. For
Canada only, for more information, please
review the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data storage
and use of service providers in other
jurisdictions who may be subject to legal
requirements in Canada, the United States
and other countries applicable to them, for
example, lawful requirements to disclose
personal information to governmental
authorities in those countries.
25
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Data Privacy
EVENT DATA
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder. The main purpose of an event data
recorder is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this
data will assist in understanding how a
vehicle’s systems performed. The event data
recorder is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for
a short period of time, typically 30 seconds
or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating.
• Whether or not the driver and passenger
seatbelts were buckled/fastened.
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or the
brake pedal.
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
• Where the driver was positioning the
steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded
by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data is recorded by the
event data recorder under normal driving
conditions and no personal data or
information (for example name, gender, age,
and crash location) is recorded. However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data with
the type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as law
enforcement, that have such special
equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder.
ActiveGlide Data (If Equipped)
If ActiveGlide is active in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, the
system may record driver attentiveness,
based on the direction of eyes and duration,
and photographs of the driver seat area.
Note: No data is recorded under normal
driving conditions.
SETTINGS DATA
Your vehicle has electronic control units that
have the ability to store data based on your
personalized settings. The data is stored
locally in the vehicle or on devices that you
connect to it, for example, a USB drive or
digital music player. You can delete some of
this data and also choose whether to share
it through the services to which you
subscribe.
26
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Data Privacy
Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Seat and steering wheel position.
• Climate control settings.
• Radio presets.
Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Music, videos or album art.
• Contacts and corresponding address
book entries.
• Navigation destinations.
CONNECTED VEHICLE DATA
The modem has a SIM. The
modem was enabled when your
vehicle was built and periodically
sends messages to stay connected to the
cell phone network, receive automatic
software updates and send vehicle-related
information to us, for example diagnostic
information. These messages could include
information that identifies your vehicle, the
SIM and the electronic serial number of the
modem. Cell phone network service
providers could have access to additional
information, for example cell phone network
tower identification. For additional
information about our privacy policy, visit
www.ConnectedLincoln.com or refer to your
local Lincoln website.
Note: The modem continues to send this
information unless you disable the modem
or stop the modem from sharing vehicle data
by changing the modem settings. See
Connected Vehicle (page 481).
Note: The service can be unavailable or
interrupted for a number of reasons, for
example environmental or topographical
conditions and data plan coverage.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has a
modem, visit www.ConnectedLincoln.com.
MOBILE DEVICE DATA
If you connect a mobile device to your
vehicle, you can display data from your
device on the touchscreen for example,
music and album art. You can share your
vehicle data with mobile apps on your device
through the system. See App Requirements
(page 512).
The mobile apps function operates by your
connected device sending data to us in the
United States. The data is encrypted and
includes, for example, the vehicle
identification number of your vehicle, the
SYNC module serial number, odometer,
enabled apps, usage statistics and
debugging information. We retain it only as
long as necessary to provide the service, to
troubleshoot, for continuous improvement
and to offer you products and services that
may be of interest to you according to your
preferences and where allowed by law.
27
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Data Privacy
If you connect a cell phone to the system,
the system creates a profile that links to that
cell phone. The cell phone profile enables
more mobile features and efficient operation.
The profile contains, for example data from
your phonebook, read and unread text
messages and call history, including history
of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system.
If you connect a media device, the system
creates and retains a media device index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short diagnostic log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent system
activity.
The cell phone profile, media device index
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when you
connect your cell phone or media device. If
you no longer plan to use the system or your
vehicle, we recommend you use the master
reset function to erase the stored
information. See Data Privacy (page 24).
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to your
vehicle's module.
For additional information about our privacy
policy, refer to the local Lincoln website.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has
connectivity technology, visit
www.ConnectedLincoln.com.
EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM DATA
When the emergency call system is active,
it may disclose to emergency services that
your vehicle has been in a crash involving
the deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to the emergency call system may
also be capable of electronically or verbally
disclosing to emergency services operators
your vehicle location or other details about
your vehicle or crash to assist emergency
services operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do not
activate the emergency call system.
Note: You cannot deactivate emergency call
systems that are required by law.
28
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Data Privacy
STEERING WHEEL
E358106
D
F
C
A B
I
G
H
E
29
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
See Adjusting the Volume (page 487).A
See Shifting Using the Paddle Shifters (page 221).B
See Using the Instrument Cluster Display Controls (page 148).C
See Using Lincoln Personal Assistant (page 501).D
See Selecting the Audio Source (page 486).E
See Accessing Navigation (page 517).F
See Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and Off (page 273).G
See Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Gap (page 275).H
See Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Speed (page 274). See Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Speed (page 274).I
30
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
INSTRUMENT PANEL
C
A B D
G
E358107
F E
H
31
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
See Instrument Cluster Overview (page 142).A
See Push Button Ignition Switch (page 201).B
See Status Bar (page 498).C
See Switching the 360 Degree Camera On and Off (page 263).D
See Opening the Glove Compartment (page 200).E
See Switching the Hazard Flashers On and Off (page 390).F
See Switching Climate Control On and Off (page 159).G
See Shifting Your Vehicle Into Gear (page 221).H
32
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
VEHICLE INTERIOR
D
E
CB
A
E358264
33
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
See Opening the Center Console (page 200).A
See Moving the Seat Backward and Forward (page 170).B
See Moving the Seat Backward and Forward (page 176).C
See Accessing the Third Row Seats (page 178).D
See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 167).E
34
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
FRONT EXTERIOR
A B C
DE
E358265
35
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
See Locating the 360 Degree Cameras (page 262).A
See Replacing the Front Wiper Blades (page 116).B
See Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the Key Blade (page 87).C
See Deploying and Stowing the Power Running Boards (page 111).D
See Accessing the Front Towing Point (page 394).E
36
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
REAR EXTERIOR
D
B
A
C
E358266
37
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
See Opening the Liftgate From Outside Your Vehicle (page 98).A
See Replacing the Rear Wiper Blades (page 117).B
See Locating the Rear Parking Aid Sensors (page 256).C
See Locating the 360 Degree Cameras (page 262).D
38
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Visual Search
CHILD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always make sure your
child is secured properly in a device that
is appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: All children are shaped
differently. The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration and other safety
organizations, base their recommendations
for child restraints on probable child height,
age and weight thresholds, or on the
minimum requirements of the law. We
recommend that you check with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician (CPST) to make sure that you
properly install the child restraint in your
vehicle and that you consult your
pediatrician to make sure you have a child
restraint appropriate for your child. To
locate a child restraint fitting station and
CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to
find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area.
Failure to properly restrain children in child
restraints made especially for their height,
age and weight, may result in an increased
risk of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or animals
to these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
WARNING: Do not place a rearward
facing child restraint in front of an active
airbag. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure children
12 years old and under in a rear seating
position whenever possible. If you are
unable to properly secure all children in a
rear seating position, properly secure the
largest child on the front seat. If you must
use a forward facing child restraint on the
front seat, move the seat as far back as
possible. Failure to follow these
instructions could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Always carefully follow
the instructions and warnings provided by
the manufacturer of any child restraint to
determine if the restraint device is
appropriate for your child's size, height,
weight, or age. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and warnings
provided for installation and use in
conjunction with the instructions and
warnings provided by your vehicle
39
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the child
may increase the risk of serious injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not allow a passenger
to hold a child on their lap when your
vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows, books
or towels to boost your child's height.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure child
restraints or booster seats when they are
not in use. They could become projectiles
in a sudden stop or crash. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not put the shoulder
section of the seatbelt or allow the child to
put the shoulder section of the seatbelt
under their arm or behind their back.
Failure to follow this instruction could
reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt
and increase the risk of injury or death in
a crash.
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
When installing a child restraint with
seatbelts:
• Place the vehicle seat in the upright
position before you install the child
restraint.
• Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the buckle.
Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button pointing
up and away from the child restraint, with
the tongue between the child restraint
and the release button, to prevent
accidental unbuckling.
• Put the seatbelt in the automatic locking
mode.
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHOR POINTS
WHAT ARE THE CHILD RESTRAINT
ANCHOR POINTS
Anchor points allow you to quickly and safely
install a child restraint.
LOCATING THE CHILD RESTRAINT
LOWER ANCHOR POINTS
Second Row Bench Seat
40
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
E347175
Second Row Bucket Seats
E347230
LOCATING THE CHILD RESTRAINT
TOP TETHER ANCHOR POINTS
Second Row Bench Seat
E347177
Second Row Bucket Seats
E347235
CHILD RESTRAINTS
CHILD RESTRAINT POSITION
INFORMATION
Install the child restraint tightly against the
vehicle seat. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint.
41
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
Rear Facing Child Restraints
Seatbelt OnlyLATCH (Lower Anchors Only)Combined Weight of Child and Child Restraint
XXUp to 65 lb (29 kg)
XOver 65 lb (29 kg)
Forward Facing Child Restraints
Seatbelt and LATCH (Lower Anchors
and Top Tether Anchor)
Seatbelt and Top Tether AnchorLATCH (Lower Anchors and Top
Tether Anchor)
Combined Weight of Child and Child
Restraint
XXXUp to 65 lb (29 kg)
XXOver 65 lb (29 kg)
42
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
CHILD RESTRAINTS RECOMMENDATION
Recommended Restraint TypeChild Size, Height, Weight, or Age
Use a child restraint (sometimes called an infant carrier,
convertible seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).
Use a belt-positioning booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child restraint (generally
children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four and less
than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer).
Use a vehicle seatbelt having the lap belt snug and low
across the hips, shoulder belt centered across the
shoulder and chest, and seat backrest upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least 57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb
(36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer).
You are required by law to properly use child
restraints for infants and toddlers in the
United States, Canada and Mexico.
Many states and provinces require that small
children use approved booster seats until
they reach age eight, a height of 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local
and state or provincial laws for specific
requirements about the safety of children in
your vehicle.
When possible, properly restrain children 12
years of age and under in a rear seating
position of your vehicle. Accident statistics
suggest that children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions than
in a front seating position.
When installing a rear facing child restraint,
adjust the vehicle seats to avoid interference
between the child restraint and the vehicle
seat in front of the child restraint.
43
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS
USING SEATBELTS
WARNING: Depending on where you
secure a child restraint, and depending on
the child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
Note: Although the child restraint illustrated
is a forward facing child restraint, the steps
are the same for installing a rear facing child
restraint.
Perform the following steps when installing
a child restraint with seatbelts.
1. Position the child restraint in a seat with
a seatbelt.
E142529
2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and then
grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt
together.
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according to
the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure you did not twist
the belt webbing.
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle for that seating position until the
latch engages. Make sure the tongue is
latched securely by pulling on it.
44
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder portion
of the belt and pull downward until you
pull all of the seatbelt out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats. This vehicle does not require the use
of a locking clip.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack.
The seatbelt clicks as it retracts to
indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Pull the seatbelt out of the retractor to
make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode. You should not
be able to pull more belt out. If the
retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt
and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
E142533
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining slack
that exists once you add the extra weight
of the child to the child restraint. It also
helps to achieve the proper snugness of
the child restraint to your vehicle.
Sometimes, a slight lean toward the
buckle helps to remove remaining slack
from the belt.
9. If the child restraint has a tether strap,
attach it.
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and back
to make sure the seat is securely held
in place.
45
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
To check this, grab the seat at the belt path
and attempt to move it side to side and
forward and back. There should be no more
than 1 in (2.5 cm) of movement.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician
to make certain the child restraint is properly
installed. In Canada, check with Transport
Canada for referral to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
USING LOWER ANCHORS AND
TETHERS FOR CHILDREN
WARNING: Do not attach two child
safety restraints to the same anchor. In a
crash, one anchor may not be strong
enough to hold two child safety restraint
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
WARNING: Depending on where you
secure a child restraint, and depending on
the child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
The Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH) system has three vehicle anchor
points:
• Two lower anchors where the vehicle
seat backrest and seat cushion meet,
called the seat bight.
• One top tether anchor behind that
seating position.
LATCH compatible child restraints have two
rigid or webbing mounted attachments.
These attachments connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need to
use seatbelts to attach the child restraint.
However, you can still use the seatbelt to
attach the child restraint if the lower anchors
are not used. For forward-facing child
restraints, you must also attach the top tether
strap to the proper top tether anchor if a top
tether strap has been provided with your
child restraint.
Follow the instructions later in this chapter
on attaching child restraints with tether
straps.
46
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
INSTALLING A CHILD RESTRAINT IN
A CENTER SEAT
WARNING: The standardized spacing
for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in (280 mm)
center to center. Do not use LATCH lower
anchors for the center seating position
unless the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions permit and specify using
anchors spaced at least as far apart as
those in this vehicle.
The lower anchors at the center of the
second row rear seat are spaced 11 in
(280 mm) apart. The lower anchors at the
center of the third row rear seat are spaced
19 in (488 mm) apart. The standardized
spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in
(280 mm) center to center.
You cannot install a child restraint with rigid
LATCH attachments at the center seating
position. You can only use LATCH
compatible child restraints with attachments
on belt webbing at this seating position
provided that the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions permit use with
the anchor spacing stated. Do not attach a
child restraint to any lower anchor if another
child restraint is attached to that anchor.
Each time you use the child restraint, check
that the seat is properly attached to the lower
anchors and tether anchor, if applicable. Tug
the child restraint from side to side and
forward and back where it is secured to the
vehicle. The seat should move less than 1 in
(2.5 cm).
If you did not properly anchor the child
restraint, the risk of a child being injured in
a crash greatly increases.
COMBINING THE SEATBELT AND
LOWER ANCHORS FOR ATTACHING
CHILD RESTRAINTS
When used in combination, you may attach
either the seatbelt or the LATCH lower
anchors first, provided a proper installation
is achieved. Attach the tether strap afterward,
if it is included with the child restraint.
USING TETHER STRAPS
Many forward-facing child restraints include
a tether strap which extends from the back
of the child restraint and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether anchor.
Tether straps are available as an accessory
for many older child restraints.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether strap
if the tether strap on your child restraint does
not reach the appropriate top tether anchor
in the vehicle.
47
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
Attach the tether strap only to the
appropriate tether anchor. The tether strap
may not work properly if attached
somewhere other than the correct tether
anchor.
If you install a child restraint with rigid LATCH
attachments, do not tighten the tether strap
enough to lift the child restraint off the
vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated
in it. Keep the tether strap just snug without
lifting the front of the child restraint. Keeping
the child restraint just touching the vehicle
seat gives the best protection in a severe
crash.
Once you have installed the child restraint
using either the seatbelt, the lower anchors
of the LATCH system, or both, you can attach
the top tether strap.
BOOSTER SEATS
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child restraint and meet the
following criteria.
• Generally children who are less than
57 in (1.45 m) tall.
• Are greater than age four (4) and less
than age twelve (12).
• Are between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb
(36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg).
Many state and provincial laws require that
children use approved booster seats until
they reach age eight, a height of 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer yes to all of these questions when
seated without a booster seat:
E142595
• Can the child sit all the way back against
their vehicle seat backrest with knees
bent comfortably at the edge of the seat
cushion?
• Can the child sit without slouching?
• Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for the
whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction with
your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
48
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
• Backless booster seats
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield.
If a vehicle seating position has a low seat
backrest or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head, as
measured at the tops of the ears, above the
top of the seat. In this case, move the
backless booster to another seating position
with a higher seat backrest or head restraint
and lap and shoulder belts, or consider using
a high-back booster seat.
E70710
• High-back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high-back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the lap
belt low and snug across the hips, never up
across the stomach, and lets you adjust the
shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest
snugly near the center of the shoulder.
The following drawings compare the ideal
fit to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to
the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip
off the shoulder. The drawings also show
how the lap belt should be low and snug
across the child's hips.
49
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
E142596
E142597
50
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat
upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner
under the booster seat may improve this
condition. Do not use any item thicker than
this under the booster seat. Check with the
booster seat manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
WARNING: You cannot open the rear
doors from inside if you have put the child
safety locks on.
E249891
A child safety lock is on the rear edge of
each rear door and must be set separately
for each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn it clockwise to switch the child lock on
and counterclockwise to switch it off.
Right-Hand Side
Turn it counterclockwise to switch the child
lock on and clockwise to switch it off.
51
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Child Safety
SEATBELT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Children must always be
properly restrained.
WARNING: Do not allow a passenger
to hold a child on their lap when your
vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system is
provided. Failure to properly wear your
seatbelt could seriously increase the risk
of injury or death.
WARNING: It is extremely dangerous
to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of
a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these
areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a seatbelt.
WARNING: Each seating position in
your vehicle has a specific seatbelt
assembly made up of one buckle and one
tongue designed to be used as a pair. Use
the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder
only. Never wear the shoulder belt under
the arm. Never use a single seatbelt for
more than one person.
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Seatbelts and seats may
be hot in a vehicle that is in the sunshine.
The hot seatbelts or seats may burn a small
child. Check seat covers and buckles
before you place a child anywhere near
them.
WARNING: If your vehicle is involved
in a crash, have the seatbelts and
associated components inspected as soon
as possible. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
All seating positions in this vehicle have
seatbelts. All occupants of the vehicle should
properly wear their seatbelts, even when an
airbag supplemental restraint system is
provided.
52
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Seatbelts
The seatbelt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
• A shoulder seatbelt with automatic
locking mode, except driver seatbelt.
• Height adjusters at the front outermost
seating positions.
• Seatbelt pretensioners at the front
outermost and rear outermost seating
positions.
E71880
A seatbelt warning light and chime.
E67017
Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
The seatbelt pretensioners are designed to
tighten the seatbelts when activated. In
frontal and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt
pretensioners may be activated alone or, if
the crash is of sufficient severity, together
with the front airbags. In side crashes and
rollovers, the pretensioners will be activated
when the Safety Canopy is activated.
FASTENING AND UNFASTENING
THE SEATBELTS
All seatbelts in your vehicle are a three-point
combination lap and shoulder seatbelt.
E338014
B
A
Seatbelt tongue.A
Seatbelt buckle.B
1. Pull the seatbelt out steadily.
Note: It may lock if you pull it sharply or if
the vehicle is on a slope.
2. Insert the tongue into the buckle.
3. Pull the seatbelt tight to remove any
slack.
Unfastening the Seatbelts
1. Press the red button on the buckle to
release the seatbelt.
2. Hold the seatbelt tongue and let it retract
completely and smoothly to its stowed
position.
E275033
53
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Seatbelts
The retractor for the third row center seatbelt
is in the roof.
To fasten the seatbelt:
1. Pull the belt out steadily. It may lock if
you pull it sharply or if the vehicle is on
a slope.
2. Insert the smaller tongue into the smaller
buckle to the left of the center seat.
3. Pull the larger tongue across the lap and
insert it into the buckle to the right of the
center seat.
Note: If in constant use, you can leave the
belt buckled in the smaller buckle. When it
is not in use, or when you fold or move the
rear seats, you should release the belt from
the smaller buckle. Using the tongue of the
adjacent seatbelt, press the red button on
the smaller buckle.
SENSITIVE LOCKING MODE
WHAT IS SENSITIVE LOCKING MODE
Sensitive locking mode is a seatbelt retractor
feature that allows shoulder belt length
adjustment according to your movements
and locking in response to vehicle
movement.
HOW DOES SENSITIVE LOCKING
MODE WORK
If the driver suddenly brakes, turns a corner
sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of
about 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the seatbelts
lock to help reduce forward movement of
the driver and passengers.
In addition, the seatbelt retractor locks if you
pull the seatbelt webbing out too quickly. If
the retractor locks, slowly lower the height
adjuster to allow the seatbelt to retract.
If the retractor does not unlock, pull the
seatbelt out slowly then feed a small length
of webbing back toward the stowed position.
For rear seatbelts, recline the rear seat
backrest or push the seat backrest cushion
away from the seatbelt. Feed a small length
of webbing back toward the stowed position.
AUTOMATIC LOCKING MODE
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC LOCKING
MODE
This feature keeps the seatbelts pre-locked.
The belt still retracts to remove any slack in
the shoulder belt.
WHEN TO USE AUTOMATIC LOCKING
MODE
Use this mode any time you install a child
restraint in the front passenger seating
position or any rear seating position. Properly
restrain children 12 years old and under in a
rear seat whenever possible.
Note: Automatic locking mode is not
available on the driver seatbelt.
54
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Seatbelts
ENGAGING AUTOMATIC LOCKING
MODE
E142591
1. Fasten the combination lap and shoulder
belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out.
3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt
retracts, you will hear a clicking sound.
This indicates the seatbelt is now in the
automatic locking mode.
DISENGAGING AUTOMATIC LOCKING
MODE
Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder
belt and allow it to retract completely to
disengage the automatic locking mode and
activate the vehicle sensitive locking mode.
ADJUSTING THE SEATBELTS
DURING PREGNANCY
WARNING: Always ride and drive
with your seatback upright and properly
fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of
the seatbelt snugly and low across the
hips. Position the shoulder portion of the
seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See the
following figure.
E142590
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low across
the hips below the belly and worn as tight
as comfort allows. Position the shoulder belt
to cross the middle of the shoulder and the
center of the chest.
55
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Seatbelts
ADJUSTING THE SEATBELT
HEIGHT
WARNING: Position the seatbelt
height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests
across the middle of your shoulder. Failure
to adjust the seatbelt correctly could
reduce its effectiveness and increase the
risk of injury in a crash.
E200161
1. Press the button and slide the height
adjuster up or down.
2. Release the button and pull down on the
height adjuster to make sure it is locked
in place.
SEATBELT REMINDER
HOW DOES THE SEATBELT REMINDER
WORK
WARNING: The system will only
provide protection when you use the
seatbelt correctly.
This system monitors all seating positions
and provides audio and graphic feedback.
SEATBELT REMINDER INDICATORS
E71880
This lamp illuminates if you do not
fasten your seatbelt when you
switch the ignition on. The lamp
switches off when you fasten your seatbelt
or about one minute has elapsed.
When the initial warning expires for the
driver, more warnings are provided for the
driver and front passenger. This lamp
illuminates if you or your front passenger do
not fasten the seatbelt buckle and the
vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h).
Note: To avoid inadvertent warnings, do not
place large objects on the front passenger
seat.
E206718
This lamp illuminates when you
switch the ignition on, identifying
the number of seating positions
with fastened buckles. It illuminates again
when a seating position changes from
unfastened to fastened.
E373493
56
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Seatbelts
This warning displays if an occupant
unfastens the rear seatbelt buckle or it
becomes unfastened.
Note: If a rear seat is unoccupied, or an
occupant never fastens the seatbelt buckle
to begin with, the warning will not display.
Note: Front seating positions appear in this
warning display. Warnings for unfastened
front seatbelt buckles appear in the initial
warning lamp.
Seatbelt Status
To view the seatbelt status, use the
information display controls on the steering
wheel.
E373494
E274703
Seatbelt fastened.A
Seatbelt not fastened.B
Seatbelt recently unfastened.C
Fault.D
SEATBELT REMINDER AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
A warning tone sounds if you do not fasten
your seatbelt when you switch the ignition
on. The tone switches off when you fasten
your seatbelt or about one minute elapses.
When the initial warning expires for the
driver, more warnings are provided for the
driver and front passenger. This warning tone
sounds if you or your front passenger do not
fasten the seatbelt buckle and the vehicle
speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h).
This tone also sounds if an occupant
unfastens the rear seatbelt buckle or it
becomes unfastened.
SWITCHING THE SEATBELT
REMINDER ON AND OFF
WARNING: While the system allows
you to deactivate it, this system is designed
to improve your chances of being safely
belted and surviving an accident. We
recommend you leave the system
activated for yourself and others who may
use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch off independently. When
you perform this procedure for one seating
position, do not buckle the other position as
this cancels the process.
57
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Seatbelts
Read Steps 1-4 before proceeding with the
programming procedure.
Make sure that:
• You set the parking brake.
• The transmission is in park (P).
• The ignition is off.
• You close all vehicle doors.
• You unfasten the driver and front
passenger seatbelts.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
engine.
2. Immediately start the deactivation or
reactivation procedure in Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete the
procedure within 30 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are switching
off or on, fasten then unfasten the
seatbelt four times at a moderate speed,
ending in the unfastened state. The
seatbelt warning light flashes for
confirmation.
This switches the feature off for that seating
position if it is currently on.
This switches the feature on for that seating
position if it is currently off.
CHECKING THE SEATBELTS
Check the seatbelts and child restraints
periodically to make sure they work properly
and are not damaged. Make sure there are
no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.
Check the following seatbelt assemblies after
a crash.
• Retractors.
• Buckles.
• Front seatbelt buckle assemblies.
• Shoulder belt height adjusters.
• Shoulder belt guide on seat backrest.
• Child restraint LATCH and tether anchors.
• Attaching hardware.
Read the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for additional inspection and
maintenance information specific to the child
restraint.
We recommend that all seatbelt assemblies
in use in vehicles involved in a crash be
replaced. However, if the crash was minor
and an authorized dealer finds that the belts
do not show damage and continue to
operate properly, they do not need to be
replaced. Seatbelt assemblies not in use
during a crash should also be checked and
replaced if either damage or improper
operation is noted.
Properly care for seatbelts. See Cleaning
Seatbelts (page 434).
SEATBELT EXTENSIONS
WARNING: Persons who fit into the
vehicle's seatbelt should not use an
extension. Unnecessary use could result
in serious personal injury in the event of a
crash.
58
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Seatbelts
WARNING: Only use extensions
provided free of charge by our dealers.
The dealer will provide an extension
designed specifically for this vehicle, model
year and seating position. The use of an
extension intended for another vehicle,
model year or seating position may not
offer you the full protection of your
vehicle's seatbelt restraint system.
WARNING: Never use seatbelt
extensions to install child restraints.
WARNING: Do not use extensions
to change the way the seatbelt fits across
the torso, over the lap or to make the
seatbelt buckle easier to reach.
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from our
dealers. Only use our seatbelt extensions
made by the original equipment seatbelt
manufacturer with our seatbelts. Ask your
authorized dealer if your extension is
compatible with your vehicle restraint system.
59
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Seatbelts
WHAT IS THE PERSONAL SAFETY
SYSTEM
An advanced safety system that protects
occupants in frontal crashes.
HOW DOES THE PERSONAL
SAFETY SYSTEM WORK
This system provides an improved level of
frontal crash protection to front seat
occupants and is designed to reduce the risk
of airbag-related injuries. The system
analyzes occupant conditions and crash
severity before activating the appropriate
safety devices. During a crash, the restraints
control module may deploy the seatbelt
pretensioners, and one or both stages of the
dual-stage airbags based on crash severity
and occupant conditions.
PERSONAL SAFETY SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front seat outermost seatbelts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.
• Driver seat position sensor.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicators.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags, crash
sensors, seatbelt pretensioners, front
seatbelt usage sensors, driver seat
position sensor, front passenger sensing
system and indicator lights.
60
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Personal Safety System™
HOW DO THE FRONT AIRBAGS
WORK
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag system
consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 68).
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
seatbelts to help protect the driver and right
front passenger from certain upper body
injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there
is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon
activation. After airbag deployment, it is
normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder (to
lubricate the bag) or sodium compounds (for
example, baking soda) that result from the
combustion process that inflates the airbag.
Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be
present which may irritate the skin and eyes,
but none of the residue is toxic.
Contact with a deploying airbag may cause
abrasions or swelling. Temporary hearing
loss is also a possibility as a result of the
noise associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with
considerable force, there is the risk of death
or serious injuries such as fractures, facial
and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that occupants
be properly restrained as far away from the
airbag module as possible while maintaining
vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
HOW DO THE SIDE AIRBAGS
WORK
WARNING: Do not place objects or
mount equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the front or rear
seatbacks, or in areas that may come into
contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to
follow these instructions may increase the
risk of personal injury in the event of a
crash.
61
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Airbags
WARNING: Accessory seat covers
not released by Ford Motor Company
could prevent the deployment of the
airbags and increase the risk of injuries in
a crash.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The side airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the side of the
seatback.
The side airbags are on the outermost side
of the seat backrests of the front seats. In
certain sideways crashes or rollovers, the
airbags will be inflated. The airbag was
designed to inflate between the door panel
and occupant to further enhance the
protection provided to occupants in side
impact crashes.
E152533
The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted to
your vehicle.
• Side airbags inside the driver and front
passenger seat backrests.
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 68).
HOW DOES THE SAFETY CANOPY™
WORK
WARNING: Do not place objects or
mount equipment on or near the headliner
at the siderail that may come into contact
with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to
follow these instructions may increase the
risk of personal injury in the event of a
crash.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The curtain airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the headliner.
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
The Safety Canopy deploys during significant
side crashes or when a certain likelihood of
a rollover event is detected by the rollover
sensor. The Safety Canopy is mounted to
the roof side-rail sheet metal, behind the
headliner, above each row of seats. In certain
sideways crashes or rollover events, the
62
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Airbags
Safety Canopy will be activated, regardless
of which seats are occupied. The Safety
Canopy inflates between the side window
area and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.
E75004
The system consists of the following:
• Safety Canopy curtain airbags above the
trim panels over the front and rear side
windows identified by a label or wording
on the headliner or roof-pillar trim.
• A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with a readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 68).
Properly restrain children 12 years old and
under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy
will not interfere with children restrained
using a properly installed child or booster
seat because it is designed to inflate
downward from the headliner above the
doors along the side window opening.
AIRBAG PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Airbags do not inflate
slowly or gently, and the risk of injury from
a deploying airbag is the greatest close to
the trim covering the airbag module.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system is
provided. Failure to properly wear your
seatbelt could seriously increase the risk
of injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure children
12 years old and under in a rear seating
position whenever possible. If you are
unable to properly secure all children in a
rear seating position, properly secure the
largest child on the front seat. If you must
use a forward facing child restraint on the
front seat, move the seat as far back as
possible. Failure to follow these
instructions could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not place your arms
on the airbag cover or through the steering
wheel. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
63
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Airbags
WARNING: Keep the areas in front
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the airbag
covers. Objects could become projectiles
during airbag deployment. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
WARNING: Do not place a rearward
facing child restraint in front of an active
airbag. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not attempt to service,
repair, or modify the supplementary
restraint system or associated components.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Several airbag system
components get hot after inflation. To
reduce the risk of injury, do not touch them
after inflation.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has deployed,
it will not function again. Have the system
and associated components inspected as
soon as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
PROPERLY ADJUSTING THE
DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER
SEATS
WARNING: National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance of at
least 10 in (25 cm) between an occupant's
chest and the driver airbag module.
To properly position yourself away from the
airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly one or two
degrees from the upright position.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats
and put on seatbelts, it is very important that
they continue to sit properly. Properly seated
occupants sit upright, lean against the seat
backrest, and center themselves on the seat
cushion, with their feet comfortably extended
on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase
the chance of injury in a crash event. For
example, if an occupant slouches, lies down,
turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward
or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
64
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Airbags
CHILDREN AND AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place a rearward
facing child restraint in front of an active
airbag. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
E142846
Children must always be properly restrained.
Accident statistics suggest that children are
safer when properly restrained in the rear
seating positions than in the front seating
position. Failure to follow these instructions
may increase the risk of injury in a crash.
If two adults and a child occupy a vehicle
without rear seats, properly restrain the child
in the center front seat unless doing so
would interfere with driving your vehicle. This
provides lap and shoulder belt protection for
all occupants, and airbag protection for the
adults. A child or infant properly restrained
in the center front seat should have a
reduced risk to serious injury from the
airbags.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WHAT IS THE FRONT PASSENGER
SENSING SYSTEM
This system detects a properly seated
occupant and determines if the front
passenger airbag should be enabled.
HOW DOES THE FRONT PASSENGER
SENSING SYSTEM WORK
The system uses a passenger airbag status
indicator which illuminates indicating that the
front passenger frontal airbag is either
enabled or disabled.
Note: When you first switch the ignition on,
the passenger airbag status indicator off and
on lamps illuminate for a short period to
confirm they are functional.
E181984
The indicator lamps are in the center stack
of the instrument panel.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable the front passenger
frontal airbag under these conditions:
• The front passenger seat is unoccupied.
• The system determines an infant is
present in a child restraint.
65
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Airbags
• A passenger takes their weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
• If there is a problem with the airbag
system or the passenger sensing system.
Note: Even with this technology, parents are
strongly encouraged to always properly
restrain children in the rear seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system disables the front passenger
frontal airbag, the passenger airbag
status indicator illuminates the off lamp.
• If you have installed the child restraint
and the passenger airbag status indicator
illuminates the on lamp, switch your
vehicle off, remove the child restraint
from your vehicle and reinstall the
restraint following the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
The front passenger sensing system works
with sensors that are part of the front
passenger seat and seatbelt. The sensors
are designed to detect the presence of a
properly seated occupant and determine if
the front passenger frontal airbag should be
enabled.
• When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag, the passenger airbag
status indicator illuminates the on lamp.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the passenger airbag
status indicator off lamp is illuminated, it is
possible that the person is not sitting
properly in the seat. If this happens:
• Switch your vehicle off and ask the
person to place the seat backrest in an
upright position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person's legs comfortably extended.
• Restart your vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This allows the system to detect
that person and enable the passenger
frontal airbag.
• If the indicator off lamp remains
illuminated even after this, you should
advise the person to ride in the rear seat.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats
and put on seatbelts, it is very important that
they continue to sit upright, leaning against
the seat backrest, and centered on the seat
cushion, with their feet comfortably extended
on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if an
occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
If you think that the state of the passenger
airbag status indicator lamp is incorrect,
check for the following:
• Objects lodged underneath the seat.
• Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
• Objects hanging off the seat backrest.
• Objects stowed in the seat backrest map
pocket.
• Objects placed on the occupant's lap.
• Cargo interference with the seat
66
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Airbags
• Other passengers pushing or pulling on
the seat.
• Rear passenger feet and knees resting
or pushing on the seat.
The listed conditions could cause the weight
of a properly seated occupant to be
incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger
sensing system. The person in the front
passenger seat could appear heavier or
lighter due to the conditions listed.
E67017
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors and
Airbag Indicator (page 68).
If the airbag readiness light is on, do the
following:
• Pull your vehicle over.
• Switch your vehicle off.
• Check for any objects lodged underneath
the front passenger seat or cargo
interfering with the seat.
• Remove the obstruction if found.
• Restart your vehicle.
• Wait at least two minutes and verify that
the airbag readiness light in the
instrument cluster is no longer
illuminated.
• If the airbag readiness light in the
instrument cluster remains illuminated,
there may be a problem due to the front
passenger sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle in for service
immediately.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced front
airbag system to accommodate a person
with disabilities, contact your Customer
Relationship Center. See Contacting Us
(page 17).
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out of
position or with the seatback reclined too
far can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
WARNING: Any alteration or
modification to the front passenger seat
may affect the performance of the front
passenger sensing system. This could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
67
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Airbags
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM INDICATORS
Passenger AirbagPassenger Airbag Status IndicatorOccupant
DisabledOFF: IlluminatedEmpty
ON: Not Illuminated
DisabledOFF: IlluminatedChild
ON: Not Illuminated
EnabledOFF: Not IlluminatedAdult
ON: Illuminated
CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG
INDICATOR
WARNING: Modifying or adding
equipment to the front of your vehicle
could affect the performance of the airbag
system, increasing the risk of injury. This
includes the hood, bumper system, frame,
front body structure, tow hooks, hood pins,
push bar and snowplows.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors. These sensors provide
information to the restraints control module
which activates the following:
• Front seatbelt pretensioners.
• Adaptive steering column.
• Driver airbag.
• Passenger airbag.
• Seat mounted side airbags.
• Safety Canopy.
Based on the type of crash, the restraints
control module deploys the appropriate
safety devices.
The restraints control module also monitors
the readiness of the above safety devices
plus the crash and occupant sensors. The
readiness of the safety system is indicated
by a warning indicator light in the instrument
cluster or by a backup tone if the warning
light is not working. Routine maintenance of
the airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
68
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Airbags
E67017
The readiness light will not
illuminate immediately after you
switch the ignition on.
• The readiness light either flashes or stays
on.
• You hear a series of five tones. The tone
pattern repeats periodically until the
problem, the light or both are repaired.
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced immediately.
Unless serviced, the system may not function
properly in the event of a crash.
The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners or
front airbags did not activate for both front
seat occupants in a crash does not mean
that something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control module
determined the accident conditions (crash
severity, seatbelt usage) were not
appropriate to activate these safety devices.
• The front airbags activate only in frontal
and near-frontal crashes. Front airbags
may activate in rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts if the crash causes sufficient
frontal deceleration.
• The seatbelt pretensioners activate in
frontal, near-frontal and side crashes, and
in rollovers.
• The side airbags inflate in certain side
impact crashes or rollover events. Side
airbags may activate in other types of
crashes if the vehicle experiences
sufficient sideways motion or
deformation.
• The Safety Canopy inflates in certain side
impact crashes or rollover events. The
Safety Canopy may activate in other
types of crashes if the vehicle
experiences sufficient sideways motion
or deformation, or a certain likelihood of
rollover.
DISPOSING OF AIRBAGS
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
69
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Airbags
WHAT IS 911 ASSIST
911 Assist is a SYNC system feature that can
call for help.
For more information, visit
www.owner.ford.com.
HOW DOES 911 ASSIST WORK
If a crash deploys an airbag, excluding knee
airbags and rear inflatable seatbelts, or
activates the fuel pump shut-off, your vehicle
may be able to contact emergency services
by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth® enabled phone.
Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate
the fuel pump shut-off. If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
searches for and tries to connect to a
previously paired cell phone. SYNC then
attempts to call the emergency services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides about 10 seconds to
cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the
call, SYNC attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: SYNC will attempt to call 911,
to cancel the call, press Cancel on your
screen or press and hold the phone
button on your steering wheel.
If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes
a successful call a pre-recorded message
plays for the 911 operator. The occupants in
your vehicle are able to talk with the
operator. Be prepared to provide your name,
phone number and location immediately
because not all 911 systems are capable of
receiving this information electronically.
During an emergency call the system
transmits vehicle data to the emergency
service.
EMERGENCY CALL
REQUIREMENTS
WARNING: Do not wait for 911 Assist
to make an emergency call if you can do
it yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.
WARNING: Always place your phone
in a secure location in your vehicle so it
does not become a projectile or get
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may
cause serious injury to someone or
damage the phone which could prevent
911 Assist from working properly.
WARNING: Unless the 911 Assist
setting is set on before a crash, the system
will not dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
70
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
911 Assist
• SYNC is powered and working properly
at the time of the incident and throughout
feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a Bluetooth®
enabled and compatible cell phone to
SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth® enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time of
the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth® enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power and
be located in the U.S., Canada or in a
territory in which 911 is the emergency
number.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is off and the phone connected to
SYNC, an icon displays on the status bar.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
EMERGENCY CALL LIMITATIONS
The SYNC 911 Assist feature only operates
in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which
911 is the emergency number. The following
are limitations of this feature:
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC system
has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
71
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
911 Assist
REMOTE CONTROL LIMITATIONS
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) This device must accept
any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Make sure a valid remote control is within
3 ft (1 m) from the front door handles and rear
of vehicle.
The system may not function if:
• The remote control remains stationary
for about a minute.
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
• The remote control battery has no
charge.
• There is interference causing issues with
the remote control frequencies.
• The remote control is too close to metal
objects or electronic devices, for example
keys or a cell phone.
USING THE REMOTE CONTROL
Use your remote control to access various
vehicle systems.
Note: The buttons on your remote may vary
depending on the vehicle region or options.
Unlock
E138629
Press the button to unlock all
doors. See Unlocking and
Locking the Doors Using the
Remote Control (page 87).
Lock
E138623
Press the button to lock all doors.
See Unlocking and Locking the
Doors Using the Remote Control
(page 87).
Remote Start (If Equipped)
E138625
Press the button to remote start.
See Remotely Starting and
Stopping the Vehicle (page 156).
Liftgate (If Equipped)
E267940
Press the button to open or close
the liftgate.
Panic Alarm (If Equipped)
E138624
Press the button to sound the
panic alarm. See Sounding the
Panic Alarm (page 73).
72
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
REMOVING THE KEY BLADE
E322866
Push the release button on your passive key
and pull the key blade out.
SOUNDING THE PANIC ALARM
E138624
Press the button to sound the
panic alarm. Press the button
again or switch the ignition on to
turn it off.
Note: The panic alarm only operates when
the ignition is off.
LOCATING YOUR VEHICLE
E138623
Press the lock button twice within
three seconds. The turn signal
lamps flash. We recommend you
use this method to locate your vehicle.
CHANGING THE REMOTE
CONTROL BATTERY
WARNING: Keep batteries away from
children to prevent ingestion. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death. If ingested,
immediately seek medical attention.
WARNING: If the battery
compartment does not securely close, stop
using the remote control and replace it as
soon as possible. In the meantime, keep
the remote control away from children.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
The remote control uses one coin-type 3-volt
lithium battery CR2450 or equivalent.
73
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
E322866
1. Push the release button and pull the key
blade out.
E303824
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the key blade head to remove
the battery cover.
E218402
3. Insert a screwdriver, and carefully remove
the battery.
4. Install a new battery with the + facing
upward.
5. Reinstall the battery housing cover onto
the transmitter and install the key blade.
74
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
E107998
Dispose of old batteries in an
environmentally friendly way. Seek
advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery does not erase
the programmed key from your vehicle. The
remote control should operate normally.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
You can purchase replacement keys or
remote controls from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle.
E151795
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a
security label that provides important key
cut information. Keep the label in a safe
place for future reference.
PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
CONTROL
Note: You can program a maximum of four
remote controls to your vehicle.
Note: If your programmed remote controls
are lost or stolen and you do not have an
extra coded remote, you need to have your
vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. Store
an extra programmed remote away from
your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconvenience. Contact an authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement remotes.
You must have two previously programmed
remote controls inside your vehicle and the
new unprogrammed remote controls readily
accessible. Contact an authorized dealer to
have the spare remote control programmed
if two previously programmed remotes are
not available. Make sure that your vehicle
is off before beginning this procedure. Make
sure that you close all the doors before
beginning and that they remain closed
throughout the procedure. Perform all steps
within 30 seconds of starting the sequence.
Stop and wait for at least one minute before
starting again if you perform any steps out
of sequence.
Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.
75
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
E354712
1. Place the first programmed remote in the
backup slot inside the center console,
with your foot off the brake pedal press
and release the push button ignition
switch.
2. Wait five seconds and then press and
release the push button ignition switch
again.
3. Remove the remote control.
4. Within 10 seconds, place a second
programmed remote control in the
backup slot. Press and release the push
button ignition switch.
5. Wait five seconds and then press and
release the push button ignition switch
again. Keep the ignition on for at least
three seconds, but no more than 10
seconds.
6. Remove the remote control.
7. Place the unprogrammed remote control
in the backup slot and press and release
the push button ignition switch.
Programming is now complete. With your
foot on the brake pedal, press the push
button ignition switch to verify the remote
control functions operate and your vehicle
starts with the new remote control.
If programming was not successful, wait 10
seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7. If you
are still unsuccessful, take your vehicle to an
authorized dealer.
76
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS – TROUBLESHOOTING
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Replace remote control battery.Key Battery Low Replace Soon
77
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
WHAT IS PHONE AS A KEY
Phone As A Key: Valet Mode
Phone as a Key allows you to use your phone
in place of a passive key.
You can use your phone for the following
functions:
• Remote locking and unlocking.
• Passive entry and exit.
• Passive start and drive the vehicle.
• Remote start.
• Memory function recall.
PHONE AS A KEY LIMITATIONS
Limitations can vary based on the make and
model of your phone, phone location and
physical obstructions.
The following items could impact Phone as
a Key performance or prevent functionality
in some cases:
• The typical operating range for Phone as
a Key is 131 ft (40 m).
• Your Bluetooth® connection is not
enabled, is disrupted, or out of range.
• Your Phone as a Key is not active or
enabled on at least one phone.
• Your vehicle battery has depleted.
• Your phone battery has depleted.
• Interference from other devices using
radio frequencies or physical
obstructions.
• Your phone is too close to metal objects
or other electronic devices.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in the vehicle. Always take your keys and
phone and lock all doors when leaving the
vehicle.
PROGRAMMING YOUR PHONE
To program your smartphone as phone as a
key:
1. Visit your device's app store to download
the Lincoln Way app.
2. Create a new account or sign in to an
existing account on the Lincoln Way app.
3. Add the vehicle identification number to
your account and follow the prompts in
the Lincoln Way app to complete the
Sync Connect Authorization process.
4. After the authorization is complete, you
can set up phone as a key following the
prompts in the Lincoln Way app.
5. After phone as a key is set up, you can
set up the backup start passcode by
following the prompts on your
touchscreen.
Note: Keep your new backup start passcode
with you in case of an emergency.
Resetting Phone as a Key
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press General.
3. Press Reset.
4. Press the app connect reset option.
5. Press Phone as a Key Reset.
6. Confirm you would like to continue with
erasing all phone as a key, keys and
backup start passcodes.
7. Press Continue.
78
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone as a Key
8. Confirm you are aware you are
de-authorizing all authorized users and
Lincoln Way Connect settings.
9. Press Continue.
USING THE VALET MODE
Classic Valet Mode
Enabling Valet Mode
Make sure the remote control is in your
vehicle.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Valet Mode.
3. Enter a four digit code to lock the
touchscreen.
4. Re-enter the same four digit code to
complete enabling valet mode.
Disabling Valet Mode
1. Press Exit Valet Mode.
2. Enter your four digit code to disable valet
mode and unlock your touchscreen.
Enhanced Valet Mode
Enabling Valet Mode
Have your backup start passcode completely
set up before using valet mode. See
Programming Your Phone (page 78).
Note: If your vehicle detects a remote
control, the system defaults to classic valet
mode.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Valet Mode.
Note: If the system detects a valid phone as
a key, a valet passcode displays in both the
touchscreen and mobile app.
Note: If the system does not detect a valid
phone as a key, it prompts you to enter your
backup start passcode on the touchscreen.
Once validated, a valet passcode displays
on the touchscreen.
3. Provide the valet the first five digits of the
valet passcode to enter on the keyless
entry keypad to unlock your vehicle.
4. Provide the valet the eight-digit valet
passcode to enter on the touchscreen to
start and drive your vehicle.
Disabling Valet Mode
1. Press Exit Valet Mode.
Note: If the system detects an authorized
phone as a key, valet mode disables.
Note: If the system does not detect a valid
phone as a key, it prompts you to enter your
backup start passcode. Once validated, valet
mode disables.
USING THE BACKUP START
PASSCODE
Make sure you have phone as a key active
on at least one phone to use the previously
created backup start passcode. See
Programming Your Phone (page 78).
79
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone as a Key
1. Press the brake pedal and the push
button ignition switch. If the system does
not detect a valid phone as a key or
remote control, a message appears on
the touchscreen and the system prompts
you for your backup start passcode.
Note: The touchscreen times out after 30
seconds with no interaction.
Note: If the backup start passcode screen
does not appear, press the brake pedal and
push button ignition switch again.
2. Use the touchscreen to enter your
backup start passcode.
3. After entering your backup start
passcode, press Enter within 30 seconds.
4. Once the system validates the backup
start passcode, a message alerts you to
start your vehicle.
5. Press the brake pedal and the push
button ignition switch within 20 seconds
to start the vehicle.
6. If your vehicle does not start, repeat
steps 1-5.
System Lockout
The system locks after five combined
incorrect attempts of the following:
• Entering a backup start passcode.
• Resetting a current passcode.
• Entering a valet mode passcode.
Note: The system remains locked for five
minutes. After five minutes the system allows
codes to be entered again.
PHONE AS A KEY –
TROUBLESHOOTING
PHONE AS A KEY – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
How can I tell if my vehicle has phone
as a key?
• The touchscreen shows the phone as a
key reset option.
• A control button appears on the home
screen of the Lincoln Way app if you have
registered your vehicle through the
Lincoln Way app.
What happens if I cannot unlock the
vehicle with phone as a key?
• Attempt to move your phone closer to
the vehicle.
• Check that the Lincoln Way app is still
running and that the phone as a key
control screen shows connected. If the
phone is connected, attempt to press the
remote unlock button in the Lincoln Way
app. If the phone is not connected or the
remote unlock button does not work in
the Lincoln Way app, attempt to force
close and restart the app.
80
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone as a Key
Why do I get a No Key Detected
message in the instrument cluster
display when I am using phone as a
key and my phone is in the car?
• Your phone’s Bluetooth connection has
been disrupted or is not connected. Try
reconnecting your phone's Bluetooth
connection.
• Move the phone closer to the center of
the vehicle near the cup holder or center
console.
• Verify your phone as a key is still active,
enabled and has not been revoked.
What do I do if my phone is lost,
damaged or the battery has depleted?
• Use the backup start passcode that you
created. See Using the Backup Start
Passcode (page 79).
How many phones can I use for phone
as a key?
• You can program and activate up to four
phones with phone as a key to your
vehicle.
How does a valet drive my car if I only
use my phone as a key?
• Have the valet use the temporary valet
passcode that you created. See Using
the Valet Mode (page 79).
I uninstalled my Lincoln Way app and
reinstalled it. Why am I not able to get
a new phone as a key?
• Remove the phone as a key that was
previously associated with your phone.
• Reset phone as a key from your vehicle,
and then request a new phone as a key.
See Programming Your Phone (page
78).
Why can I not remotely start the
vehicle with my phone as a key?
• Using the Lincoln Way app, verify your
phone as a key setup is complete and
enabled via Bluetooth connection on at
least one phone. If Bluetooth has
connected but phone as a key setup is
not complete, complete the setup of your
phone as a key as prompted from the
Lincoln Way app. See Programming
Your Phone (page 78).
81
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone as a Key
WHAT IS MYKEY
MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits.
You can program the restrictions to all keys
except one. Any keys that you did not
program are administrator keys or admin
keys.
Note: Every MyKey receives the same
restrictions and settings. You cannot
program them individually.
MYKEY SETTINGS
NON-CONFIGURABLE MYKEY
SETTINGS
Seatbelt Reminder or Belt-Minder™
MyKey mutes the audio system until the front
seat passengers buckle the front seat belts.
Note: If your vehicle includes an AM/FM
radio or a very basic audio system, the radio
may not mute.
Satellite Radio (If Equipped)
Some satellite radio channels have restricted
access to adult radio content.
Early Low Fuel
The low fuel level warning lamp turns on
earlier.
Driving and Parking Aids
You cannot configure settings for parking
aids, blind spot information system, and cross
traffic alert. These systems turn on when the
vehicle turns on, and you cannot switch them
off with a MyKey.
You cannot configure settings for
pre-collision assist and lane keeping. These
systems turn on when the vehicle turns on.
A new destination in the navigation system
can only be set using voice commands when
using a MyKey, and with your vehicle moving.
Note: MyKey drivers may be able to switch
the lane keeping assist off, but this feature
turns back on automatically with every new
key cycle.
CONFIGURABLE MYKEY SETTINGS
You can configure the following settings after
creating a MyKey. See Creating a MyKey
(page 83).
Speed Limit
WARNING: Do not set MyKey
maximum speed limit to a limit that will
prevent the driver from maintaining a safe
speed considering posted speed limits and
prevailing road conditions. The driver is
always responsible to drive in accordance
with local laws and prevailing conditions.
Failure to do so could result in accident or
injury.
You can set a speed limit for your vehicle.
Warning messages appear on the
touchscreen and a tone sounds if your
vehicle reaches the set speed. You cannot
override the set speed when using a MyKey.
82
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
MyKey™
Speed Minder
You can set a speed reminder for your
vehicle. Warning messages appear on the
touchscreen and a tone sounds if your
vehicle exceeds the set speed.
Audio System Volume Limit
The audio system maximum volume reduces.
A message appears on the touchscreen if
you attempt to exceed the volume limit.
Automatic volume control turns off.
911 Assist
If you set 911 assist to always on, you cannot
switch it off with a MyKey.
Do Not Disturb
If you set do not disturb to always on, you
cannot switch it off with a MyKey.
Note: If a phone is connected using Apple
CarPlay or Android Auto while driving with
a MyKey, the driver can receive phone calls
and text messages even if the do not disturb
restriction is on. And if the vehicle comes
with satellite radio, there is no restriction on
the adult content.
Traction and Stability Control
If you set traction control or stability control
to always on, you cannot switch it off with a
MyKey.
CREATING A MYKEY
E376555
1. Raise the center console storage
compartment lid.
2. Place the passive key in the backup slot
with the buttons facing toward the rear
of the vehicle.
3. Switch the ignition on using the key you
want to create as MyKey.
83
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
MyKey™
4. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
5. Press Vehicle Settings.
6. Press MyKey.
7. Press Create MyKey or Create MyKey
Mobile Device.
8. Press Yes.
9. Switch the ignition off.
Note: You successfully created a MyKey. We
recommend that you label this key so you
can distinguish it from the admin keys.
Note: You can use both a passive key and
a mobile device as a MyKey. You must have
a second passive key and create it as a
MyKey.
Note: The programmed restrictions apply
when you switch the vehicle off, open and
close the driver door and restart your vehicle
with the passive key or mobile device.
PROGRAMMING A MYKEY
You can program any remote control to
become a restricted MyKey, but you must
leave one unmodified as an admin key.
1. Switch the vehicle on using an admin key.
2. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
3. Press Vehicle Settings.
4. Press MyKey.
5. Select and configure the settings.
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
When you clear all MyKeys, you remove all
restrictions and return all MyKeys to their
original admin key status.
1. Switch the vehicle on using an admin key.
2. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
3. Press Vehicle Settings.
4. Press MyKey.
5. Press Clear All MyKeys.
6. Press Yes.
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS
You can find information about the distance
traveled using a MyKey, and the number of
admin keys and MyKeys created for your
vehicle.
1. Switch the vehicle on.
2. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
3. Press Vehicle Settings.
4. Press MyKey.
5. Press MyKey Information.
USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with unapproved,
aftermarket remote start systems. If you
choose to install a remote start system, see
an authorized dealer for an approved remote
start system.
84
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
MyKey™
MYKEY – TROUBLESHOOTING
MYKEY – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
Displays when trying to create a MyKey and the admin key is not placed in the backup position.
See Creating a MyKey (page 83).
Place Key in Backup Location
Displays when trying to create a MyKey with a key already designated as a MyKey.Key is Already a MyKey
Displays to confirm that the key is restricted after you switch the ignition off.This Key restricted at Next Key Cycle.
Label Key as MyKey
85
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
MyKey™
MYKEY – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
What is an admin key?
An admin key is a key that you have not
created as a MyKey. See Creating a
MyKey (page 83).
Why am I not able to create a MyKey?
You have not placed the admin key in
the backup position. See Creating a
MyKey (page 83). The key used to
switch the ignition on is not an admin
key. The key used to switch the ignition
on is the only admin key. There has to
be at least one admin key. You did not
switch the ignition off after creating the
last MyKey.
Why am I not able to program a MyKey?
The admin key is not inside your vehicle.
The key used to switch the ignition on
is not an admin key. You have not
created any MyKeys. See Creating a
MyKey (page 83).
Why am I not able to clear the MyKeys?
The admin key is not inside your vehicle.
The key used to switch the ignition on
is not an admin key. You have not
created any MyKeys. See Creating a
MyKey (page 83).
Why is the MyKey distance not
accumulating?
The key used to start the engine is an
admin key. An admin key and a MyKey
are inside your vehicle. You have not
created any MyKeys. See Creating a
MyKey (page 83). You have cleared the
MyKeys. See Clearing All MyKeys
(page 84).
Why am I not able to start the engine with
a MyKey?
An admin key and a MyKey are inside
your vehicle. The system recognizes
only the admin key when both are
present.
86
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
MyKey™
OPERATING THE DOORS FROM
OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
UNLOCKING AND LOCKING THE
DOORS USING THE REMOTE
CONTROL
You can only use the remote control when
your vehicle is stationary.
Unlocking the Doors
E267112
Press the button to unlock all
doors. One long flash of the turn
signal lamps confirms that your
vehicle has unlocked.
Locking the Doors
E267111
Press the button to lock all doors.
One short flash of the turn signal
lamps confirms that your vehicle
has locked.
UNLOCKING AND LOCKING THE
DOORS USING THE KEY BLADE
If there is a power door lock fault you can
use the key blade to lock and unlock the
doors.
E251885
Turn clockwise to lock.
Turn counterclockwise to unlock.
OPERATING THE DOORS FROM
INSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
UNLOCKING AND LOCKING THE
DOORS USING THE CENTRAL
LOCKING
The power door lock control is on the front
doors.
E267112
Press the button to unlock all
doors.
E267111
Press the button to lock all doors.
Note: The central locking only operates if
the front doors are fully closed.
OPENING THE DOORS FROM INSIDE
YOUR VEHICLE
Pull the interior door handle twice to unlock
and open a rear door. The first pull unlocks
the door and the second pull opens the door.
87
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Doors and Locks
AUTOUNLOCK
WHAT IS AUTOUNLOCK
Autounlock is an unlocking feature that
unlocks the vehicle doors when your vehicle
comes to a stop.
AUTOUNLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Autounlock unlocks all the doors after all of
the following occur.
1. All the doors are closed and your vehicle
is moving at a speed greater than 12 mph
(20 km/h).
2. Your vehicle comes to a stop.
3. You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or to
the accessory position.
Note: If you open the driver door after 10
minutes, Autounlock does not unlock all
other doors.
SWITCHING AUTOUNLOCK ON AND
OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Switch Autounlock on or off.
AUTOLOCK
WHAT IS AUTOLOCK
Autolock is a locking feature that locks your
vehicle doors when you start driving.
AUTOLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Autolock locks all the doors when all of the
following occur:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 12 mph (20 km/h).
MISLOCK
WHAT IS MISLOCK
Mislock is a locking feature that warns you
if your vehicle has not locked.
MISLOCK LIMITATIONS
When you press the lock button once, the
turn signals do not flash if:
• Any door or the tailgate is open.
• The hood is open.
If you switch mislock off, the horn does not
sound if you press the lock button on the
remote control when a door is open.
SWITCHING MISLOCK ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Switch Mislock Chirp on or off.
88
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Doors and Locks
DOORS AND LOCKS AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
Door Ajar Audible Warning
Sounds when a door is not fully closed and
your vehicle is moving.
DOORS AND LOCKS –
TROUBLESHOOTING
DOORS AND LOCKS – WARNING
LAMPS
Door Ajar Warning Lamp
E249859
Illuminates when you switch the
ignition on and remains on if any
door or the hood is open.
DOORS AND LOCKS – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Displays if a door is open. Fully close the door.Driver Door Ajar
Passenger Door Ajar
Rear Left Door Ajar
Rear Right Door Ajar
Displays if a hood is open. Fully close the hood.Hood Ajar
89
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Doors and Locks
DOORS AND LOCKS – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Can accessories such as steps or handles
be used with the latch assembly?
Do not use the door latch assembly to
attach any accessory, such as handles
or steps, as this can cause damage to
your vehicle.
90
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Doors and Locks
WHAT IS KEYLESS ENTRY
The system allows you to lock and unlock
your vehicle without taking the passive key
out of your pocket or purse.
KEYLESS ENTRY LIMITATIONS
Make sure your remote control is within 3 ft
(1 m) from the front door handles and the
tailgate.
The system could not function if:
• The remote control remains stationary
for about a minute.
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
• The remote control battery has no
charge.
• There is interference causing issues with
the remote control frequencies.
• The remote control is too close to metal
objects or electronic devices, for example
keys or a cell phone.
KEYLESS ENTRY SETTINGS
Switching Keyless Entry On and Off
1. Switch the ignition on using an original
key that has not been created as a
MyKey.
2. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
3. Press Vehicle Settings.
4. Press Locks.
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
You can enable two-stage unlocking function
allowing you to unlock only the driver door
when you touch the unlock sensor.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for four
seconds to disable or enable two-stage
unlocking.
If you program the unlocking function so that
only the driver door unlocks, you can unlock
all of the other doors from inside your vehicle
using the power door lock control. You can
unlock individual doors by pulling the interior
door handles on those doors.
USING KEYLESS ENTRY
Unlocking the Doors
E248553
With the remote control within 3 ft (1 m) of
your vehicle, touch the unlock sensor on the
back of the door handle for a brief period
and then pull on the door handle to unlock,
being careful not to touch the lock sensor at
the same time or pull on the door handle too
quickly. The system requires a brief delay to
authenticate the remote control.
91
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keyless Entry
Locking the Doors
E248554
With your passive key within 3 ft (1 m) of your
vehicle, touch the outer door handle lock
sensor for approximately one second to lock,
being careful not to touch the unlock sensor
on the back of the door handle at the same
time. After locking, you can immediately pull
on the door handle to confirm locking
occurred without inadvertently unlocking.
Opening the Liftgate with the Remote
Control
E291416
Press the exterior liftgate release button
inside of the liftgate handle. The liftgate
unlocks and opens. See Opening the
Liftgate From Outside Your Vehicle (page
98).
KEYLESS ENTRY –
TROUBLESHOOTING
KEYLESS ENTRY – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the keyless entry system not
function?
If the system does not function it may
be limited. See Keyless Entry
Limitations (page 91). If the system still
does not function use the remote
control or the key blade to lock and
unlock your vehicle.
Why can I not lock my vehicle?
If you electronically lock your vehicle
with a rear door or the tailgate open, the
system searches for a passive key inside
your vehicle after you close the last
door. If the system detects a key, all
doors unlock indicating that a key is
inside. Your vehicle locks if another
passive key is within the detection range
after you close the last door.
92
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keyless Entry
WHAT IS THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
SecuriCode Invisible Keypad
The keyless entry keypad allows you to lock
and unlock your vehicle using the keypad
on the window trim.
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD
LIMITATIONS
The system may not function if:
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
LOCATING THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
The keypad is near the driver window and
illuminates when you touch it.
E138637
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD MASTER
ACCESS CODE
Unlocking the Doors
E138637
Enter the factory-set five-digit code or your
personal code. You must press each number
within five seconds of each other.
• Press 3-4 within five seconds to unlock
all doors.
93
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keyless Entry Keypad
Locking the Doors
E138637
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 at the same time
with the driver door closed.
Note: You do not need to enter the code
first.
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD
PERSONAL ACCESS CODES
Programming a Personal Entry Code
1. Enter the five-digit master code.
2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within five
seconds.
3. Enter your personal five-digit code. You
must do this within five seconds of
completing Step 2.
4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to save personal
code 1.
The doors lock then unlock to confirm that
programming was successful.
To program additional personal entry codes,
repeat Steps 1 through 3, then for Step 4:
• Press 3·4 to save personal code 2.
• Press 5·6 to save personal code 3.
• Press 7·8 to save personal code 4.
• Press 9·0 to save personal code 5.
If your vehicle comes with SYNC, you can
also program the system with a personal
entry code.
Hints:
• Do not set a code that uses five of the
same number.
• Do not use five numbers in sequential
order.
• The five-digit master code works even if
you have set your own personal code.
Erasing a Personal Code
1. Enter the five-digit master code.
2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypad
within five seconds.
3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds. You
must do this within five seconds of
completing Step 2.
All personal codes erase and only the
five-digit master code works.
Anti-Scan Feature
The keypad goes into an anti-scan mode if
you enter the wrong code seven times. This
mode turns off the keypad for one minute
and the keypad lamp flashes.
94
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keyless Entry Keypad
The anti-scan feature turns off after:
• One minute of keypad inactivity.
• You press the unlock button on the
remote control.
• You switch the ignition on.
• You unlock your vehicle using keyless
entry.
USING THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
Unlocking the Doors
E138637
Enter the factory-set five-digit code or your
personal code. You must press each number
within five seconds of each other.
• Press 3-4 within five seconds to unlock
all doors.
Locking the Doors
E138637
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 at the same time
with the driver door closed.
Note: You do not need to enter the code
first.
95
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keyless Entry Keypad
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD –
TROUBLESHOOTING
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the keypad not accept the access
code?
If you enter the access code too fast on
the keypad, the unlock function may not
work. Slowly re-enter the access code.
Why does the keypad not function?
The keypad goes into an anti-scan
mode if you enter a wrong code seven
times. The anti-scan mode disables the
keypad for one minute and the red light
flashes.
96
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Keyless Entry Keypad
HOW DOES EASY ENTRY AND
EXIT WORK
Easy entry and exit moves the driver seat
rearward up to 2 in (5 cm) and the steering
column up when you switch the ignition off.
The driver seat and steering column return
to their previous positions when you switch
the ignition on.
Note: Depending on your vehicle, the column
may move up and in.
SWITCHING EASY ENTRY AND
EXIT ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle.
3. Select Easy Entry/Exit.
If you press any adjustment or memory
button when in easy exit mode, the system
cancels the operation.
97
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Easy Entry and Exit
LIFTGATE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: It is extremely dangerous
to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of
a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these
areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
close the liftgate to prevent exhaust fumes
from entering your vehicle. If you are
unable to fully close the liftgate, open the
air vents or the windows to allow fresh air
to enter your vehicle. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Keep keys out of reach
of children. Do not allow children to
operate or play near an open or moving
power liftgate. You should supervise the
operation of the power liftgate at all times.
OPENING THE LIFTGATE
OPENING THE LIFTGATE FROM INSIDE
YOUR VEHICLE
E138633
With the transmission in park (P),
press the button on the instrument
panel.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
OPENING THE LIFTGATE FROM
OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
E349965
Glass.A
Door.B
1. Unlock the liftgate with the remote
control or power door unlock control. If
a remote control is within 3 ft (1 m) of the
liftgate, the liftgate unlocks when you
press the liftgate release button.
2. Press button B.
98
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Liftgate
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction, replicate
a strut failure, or damage mechanical
components.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Switching the Power Liftgate On or Off
You can switch the power liftgate on or off
through the vehicle settings on your
touchscreen.
Note: When switched off, the liftgate only
unlatches and will not power open or close.
OPENING THE LIFTGATE USING THE
REMOTE CONTROL
E267940
Press the button twice within three
seconds.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
OPENING THE HANDS-FREE LIFTGATE
(If Equipped)
Make sure you have the passive key within
3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate.
1. Stand behind your vehicle, and face the
liftgate.
2. Move your foot, in a single-kick motion,
without pausing, under and away from
the rear bumper detection area.
E300799
3. The liftgate opens.
Avoid the following actions when using the
hands-free opening feature:
• Making physical contact with the bumper.
• Holding your foot under the bumper.
• Sweeping your foot from side to side, or
kicking at an odd angle.
99
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Liftgate
Detection Zones
E253799
The detection area is on the left-hand side
and right-hand side of the rear bumper area.
Note: Some vehicles may have the ability to
detect the kicking motion from under the
trailer hitch.
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction, replicate
a strut failure, or damage mechanical
components.
Note: Any physical actions that mimic a
kicking motion such as splashing water,
trailer chains or vacuum hoses may cause
the hands-free liftgate to activate. Switch the
power liftgate off through your vehicle
settings or keep the passive key away from
the rear bumper detection area.
SETTING THE LIFTGATE OPENING
HEIGHT
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement by pressing
the control button on the liftgate when it
reaches the desired height.
Note: Once the liftgate stops moving, you
can manually move it to the desired height.
3. Press and hold the control button on the
liftgate until a tone sounds, indicating
programming is complete.
Note: You can only use the liftgate control
button to program the height.
Note: You cannot program the height if the
liftgate position is too low.
4. The power liftgate now opens at the
programmed height. To change the
programmed height, repeat the steps.
Note: You can fully open the liftgate by
manually pushing it upward to the maximum
open position if it opens in a lower position.
Note: The system recalls the new
programmed height until you reprogram it,
even if you disconnect the battery.
CLOSING THE LIFTGATE
CLOSING THE LIFTGATE FROM INSIDE
YOUR VEHICLE
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
using the power liftgate control.
E138633
With the transmission in park (P),
press the button on the instrument
panel.
100
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Liftgate
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
CLOSING THE LIFTGATE FROM
OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
using the power liftgate control.
E252965
Press and release the liftgate button.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure you fully close the liftgate
to prevent cargo from falling out.
CLOSING THE LIFTGATE USING THE
REMOTE CONTROL
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
using the power liftgate control.
E267940
Press the button twice within three
seconds.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
101
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Liftgate
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
CLOSING THE HANDS-FREE LIFTGATE
(If Equipped)
Make sure you have the remote control
within 3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate.
1. Stand behind your vehicle, and face the
liftgate.
2. Move your foot, in a single-kick motion,
without pausing, under and away from
the rear bumper detection area.
E300799
3. The liftgate closes.
Avoid the following actions when using the
hands-free opening feature:
• Making physical contact with the bumper.
• Holding your foot under the bumper.
• Sweeping your foot from side to side, or
kicking at an odd angle.
Detection Zones
E253799
The detection area is on the left-hand side
and right-hand side of the rear bumper area.
Note: Some vehicles may have the ability to
detect the kicking motion from under the
trailer hitch.
Note: Allow the power system to close the
liftgate. Manually pushing the liftgate may
activate the system’s obstacle detection
feature and stop the power operation or
reverse its direction, replicate a strut failure,
or damage mechanical components.
102
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Liftgate
STOPPING THE LIFTGATE
MOVEMENT
Note: Do not apply sudden excessive force
to the liftgate while it is in motion. This could
damage the power liftgate and its
components.
Note: Selections will vary depending on
region or options.
You can stop the liftgate movement by doing
any of the following:
• Pressing the liftgate control button on
the liftgate.
• Pressing the liftgate control button inside
the vehicle.
• Pressing the liftgate button on the remote
control twice.
• Pressing the liftgate button on an
authorized device.
• Moving your foot under and away from
the center rear bumper in a single-kick
motion.
LIFTGATE OBSTACLE DETECTION
Closing the Liftgate
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle. A tone sounds and the system
reverses to open. Once you remove the
obstacle, you can power close the liftgate.
Note: To prevent accidental obstacle
detection, let the power liftgate close
completely before you enter your vehicle.
Opening the Liftgate
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle and a tone sounds. Once you
remove the obstacle, you can continue to
operate the liftgate.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
LIFTGATE WINDOW
E349965
Glass.A
Door.B
1. Unlock the liftgate window with the
remote control or power door unlock
control. If the remote control is within
3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate, the liftgate
window unlocks when you press the
release button.
2. Press button A and then lift to open.
103
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Liftgate
3. Carefully push the window down and
press firmly to latch securely.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate window in a garage or other
enclosed area to avoid damaging the glass.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate window open
while driving. This could damage the liftgate
window and its components.
LIFTGATE – TROUBLESHOOTING
LIFTGATE – WARNING LAMPS
E162453
Illuminates when the liftgate is not
completely closed.
LIFTGATE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The liftgate is not completely closed. Close the liftgate.Liftgate Ajar
104
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Liftgate
LIFTGATE – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Why won't my power liftgate function?
It can happen in freezing conditions or
when parking on downhill slopes. Make
sure the power liftgate is enabled. Make
sure the transmission is in park (P),
ensure nothing is obstructing the liftgate
path and there is not excessive weight
on the liftgate. If there are continued
issues, the battery voltage may be low
or there may be other system issues.
See an authorized dealer.
105
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Liftgate
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
WHAT IS THE PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
The passive anti-theft system prevents
someone from starting the vehicle with an
incorrectly coded key.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take the keys and
lock all the doors when leaving your vehicle.
HOW DOES THE PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM WORK
The passive anti-theft system arms when you
switch the ignition off.
It disarms when the ignition is switched on
with a correctly coded key.
Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take the keys and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
WHAT IS THE ANTI-THEFT ALARM
SYSTEM
The anti-theft alarm system warns you of an
unauthorized entry to your vehicle.
HOW DOES THE ANTI-THEFT ALARM
SYSTEM WORK
When armed, the anti-theft alarm is triggered
in any of the following ways:
• If someone opens a door, the tailgate or
the hood without a correctly coded key
or remote control.
• If you turn the power on without a
correctly coded key.
• If the interior sensors detect movement
inside your vehicle.
• If the inclination sensors detect an
attempt to raise your vehicle.
• If someone disconnects the vehicle
battery or the battery backup alarm.
• If someone disconnects the trailer. See
Connecting a Trailer (page 345).
Any further attempts to carry out one of the
above, sounds the alarm again.
If the anti-theft alarm is triggered, the alarm
horn sounds for 30 seconds and the turn
signals flash for five minutes.
WHAT IS THE PERIMETER ALARM
The perimeter alarm is designed to detect
unauthorized access to your vehicle.
WHAT ARE THE INTERIOR SENSORS
The interior sensors are designed to detect
any movement inside your vehicle.
The interior sensors are in the overhead
console.
Note: Do not cover the interior sensors.
106
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Security
WHAT ARE THE INCLINATION
SENSORS
The inclination sensor is designed to detect
an attempt to raise your vehicle, for example
to remove a wheel or to tow it away.
ARMING THE ANTI-THEFT ALARM
SYSTEM
The alarm is ready to arm when your vehicle
is switched off.
Lock your vehicle with your remote control
to arm the alarm.
DISARMING THE ANTI-THEFT ALARM
SYSTEM
Disarm the alarm by performing any of the
following actions:
• Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control.
• Switch your vehicle on or start your
vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
SETTINGS
WHAT ARE THE ALARM SECURITY
LEVELS
You can select two levels of alarm security,
all sensors and perimeter sensing.
All Sensors
All sensors is the standard setting.
In all sensors, all equipped sensors are on
when you arm the alarm.
Note: Do not arm the alarm with all sensors
if passengers, animals or other moving
objects are inside your vehicle.
Perimeter Sensing
In perimeter sensing, the interior sensors are
off when you arm the alarm.
All the other equipped sensors activate when
you arm the alarm in this mode.
SETTING THE ALARM SECURITY
LEVEL
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle.
3. Press Alarm System.
4. Press Motion Sensors.
5. Press a setting.
WHAT IS ASK ON EXIT
You can choose which level of security you
require after you switch the ignition off.
Note: If you do not choose a setting, the
system defaults to all sensors.
SWITCHING ASK ON EXIT ON AND
OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle.
3. Press Alarm System.
4. Switch Ask on Exit on or off.
107
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Security
SECURITY – TROUBLESHOOTING
SECURITY – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The system has not detected a correctly coded key.No Key Detected
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.Starting System Fault
Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthorized entry.Vehicle Alarm To Stop Alarm, Start
Vehicle.
Alarm Announcement
108
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Security
SECURITY – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
What should I do if there is any potential
alarm problem with my vehicle?
Take all remote controls to an
authorized dealer if there is any
potential alarm problem with your
vehicle.
What should I do if the vehicle is unable to
start with a correctly coded key?
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
109
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Security
POWER RUNNING BOARD
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: In extreme climates,
excessive ice buildup may occur, causing
the running boards not to deploy. Make
sure that the running boards have
deployed, and have finished moving before
attempting to step on them. The running
boards will resume normal function once
the blockage is cleared.
WARNING: Switch off the running
boards before jacking or placing any object
under your vehicle. Never place your hand
between the extended running board and
your vehicle. A moving running board may
cause injury.
Do not use the running boards, front and rear
hinge assemblies, running board motors, or
the running board underbody mounts to lift
your vehicle when jacking. Use proper
jacking points.
The running boards could move slower in
cold temperatures.
POWER RUNNING BOARD
SETTINGS
1. Access the vehicle drawer on the
touchscreen.
2. Press SETTINGS.
3. Press Power Running Board.
4. Press a setting.
Running Boards (Modes)
Off
The power running boards remain stowed,
regardless of door position.
Auto
The power running boards deploy when you
approach your vehicle with a remote control,
unlock the door or open the door.
The power running boards stow:
• After a few seconds when you close the
doors.
• If you unlock the door but do not open
it.
• If you have switched Approach detection
on and do not open a door before the
Auto Timer setting expires.
Note: When you select this mode, an option
displays that allows you to select how long
the running boards stay deployed without
opening the door.
Out
The power running boards remain deployed,
regardless of door position. The power
running boards stow when the vehicle speed
is more than 3 mph (5 km/h), and the mode
changes to Auto. You need to select Out
mode again if you want the power running
boards to stay deployed at the end of each
trip.
110
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Power Running Boards
Approach detection
When you switch Approach detection on
with Auto switched on, the running boards
deploy when you approach your vehicle with
a remote control.
DEPLOYING AND STOWING THE
POWER RUNNING BOARDS
The power running boards deploy when you
approach your vehicle with a remote control,
unlock or open the door.
The power running boards stow:
• When the vehicle speed is more than
3 mph (5 km/h).
• After a few seconds when you close the
doors.
• Instantly after you close and lock the
doors.
• If you unlock the door but do not open
it, after the timeout.
• If you have switched Approach detection
on and do not open a door before the
Auto Timer setting expires. See Power
Running Board Settings (page 110).
Note: The power running boards reverse
direction and move to the end of travel if
they encounter an object when moving.
Keep the power running boards and
brackets clean for optimum performance.
POWER RUNNING BOARDS –
TROUBLESHOOTING
POWER RUNNING BOARDS –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why is there unwanted noise coming from
my power running boards?
The power running board mechanism
could trap debris such as mud, dirt,
snow, ice and salt. If this happens, set
the running boards to the deployed
position. Then, wash the system, in
particular the front and rear hinge arms,
with a high-pressure car wash wand.
111
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Power Running Boards
ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL
WARNING: Do not adjust the steering
wheel when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 167).
E261582
Press the top or bottom of the control to
move the steering wheel up or down.
Press the front or rear of the control to move
the steering wheel in or out.
You can save and recall the steering wheel
position with the memory function. See
Recalling a Preset Position (page 186).
RESETTING THE STOPPING
POSITION
Note: The steering wheel stops when it
detects an obstruction. This sets a new
stopping position.
To reset the steering column to its normal
stopping position:
1. Confirm there is nothing obstructing the
motion of the steering column.
2. Press and hold the steering column
control until the steering column stops
moving.
3. Press the steering column control again.
Note: The steering column may start to move
again.
4. When the steering column stops,
continue holding the control for a few
seconds.
5. Repeat for each direction, as necessary.
HORN
E270945
Press on the center of the steering
wheel near the horn icon to
activate the horn.
SWITCHING THE HEATED
STEERING WHEEL ON AND OFF
E256621
To activate the heated steering
wheel, press the button on the
climate control unit.
On some vehicles, an indicator on the button
illuminates when the heated steering wheel
is on.
Note: A sensor regulates the temperature
of the steering wheel.
112
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE PEDALS
WARNING: Do not use the pedal
adjustment controls when the vehicle is
moving. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
Your control is on the left-hand side of the
steering column or on the instrument panel.
E176213
Farther away from you.A.
Closer to you.B.
You can save and recall the pedal positions
with the memory feature. See Memory
Function (page 186).
113
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adjustable Pedals
WIPERS
WIPER PRECAUTIONS
Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This could scratch the glass or
damage the wiper blades. Use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
Fully defrost the windshield before you
switch the windshield wipers on.
Switch the windshield wipers off before
entering a car wash.
SWITCHING WINDSHIELD WIPERS ON
AND OFF
E269410
Single wipe.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Normal wipe.C
High-speed wipe.D
E270969
Push the lever up or down to
operate the windshield wipers.
AUTOWIPERS (IF EQUIPPED)
WHAT ARE AUTOWIPERS
Autowipers turns on and controls the speed
and frequency of the windshield wipers.
AUTOWIPERS SETTINGS
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Wipers.
4. Switch Rain Sensing on or off.
Note: When you switch the feature off, the
wipers do not operate based on the rain
sensor. When you switch on the windshield
wipers to the intermittent wipe position with
the feature off, the wipers use the wipe
speed set by the rotary control.
114
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wipers and Washers
ADJUSTING THE SENSITIVITY OF THE
RAIN SENSOR
E330179
High sensitivity.A
Low sensitivity.B
Use the rotary control to set the sensitivity
of the rain sensor.
When you select high sensitivity, the wipers
operate when the sensor detects a small
amount of water on the windshield.
When you select low sensitivity, the wipers
operate when the sensor detects a large
amount of water on the windshield.
SWITCHING THE REAR WINDOW
WIPER ON AND OFF
E242324
Intermittent wipe.A
Continuous wipe.B
Rear window wiper off.C
REVERSE WIPE
WHAT IS REVERSE WIPE
Reverse wipe turns on the rear window wiper
when you shift into reverse (R) and the
windshield wipers are on.
REVERSE WIPE SETTINGS
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Wipers.
4. Switch Rear Wiper On (when in Reverse)
on or off.
115
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wipers and Washers
CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
REPLACING THE FRONT WIPER
BLADES
E165804
1. Pull the wiper blade and arm away from
the glass.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
E327597
2
2. Lift the wiper blade primary locking clip.
E327598
3. Press the wiper blade secondary locking
clip.
116
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wipers and Washers
4. Remove the wiper blade.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
5. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
REPLACING THE REAR WIPER
BLADES
E271380
1. Lift the wiper arm.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
2. Remove the wiper blade.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
3. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
WASHERS
WASHER PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: If you operate your
vehicle in temperatures below 41°F (5°C),
use washer fluid with antifreeze protection.
Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze
protection in cold weather could result in
impaired windshield vision and increase
the risk of injury or accident.
Do not operate the washers when the
washer reservoir is empty. This could cause
the washer pump to overheat.
117
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wipers and Washers
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the
wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit
the windshield.
USING THE WINDSHIELD WASHER
E269412
E270967
Pull the lever toward you to
operate the windshield washer.
Note: A courtesy wipe occurs a short time
after the wipers stop to clear any remaining
washer fluid when switched on. See
Switching the Courtesy Wipe On and Off
(page 118).
SWITCHING THE COURTESY WIPE ON
AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Wipers.
4. Switch Courtesy Wipe on or off.
USING THE REAR WINDOW WASHER
E269727
Push the lever away from you to operate the
rear window washer.
Note: A courtesy wipe occurs a short time
after the wipers stop to clear any remaining
washer fluid when switched on. See
Switching the Courtesy Wipe On and Off
(page 118).
ADDING WASHER FLUID
E348204
WASHER FLUID SPECIFICATION
See Washer Fluid Specification (page 475).
118
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wipers and Washers
WIPERS AND WASHERS –
TROUBLESHOOTING
WIPERS AND WASHERS – WARNING
LAMPS
E132353
Illuminates when the windshield
washer fluid is low.
WIPERS AND WASHERS –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why are there streaks and smears on the
windshield?
The wiper blades could be dirty, worn
or damaged. Check the wiper blades.
See Checking the Wiper Blades (page
116). If the wiper blades are dirty, clean
them with washer fluid or water applied
with a soft sponge or cloth. If the wiper
blades are worn or damaged, install new
ones. See Replacing the Front Wiper
Blades (page 116).
119
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wipers and Washers
EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL
E344567
Headlamps on.A
Autolamps on.B
Parking lamps on.C
Lamps off.D
Press the toggle switch upward or downward
to make a selection.
Note: The lighting control defaults to
autolamps each time you switch your vehicle
on.
HEADLAMPS
USING THE HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS
E339556
E67019
Push the lever away from you to
switch the high beam on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the lever
toward you to switch the high beams off.
Slightly pull the lever toward you and release
it to flash the headlamps.
SWITCHING HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
ON AND OFF
To switch headlamp exit delay on, pull the
turn signal lever toward you after switching
your vehicle off.
To switch headlamp exit delay off, pull the
turn signal lever toward you again or switch
your vehicle on.
Note: The headlamps turn off after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door closes.
ADJUSTING THE LEVEL OF THE
HEADLAMPS
Your vehicle has a dynamic leveling system.
The headlamps do not require additional aim
adjustment.
HEADLAMP INDICATORS
Lamps On
E71341
Illuminates when you switch the
low beam headlamps or the
parking lamps on.
120
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
Headlamp High Beam
E67019
Illuminates when you switch the
high beam headlamps on.
HEADLAMPS – TROUBLESHOOTING
HEADLAMPS – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Why is there condensation in the
headlamps?
• Headlamps have vents to accommodate
normal changes in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural
by-product of this design. When moist air
enters the lamp assembly through the
vents, there is a possibility that
condensation can occur when the
temperature is cold. When normal
condensation occurs, a fine mist can form
on the interior of the lens. The fine mist
eventually clears and exits through the
vents during normal operation.
How much condensation is acceptable?
• The presence of a fine mist, for example
no streaks, drip marks or large droplets.
A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
How long may it take for the
acceptable condensation to be
cleared?
• Clearing time may take as long as 48
hours under dry weather conditions.
How much condensation is
unacceptable?
• A water puddle inside the lamp. Streaks,
drip marks or large droplets present on
the interior of the lens.
What should I do if unacceptable
condensation is present?
• Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Why do my headlamps turn off when I
have them switched on when I switch
my vehicle off?
• The battery saver turns the headlamps
off after a short period of time after you
switch your vehicle off.
AUTOLAMPS
WHAT ARE AUTOLAMPS
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may need
to override the system if it does not turn
the headlamps on in low visibility
conditions, for example daytime fog.
Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low light
situations or when the windshield wipers
operate.
AUTOLAMP SETTINGS
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
121
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Lighting.
4. Press Autolamp Delay.
5. Press a setting.
EXTERIOR LAMPS
USING THE TURN SIGNAL LAMPS
E273180
E67018
Push the lever up or down to
switch the turn signal lamps on.
Set the lever to the middle position to switch
the turn signal lamps off.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
turn signal lamps flash three times.
Turn Signal Lamp Indicator
E67018
It flashes when you switch the turn
signal lamps on.
Note: An increase in the rate of flashing
warns of a failed turn signal lamp.
SWITCHING THE DAYTIME RUNNING
LAMPS ON AND OFF - VEHICLES
WITH: CONFIGURABLE DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Lighting.
4. Switch Daytime Running Lights on or
off.
The daytime running lamps turn on when all
of the following occur:
• You switch the system on.
• You switch your vehicle on.
• The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions or
you release the parking brake for
vehicles with manual transmissions.
• The lighting control is in the autolamps
position.
• The headlamps are off.
Note: Other lighting control positions do not
turn on the daytime running lamps.
122
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
SWITCHING THE DAYTIME RUNNING
LAMPS ON AND OFF - VEHICLES
WITH: DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
(DRL)
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
Daytime running lamps are always on unless
you switch on the headlamps or your vehicle
is in park (P).
USING THE FRONT FOG LAMPS
To switch the lamps on or off:
1. Set the lighting control to the parking
lamps, headlamps or autolamps position.
Note: When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, you cannot switch the
fog lamps on unless the low beam
headlamps are on.
2.
Press the button on the lighting
control to switch the front fog lamps on
or off.
Note: Only switch the front fog lamps on
during reduced visibility.
Note: The brightness of the daytime running
lamps may decrease when the front fog
lamps are switched on.
Front Fog Lamps Indicator
It illuminates when you switch the
front fog lamps on.
SWITCHING WELCOME LIGHTING ON
AND OFF
Welcome lighting turns on the exterior lamps
when you approach your vehicle with an
authenticated device or unlock the doors.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Lighting.
4. Switch Welcome Lighting on or off.
EXTERIOR LAMP INDICATORS
Front Fog Lamp
It illuminates when you switch the
front fog lamps on.
Turn Signal Lamp
E67018
It flashes when you switch the turn
signal lamps on.
Note: An increase in the rate of flashing
warns of a failed turn signal lamp.
EXTERIOR LAMPS ON AUDIBLE
WARNING
Sounds when you open the driver door and
the exterior lamps are on.
123
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
HOW DOES AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL WORK
Automatic high beam control turns the high
beams on if it is dark enough and no other
traffic is present. If it detects an approaching
vehicle’s headlamps or tail lamps, or street
lighting ahead, the system turns the high
beams off.
A camera sensor, centrally mounted behind
the windshield of your vehicle, continuously
monitors conditions to turn the high beams
on and off.
124
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
E327596
Without automatic high beam
control.
A
With automatic high beam control.B
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may need
to override the system if it does not turn
the high beams on or off.
WARNING: The system may not
switch the high beams off if the lights of
oncoming vehicles are hidden by
obstacles, for example guard rails.
WARNING: Do not use the system in
poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain,
spray or snow.
WARNING: You may need to
override the system when approaching
other road users.
WARNING: You may need to
override the system during inclement
weather.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
REQUIREMENTS
The system turns the high beams on if all of
the following occur:
• You switch the system on.
• You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position.
• The ambient light level is low enough that
you require high beams.
• There is no traffic in front of your vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
approximately 32 mph (52 km/h).
125
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
LIMITATIONS
The system turns the high beams off if any
of the following occur:
• You switch the system off.
• You set the lighting control to any
position except autolamps.
• The ambient light level is high enough
that you do not require high beams.
• The system detects an approaching
vehicle's headlamps or a leading
vehicle's tail lamps.
• The system detects severe rain, snow or
fog.
• The system detects street lighting.
• The camera has reduced visibility.
• The vehicle speed falls below
approximately 19 mph (30 km/h).
SWITCHING AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Lighting.
4. Switch Auto Highbeam on or off.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
INDICATORS
E146105
Illuminates to confirm when the
system is ready to assist.
OVERRIDING AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL
E273182
Push the lever away from you to switch the
high beam on.
Push the lever away from you again to switch
the high beams off.
Push the lever away from you for a third time
to switch automatic high beam control back
on.
126
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL – TROUBLESHOOTING
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
The camera has reduced visibility. Clean the windshield. If the message continues to appear,
have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen
The camera has malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time for the camera to cool down. If the
message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front Camera Temporarily Not Available
The camera has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.Front Camera Malfunction Service
Required
GLARE FREE LIGHTING (IF EQUIPPED)
HOW DOES GLARE FREE LIGHTING
WORK
Glare free lighting enhances visibility and
minimizes glare for other road users.
127
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
E220921
Without glare free lighting.A
With glare free lighting.B
GLARE FREE LIGHTING PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may need
to override the system if it does not adapt
the light.
WARNING: The system may not
adapt the lighting to avoid glare if the lights
of oncoming vehicles are hidden by
obstacles such as guard rails.
WARNING: You may need to
override the system when approaching
other road users.
WARNING: You may need to
override the system during inclement
weather.
WARNING: Do not use the system in
poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain,
spray or snow.
GLARE FREE LIGHTING
REQUIREMENTS
The system turns on if all of the following
occur:
• You switch the system on.
• You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position.
• The ambient light level is low enough.
• Your vehicle speed is greater than
approximately 32 mph (52 km/h).
The system adapts the lighting to avoid glare
if all of the following occur:
• You switch the system on.
• You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position.
• The system detects an approaching
vehicle's headlamps or rear lamps.
128
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
GLARE FREE LIGHTING LIMITATIONS
The system turns off if any of the following
occur:
• You switch the system off.
• You set the lighting control to any
position except autolamps.
• The ambient light level is high enough.
• The system detects severe rain, snow or
fog.
• The system detects street lighting.
• The camera has reduced visibility.
• The vehicle speed falls below
approximately 19 mph (30 km/h).
Note: The deactivation speed is lower on
curves.
SWITCHING GLARE FREE LIGHTING
ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Lighting.
4. Switch Glarefree Lighting on or off.
GLARE FREE LIGHTING INDICATORS
E146105
Illuminates to confirm when the
system is ready to assist.
OVERRIDING GLARE FREE LIGHTING
E273182
Push the lever away from you to switch the
high beams on.
Push the lever away from you again to switch
the high beams off.
Push the lever away from you for a third time
to switch glare free lighting back on.
129
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
GLARE FREE LIGHTING – TROUBLESHOOTING (IF EQUIPPED)
GLARE FREE LIGHTING – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
The camera has reduced visibility. Clean the windshield. If the message continues to appear,
have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen
The camera has malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time for the camera to cool down. If the
message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front Camera Temporarily Not Available
The camera has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.Front Camera Malfunction Service
Required
ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
HOW DOES ADAPTIVE FRONT
LIGHTING WORK
Dynamic Bending Lamps
Adaptive front lighting moves the light into
the curve when you are steering around a
curve or if the camera detects lane markings
indicating a curve.
130
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
E161714
Without adaptive front lighting.A
With adaptive front lighting.B
Situational Supplemental Lighting
Adaptive front lighting provides supplemental
light on the road depending on your vehicle
speed, steering wheel input, and camera
detection of stop or yield traffic signs.
E275680
Standard low beam.A
Supplemental lighting.B
SWITCHING ADAPTIVE FRONT
LIGHTING ON AND OFF
Set the lighting control to the autolamps
position to use adaptive front lighting.
Note: Other lighting control positions do not
turn on adaptive front lighting.
131
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Lighting
SWITCHING ALL OF THE INTERIOR
LAMPS ON AND OFF
The lamps turn on under the following
conditions:
• You open any door.
• You press a button on the remote control.
• You press the all lamps on button on the
overhead console.
E259649
Press to switch all interior lamps
on or off.
SWITCHING THE FRONT INTERIOR
LAMPS ON AND OFF
E262162
The front interior lamp switches are on the
overhead console.
Note: The position of each button on the
overhead console depends on your vehicle.
Individual Map Lamps
E262193
Press to switch the left-hand
individual dome lamp on and off.
Press to switch the right-hand
individual dome lamp on and off.
SWITCHING THE REAR INTERIOR
LAMPS ON AND OFF
E281231
The rear interior lamps may be above the
rear seat or above the rear windows.
E259649
Press to switch the lamps on or off.
Note: If you switch the rear lamps on through
the overhead console, you cannot switch
them off with the rear lamp switch.
132
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Interior Lighting
INTERIOR LAMP FUNCTION
WHAT IS THE INTERIOR LAMP
FUNCTION
The interior lamp function switches the
courtesy and door lamps on or off.
SWITCHING THE INTERIOR LAMP
FUNCTION ON AND OFF
Press to switch the interior lamp
function on and off.
Note: The indicator lamp illuminates amber
when the door function is off.
ADJUSTING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL LIGHTING BRIGHTNESS
The instrument lighting dimmer buttons are
on the lighting control.
E291299
E296433
Repeatedly press one of the
buttons to adjust the brightness.
AMBIENT LIGHTING
SWITCHING AMBIENT LIGHTING ON
AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Ambient Light.
4. Press a color.
ADJUSTING AMBIENT LIGHTING
Drag the selected color up or down.
INTERIOR LIGHTING –
TROUBLESHOOTING
INTERIOR LIGHTING – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why do my courtesy lamps or interior lamps
turn off when I have them switched on
when I switch my vehicle off?
The battery saver turns the courtesy
lamps and interior lamps off after a short
period of time after you switch your
vehicle off.
133
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Interior Lighting
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
WINDOWS
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not let
them play with the power windows. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the power
windows, verify they are free of obstruction
and make sure that children and pets are
not in the proximity of the window
openings.
Press the window control switch
to open the window. Lift the
window control switch to close the
window.
Note: The power windows operate with the
ignition on, and for several minutes after you
switch the ignition off or until you open a
front door.
To reduce wind noise or pulsing noise when
one window is open, slightly open the
opposite window.
One-Touch Open
Fully press the window control switch and
release it. Press again or lift it to stop the
window.
One-Touch Close
Fully lift the window control switch and
release it. Press again or lift it to stop the
window.
Resetting One-Touch Close
Carry out all steps within 30 seconds of
starting the sequence.
1. Close the window.
2. Press and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully open. Keep the
window control switch pressed for a few
seconds.
3. Lift and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully closed. Keep the
window control switch held for a few
seconds.
4. Press and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully open. Keep the
window control switch pressed for a few
seconds.
5. Lift and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully closed. Keep the
window control switch held for a few
seconds.
Note: Repeat the procedure if the window
does not close when you use one-touch.
GLOBAL OPENING (IF EQUIPPED)
WHAT IS GLOBAL OPENING (If Equipped)
You can use the remote control to open the
windows with the ignition off.
134
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Windows
USING GLOBAL OPENING (If Equipped)
1. Press and release the unlock button on
the remote control.
2. Press and hold the unlock button on the
remote control.
3. Release the button when the windows
start to open.
Press the lock or the unlock button on the
remote control to stop global opening.
Note: You can use global opening for a short
period of time when you unlock your vehicle
using the remote control.
SWITCHING GLOBAL OPENING ON
AND OFF (If Equipped)
1. Using the information display controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Windows.
4. Switch Remote Open on or off.
WINDOW BOUNCE-BACK
WHAT IS WINDOW BOUNCE-BACK
The window stops and reverses if it detects
an obstruction when closing.
OVERRIDING WINDOW BOUNCE-
BACK
WARNING: If you override
bounce-back, the window does not reverse
if it detects an obstacle. Take care when
closing the windows to avoid personal
injury or damage to your vehicle.
1. Close the window until it reaches the
point of resistance and let it reverse.
2. Lift and hold the window control switch
within two seconds to override
bounce-back and close the window.
Bounce-back is now disabled and you
can close the window manually.
Note: The window goes past the point of
resistance and you can fully close it.
Note: If the window does not close, have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
LOCKING THE REAR WINDOW
CONTROLS
Press the window control switch
to lock or unlock the rear window
controls. It illuminates when you
lock the rear window controls.
135
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Windows
INTERIOR MIRROR PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors
when your vehicle is moving. This could
result in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.
AUTO-DIMMING INTERIOR MIRROR
WHAT IS THE AUTO-DIMMING
INTERIOR MIRROR
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of bright
light from behind. It returns to normal when
the bright light from behind is no longer
present or if you shift into reverse (R).
AUTO-DIMMING INTERIOR MIRROR
LIMITATIONS
Do not block the sensors on the front and
back of the mirror.
Note: A rear center passenger or raised rear
center head restraint could prevent light from
reaching the sensor.
CHILDMINDER MIRROR
CHILDMINDER MIRROR
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the
childminder mirror to view rearward traffic,
do not allow rear passengers to distract
you from the driving task, and make sure
the rear view mirror has a clear view of
rearward traffic. Failure to do so could
increase the risk of a crash from an unseen
vehicle, which may result in serious injury.
LOCATING THE CHILDMINDER
MIRROR
The mirror allows the driver to view the rear
seating area.
E369501
136
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Interior Mirror
Pull down the rear edge of the childminder
mirror to open. You can adjust the
childminder mirror to any position up to full
open to aid in visibility.
137
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Interior Mirror
ADJUSTING THE EXTERIOR
MIRRORS
WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors
when your vehicle is moving. This could
result in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
E369399
Left-hand mirror.A
Right-hand mirror.B
Adjustment control.C
Window lock.D
Power fold.E
To adjust the mirrors, switch your vehicle on
and place the ignition in accessory or start.
1. Select the mirror you want to adjust. The
control light turns on.
2. Use the adjustment control to adjust the
position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror control again. The
control light turns off.
FOLDING THE EXTERIOR MIRRORS
The exterior mirrors fold when you lock your
vehicle and unfold when you unlock your
vehicle.
For tight parking conditions, press
the control to fold the mirrors.
Press the control switch again to
unfold the mirrors.
Note: Do not stop the mirrors midway
through their movement. Wait until the
mirrors stop moving and press the control
again.
The left-hand and right-hand mirrors move
at different rates. For example, one mirror
may stop while the other one continues to
move. This is normal.
If you press the control switch to fold the
mirrors with auto fold on, the mirrors do not
unfold when you unlock your vehicle.
Note: The power folding mirrors operate with
the ignition on, and for several minutes after
you switch the ignition off.
Note: If you fold and unfold the mirrors
several times within one minute, the power
fold function may turn off to protect the
motors from overheating.
Switching Auto fold On and Off
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Mirrors.
4. Switch Autofold on or off.
138
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Mirrors
Loose Mirror
If your power folding mirrors are manually
folded, they may not work properly even
after you reposition them. You need to reset
them if:
• The mirrors vibrate when you drive.
• The mirrors feel loose.
• The mirrors do not stay in the folded or
unfolded position.
• One of the mirrors is not in its normal
driving position.
To reset the mirrors perform the following
steps:
1. Fold or retract both mirrors manually.
2. Using the power folding/power
telescoping mirror control switch, operate
the mirrors until you hear an audible click.
3. Operate the power folding or power
telescoping mirrors an additional 3 to 4
times to synchronize the mirrors.
AUTO-DIMMING EXTERIOR MIRROR
WHAT IS THE AUTO-DIMMING
EXTERIOR MIRROR
The driver exterior mirror dims when the
interior auto-dimming mirror turns on.
Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)
You can save and recall the mirror positions
through the memory function. See Exterior
Mirrors (page 138).
Heated Exterior Mirrors
See Switching the Heated Rear Window On
and Off (page 160).
Signal Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped)
The forward-facing portion of the appropriate
mirror housing blinks when you switch on
the direction indicator.
Lincoln Welcome Mat (If Equipped)
Projection lights, on the bottom of the mirror
housings, project an image onto the ground
a short distance from the vehicle.
Blind Spot Monitor
See What Is Blind Spot Information System
(page 311).
360 Degree Camera (If Equipped)
See What Is the 360 Degree Camera (page
261).
139
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Exterior Mirrors
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
SUNSHADE
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not let
them play with the sun shades. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
The controls are on the overhead console.
Opening the Sun Shade
E312249
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch open
feature. To stop movement, press
the switch a second time. The sun shade also
opens when you open the moonroof.
Note: The sun shade stops short of its fully
opened position for the comfort of rear
passengers. To fully open the sun shade,
press the switch again.
Closing the Sun Shade
E312250
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch close
feature. To stop movement, press
the switch a second time.
Note: If fully open, the sun shade stops after
covering the rear glass panel. Press and
release again to fully close the sun shade.
Note: The sun shade does not fully close
unless the moonroof glass is fully closed.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
MOONROOF
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not let
them play with the moonroof. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the
moonroof, verify that it is free of
obstruction and make sure that children
and pets are not in the proximity of the roof
opening.
The moonroof controls are located on the
overhead console.
Opening the Moonroof
E340663
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch open
feature. To stop movement, press
the switch a second time.
Note: The moonroof stops short of the fully
opened position to reduce wind noise or
rumbling that may happen with the moonroof
fully open.
Press and release the switch again to fully
open the moonroof.
140
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Moonroof (If Equipped)
Closing the Moonroof
E340636
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch close
feature, from either the open or
vent positions. To stop movement, press the
switch a second time.
VENTING THE MOONROOF
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not let
them play with the moonroof. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
The moonroof controls are on the overhead
console.
E340635
With the moonroof in the closed
position, press and release the
switch to vent the moonroof.
E340636
To close the moonroof from the
vent position, press and release
the moonroof close switch.
MOONROOF BOUNCE-BACK
WHAT IS MOONROOF BOUNCE-BACK
The moonroof stops and reverses some
distance if it detects an obstacle when
closing.
OVERRIDING MOONROOF BOUNCE-
BACK
Press and hold the close switch within two
seconds after the moonroof comes to a stop.
141
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Moonroof (If Equipped)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW
E271984
142
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Instrument Cluster
Status bar.A
Speedometer.B
Right information group.C
Fuel gauge.D
Engine coolant temperature gauge.E
Left information group.F
TACHOMETER
Indicates the engine speed.
SPEEDOMETER
Indicates the vehicle speed.
FUEL GAUGE
WHAT IS THE FUEL GAUGE
Indicates approximately how much fuel is in
the fuel tank.
FUEL GAUGE LIMITATIONS
The fuel gauge may not provide an accurate
reading when your vehicle is on an incline.
LOCATING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol
indicates on which side of your vehicle the
fuel filler door is located.
WHAT IS THE LOW FUEL REMINDER
A low fuel level reminder displays and
sounds when the distance to empty reaches
75 mi (120 km) to empty for MyKey, and at
50 mi (80 km), 25 mi (40 km), 12 mi (20 km)
and 0 mi (0 km) for all vehicle keys.
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at
different fuel gauge positions depending on
fuel economy conditions. This variation is
normal.
143
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Instrument Cluster
WHAT IS DISTANCE TO EMPTY
Indicates the approximate distance your
vehicle can travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern can
cause the value to not only decrease but also
increase or stay constant for periods of time.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
Indicates the engine coolant temperature.
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
Indicates the engine oil pressure.
Note: This is a configurable gauge.
TRANSMISSION FLUID
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
Indicates the transmission fluid temperature.
Special operating conditions can cause
higher than normal operating temperatures.
See Special Operating Conditions
Scheduled Maintenance (page 537).
Note: This is a configurable gauge.
WHAT ARE THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER WARNING LAMPS
Warning lamps alert you to a vehicle
condition that could become serious. Some
lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle
to make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WARNING
LAMPS
Anti-Lock Brake System
E67020
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates that the
system requires service. Your
vehicle continues to have normal braking
without the anti-lock brake system function.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Battery
E67021
It illuminates when you switch the
ignition on.
If it illuminates when the engine is
running, this indicates your vehicle requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
144
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Instrument Cluster
Brake System
E270480
E67024
It illuminates when you apply the
parking brake and the ignition is
on. If it illuminates when your
vehicle is moving, make sure the
parking brake is released. If the
parking brake is released, this indicates low
brake fluid level or the brake system requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Note: Indicators may vary depending on
region.
Door Ajar
It illuminates when you switch the
ignition on and remains on if any
door is open.
Electric Parking Brake
E146190
It illuminates or flashes when the
electric parking brake requires
service.
Engine Coolant Temperature
E103308
If it illuminates, safely stop your
vehicle and switch your vehicle off.
Fasten Seatbelt
E71880
It illuminates and a tone sounds
until you fasten the seatbelts.
Hood Ajar
E246598
It illuminates when the ignition is
on and the hood is not completely
closed.
Liftgate Ajar
E162453
It illuminates when the ignition is
on and the liftgate is not
completely closed.
Low Beam Warning
E181350
It illuminates when the low beam
headlamp requires service. Have
the system checked as soon as
possible.
Low Fuel Level
It illuminates when the fuel level is
low.
Low Tire Pressure
E139232
It illuminates when your tire
pressure is low. If illuminated,
check your tire pressure as soon
as possible. If it begins to flash at anytime,
have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Low Washer Fluid Level
E132353
It illuminates when the washer fluid
is low.
145
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Instrument Cluster
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
E67028
It illuminates when the ignition is
on and the engine is off, this is
normal operation. If it illuminates
when the engine is on this indicates that the
emission control system requires service. If
it flashes, have your vehicle checked
immediately. See Starting and Stopping the
Engine – Warning Lamps (page 206). See
Emission Law (page 621).
Oil Pressure
E67022
It illuminates when the engine oil
pressure is low.
Powertrain Fault
It illuminates when the powertrain
requires service. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WHAT ARE THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER INDICATORS
Indicators notify you of various features that
are active on your vehicle.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INDICATORS
ActiveGlide™ (If Equipped)
E297977
See ActiveGlide™ (page 286).
Adaptive Cruise Control
E144524
See Adaptive Cruise Control
(page 270).
Airbag
E67017
See Airbags (page 61).
Auto Hold
E323448
E323449
See Auto Hold (page 243).
Automatic High Beam
E146105
See Automatic High Beam
Control (page 124).
Auto Start-Stop
E121377
E146361
See Auto-Start-Stop (page 208).
Blind Spot Information System
E151262
See Blind Spot Information
System (page 311).
146
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Instrument Cluster
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
E71340
See Instrument Cluster (page 142).
Front Fog Lamp
See Exterior Lighting (page 120).
Headlamp High Beam
E67019
See Exterior Lighting (page 120).
Hill Descent Control
E163171
See Hill Descent Control (page
250).
Hill Start Assist
E274708
See Hill Start Assist (page 242).
Lane Centering
E297977
See Lane Centering (page 279).
Lane Keeping System
E308131
See Lane Keeping System (page
300).
Parking Lamps
E71341
See Exterior Lighting (page 120).
Pre-Collision Assist
E329466
See Pre-Collision Assist (page 321).
Rear Fog Lamp
E67040
See Exterior Lighting (page 120).
Stability and Traction Control
E138639
E130458
See Stability Control (page 247).
See Traction Control (page 245).
Turn Signal
E67018
See Exterior Lighting (page 120).
147
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Instrument Cluster
USING THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER DISPLAY CONTROLS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Some options could appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are optional.
The controls are on the steering wheel.
E357886
Return Button
Press to go back or exit a menu.
Toggle Buttons
Press the toggle button up or down to scroll
through menu items.
OK Button
Press to make a selection.
Status Indicator
E204495
A check in the box indicates a
feature is on, and unchecked
indicates the feature is off.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISPLAY
MAIN MENU
Depending on your vehicle options, some
menu items can appear different or not at
all.
Note: For your safety, some features are
speed-dependent and could be unavailable
when your vehicle is above a certain speed.
148
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Instrument Cluster Display
HUD
SETTINGS
DISPLAY SETUP
AUDIO
PHONE
NAVIGATION
TRIP COMPUTER
ACCESSING THE TRIP COMPUTER
Using the instrument cluster controls, select
the following to access the trip computer:
ActionMenu Item
Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation
appears.
TRIP 1
Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation
appears.
TRIP 2
149
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Instrument Cluster Display
RESETTING THE INDIVIDUAL TRIP
VALUES
Using the instrument cluster controls, select
the following to reset individual trip values:
ActionMenu Item
Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation
appears.
TRIP 1
Press and hold the OK button until the system reset confirmation
appears.
TRIP 2
CUSTOMIZING THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER DISPLAY
You can customize the gauge displays
through the following:
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.Display
Press the OK button. Choose a gauge display.Gauges
150
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Instrument Cluster Display
CHANGING THE LANGUAGE
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press General.
3. Press Language.
4. Select a language.
CHANGING THE MEASUREMENT
UNIT
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press General.
3. Press Measurement Units.
4. Select a measurement unit.
CHANGING THE TEMPERATURE
UNIT
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press General.
3. Press Temperature Units.
4. Select a temperature unit.
CHANGING THE TIRE PRESSURE
UNIT
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press General.
3. Press Tire Pressure Units.
4. Select a pressure unit.
151
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Personalized Settings
WHAT IS THE HEAD UP DISPLAY
The system displays information on a display
screen in your field of vision, allowing you to
keep your eyes on the road. You can select
which information the system displays.
SWITCHING THE HEAD UP
DISPLAY ON AND OFF
Use the instrument cluster controls on the
steering wheel to navigate to the head up
display menu.
ActionMenu Item
Press the OK button.HUD
Press the OK button.HUD On
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start the engine.
HEAD UP DISPLAY SETTINGS
You can control the system's options through
the instrument cluster display by using the
HUD, OK and arrow buttons on your steering
wheel. See Using the Instrument Cluster
Display Controls (page 148).
You can adjust the display according to your
height to make viewing the content easier.
You can also adjust what content displays
and the brightness of the content. The
system's options appear in the instrument
cluster while the updates happen in the head
up display.
Note: If HUD On is unchecked, other options
of the system are hidden.
Note: The head up display menu
automatically closes after a certain period
of inactivity.
Note: The head up display image brightness
automatically adjusts to the brightness of
the ambient environment. You have the
ability to adjust the brightness further
according to your preference.
Note: In some instances, sunlight can cause
some reflections in and around the head up
display image.
152
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Head Up Display (If Equipped)
Head-Up Display (HUD)
Follow onscreen directions to confirm or modify your settings.Brightness
Follow onscreen directions to confirm or
modify your settings.
Vertical PositionHUD Adjustments
Image Rotation
Turns the distance to empty, time and temperature on and off.HUD Content
Select Your SettingCruise and Lane Control
Note: When you save a memory preset position, your current HUD settings are also saved to that memory preset position. See What Is the
Memory Function (page 186).
153
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Head Up Display (If Equipped)
HEAD UP DISPLAY INDICATORS
E355334
Signaling and traffic indication.A
Left information group.B
Advanced driver assistance
systems display area.
C
Navigation display area.D
Status bar.E
Speedometer display area.F
Signaling and Traffic Indication
Displays turn signal indicators, blind spot
information, if turn signal indicators are
active, and cross traffic alert.
Left Information Group
Displays incoming call information.
Advanced Driver Assistance Systems
Display Area
Displays adaptive cruise control and lane
keeping system status and warnings.
Navigation Display Area
Displays navigation next turn instructions.
Status Bar
Displays distance to empty, time and outside
air temperature. Next to distance to empty,
the fuel gauge fill color could display and
change colors to indicate a low fuel
condition. You can switch off the status bar
in the head up display settings menu.
Speedometer Display Area
Displays current vehicle speed, speed limit,
if available in the map database, and your
transmission gear selection.
154
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Head Up Display (If Equipped)
HEAD UP DISPLAY – TROUBLESHOOTING
HEAD UP DISPLAY – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The system is malfunctioning or something is obstructing the display.
Make sure that the head up display is free from obstruction. If the
message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Head up Display (HUD) System Fault See Manual
Press the button on the steering wheel. The head up display menu
appears in the instrument cluster display. Make sure the blue frame
is fully visible. Do not manually move the screen. This can cause
damage not covered by your vehicle's warranty.
Head up Display (HUD) Use the Information Central Menu
155
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Head Up Display (If Equipped)
WHAT IS REMOTE START
The system allows you to remotely start your
vehicle and to adjust the interior temperature
according to the settings that you chose.
REMOTE START PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
REMOTE START LIMITATIONS
Remote start does not work under the
following conditions:
• The alarm horn is sounding.
• The hood is open.
• The transmission is not in park (P).
• The ignition is on.
• The battery voltage is below the
minimum operating voltage.
Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel
level is low.
Note: To use remote start with Lincoln Way
or Phone as a Key, enable the modem. See
Connecting Lincoln Way to the Modem
(page 481).
ENABLING REMOTE START
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Remote Start Setup.
4. Switch Remote Start on or off.
Note: To remote start with Lincoln Way,
make sure that the modem is enabled. See
Connecting Lincoln Way to the Modem
(page 481).
REMOTELY STARTING AND
STOPPING THE VEHICLE
Remotely Starting the Vehicle
E138623
Press the button on the remote
control.
E138625
Within three seconds, press the
button on the remote control.
Within three seconds, press the
button again.
Note: You can also use the Lincoln Way app
to start the vehicle.
Note: The turn signals flash twice.
Note: The parking lamps turn on when the
vehicle is running.
Note: The horn sounds if the system fails to
start.
Note: All other vehicle systems remain off
when you have remotely started the vehicle.
156
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Remote Start
Note: The vehicle remains secured when
you have remotely started the vehicle. A
valid key must be inside your vehicle to
switch your vehicle on and drive your
vehicle.
Remotely Stopping the Vehicle
E138625
Within three seconds, press the
button on the remote control.
Within three seconds, press the
button again.
EXTENDING THE REMOTE START
DURATION
To extend the remote start duration during
remote start, do the following:
E138623
Press the button on the remote
control.
E138625
Within three seconds, press the
button on the remote control.
Within three seconds, press the
button again.
If the duration is set to 15 minutes, the
duration extends by another 15 minutes. This
provides a total of 30 minutes.
Note: Remote start can only be extended
once.
Note: A maximum of two remote starts, or
one remote start with an extension, are
allowed. To reset the restart procedure
switch the vehicle to on, then to off.
REMOTE START REMOTE
CONTROL INDICATORS
Remote Control Feedback
An LED on the remote control provides status
feedback of remote start or stop commands.
StatusLED
Remote start
successful.
Solid green.
Remote stop
successful.
Solid red.
Request failed or
status not received.
Blinking red.
Status incomplete.Blinking green.
REMOTE START SETTINGS
Climate Control Settings
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Remote Start Setup.
4. Press Climate Control.
5. Press Auto or Last settings.
157
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Remote Start
Note: If you switch the auto mode on, the
system attempts to heat or cool the interior
to 72°F (22°C). When you switch the vehicle
on, the climate control system returns to the
last used settings.
Note: If you switch the last settings on, the
system remembers the last used settings.
Heated Seat Settings (If Equipped)
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Remote Start Setup.
4. Press Seats.
5. Press Auto or Off.
Note: If you switch the heated seat settings
on, the heated seats turn on during cold
weather.
Note: You cannot adjust the heated seat
settings when you remotely start your
vehicle.
Heated Steering Wheel Settings (If
Equipped)
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Remote Start Setup.
4. Press Seats and Steering Wheel.
5. Press Auto or Off.
Note: If you switch the heated steering wheel
settings on, the heated steering wheel turns
on during cold weather.
Note: You cannot adjust the heated steering
wheel settings when you remotely start your
vehicle.
Remote Start Duration
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Press Remote Start Setup.
4. Press Duration.
5. Press the duration you prefer.
158
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Remote Start
IDENTIFYING THE CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
E355898
Depending on your vehicle options, the
controls could look different than what you
see here.
SWITCHING CLIMATE CONTROL
ON AND OFF
E265038
Press the button on the climate
control unit to access additional
controls for the climate system.
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
SWITCHING RECIRCULATED AIR
ON AND OFF
Press the button to recirculate air
currently in the passenger
compartment.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off
automatically, or prevent you from switching
on in all air flow modes except MAX A/C to
reduce the risk of fogging. Recirculation may
also turn on and off automatically in various
air distribution control combinations to
improve heating or cooling efficiency.
SWITCHING AIR CONDITIONING
ON AND OFF
Press the button.
Note: Under certain conditions, the air
conditioning compressor could continue to
operate after you switch air conditioning off.
Note: To keep the system and its
components fully functional, switch air
conditioning on and let your vehicle idle at
least once per month for a minimum of two
minutes.
SWITCHING DEFROST ON AND
OFF
Press the button to switch the
windshield air vents on.
SWITCHING MAXIMUM DEFROST
ON AND OFF
E265038
Press the button on the climate
control unit to access additional
controls for the climate system.
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
Air flows through the windshield air vents,
and the blower motor adjusts to the highest
speed.
159
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Climate Control
You can also use this setting to defog and
clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you
cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.
Note: The heated rear window also turns on
when you select maximum defrost.
SWITCHING MAXIMUM COOLING
ON AND OFF
Press the button.
Note: When you switch maximum cooling
off, air conditioning remains on.
SWITCHING THE HEATED REAR
WINDOW ON AND OFF
Press the button to clear the rear
window of thin ice and fog. The
heated rear window turns off after
a short period of time.
Note: This button also activates the heated
mirrors.
Note: Do not use harsh chemicals, razor
blades or other sharp objects to clean or
remove decals from the inside of the heated
rear window as this could cause damage to
the heated rear window grid lines not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
SETTING THE BLOWER MOTOR
SPEED
Turn the control to adjust the
volume of air circulated in the
vehicle.
SETTING THE TEMPERATURE
E266187
E266186
Press the toggle button on the left-hand side
of the climate control upward or downward
to set the left-hand temperature.
Note: This control also adjusts the right-hand
side temperature when you switch off dual
zone mode.
Press the toggle button on the right-hand
side of the climate control upward or
downward to set the right-hand temperature.
DIRECTING THE FLOW OF AIR
E265038
Press the button to access
additional controls for the climate
system.
160
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Climate Control
Directing Air to the Windshield Air
Vents
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
Directing Air to the Instrument Panel
Air Vents
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
E244097
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
E244098
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
AUTO MODE
SWITCHING AUTO MODE ON AND
OFF
Press the button to switch auto
mode on. Repeatedly press the
button to adjust auto mode.
Note: When you switch auto mode on, lights
on the blower motor control do not illuminate
to indicate the blower motor speed.
Adjust the blower motor control or air
distribution control to switch auto mode off.
AUTO MODE INDICATORS
The indicators are on the Auto Mode button.
DescriptionAuto Mode Indicator Status
The blower motor speed is reduced. Use this setting to minimize the amount of noise from the
blower motor. This setting increases the time taken to cool the interior.
One indicator illuminated.
The blower motor speed is moderate.Two indicators illuminated.
The blower motor speed is increased. Use this setting to reduce the time taken to cool the interior.
This setting increases the amount of noise from the blower motor.
Three indicators illuminated.
161
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Climate Control
SWITCHING DUAL MODE ON AND OFF
E265038
Press the button on the climate
control unit to access additional
controls for the climate system.
E265280
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
CLIMATE CONTROL HINTS
General Hints
• Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
• You may feel a small amount of air from
the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
• To reduce humidity build-up inside your
vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air
always switched on.
• Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the
airflow to the rear seats.
• Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the
air intake area at the base of the
windshield.
• To improve the time to reach a
comfortable temperature in hot weather,
drive with the windows open until you
feel cold air through the air vents.
Automatic Climate Control
• Adjusting the settings when your vehicle
interior is extremely hot or cold is not
necessary. Automatic mode is best
recommended to maintain set
temperature.
• The system adjusts to heat or cool the
interior to the temperature you select as
quickly as possible.
• For the system to function efficiently, the
instrument panel and side air vents
should be fully open.
• If you press AUTO during cold outside
temperatures, the system directs air flow
to the windshield and side window air
vents.In addition, the blower motor may
run at a slower speed until the engine
warms up.
• If you press AUTO during hot
temperatures and the inside of the
vehicle is hot, the system uses
recirculated air to maximize interior
cooling. Blower motor speed may also
reduce until the air cools.
Quickly Heating the Interior
1. Press AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer.
Recommended Settings for Heating
1. Press AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
162
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Climate Control
Quickly Cooling the Interior
1. Press MAX A/C.
2. Drive with the windows open for a short
period of time.
Recommended Settings for Cooling
1. Press AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
Defogging the Side Windows in Cold
Weather
1. Press and release defrost or maximum
defrost.
2. Adjust the temperature control to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
163
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Climate Control
IDENTIFYING THE REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
E357000
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls could look different
from what you see here.
E283811
Press the icon on the touchscreen
to access the climate control
features.
SWITCHING THE REAR
PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROLS
ON AND OFF
Press and release the button to
switch the rear climate control on
or off.
Note: If the system is on and Max Defrost is
switched on through the front climate
controls, the system turns off. It turns back
on when Max Defrost is switched off.
Note: If Max Defrost is switched on, the
system can be turned on at the same time.
SETTING THE BLOWER MOTOR
SPEED
Press the buttons on the touchscreen to
adjust the volume of air circulated in the rear
passenger compartment.
164
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Passenger Climate Control
E356421
E356422
SETTING THE TEMPERATURE
Press the buttons on the touchscreen to set
the temperature in the rear passenger
compartment.
E356421
E356422
DIRECTING THE FLOW OF AIR
Directing Air to the Rear Console Air
Vents
E244097
Press the button on the
touchscreen to direct airflow to the
rear console air vents.
Directing Air to the Rear Footwell Air
Vents
E244098
Press the button on the
touchscreen to direct airflow to
rear footwell air vents.
Note: Air can be directed through any
combination of air vents.
REAR AUTO MODE
SWITCHING REAR AUTO MODE ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch rear
automatic operation on, then set
the temperature.
The system adjusts the blower motor speed,
air distribution, air conditioning operation to
reach and maintain the temperature you
have set.
REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE
CONTROL INDICATORS
Illuminates when the rear climate
controls are locked through the
front climate controls.
Note: If the rear climate controls are locked
and the rear climate system is turned off, the
indicator illuminates for a few seconds when
you try to use any of the rear climate
controls.
165
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Passenger Climate Control
WHAT IS THE CABIN AIR FILTER
The cabin air filter improves the quality of air
in your vehicle by trapping dust, pollen and
other particles.
REPLACING THE CABIN AIR FILTER
Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 529).
Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. This prevents foreign
objects from entering the system. Running
the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
system.
Note: Using an aftermarket cabin air filter
could reduce cabin air filtration and climate
control performance.
166
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Interior Air Quality
FRONT SEAT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out of
position or with the seatback reclined too
far can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not recline the seat
backrest too far as this can cause the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt,
resulting in personal injury in the event of
a crash.
WARNING: Do not place objects
higher than the top of the seat backrest.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death in the event of
a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver
seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is
moving. This may result in sudden seat
movement, causing the loss of control of
your vehicle.
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat, head
restraint, seatbelt and airbags will provide
optimum protection in the event of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base of
your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest so that
your torso is more than 30 degrees from
the upright position.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the top
of it is level with the top of your head and
as far forward as possible. Make sure that
you remain comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in (25 cm)
between your breastbone and the airbag
cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
167
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Front Seats
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the seatbelt
over the center of your shoulder and
position the lap strap tightly across your
hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
POWER SEATS
HEAD RESTRAINT COMPONENTS
E327921
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and release
button.
C
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button (If equipped).
D
ADJUSTING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
WARNING: Fully adjust the head
restraint before you sit in or operate your
vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of
neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not
adjust the head restraint when your vehicle
is moving.
WARNING: The head restraint is a
safety device. Whenever possible it should
be installed and properly adjusted when
the seat is occupied. Failure to adjust the
head restraint properly could reduce its
effectiveness during certain impacts.
WARNING: Adjust the head restraints
for all passengers before you drive your
vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of
neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not
adjust the head restraints when your
vehicle is moving.
To raise the head restraint, pull the head
restraint up.
To lower the head restraint:
1. Press and hold the adjust and release
button.
2. Push the head restraint down.
To tilt the head restraint - if equipped:
168
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Front Seats
E327919
1. Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the preferred position.
After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward
again to release it to the rearward, untilted
position.
Note: Do not attempt to force the head
restraint backward after it is tilted. Instead,
continue tilting it forward until the head
restraint releases to the upright position.
Power Head Restraints (If Equipped)
E222280
To raise the head restraint, lift the switch up.
To lower the head restraint, press the switch
down.
To move the head restraint forward, push
the switch forward.
To move the head restraint rearward, push
the switch rearward.
REMOVING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
1. Pull up the head restraint until it reaches
its highest position.
2. Press and hold the adjust and release
button and the unlock and remove
button.
3. Pull up the head restraint.
Note: You cannot remove head restraints
that have audio system speakers.
INSTALLING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
169
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Front Seats
MOVING THE SEAT BACKWARD AND
FORWARD
E348863
ADJUSTING THE SEAT CUSHION
E349631
Adjusting the Length of the Seat
Cushion
E221053
Press the top of the control to adjust the left
side of the cushion.
Press the bottom of the control to adjust the
right side of the cushion.
170
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Front Seats
ADJUSTING THE SEAT BACKREST
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver
seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is
moving. This may result in sudden seat
movement, causing the loss of control of
your vehicle.
E348865
Adjusting the Upper Seat Backrest
E348864
171
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Front Seats
ADJUSTING THE SEAT HEIGHT
E349633
ADJUSTING THE LUMBAR SUPPORT
E222308
MASSAGE SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
MASSAGE SEAT LIMITATIONS
The vehicle must be running or be in
accessory mode to activate the seats.
The passenger side massage is available if
the occupant meets the seat sensor weight
requirements.
Allow a few seconds for any selection to
activate. Selecting a different adjustment
cancels the current one in progress. When
the seat backrest and cushion are both
active, the massage alternates between
zones.
ADJUSTING THE MASSAGE SEAT
SETTINGS
Lincoln Massage Seats
E222219
Increase the massage intensity.A
Select the massage feature.B
Decrease the massage intensity.C
On and off.D
172
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Front Seats
You can also adjust this feature through the
touchscreen.
HEATED SEATS
HEATED SEAT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Use caution when using
the heated seat if you are unable to feel
pain to your skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion
or other physical conditions. The heated
seat could cause burns even at low
temperatures, especially if used for long
periods of time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp
objects into the seat cushion or seat
backrest. This could damage the heated
seat element and cause it to overheat.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place anything on
the seat that blocks the heat, for example
a seat cover or a cushion. This could cause
the seat to overheat. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
Do not:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry.
SWITCHING THE HEATED SEATS ON
AND OFF
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings.
Note: The heated seats may remain on after
you remote start your vehicle, based on your
remote start settings. The heated seats may
also turn on when you start your vehicle if
they were on when you switched your
vehicle off.
Automatic Climate Controlled Seats (If
Equipped)
When you switch the auto setting on, the
climate controlled seats switch between the
heated seats and ventilated seats to match
your climate control setting.
173
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Front Seats
VENTILATED SEATS
VENTILATED SEAT PRECAUTIONS
Do not:
• Spill liquid on the front seats. This may
cause the air vent holes to become
blocked and not work properly.
• Place cargo or objects under the seats.
They may block the air intake causing
the air vents to not work properly.
SWITCHING THE VENTILATED SEATS
ON AND OFF
Automatic Climate Controlled Seats
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
E224689
Press this symbol on the climate controls or
the touchscreen to cycle through the various
ventilation settings and off. More indicator
lights indicate higher fan speeds.
Note: When you switch the climate control
fan speed and the ventilated seats to their
maximum settings, the ventilated seats
provide increased cooling.
If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the
ventilated seats are on, the feature turns
itself off unless the vehicle is in
Auto-Start-Stop mode. You may need to
reactivate the ventilated seats.
Note: The ventilated seats may remain on
after you remote start your vehicle, based
on your remote start settings. The ventilated
seats may also turn on when you start your
vehicle if they were on when you switched
your vehicle off.
174
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Front Seats
MANUAL SEATS
HEAD RESTRAINT COMPONENTS
The second row outermost head restraints
are not adjustable or foldable.
E354503
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing foam and
structure.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
C
Second Row Center Head Restraint
E138645
The head restraint consists of:
An energy absorbing foam and
structure.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and release
button.
C
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
D
Third Row Head Restraints
The third row head restraints are
non-adjustable, but you may be able to fold
them.
E193964
The head restraints consist of:
• A trimmed energy absorbing foam and
structure.
• A fold button, if equipped.
175
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Seats
ADJUSTING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
For the second row center head restraint,
pull the head restraint up to raise it.
To lower the head restraint:
1. Press and hold the adjust and release
button.
2. Push the head restraint down.
To fold the second row outermost and third
row head restraints:
1. Press the fold button.
2. Pull the head restraint up to place it back
to the upright position.
REMOVING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
For the second row outermost head
restraints:
1. Pull the head restraint up until it reaches
its highest position.
2. Press and hold the guide sleeve unlock
and remove button.
3. Pull the head restraint up.
For the second row center head restraint:
1. Pull the head restraint up until it reaches
its highest position.
2. Press and hold guide sleeve adjust and
release button and the guide sleeve
unlock and remove button.
3. Pull the head restraint up.
INSTALLING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
For the second row outermost head
restraints, make sure the fold button is facing
the outermost side of the seat.
MOVING THE SEAT BACKWARD AND
FORWARD
E247034
Lift the handle to move the second row
center seat forward or backward.
Note: Move the seat forward to keep a child
in a child restraint close to the front seat
occupants. Move the seat to the full
rearward position when it is occupied by
older children or adults, including children
in booster seats.
176
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Seats
ADJUSTING THE SEAT BACKREST
WARNING: Reclining the seatback
can cause an occupant to slide under the
seat's seatbelt, resulting in severe personal
injuries in the event of a crash.
E247681
For the second row outermost seats, the
release handle is on the outermost side of
the seat cushion. Lift it to adjust the seat
backrest to your preferred position.
FOLDING THE SEAT BACKREST
E246710
1. Locate the handle on the outermost side
of the seat cushion.
2. Pull up on the handle to fold the seat
backrest.
Note: Use caution when folding the seat
backrest to the flat position as the seat
moves forward when you lift the release
handle.
Folding the Second Row Center Seat
(If Equipped)
WARNING: To prevent possible
damage to the seat or seatbelts, make sure
that the seatbelts are not fastened before
folding the seatback.
E247331
The release handle is in the upper right seat
backrest. Pull the handle to release the
folding seat latch.
Note: Use the same release handle to
recline the seat backrest.
177
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Seats
UNFOLDING THE SEATS
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seat backrest
before returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that
it has fully latched after returning the seat
backrest to its original position. An
unlatched seat may become dangerous if
you stop suddenly or have a crash.
E246709
1. Lift the seat backrest toward the rear of
the vehicle.
2. Rotate the seat backrest until it engages,
locking it in the upright position.
ACCESSING THE THIRD ROW SEATS
WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle
with a seat that is unlatched or in the
folded position. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: Check under the seat
cushion to make sure no cargo or objects
are under the seat cushion before
returning the seat cushion to its original
position, and that the seat cushion locks
into place. Failure to do so may prevent
the seat from operating properly in the
event of a crash, which could increase the
risk of serious injury.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seat backrest
before returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that
it has fully latched after returning the seat
backrest to its original position. An
unlatched seat may become dangerous if
you stop suddenly or have a crash.
Note: You can move the outermost seats
forward to allow access to the third row
seats.
This feature allows for easier entry and exit
to and from the third row seat.
178
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Seats
E257686
1. Pull the lever on the top of the seat
backrest up.
2. Tilt the entire seat forward.
3. Slide the seat forward until it stops.
To return the seat to the seating position,
slide the seat rearward while pulling down
on the seat backrest until the latch fully
engages.
To move the seat further back, pull the lever
under the front of the seat and slide it
backward.
Note: You must move the seat to the full
forward position before you move it
rearward. Otherwise, the seat may not slide
properly rearward.
Note: You can slide the outermost seats
forward when using a child restraint.
Adjusting the Second Row Outermost
Seats for Easy Exit
E246708
When exiting your vehicle from the third row
seats, pull the lever up on the upper corner
of the outermost seats. Then, push the seat
forward until it stops.
POWER SEATS
ADJUSTING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
The third row outermost head restraints are
fixed and cannot be removed.
E272543
179
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Seats
Press the button on the head restraint or the
button on the overhead console to fold the
third row outermost head restraints. Pull the
head restraint up to place it in the upright
position.
Note: These head restraints fold when you
press the fold flat button.
ADJUSTING THE SEAT BACKREST
Powerfold Seats
WARNING: Do not recline a rear seat
on which a child restraint is installed.
Failure to follow this instruction could
reduce the effectiveness of the child
restraint.
The third-row power recline buttons are on
the quarter trim panel on each side of the
vehicle.
E246706
Moves the seat backrest rearward.A
Moves the seat backrest forward.B
FOLDING THE SEAT BACKREST
The control buttons are on the left-hand rear
quarter trim panel and are accessible from
the liftgate area.
Second Row Bench Seats
E257920
180
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Seats
Second Row Captain Chairs
E246705
Folds the left-hand third-row seat.A
Folds both third-row seats.B
Folds the right-hand third-row seat.C
Folds the left-hand second-row
seat.
D
Folds the second-row bench
center seat or both second-row
captain chair seats.
E
Folds the right-hand second-row
seat.
F
Note: The power fold seats operate for 10
minutes after you switch the ignition off. The
transmission must be in park (P) and the
liftgate, or liftgate glass must be open.
Similar to the battery saver feature, the
power rear seats disable 10 minutes after
you switch the ignition off.
Note: Be sure the third-row center head
restraint is in the lowered position before
you power the rear seats down. The
third-row outermost head restraints fold
automatically when you press the fold
button.
UNFOLDING THE SEAT BACKREST
To return the second-row seat backrest to
the original position, rotate the seat backrest
up until it latches in the upright position. The
seat backrest clicks when it is locked into
position.
To return the third-row seat backrest to the
original position, press the corresponding
control again.
Note: If the third row seat does not
completely fold or unfold, press and hold the
seat button until the seat folds and unfolds
twice.
If the power rear seat is disabled after 10
minutes, you can enable the seat by:
• Opening any door.
• Pressing the unlock button on the key
fob.
• Pressing any keyless entry keypad
button.
• Switching the ignition on.
Folding Down the Rear Seats to the
Load Floor
WARNING: To prevent possible
damage to the seat or seatbelts, make sure
that the seatbelts are not fastened before
folding the seatback.
181
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Seats
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
The third-row seats have obstacle detection
that prevents the seats from folding or
returning if they are obstructed.
MASSAGE SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
MASSAGE SEAT LIMITATIONS
The engine must be running or the vehicle
must be in accessory mode to activate the
seats.
This feature is disabled when the child safety
locks are on.
Allow a few seconds for any selection to
activate. Selecting a different adjustment
cancels the current one in progress. When
the seat backrest and cushion are both
active, the massage alternates between
zones.
SWITCHING THE MASSAGE SEATS ON
AND OFF
You can adjust this feature through the rear
touchscreen.
HEATED SEATS
HEATED SEAT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Use caution when using
the heated seat if you are unable to feel
pain to your skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion
or other physical conditions. The heated
seat could cause burns even at low
temperatures, especially if used for long
periods of time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp
objects into the seat cushion or seat
backrest. This could damage the heated
seat element and cause it to overheat.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place anything on
the seat that blocks the heat, for example
a seat cover or a cushion. This could cause
the seat to overheat. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
Do not:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry.
SWITCHING THE HEATED SEATS ON
AND OFF
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
182
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Seats
The rear seat heat controls are on the rear
of the center console.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings.
Note: The heated seats may remain on after
you remote start your vehicle, based on your
remote start settings. The heated seats may
also turn on when you start your vehicle if
they were on when you switched your
vehicle off.
Automatic Climate Controlled Seats (If
Equipped)
When you switch the auto setting on, the
climate controlled seats switch between the
heated seats and ventilated seats to match
your climate control setting.
VENTILATED SEATS
VENTILATED SEAT PRECAUTIONS
Do not:
• Spill liquid on the seats. This may cause
the air vent holes to become blocked and
not work properly.
• Place cargo or objects under the seats.
They may block the air intake causing
the air vents to not work properly.
SWITCHING THE VENTILATED SEATS
ON AND OFF
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
E224689
Press this symbol on the climate controls or
the rear touchscreen to cycle through the
various ventilation settings and off. More
indicator lights indicate higher fan speeds.
Note: When you switch the climate control
fan speed and the ventilated seats to their
maximum settings, the ventilated seats
provide increased cooling.
If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the
ventilated seats are on, the feature switches
itself off unless the vehicle is in
Auto-Start-Stop mode. You may need to
reactivate the ventilated seats.
Note: The ventilated seats may remain on
after you remote start your vehicle, based
on your remote start settings. The ventilated
seats may also switch on when you start
your vehicle if they were on when you
switched your vehicle off.
183
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Seats
WHAT IS THE REAR OCCUPANT
ALERT SYSTEM
The rear occupant alert system monitors
vehicle conditions and notifies you to check
for rear seat occupants when you switch the
ignition off.
HOW DOES THE REAR OCCUPANT
ALERT SYSTEM WORK
The system monitors when rear doors have
been opened and closed to indicate the
potential presence of an occupant in the rear
seat.
A message displays in the information and
entertainment display screen and an audible
warning sounds when you switch the ignition
off after any of the following conditions have
been met:
• A rear door is opened or closed while
the ignition is on.
• You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of a rear door opening and
closing.
• You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of the alert having displayed or
sounded.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or animals
to these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
The system does not detect the presence of
objects or passengers in the rear seat. It
monitors when rear doors are opened and
closed.
Note: It is possible to receive an alert when
there is no rear seat occupant, but alert
conditions are met.
Note: It is possible to receive no alert when
there is an occupant in the rear seat, if alert
conditions are not met. For example, if a rear
seat occupant does not enter the vehicle
through a rear door.
Note: The audible warning does not sound
when the front door is opened before you
switch the ignition off.
184
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Occupant Alert System
SWITCHING REAR OCCUPANT
ALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle.
3. Switch Rear Occupant Alert on or off.
Note: The default setting is on.
Note: Performing a master reset causes the
system to switch on again.
Semiannual Reminder (If Equipped)
When you switch the system off, a message
appears every six months as a reminder that
the system is off. You can switch the system
back on or leave it off.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
INDICATORS
E350472
Message
Check rear seats for occupants.
Displays when you switch your vehicle off
after the alert conditions are met.
The message displays for a short period of
time. Press Close to acknowledge and
remove the message.
Note: Depending on your SYNC version, the
graphic may look different from what you
see here.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
AUDIBLE WARNINGS
Sounds when you switch your vehicle off
after the alert conditions are met.
The warning sounds for a short period of
time.
185
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Occupant Alert System
WHAT IS THE MEMORY FUNCTION
The driver seat memory function recalls the
position of these features:
• Driver seat.
• Power mirrors.
• Power steering column.
• Power adjustable foot pedals.
The passenger seat memory function recalls
the position of the passenger seat.
MEMORY FUNCTION
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Before activating the
memory seat, make sure that the area
immediately surrounding the seat is clear
of obstructions and that all occupants are
clear of moving parts.
WARNING: Do not use the memory
function when your vehicle is moving.
LOCATING THE MEMORY
FUNCTION BUTTONS
E222235
The memory control for the driver is on the
driver door.
The memory control for the passenger is on
the passenger door.
SAVING A PRESET POSITION
1. Adjust the memory features to your
preferred position.
2. Press and hold the preferred preset
button until you hear a single tone.
A confirmation message appears in the
information display.
You can save up to three preset memory
positions at any time.
To save a preset position for the passenger
door:
1. Adjust the passenger seat to your
preferred position.
2. Press and hold the preferred preset
button until you hear a single tone.
You can save up to three preset memory
positions at any time.
RECALLING A PRESET POSITION
Press and release a preset button.
186
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Memory Function (If Equipped)
Note: You can recall a preset memory
position when the ignition is off, or when you
place the transmission in park (P) or neutral
(N) if the ignition is on and the vehicle is not
moving.
Note: Pressing any of the preset buttons or
any memory feature control during a memory
recall cancels the operation.
You can also recall a preset memory position
by:
• Pressing the unlock button on your
remote control if you linked it to a preset
position.
• Unlocking the intelligent driver door
handle if a linked remote control is
present.
• Recalling a personal profile in your SYNC
menu.
Using a linked remote control to recall your
memory position when the ignition is off
moves the seat and steering column to the
easy entry position.
To recall a preset position on the passenger
door, press and release the preset button.
The passenger seat features move to the
position stored for that preset. You can recall
a passenger seat preset memory at any time.
Linking a Preset Position to Your
Remote Control or Passive Key
See Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile
to a Remote Control (page 516).
187
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Memory Function (If Equipped)
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
INTRODUCTION
HomeLink Wireless Control System
The universal garage door opener replaces
the common handheld garage door opener
with a three-button transmitter integrated
into the driver-side sun visor.
E188211
How Does The Garage Door Opener
Work
The system includes two primary features, a
garage door opener and a platform for
remote activation of devices within the home.
You can program garage doors as well as
entry gate operators, security systems, entry
door locks and home or office lighting.
Additional assistance can be found online at
www.homelink.com/Ford or by calling the
toll-free help line at 1-800-355-3515.
Garage Door Opener Limitations
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to time out, or quit, after
several seconds – which may not be long
enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal.
U.S. gate operators time-out in the same
manner.
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
PRECAUTIONS AND
FREQUENCIES
Garage Door Opener Precautions
WARNING: Do not use the system
with any garage door opener that does not
have the safety stop and reverse feature
as required by U.S. Federal Safety
Standards (this includes any garage door
opener manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door opener which cannot detect
an object, signaling the door to stop and
reverse, does not meet current federal
safety standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features increases
the risk of serious injury or death.
188
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Garage Door Opener
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation
exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
environment. End Users must follow the
specific operating instructions for satisfying
RF exposure compliance. This transmitter
must be at least 8 in (20 cm) from the user
and must not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
PROGRAMMING THE GARAGE
DOOR OPENER
To clear all stored codes in the garage door
opener in your vehicle, use the clear
function. To override one button, use the
reprogram function.
Note: Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from obstruction
when you are programming. Do not program
the system with the vehicle in the garage.
Clearing the Garage Door Opener
E188213
To clear all stored codes in the garage door
opener in the vehicle:
1. Press and hold the outer two function
buttons simultaneously for approximately
10 seconds until the indicator above the
buttons flashes rapidly.
2. When the indicator flashes, release the
buttons.
Note: This clears all stored codes. You
cannot erase individual buttons.
189
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Garage Door Opener
Note: You can program a maximum of three
devices. To change or replace any of the
three devices after they have been initially
programmed, you must either clear all codes,
or reprogram each individual button.
Note: We recommend that upon the sale or
lease termination of your vehicle, you erase
the programmed function buttons for security
reasons.
Reprogramming the Garage Door
Opener
If a button on your garage door opener has
already been programmed, you can override
it. To program a device to a previously
trained button:
1. Press and hold the desired button for
approximately 20 seconds until the
indicator begins to flash.
2. Without releasing the button, proceed to
Step 3 of Programming the Garage Door
Opener to your Handheld Transmitter.
Programming the Garage Door Opener
to your Handheld Transmitter
Note: The programming steps below assume
you are programming a HomeLink that was
not previously programmed. If your
HomeLink was previously programmed, you
may need to clear or reprogram your
HomeLink buttons.
Note: Put a new battery in the handheld
transmitter. This allows for quicker training
and accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
Note: Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from obstruction
when you are programming. Do not program
the system with the vehicle in the garage.
E188213
To program your in-vehicle HomeLink
function button with your handheld
transmitter:
1. With your vehicle parked outside of the
garage, switch your vehicle on, but do
not start your vehicle.
2. Press and release one of the three
HomeLink function buttons that you
would like to program.
Note: The indicator should begin to flash. If
the indicator does not flash, press and hold
the function button for 20 seconds until the
indicator begins to flash.
190
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Garage Door Opener
3. Hold your handheld garage door
transmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
4. Press and hold the handheld transmitter
button you want to program while
watching the indicator on HomeLink.
Continue to hold the handheld button
until the HomeLink indicator flashes
rapidly or is continuously on.
Note: You may need to use a different
method if you live in Canada or have
difficulties programming your gate operator
or garage door opener.
5. Press and hold the HomeLink button you
programmed for two seconds, then
release. You may need to do this twice
to activate the door.
Note: If the indicator stays on, the
programming is complete.
Note: If the HomeLink indicator flashes
rapidly, repeat Step 5.
Note: If your device still does not operate,
you must program your garage door.
6. To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1–4.
Note: Make sure you keep the original
remote control transmitter for use in other
vehicles as well as for future system
programming.
Programming the Garage Door Opener
to your Garage Door Opener Motor
Note: Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from obstruction
when you are programming. Do not program
the system with the vehicle in the garage.
E142659
1. Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor and then you have
30 seconds to complete the next two
steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.
E188212
3. Press and hold one of the three
HomeLink function buttons you want to
program for two seconds, then release.
4. Repeat Step 3. Depending on your brand
of garage door opener, you may need to
repeat this sequence a third time.
Additional assistance can be found online at
www.homelink.com/Ford or by calling the
toll-free help line at 1-800-355-3515.
191
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Garage Door Opener
Programming the Garage Door Opener
to your Gate Opener Motor
Gate Operator / Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to time-out (or quit) after
several seconds of transmission – which may
not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up
the signal during programming. Similar to
this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators
are designed to time-out in the same manner.
Note: If programming a garage door opener
or gate operator, it is advised that you
unplug the device during the cycling process
to prevent possible overheating.
1. Press and release your handheld
transmitter, every two seconds, until the
HomeLink indicator flashes rapidly or is
continuously on.
2. Release the handheld transmitter button.
3. Press and hold the HomeLink function
button you want to program for two
seconds, then release. You may need to
do this twice to activate the door.
Note: If the indicator stays on, the
programming is complete.
Note: If the HomeLink indicator flashes
rapidly, repeat Step 3.
4. To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1–4.
Additional assistance can be found online at
www.homelink.com/Ford or by calling the
toll-free help line at 1-800-355-3515.
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE
Video Setup Instructions
Universal Garage Door Opener: HomeLink
Universal Garage Door Opener: HomeLink
for Genie Intellicode 2
Universal Garage Door Opener Homelink
for Genie Intellicode
Additional assistance can be found online at
www.homelink.com/Ford or by calling the
toll-free help line at 1-800-355-3515.
192
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Garage Door Opener
LOCATING THE USB PORTS
Data Transfer USB Ports
E250655
The USB ports could be in the following
locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• Inside the center console.
Note: These USB ports can also charge
devices.
Note: Not all USB ports in your vehicle have
data transfer capabilities.
Note: We recommend using only USB-IF
certified cables and adapters. Non-certified
cables and adapters may not work.
Charge Only USB Ports
E263583
The USB ports could be in the following
locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• On the upper instrument panel.
• Inside the media bin.
• Inside the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
• In the cargo area.
• In the frunk.
PLAYING MEDIA USING THE USB
PORT
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Connect your device to a data transfer USB
port.
E100027
Press the audio button on the
feature bar.
Select Sources.
Select the USB option.
Press to play a track. Press again
to pause the track.
Press to skip to the next track.
Press and hold to fast forward
through the track.
Press once to return to the
beginning of a track. Repeatedly
press to return to previous tracks.
193
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
USB Ports
Press and hold to fast rewind.
CHARGING A DEVICE
Connect your device to the USB port.
Data Transfer USB Ports
E250655
You can charge your device through the data
transfer USB port when SYNC is on.
Charge Only USB Ports
E263583
You can charge your device through the
charge only USB port when the vehicle is in
accessory mode or when the vehicle is
running.
194
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
USB Ports
WHAT IS THE POWER OUTLET
The power outlet can power devices using
a 12 V outlet adapter.
POWER OUTLET PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not plug optional
electrical accessories into the cigar lighter
socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter
can cause damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or
serious injury.
When you switch the vehicle on, you can use
the socket to power 12 V appliances with a
maximum current rating of 20 A. Do not use
the power point over the vehicle capacity of
12 V DC 240 W or a fuse could blow. Do not
plug in any device that supplies power to the
vehicle through the power points. This could
result in damage to vehicle systems. Do not
hang any accessory from the accessory plug.
Always keep the power point caps closed
when not in use. Do not insert objects other
than an accessory plug into the power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is off.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
LOCATING THE POWER OUTLETS
Power outlets may be in the following
locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• Inside the center console.
• On the front of the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
• In the cargo area.
• On the passenger side floor panel.
• 3rd row on the quarter trim panels.
195
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 12V Power Outlet
WHAT IS THE POWER OUTLET
The power outlet is a socket that connects
an electrical device to your vehicle's power
supply.
POWER OUTLET PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not keep electrical
devices plugged into the power outlet
whenever the device is not in use. The
outlet provides power when the vehicle is
on. Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use an extension
cord or connect multiple devices to the
power outlet. Doing so could result in
overloading the power outlet. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in fire,
personal injury or property damage.
POWER OUTLET LIMITATIONS
You should not use the power outlet for
these types of electric devices:
• Cathode ray tube type televisions.
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws or other electric power tools
and compressor-driven refrigerators.
• Measuring devices which process precise
data, such as medical equipment or
measuring equipment.
• Other appliances requiring an extremely
stable power supply, such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch sensor lamps.
Note: Some devices may exceed the power
rating on the device label when they are
initially plugged-in and may require you to
press the device power button more than
one time in order to allow a soft start. After
multiple attempts, if the device remains off,
please consider that your device may require
more than the available power.
Note: The power outlet provides full
available power when the vehicle is in park
(P). Power availability may be reduced when
the vehicle is in drive (D). If more than one
outlet is available in the vehicle, power is
divided between the outlets that are in use
at the same time.
LOCATING THE POWER OUTLETS
The power outlet is on the instrument panel
or the rear of the center console.
E372643
196
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 110V Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET INDICATORS
The power outlet indicator illuminates to let
you know the status of the system.
DescriptionIndicator Status
When the indicator
light is on, the outlet
is providing power.
On
When the indicator
light is off, there is
no power to the
outlet.
Off
When the indicator
light is flashing, the
outlet is in a fault
mode.
Flashing
Fault mode
The power outlet temporarily turns off power
if the device exceeds the watt limit.
1. Unplug your device.
2. Switch your vehicle off to let the system
cool and reset the fault mode.
3. Switch your vehicle back on, but do not
plug your device back in.
4. With your vehicle on, make sure the
indicator light remains on.
5. Make sure your device does not exceed
the power limits and then plug in your
device.
Note: If a fault occurs again, your device
may exceed the capacity available from the
power outlet.
197
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 110V Power Outlet
WHAT IS THE WIRELESS
ACCESSORY CHARGER
The wireless accessory charger allows you
to charge one compatible Qi wireless
charging device on the charging area.
WIRELESS ACCESSORY CHARGER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Wireless charging
devices can affect the operation of
implanted medical devices, including
cardiac pacemakers. If you have any
implanted medical devices, we recommend
that you consult with your physician.
Keep the charging area clean and remove
foreign objects prior to charging a device.
Do not place items with a magnetic strip or
radio-frequency identification chip, for
example passports, parking tickets,
transportation passes or credit cards, near
the charging area when charging a device.
Damage could occur to the magnetic strip
or radio-frequency identification chip.
Do not place metal objects, for example
remote controls, coins and candy wrappers,
on or near the charging area when charging
a device. Metal objects may heat up and
degrade the charging performance, in
addition to causing interruptions in charging.
Charging could be interrupted, degraded, or
could stop if any of the following occur:
• The system detects a foreign object.
• The device is misaligned on the charging
area.
• The device moves on the active charging
area when the vehicle is in motion.
• The vehicle ambient temperature is too
high.
• You attempt to charge a non-Qi
compatible device on the wireless
charger.
Note: During charging, the device and the
charger could heat up, this is normal. If the
battery gets hotter than usual, the device
may stop charging.
LOCATING THE WIRELESS
ACCESSORY CHARGER
E297549
The charging area is on the center
console or in the media bin below
the instrument panel.
CHARGING A WIRELESS DEVICE
Place the device on the center of the
charging surface with the charging side
down. The charging stops after your device
reaches a full charge.
You can use the charger when the vehicle
is in accessory mode, when the vehicle is
running, or when SYNC is on.
E263583
Displays on the status bar when
wireless charging is in progress.
198
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wireless Accessory Charger
E372644
Displays on the status bar when
wireless charging has been
interrupted.
Note: The charging performance may be
affected if your device is in a case. It may be
necessary to remove the case to wirelessly
charge your device.
Note: Software and firmware updates may
affect device compatibility, including the use
of unofficial software or firmware. You should
verify charging functionality with your
specific devices in-vehicle.
199
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wireless Accessory Charger
OVERHEAD STORAGE
OPENING THE OVERHEAD STORAGE
COMPARTMENT
E332434
Press near the rear edge of the door to open
it.
GLOVE COMPARTMENT
OPENING THE GLOVE
COMPARTMENT
E376068
Pull the latch to the left to open.
CENTER CONSOLE
OPENING THE CENTER CONSOLE
E355167
To open the center console storage
compartment, grab the handle and lift up.
200
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Storage
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Extended idling at high
engine speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire or other
damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive
your vehicle on dry grass or other dry
ground cover. The emission system heats
up the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use starting fluid,
for example ether, in the air intake system.
Such fluid could cause immediate
explosive damage to the engine and
possible personal injury.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result
in entry of harmful and potentially lethal
fumes into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
Note: If you use your vehicle regularly above
the altitude of 7,500 ft (2,286 m) and under
the temperature of -4.0°F (-20°C), it is
recommended to use the alternative engine
oil. See Capacities and Specifications
(page 467).
If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine
idling for long periods, we recommend that
you do one of the following:
• Open the windows at least 1 in (2.5 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
E321258
Switching the Ignition Off
When the ignition is on or in accessory mode,
press the push button ignition switch once
without your foot on the brake pedal.
Switching the Ignition to Accessory
Mode
When the ignition is off, press the push
button ignition switch once without your foot
on the brake pedal.
201
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
All electrical circuits and accessories are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
Note: Your vehicle has a battery saver
feature that shuts your vehicle off when it
detects a certain amount of battery drain, or
after approximately 30 minutes of inactivity
in accessory mode.
Note: The system may not function if the
remote control is close to metal objects or
electronic devices, for example keys or a
cell phone.
Note: You need a valid key inside your
vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the
engine.
STARTING THE ENGINE
STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE
Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
• Make sure that the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure that the parking brake is on.
• Make sure that the transmission is in park
(P).
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
E357998
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The engine may continue cranking for
up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: The engine takes longer to start at
lower temperatures. It may crank for several
seconds when very cold.
RESTARTING THE ENGINE AFTER
STOPPING IT
The system allows you to start the engine
within 10 seconds of switching it off, even if
it does not detect a valid passive key.
Within 10 seconds of switching the engine
off, fully press the brake pedal and press the
push button ignition switch. After 10 seconds,
you can no longer start the engine if the
system does not detect a valid passive key.
When you start the engine, it remains running
until you press the push button ignition
switch, even if your vehicle does not detect
a valid passive key. If you open and close a
door when the engine is running, the system
searches for a valid passive key.
202
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (IF EQUIPPED)
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Failure to follow engine
block heater instructions could result in
property damage or serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not use your heater
with ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of
electrical shock.
WARNING: Do not fully close the
hood, or allow it to drop under its own
weight when using the engine block
heater. This could damage the power cable
and may cause an electrical short resulting
in fire, injury and property damage.
We recommend that you do the following for
a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by Underwriter’s
Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards
Association (CSA). This extension cord
must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and engine block
heater cord plug connections are free
and clear of water. This could cause an
electric shock or fire.
• If the engine block heater cord is under
the hood, do not remove the wiring from
its original location. Do not close the
hood on the extension wiring.
• Park your vehicle in a clean area, clear
of combustible materials.
• Firmly connect the engine block heater
cord and the extension cord.
• Check the extension cord for heat
anywhere when the system has been
operating for approximately 30 minutes.
• Unplug and properly stow the system
before starting and driving your vehicle.
The protective cover seals the terminals
of the engine block heater cord plug
when not in use.
• Check the engine block heater system
for proper operation before winter.
HOW DOES THE ENGINE BLOCK
HEATER WORK
The engine block heater warms the engine
coolant. This allows the climate control
system to quickly respond. The equipment
includes a heater element installed in the
engine block and a wire harness. You can
connect the system to a grounded 220-240
volt AC electrical source.
203
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: The engine block heater is most
effective when outdoor temperatures are
below 0°F (-18°C).
USING THE ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean
and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry
cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of
energy per hour of use. The system does not
have a thermostat. It achieves maximum
temperature after approximately three hours
of operation. Using the engine block heater
longer than three hours does not improve
system performance and unnecessarily uses
electricity.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
STOPPING THE ENGINE WHEN YOUR
VEHICLE IS STATIONARY
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Wait until the engine reaches idle speed.
E357998
4. Press the push button ignition switch.
STOPPING THE ENGINE WHEN YOUR
VEHICLE IS MOVING
WARNING: Switching off the engine
when your vehicle is still moving results in
a significant decrease in braking
assistance. Higher effort is required to
apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle.
A significant decrease in steering
assistance could also occur. The steering
does not lock, but higher effort could be
required to steer your vehicle. When you
switch the ignition off, some electrical
circuits, for example airbags, also turn off.
If you unintentionally switch the ignition
off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the
engine.
E357998
1. Press and hold the push button ignition
switch until the engine stops, or press it
three times within two seconds.
2. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
3. Shift into park (P).
4. Apply the parking brake.
AUTOMATIC ENGINE STOP
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC ENGINE STOP
Automatic engine stop is a feature that
switches the engine off if it has been idling
for an extended period to help you save fuel.
204
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
HOW DOES AUTOMATIC ENGINE
STOP WORK
Automatic engine stop turns the engine off.
The ignition also turns off in order to save
battery power. Before the engine shuts
down, a message appears in the information
display showing a timer counting down. If
you do not intervene within 30 seconds, the
engine shuts down. Another message
appears in the information display to inform
you that the engine has shut down in order
to save fuel. Start your vehicle as you
normally do.
SWITCHING AUTOMATIC ENGINE
STOP ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Switch 30min Max Idle on or off.
Note: You cannot permanently switch off the
automatic shutdown. If you switch it off, it
turns on each time you switch the ignition
on.
OVERRIDING AUTOMATIC ENGINE
STOP
You can stop the engine shutdown, or reset
the timer, at any point before the 30-second
countdown has expired by doing any of the
following:
• Pressing the brake pedal or accelerator
pedal.
• Pressing the OK or RESET button during
the countdown.
Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic engine shutdown feature.
When you switch it off temporarily, it turns
on at the next ignition cycle.
ACCESSING THE PASSIVE KEY
BACKUP POSITION
If you are unable to start your vehicle, do the
following:
E247437
1. Access the backup slot.
2. With the buttons facing the front of your
vehicle, place the passive key into the
backup slot.
3. With the key in this position, press the
brake pedal, then press the push button
ignition switch to switch the ignition on
and start your vehicle.
205
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – TROUBLESHOOTING
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – WARNING LAMPS
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
E67028
If it illuminates when the engine is
running, the on-board diagnostics
system is detecting a malfunction
of the vehicle emission control system.
If it flashes, engine misfire could be
occurring. Increased exhaust gas
temperatures could damage the catalytic
converter or other vehicle components.
Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration,
and have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Powertrain Warning Lamp
If it illuminates when the engine is
running, this indicates a powertrain
or four-wheel drive fault. If it
flashes when you are driving, immediately
reduce the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy
acceleration and deceleration, and have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
If both lamps illuminate when the engine is
running, stop your vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so. Continuing to drive your
vehicle could cause reduced power or the
engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and
attempt to restart the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
STARTING AND STOPPING THE ENGINE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Displays if you exceed the starting time limit. You cannot attempt to start the engine for 15 minutes.
If you cannot start the engine after 15 minutes passes, have your vehicle immediately checked.
Cranking Time Exceeded
Displays if you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key. The system has
detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Starting System Fault
Displays if the system does not detect a valid passive key.No Key Detected
206
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Why is the engine idle speed high when I
am starting the engine?
The speed at which the engine idles
immediately after starting is optimized
to minimize vehicle emissions and
maximize cabin comfort and fuel
economy.
Why does the engine not crank?
You can only attempt to start the engine
for a limited amount of time before the
starting system temporarily disables. If
you exceed the starting time limit, a
message may appear and you cannot
attempt to start the engine for at least
15 minutes.
Why do I experience different driving
characteristics?
If you disconnect the battery, your
vehicle may exhibit some unusual
driving characteristics for approximately
5 mi (8 km) after you reconnect it. This
is because the engine management
system must realign itself with the
engine. You can disregard any unusual
driving characteristics during this period.
Why can I not start the engine?
If you cannot start the engine after 3
attempts, wait 10 seconds and do the
following:
1. Fully press the brake pedal or the clutch
pedal.
Note: Make sure that the parking brake is
applied.
Note: Make sure that the transmission is in
park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
3. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The engine cranks for a short period
of time and then it stops.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
E357998
5. Press the push button ignition switch.
Why does the system not detect a passive
key?
If the system does not detect a passive
key and you are unable to start the
engine, insert the passive key into the
backup position and press the push
button ignition switch to start the
engine. See Accessing the Passive Key
Backup Position (page 205).
207
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP
The system is designed to help reduce fuel
consumption and CO
2
emissions by stopping
the engine when it is idling, for example at
traffic lights.
AUTO-START-STOP PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P), switch the ignition off
and remove the key before you leave your
vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P), switch the ignition off
and remove the key before you open the
hood or have any service or repair work
completed. If you do not switch the ignition
off, the engine could restart at any time.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
SWITCHING AUTO-START-STOP
ON AND OFF
The system turns on when you switch the
ignition on.
E121377
Press the button to switch the
system off.
Note: OFF illuminates in the switch.
Note: Deactivating the system using the
button lasts only one key cycle.
Press the button again to switch the system
back on.
Note: The system turns off if it detects a
malfunction. If the system malfunctions,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Stop your vehicle, keep your foot on the
brake pedal and the transmission in drive
(D).
RESTARTING THE ENGINE
Release the brake pedal or press the
accelerator pedal.
A message appears in the instrument cluster
display if the system requires you to take
action.
AUTO-START-STOP INDICATORS
WARNING: The system may require
the engine to automatically restart when
the auto-start-stop indicator illuminates
green or flashes amber. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
E121377
The Auto-Start-Stop indicator
illuminates green when the engine
stops. It flashes amber and a
message appears when you need to take
action.
208
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Auto-Start-Stop (If Equipped)
E146361
The Auto-Start-Stop indicator
illuminates gray with a
strikethrough when the system is
not available.
Note: You can display the reason why the
system is not available in the information
display.
AUTO-START-STOP –
TROUBLESHOOTING
AUTO-START-STOP – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
A message appears in the instrument cluster
display if the system requires you to take
action.
ActionConditionMessage
Press the brake pedal to restart the engine.The system needs to restart the engine but
requires your confirmation.
Auto StartStop Press Brake to Start Engine
Press the brake pedal or the accelerator pedal
to restart the engine.
The system needs to restart the engine but
requires your confirmation.
Auto StartStop Press a Pedal to Start Engine
209
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Auto-Start-Stop (If Equipped)
AUTO-START-STOP – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the engine not always stop
when I expect it to?
The system is designed to work in a way that
complements other vehicle systems, allowing
them to operate at optimum performance.
The system does not stop the engine if:
• The driver door is open.
• Your vehicle is at high altitude.
• The heated windshield is on.
• The engine is warming up.
• The outside temperature is too low or
too high.
• The battery charge is low.
• The battery temperature is outside the
optimal operating range.
• The engine is required to run to maintain
interior climate and reduce fogging.
Why does the engine sometimes
restart when I do not expect it to?
The system is designed to work in a way that
complements other vehicle systems, allowing
them to operate at optimum performance.
The system restarts the engine if:
• You switch the heated windshield on.
• You switch maximum defrost on.
• Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in
neutral.
• The engine is required to run to maintain
adequate brake system assistance.
• The engine is required to run to maintain
interior climate and reduce fogging.
Can I permanently switch the system
off?
No. The system plays an important role in
reducing the fuel consumption and the CO
2
emissions.
Will the frequent engine starts cause
parts to wear out?
Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and
starter motor that are designed for the
increased number of engine starts.
210
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Auto-Start-Stop (If Equipped)
FUEL AND REFUELING
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: The fuel system may be
under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until
the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray
out, which could cause serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Fuels can cause serious
injury or death if misused or mishandled.
WARNING: Fuel may contain
benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent.
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow sparks
or open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: Read and follow all the
instructions on the pump island.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and any
open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Switch the engine off before refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal
if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or permanent
injury. If fuel is swallowed immediately
call a physician, even if no symptoms are
immediately apparent. The toxic effects
of fuel may not be apparent for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel
vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive
or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can
cause serious illness and permanent
injury.
• Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
remove contact lenses, if worn, flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper medical
attention could lead to permanent injury.
• Fuels can be harmful if absorbed through
the skin. If you splash fuel on your skin,
clothing or both, promptly remove
contaminated clothing and thoroughly
wash your skin with soap and water.
Repeated or prolonged skin contact
causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram for
the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing
fuel vapors could cause an adverse
reaction, serious personal injury or
sickness. Immediately call a physician if
you experience any adverse reactions.
211
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY
SELECTING THE CORRECT FUEL
E161513
Your vehicle operates on regular unleaded
gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2
octane rating of 87.
Some fuel stations, particularly those in high
altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular
unleaded gasoline with an octane rating
below 87. The use of these fuels could result
in engine damage that will not be covered
by the vehicle Warranty.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well as
other conditions, for example when towing
a trailer. See Towing a Trailer (page 349).
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact an
authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines, where available to help minimize
engine deposits and maintain optimal vehicle
and engine performance.
For additional information, visit
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle
was not designed can impair the emission
control system, cause loss of vehicle
performance, and cause damage to the
engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based additives,
including manganese-based compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl, which is a manganese-based fuel
additive, will impair engine performance and
affect the emission control system.
LOCATING THE FUEL FILLER
FUNNEL
The fuel filler funnel is under the luggage
compartment floor covering.
212
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
FILLING A PORTABLE FUEL
CONTAINER
WARNING: Flow of fuel through a
fuel pump nozzle can produce static
electricity. This can cause a fire if you are
filling an ungrounded fuel container.
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded
fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
ADDING FUEL FROM A PORTABLE
FUEL CONTAINER
WARNING: Do not insert the nozzle
of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel
into the fuel filler neck. This may damage
the fuel system filler neck or its seal and
cause fuel to run onto the ground.
WARNING: Do not pry open the fuel
tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel in
the household refuse or the public sewage
system. Use an authorized waste disposal
facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a
fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Locating
the Fuel Filler Funnel (page 212).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as they
may not work with the capless fuel system
and can damage it.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a
fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
E157452
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
213
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: If your vehicle runs out of fuel add a
minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel to restart the
engine.
Note: You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after refueling
to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel
from the tank to the engine. When restarting,
cranking time takes a few seconds longer
than normal.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING
REFUELING SYSTEM OVERVIEW
E267248
B
C
A
Fuel filler door.A
Fuel filler inlet.B
Fuel tank filler pipe.C
REFUELING YOUR VEHICLE
Easy Fuel Capless Filler
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow sparks
or open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: Fuel vapor burns violently
and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries.
WARNING: The fuel system may be
under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until
the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray
out, which could cause serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Keep children away from
the fuel pump. Never let children pump
fuel.
WARNING: Do not pry open the fuel
tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
214
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
WARNING: Stay outside your vehicle
and do not leave the fuel pump unattended
when refueling your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel
pump nozzle from its fully inserted position
when refueling.
WARNING: Stop refueling when the
fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off
for the first time. Failure to follow this will
fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and
could lead to fuel overflowing.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: Wait at least five seconds
before removing the fuel pump nozzle to
allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel
tank.
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Select the correct fuel pump nozzle for
your vehicle.
E139202
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first
notch. Keep the fuel pump nozzle resting
on the fuel tank filler pipe.
E327438
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position A
when refueling. Holding the fuel pump
nozzle in position B can affect the flow
of fuel and shut off the fuel pump nozzle
before the fuel tank is full.
E206912
215
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within the
area shown. Refer to A for left hand drive
or B for right hand drive.
E119081
6. When the pump shuts off, wait five
seconds, then raise the fuel pump nozzle
and slowly remove it.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: Do not attempt to start the engine if
you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect
fuel. Incorrect fuel use could cause damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have
your vehicle immediately checked.
MANUALLY OPENING THE FUEL
FILLER DOOR
Your vehicle does not have a fuel tank filler
cap.
E206911
Left-hand side. To open the fuel
filler door, press the center rear
edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
A
Right-hand side. To open the fuel
filler door, press the center rear
edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
B
Left-hand side. Pull the rear of the
fuel filler door to open it.
C
Right-hand side. Pull the rear of the
fuel filler door to open it.
D
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
Advertised Capacity
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank after running out of fuel. Included in the
advertised capacity is an empty reserve. The
empty reserve is an unspecified amount of
fuel that remains in the fuel tank when the
fuel gauge indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
216
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL AND REFUELING –
TROUBLESHOOTING
FUEL AND REFUELING – WARNING
LAMPS
If it illuminates when you are
driving, refuel as soon as possible.
FUEL AND REFUELING –
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Refueling System Warning
If the fuel tank filler valve does not fully close,
a message could appear in the instrument
cluster display.
Message
Check Fuel Fill Inlet
If the message appears, do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Fully open the fuel filler door.
5. Check the fuel tank filler valve for any
debris that may be restricting its
movement.
6. Remove any debris from the fuel tank
filler valve.
7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the fuel
filler funnel provided with your vehicle
into the fuel filler pipe. See Locating the
Fuel Filler Funnel (page 212). This action
should dislodge any debris that may be
preventing the fuel tank filler valve from
fully closing.
8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel filler
funnel from the fuel filler pipe.
9. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: The message may not immediately
reset. If the message continues to appear
and a warning lamp illuminates, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
217
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
WHAT IS THE CATALYTIC
CONVERTER
The catalytic converter is part of your
vehicle's emissions system and filters harmful
pollutants from the exhaust gas.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive
your vehicle on dry grass or other dry
ground cover. The emission system heats
up the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: The normal operating
temperature of the exhaust system is very
high. Never work around or attempt to
repair any part of the exhaust system until
it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short period
of engine operation and stays hot after the
engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result
in entry of harmful and potentially lethal
fumes into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
To avoid damaging the catalytic converter:
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time.
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 391).
• Use the correct fuel. See Fuel and
Refueling (page 211).
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
Note: Do not make any unauthorized
changes to your vehicle or engine. By law,
vehicle owners and anyone who
manufactures, repairs, or services a fleet of
vehicles are not permitted to intentionally
remove an emission control device or
prevent it from working.
218
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Catalytic Converter
CATALYTIC CONVERTER –
TROUBLESHOOTING
CATALYTIC CONVERTER – WARNING
LAMPS
Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics
system that monitors the emission control
system. If any of the following warning lamps
illuminate, this may indicate that the on-board
diagnostics system has detected an emission
control system malfunction.
E103308
E67021
E67028
Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause
reduced power or the engine to stop. Failure
to respond to a warning lamp may cause
damage that your vehicle Warranty may not
cover. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
219
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Catalytic Converter
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P), switch the ignition off
and remove the key before you leave your
vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: When your vehicle is
stationary, keep the brake pedal fully
pressed when shifting gears. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury, death or property damage.
WARNING: Do not apply the brake
pedal and accelerator pedal
simultaneously. Applying both pedals
simultaneously for more than a few
seconds will limit engine performance,
which may result in difficulty maintaining
speed in traffic and could lead to serious
injury.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
POSITIONS
PARK (P)
WARNING: Shift into park (P) only
when your vehicle is stationary.
In park (P) power is not transmitted to the
driven wheels.
Note: A tone sounds if you attempt to exit
your vehicle without the vehicle in park (P).
Note: Your vehicle may not shift out of park
(P) if the vehicle battery has run out of
charge.
Note: Your vehicle may not shift out of park
(P) if a fuse is blown.
Note: Your vehicle may not shift out of park
(P) unless the key or remote control is inside
your vehicle.
Note: The electronic parking brake could
apply when the selector is in park (P). See
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake (page 236).
Note: Your vehicle could shift into park (P) if
you attempt to exit your vehicle without the
vehicle in park (P). See How Does Automatic
Return to Park (P) Work (page 223).
Note: A tone could sound when you select
park (P).
REVERSE (R)
WARNING: Shift into reverse (R) only
when your vehicle is stationary.
In reverse (R) power is transmitted to the
driven wheels.
NEUTRAL (N)
WARNING: In neutral (N) your vehicle
is free to roll.
In neutral (N) power is not transmitted to the
driven wheels.
220
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Automatic Transmission
DRIVE (D)
In drive (D) power is transmitted to the driven
wheels.
SHIFTING YOUR VEHICLE INTO
GEAR
The transmission selector is on the center
stack.
E247220
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press a button to select a position.
Note: The position illuminates on the
transmission selector.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
POSITION INDICATORS
The instrument cluster displays the current
position.
E358682
Note: The position could illuminate on the
transmission selector.
MANUALLY SHIFTING GEARS
SHIFTING USING THE PADDLE
SHIFTERS
The instrument cluster displays the current
gear. The current gear flashes when your
vehicle cannot shift into the requested gear.
Your vehicle will not shift if the requested
gear raises or lowers the engine speed
beyond the limit.
Your vehicle could shift when you fully press
the accelerator or brake pedal.
Note: Prolonged driving with high engine
speed could cause vehicle damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Note: Drive modes could affect when the
vehicle shifts into the requested gear.
E144821
Manually Shifting Gears in Drive (D)
Use this feature to temporarily change gear.
Note: We recommend using this feature for
engine braking or driving on hilly or
mountainous roads.
• Pull any paddle to switch the feature on.
• Pull the right (+) paddle to upshift.
221
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Automatic Transmission
• Pull the left (-) paddle to downshift.
• Hold the + paddle for a few seconds to
switch the feature off.
Note: The feature switches off after a short
period of time if neither paddle is pulled.
TEMPORARY NEUTRAL MODE
WHAT IS TEMPORARY NEUTRAL
MODE
This mode keeps your vehicle in neutral (N),
for a limited time, when you exit your vehicle
or switch your vehicle off.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
HOW DOES TEMPORARY NEUTRAL
MODE WORK
Use this mode to keep your vehicle in neutral
(N) when you exit your vehicle or switch your
vehicle off. For example, if you exit your
vehicle before an automatic car wash.
Note: You do not need to use this mode at
an automatic car wash if you stay in your
vehicle with power on.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: Automatic return to park (P) is delayed
when your vehicle is in this mode. See What
Is Automatic Return to Park (P) (page 223).
TEMPORARY NEUTRAL MODE
LIMITATIONS
Your vehicle could shift to park (P) after 30
minutes, or when the vehicle battery charge
level is low. Prolonged use of this mode can
cause the 12 V battery to run out of charge.
Do not tow your vehicle in this mode. Failure
to follow these instructions could result in
vehicle damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
ENTERING TEMPORARY NEUTRAL
MODE
1. Power your vehicle on.
2. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
3. Press and hold the brake pedal.
4. Shift into neutral (N).
Note: An instructional message appears.
5. Press the neutral (N) button.
Note: A confirmation message appears
when your vehicle enters the mode.
6. Release the brake pedal.
Note: Your vehicle is free to roll.
7. Switch your vehicle off.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: The neutral (N) indicator on the
transmission selector may flash in this mode.
EXITING TEMPORARY NEUTRAL
MODE
1. Press the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P), or power your vehicle
on and shift into drive (D) or reverse (R).
222
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Automatic Transmission
AUTOMATIC RETURN TO PARK (P)
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC RETURN TO
PARK (P)
Your vehicle shifts into park (P) if you attempt
to exit your vehicle without the transmission
in park (P).
HOW DOES AUTOMATIC RETURN TO
PARK (P) WORK
Your vehicle shifts into park (P) when your
vehicle is stationary and any of the following
occur:
• You switch the vehicle off.
• You open the driver door with your
seatbelt unlatched.
• You unlatch the driver seatbelt when the
driver door is open.
Note: Do not use automatic return to park
(P) when your vehicle is moving, except in
an emergency. See Starting and Stopping
the Engine (page 201).
AUTOMATIC RETURN TO PARK (P)
LIMITATIONS
Automatic return to park (P) may not work if
the door ajar sensor or seatbelt sensor are
malfunctioning.
See an authorized dealer if any of the
following occur:
• Seatbelt indicator illuminates or tone
sounds with the seatbelt fastened.
• Door ajar indicator does not illuminate
with the driver door open.
• Door ajar indicator illuminates with the
driver door closed.
• Transmission not in park message
appears with the driver door closed, after
you shift out of park (P).
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
AUDIBLE WARNINGS
Transmission Not In Park (P) Audible
Warning
Sounds if you open the driver door before
shifting into park (P).
Park Selection Audible Warning
Sounds when you shift into park (P).
223
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Automatic Transmission
HOW DOES FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
WORK
Using the 1-Speed Automatic Four-
Wheel Drive System
The 1-speed automatic four-wheel drive
system utilizes an electronically controlled
on-demand 1-speed transfer case. This
system monitors various vehicle sensory
inputs to provide an increased level of
performance. This system offers the driver
two-wheel drive high, four-wheel drive auto
and four-wheel drive high as available modes
of operation via the selectable drive mode
switch. When four-wheel drive auto is
selected, the system continuously varies
power to the front wheels for optimum
performance for all on-road conditions. When
four-wheel drive high is selected, the system
provides power to the front and rear wheels
for use in off-road or slippery conditions such
as deep snow, sand or mud. There is further
information on driving in unique driving
conditions. See Driving Hints (page 384).
Using the 2-Speed Automatic Four-
Wheel Drive System (If Equipped)
The 2-speed automatic four-wheel drive
system utilizes an electronically controlled
on-demand 2-speed transfer case. This
system monitors various vehicle sensory
inputs to provide an increased level of
performance. This system offers the driver
two-wheel drive high, four-wheel drive auto,
four-wheel drive high, and four-wheel drive
low as available modes of operation. When
four-wheel drive auto is selected, the system
continuously varies power to the front wheels
for optimum performance for all on-road
conditions. When either four-wheel drive high
or four-wheel drive low are selected with the
appropriate drive modes , the four-wheel
drive system provides electronically locked
power to the front and rear wheels for use
in off-road or slippery conditions such as
deep snow, sand or mud. Selecting slow
climb also provides additional gearing for
increased torque multiplication for conditions
like deep sand, snow, steep slopes, or pulling
heavy objects. See Slow Climb (page 297).
Additionally, the system is capable of
recreational flat towing by putting the
transfer case into neutral (N). See
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle (page
397).
There is further information on driving in
unique driving conditions. See Driving Hints
(page 384).
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
224
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not become
overconfident in the ability of four-wheel
drive vehicles. Although a four-wheel drive
vehicle may accelerate better than a
two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction
situations, it won't stop any faster than
two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive at
a safe speed.
Truck and utility vehicles can differ from
some other vehicles. Your vehicle could be
higher to allow it to travel over rough terrain
without getting stuck or damaging
underbody components. The differences that
make your vehicle so versatile also make it
handle differently than an ordinary passenger
car. Always maintain steering wheel control,
especially in rough terrain. Since sudden
changes in terrain can result in abrupt
steering wheel motion, make sure you grip
the steering wheel from the outside. Do not
grip the spokes. Drive cautiously to avoid
vehicle damage from concealed objects such
as rocks and stumps. Drive slower in strong
crosswinds which can affect the normal
steering characteristics of your vehicle. Be
extremely careful when driving on pavement
made slippery by loose sand, water, gravel,
snow or ice.
Note: Do not use four-wheel drive high or
four-wheel drive low mode on dry, hard
surfaced roads. Doing so can produce
excessive noise, increase tire wear and can
damage drive components.
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE LIMITATIONS
Operating Four-Wheel Drive with a
Spare or Mismatched Tires (If Equipped)
On four-wheel drive vehicles, the size of the
spare tire can affect the four-wheel drive
system. If there is a significant difference
between the size of the spare tire and the
remaining tires, you could have limited
four-wheel drive functionality. When driving
with the full-size dissimilar spare wheel and
tire assembly, we recommend that you do
not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h) with a
four-wheel drive mode turned on.
• Use a four-wheel drive mode on dry
pavement.
Driving with the full-size dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly can limit four-wheel
drive functionality. You can experience the
following:
• Additional noise from the transfer case
or other drive components.
Use of a dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly can lead to impairment of the
following:
• Comfort and noise.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet driving capability.
• Four-wheel drive capability.
Note: Your vehicle could have a front air
dam that can become damaged, due to
reduced ground clearance, when taking your
vehicle off-road. You can remove this air
dam by removing the eight bolts that secure
it.
225
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Note: Your vehicle could have side steps
that can become damaged, due to reduced
ground clearance, when taking your vehicle
off-road. Remove side steps before driving
your vehicle off-road.
SELECTING A FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
MODE
To select a specific four-wheel drive mode
please select one of the desired drive
modes. For additional information. See
Selecting a Drive Mode (page 295).
Note: When shifting to and from four-wheel
drive, a message appears in the instrument
cluster display indicating that the system is
in the process of making a shift.
Note: Do not perform this operation if the
rear wheels are slipping or while applying
the accelerator pedal.
If the system detects a fault, a warning
message appears in the instrument cluster
display. See Four-Wheel Drive –
Information Messages (page 228).
Note: Do not use DEEP CONDITIONS or
SLOW CLIMB on dry, hard surfaced roads.
Doing so produces excessive noise,
increases tire wear and may damage drive
components. The 4X4 system in these
modes is only intended for consistently
slippery or loose surfaces.
Shifting to or from Slow Climb (4L)
To select or exit SLOW CLIMB (4L):
1. Bring your vehicle to a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
2. Place the transmission in neutral (N).
3. Select SLOW CLIMB on the drive mode
switch.
A message appears in the instrument cluster
display indicating a four-wheel drive shift is
in progress. If any of the above shift
conditions are not present, the shift will not
occur and a message appears in the
instrument cluster display guiding you
through the proper shifting procedures. If
there is a transfer case tooth blockage, a
message appears in the instrument cluster
display. To alleviate this condition, place the
transmission in a forward gear, move your
vehicle forward approximately 4.9 ft (1.5 m),
and shift the transmission back to neutral (N)
to allow the transfer case to complete the
range shift.
Note: You could hear some noise as the
system shifts or engages which is normal. If
the system detects a fault, a warning
message appears in the instrument cluster
display. See Four-Wheel Drive –
Information Messages (page 228).
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE MODES
TWO-WHEEL DRIVE HIGH
2H turns on when you select NORMAL or
CONSERVE. Two-wheel drive high is for
general on-road driving. Power is sent to the
rear wheels only.
Note: Two-wheel drive high can turn on or
off based on Drive Mode selection See Drive
Mode Control (page 294).
226
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE AUTO
4A turns on when you select EXCITE,
NORMAL 4x4 AUTO or SLIPPERY.
Four-wheel drive auto provides electronically
controlled four-wheel drive power to both
the front and rear wheels, as required, for
increased traction in varying on-road
conditions. The four-wheel drive auto tuning
varies based on selected Drive Mode. See
Selecting a Drive Mode (page 295).
Note: Four-wheel drive auto can turn on or
off automatically based on Drive Mode
selection. See Selecting a Drive Mode (page
295).
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE HIGH
4H turns on when you select DEEP
CONDITIONS. Four-wheel drive high
provides electronically locked four-wheel
drive power to both the front and rear wheels
for use in off-road or winter conditions such
as deep snow, sand or mud. This mode is
not for use on dry pavement.
Note: Four-wheel drive high can turn on or
off automatically based on Drive Mode
selection. See Selecting a Drive Mode (page
295).
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE LOW
This mode turns on when you select SLOW
CLIMB. It provides electronically locked
four-wheel drive power to both the front and
rear wheels for use on low traction surfaces,
and does so with additional gearing for
increased torque multiplication. This mode
is only for off-road conditions, such as deep
sand, steep slopes, or pulling heavy objects.
Note: Four-wheel drive low can turn on or
off automatically based on drive mode
selection. See Selecting a Drive Mode (page
295).
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE INDICATORS
Two-wheel Drive High
E181778
Momentarily illuminates when
two-wheel drive high is selected.
Four-wheel Drive Auto
E181781
Continuously illuminates when
four-wheel drive auto is selected.
Four-wheel Drive High
E181779
Continuously illuminates when
four-wheel drive high is selected.
Four-wheel Drive Low (If Equipped)
E181780
Continuously illuminates when
four-wheel drive low is selected.
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE –
TROUBLESHOOTING
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE – WARNING
LAMPS
Illuminates when a four-wheel
drive or power train fault is
present.
227
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Note: When a system fault is present, the
system can typically remain in whichever
mode was selected prior to the fault
condition occurring. It does not default to
two-wheel drive in all circumstances. When
this warning is displayed, have your vehicle
serviced by an authorized dealer.
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
A four-wheel drive system fault is present. Have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
Check 4x4
The four-wheel drive system is making a shift.4x4 Shift in Progress
Displays when you attempt to switch to four-wheel drive low mode
and you do not shift the transmission to neutral (N).
For 4x4 LOW Shift to N
Displays when you attempt to switch to four-wheel drive low mode
and your vehicle's speed is greater than 3 mph (5 km/h).
For 4x4 LOW Slow to 3 MPH
For 4x4 LOW Slow to 5 km/h
Displays when you attempt to switch from four-wheel drive low mode
and you do not shift the transmission to neutral (N).
To Exit 4x4 LOW Shift to N
Displays when you attempt to switch from four-wheel drive low mode
and your vehicle's speed is greater than 3 mph (5 km/h).
To Exit 4x4 LOW Slow to 3 MPH
To Exit 4x4 LOW Slow to 5 km/h
228
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
ActionMessage
Displays when there is a transfer case gear tooth blockage while
shifting to or from four-wheel drive low mode or to the neutral state.
Place the transmission in a forward gear, move your vehicle forward
approximately 5 ft (1.5 m), and shift the transmission back to neutral
(N) to allow the transfer case to complete the range shift.
Shift Delayed Drive Forward
Displays when the four-wheel system detects elevated system
temperature and temporarily stops providing power to the front
wheels. The system automatically resumes normal function when the
system temperature returns to normal.
4x4 Temporarily Disabled
Displays when the four-wheel drive system resumes normal function.4x4 Restored
Displays when the four-wheel drive system detects driving condition
which temporarily require greater four-wheel drive performance. The
system automatically resumes normal function after the system no
longer detects these driving conditions.
4X4 Temporarily Locked
Displays when the system requires an additional transmission shift to
neutral (N) to complete a transfer case shift.
Shift to Neutral
229
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
WHAT IS THE ELECTRONIC
LIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIAL
The electronic limited-slip differential system
directs torque across the axle, enabling the
vehicle to drive over terrain and road
conditions that a conventional axle cannot.
The system is active at all times and requires
no input from the driver.
Note: If your vehicle is not at optimal
operating conditions or a system fault is
present, a warning may display in the
instrument cluster. Depending on the
warning, you may need to service your
vehicle.
Operating the Electronic Limited-Slip
Differential with a Spare or Mismatched
Tires
If your vehicle has an electronic limited-slip
differential, do not use a spare tire of a
different size than the tire provided. If you
have a spare tire installed, a message may
appear indicating the system has disabled
automatically or reduced function to prevent
system overheat and damage. We
recommend you reinstall the repaired or
replaced spare tire as soon as possible.
When you replace the spare tire, the system
resumes normal operation on the next key
cycle.
Trailer Towing
The electronic limited-slip differential
enhances vehicle stability during trailer tow
operation. During high demand trailering
events, such as steep slopes, high speeds
or with a spare tire, the system may provide
a warning in the instrument cluster and
reduce function or enter a temporarily
disabled state. To resume normal function,
stop the vehicle in a safe location and allow
the unit to adequately cool. Once the system
reaches normal operating temperatures,
system function restores and the electronic
limited-slip differential restored message
displays.
230
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (If Equipped)
ELECTRONIC LIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIAL – TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRONIC LIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIAL – INFORMATION MESSAGES
Description and ActionMessage
Displays when the system requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.Check Electronic Limited Slip Differential
Displays when the system requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.Electronic Limited Slip Differential Off See
Owner's Manual
Displays when the electronic limited slip differential system resumes normal function.Electronic Limited Slip Differential Restored
to Normal
Displays if the electronic limited slip differential system temporarily turns off due to overheating
or an undersized spare tire. If you have an undersized spare tire installed, replace the spare tire
with a full-sized tire as soon as possible. If not, stop the vehicle in a safe location and allow the
system to cool.
Electronic Limited Slip Differential
Temporarily Disabled
Displays if the electronic limited slip differential has limited functionality. This could be due to
an undersized spare tire or caused by the system overheating. If you have an undersized spare
tire installed, replace the spare tire with a full-sized tire as soon as possible. If you do not have
an undersized spare tire installed, the vehicle has reduced functionality. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Electronic Limited Slip Differential Reduced
Torque
231
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (If Equipped)
BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when leaving a car wash or driving
from standing water to dry the brakes.
Note: Depending on applicable laws and
regulations in the country where your vehicle
was originally built, the stoplamps could flash
during heavy braking. The hazard warning
flashers could also turn on when your vehicle
comes to a stop.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
The anti-lock braking system does not
eliminate the risk of crash when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
Note: If the system activates, the brake
pedal could pulse and travel further.
Maintain pressure on the brake pedal.
BRAKE OVER ACCELERATOR
In the event the accelerator pedal becomes
stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm
pressure to the brake pedal to slow the
vehicle and reduce engine power. If you
experience this condition, apply the brakes
and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Move
the transmission to park (P), switch the
engine off and apply the parking brake.
Inspect the accelerator pedal for any
interference. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.
LOCATING THE BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
See Under Hood Overview (page 415).
CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID
WARNING: Do not use any fluid other
than the recommended brake fluid as this
will reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Only use brake fluid from
a sealed container. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to
touch your skin or eyes. If this happens,
rinse the affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
WARNING: The brake system could
be affected if the brake fluid level is below
the MIN mark or above the MAX mark on
the brake fluid reservoir.
232
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Brakes
E170684
1. Park your vehicle on a level surface.
2. Look at the brake fluid reservoir to see
where the brake fluid level is relative to
the MIN and the MAX marks on the
reservoir.
Note: To avoid fluid contamination, the
reservoir cap must remain in place and fully
tight, unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets our specifications.
See Capacities and Specifications (page
467).
BRAKE FLUID SPECIFICATION
See Brake Fluid Specification (page 475).
BRAKES – TROUBLESHOOTING
BRAKES – WARNING LAMPS
WARNING: Driving your vehicle with
the warning lamp on is dangerous. A
significant decrease in braking
performance may occur. It may take you
longer to stop your vehicle. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Driving extended distances with the
parking brake engaged can cause brake
failure and the risk of personal injury.
E67020
If the ABS indicator illuminates
when you are driving, this indicates
a malfunction. Your vehicle
continues to have normal braking without
the anti-lock braking system function. See
an authorized dealer.
It also momentarily illuminates when you
switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is
functional. If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at
any time, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer.
E270480
E67024
The brake indicator momentarily
illuminates when you switch the
ignition on to confirm the lamp is
functional. It may also illuminate when you
apply the parking brake and the ignition is
on. If it illuminates when your vehicle is
moving, make sure the parking brake is
disengaged. If the parking brake is
disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid
level or a brake system fault. See an
authorized dealer.
233
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Brakes
BRAKES – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Is it normal for my brakes to make noise?
Occasional brake noise is normal. If a
metal-to-metal, continuous grinding, or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake lining could be worn-out. Have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer.
There is an electrical motor sound when I
press on the brake pedal or activate the
park brake switch. Is this normal?
Yes, those sounds are the electronic
brake booster or the electronic park
brake operating.
Note: Brake dust could accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is normal as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning Wheels (page
431).
234
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Brakes
WHAT IS THE ELECTRIC PARKING
BRAKE
The electric parking brake is used to hold
your vehicle on slopes and flat roads.
APPLYING THE ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE
WARNING: Always fully apply the
parking brake. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: If you drive extended
distances with the parking brake applied,
you could cause damage to the brake
system.
E267156
The electric parking brake switch
is on the center console.
Pull the switch up to apply the electric
parking brake. The red warning lamp flashes,
then steadily illuminates when the parking
brake is applied.
Note: You can apply the electric parking
brake when the ignition is off.
Note: The electric parking brake could apply
when park (P) is selected. See Park (P) (page
220).
APPLYING THE ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE IN AN
EMERGENCY
You can use the electric parking brake to
slow or stop your vehicle in an emergency.
Pull the switch up and hold it.
The red warning lamp illuminates, a tone
sounds and the stoplamps turn on when you
use the electric parking brake in an
emergency.
The electric parking brake continues to slow
your vehicle down unless you release the
switch.
Note: Do not apply the electric parking brake
when your vehicle is moving, except in an
emergency. If you repeatedly use the electric
parking brake to slow or stop your vehicle,
you could cause damage to the brake
system.
MANUALLY RELEASING THE
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Press and hold the brake pedal.
3. Push the switch down.
The red warning lamp turns off.
Pulling Away on a Hill When Towing a
Trailer
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Pull the switch upward and hold it.
3. Shift into gear.
4. Press the accelerator pedal until engine
has developed sufficient torque to
prevent your vehicle from rolling down
the hill.
235
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Electric Parking Brake
5. Release the switch and pull away in a
normal manner.
AUTOMATICALLY RELEASING THE
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
1. Close the driver door.
2. Shift into gear.
3. Press the accelerator pedal and pull away
in a normal manner.
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
AUDIBLE WARNING
Sounds when the parking brake is on and
your vehicle is moving. If the warning tone
continues after you have released the
parking brake, this indicates a malfunction.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
RELEASING THE ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE IF THE VEHICLE
BATTERY HAS RUN OUT OF
CHARGE
WARNING: The electric parking
brake does not operate if the vehicle
battery has run out of charge.
Connect a booster battery to the vehicle
battery to release the electric parking brake
if the vehicle battery has run out of charge.
See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 391).
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE –
TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE –
WARNING LAMPS
Brake System
E270480
E67024
It illuminates red when you apply
the parking brake and your vehicle
is on. If the lamp flashes when the
parking brake has been released,
this indicates the parking brake
system requires service. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Note: Lamps may vary depending on region.
Electric Parking Brake
E67024
E146190
When the lamp illuminates yellow,
it indicates a malfunction in the
electric parking brake. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: Lamps may vary depending on region.
236
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Electric Parking Brake
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The electric parking brake is set and a manual release is attempted without the brake
pedal being pressed.
To Release: Press Brake and Switch
The electric parking brake is set and an automatic release is attempted but cannot be
performed. Perform a manual release.
Park Brake Use Switch to Release
The electric parking brake is set and your vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h).
Release the electric parking brake before continuing to drive.
Release Park Brake
The electric parking brake is not fully applied.Park Brake Not Applied
The electric parking brake is not fully released.Park Brake Not Released
The electric parking brake system has been put into a special mode to allow brake
service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Brake maintenance mode
The electric parking brake system has detected a condition that requires service. Some
functionality may still be available. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake Limited Function Service Required
The electric parking brake system has detected a condition that requires service. Have
the system checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake Malfunction Service Now
237
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Electric Parking Brake
WHAT IS REVERSE BRAKING
ASSIST
Lincoln Reverse Brake Assist
The system uses sensors on the rear of your
vehicle to detect a possible collision and
applies the brakes to either reduce the
damage from impact, or to assist in avoiding
the collision.
HOW DOES REVERSE BRAKING
ASSIST WORK
Reverse braking assist functions when in
reverse (R) and traveling at a speed of
1–7 mph (2–12 km/h).
If the system detects an obstacle behind your
vehicle, it provides a warning through the
rear parking aid or cross traffic alert system.
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in reverse
(R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems,
fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air
brakes, external motors and fans may
affect the correct operation of the sensing
system. This may cause reduced
performance or false alerts.
WARNING: Some situations and
objects prevent hazard detection. For
example low or direct sunlight, inclement
weather, unconventional vehicle types, and
pedestrians. Apply the brakes when
necessary. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with accessories that extend beyond the
front or rear of your vehicle, for example a
trailer hitch or bike rack. The system is not
able to make corrections for the additional
length of the accessories.
238
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Reverse Braking Assist (If Equipped)
The system only applies the brakes for a
short period of time when an event occurs.
Act as soon as you notice the brakes apply
to remain in control of the vehicle. If you do
not intervene the vehicle may start to move
again.
Note: Certain add-on devices around the
bumper or fascia may create false alerts. For
example, large trailer hitches, bicycle or
surfboard racks, license plate brackets,
bumper covers or any other device that may
block the normal detection zone of the
system. Remove the add-on device to
prevent false alerts.
Note: The system does not react to small or
moving objects, particularly those close to
the ground.
Note: The system does not operate during
hard acceleration or steering.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the
bumper or fascia leaving it misaligned or
bent, it could alter the sensing zone causing
inaccurate measurement of obstacles or
false alerts.
Note: Vehicle loading and suspension
changes can impact the angle of the sensors
and may change the normal detection zone
of the system resulting in inaccurate
measurement of obstacles or false alerts.
Note: When you connect a trailer, the system
may detect the trailer and provide an alert,
or the system turns off. If the system does
not turn off, manually switch the system off
after you connect the trailer.
Note: You may experience reduced system
performance on road surfaces that limit
deceleration. For example, roads with ice,
loose gravel, mud or sand.
SWITCHING REVERSE BRAKING
ASSIST ON AND OFF
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Switch Reverse Brake Assist on or off.
Note: The system is unavailable when the
rear parking aid, cross traffic alert or traction
control is off.
Note: If your vehicle is not equipped with
cross traffic alert the reverse braking assist
relies on input from the rear parking aid and
rear camera sensors.
Note: The default setting is on in some
regions.
OVERRIDING REVERSE BRAKING
ASSIST
There could be instances when unexpected
or unwanted braking occurs. Firmly pressing
the accelerator pedal or switching the feature
off overrides the system.
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST
INDICATORS
If the system determines that a collision with
an obstacle may occur, full braking may
apply.
E293490
A message and warning indicator
appear when the system applies
the brakes.
239
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Reverse Braking Assist (If Equipped)
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST – TROUBLESHOOTING
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
Displays when the system applies the brakes and remains on for a
few seconds.
Reverse Brake Assist
Make sure that all doors, liftgate or tailgate and hood are closed. Drive
the vehicle on a straight road for a short period. Make sure the parking
aids and cross traffic alert systems are on. If the message remains on,
have the system checked as soon as possible.
Reverse Brake Assist Not Available See Manual
Displays when a system error has occurred. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Reverse Brake Assist Fault
Displays when reverse brake assist is off.Reverse Brake Assist Off
240
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Reverse Braking Assist (If Equipped)
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why is reverse braking assist unavailable?
• Make sure the reverse braking assist is
on. See Switching Reverse Braking
Assist On and Off (page 239).
• Make sure that all doors, liftgate or
tailgate and hood are closed. Drive the
vehicle on a straight road for a short
period. If the message remains, have the
system checked.
• If your vehicle has the cross traffic alert
system, make sure it is on. See Switching
Cross Traffic Alert On and Off (page 318).
• Make sure the rear parking aid system is
on. See Parking Aids (page 255).
• Make sure the traction control is on. See
Switching Traction Control On and Off
(page 245).
Note: The traction control automatically turns
off if four-wheel drive low and certain drive
modes such as mud/ruts and snow/sand is
activated.
• Your vehicle may have sustained a rear
end impact. Have the sensors checked
for proper coverage and operation.
• An anti-lock brake, traction control or
stability control event may have occurred.
Reverse braking assist resumes
operation when the event is complete.
• Make sure the rear view camera and 360
degree camera are not dirty or
obstructed. If dirty, clean the camera. If
the message still appears after cleaning
the camera, wait a short time for the
message to clear. If the message does
not clear, have the system checked.
• Make sure the cross traffic alert, rear
parking aid and side parking aid sensors
are not blocked or faulty. See Locating
the Cross Traffic Alert Sensors (page
318). See Locating the Rear Parking Aid
Sensors (page 256). See Locating the
Side Parking Aid Sensors (page 259).
• You recently had your vehicle serviced,
or the battery disconnected. Drive your
vehicle a short distance to resume
system operation.
• Reverse braking assist does not function
when you connect a trailer. Operation
resumes when you disconnect the trailer.
Note: If the answers to why the system is
unavailable do not assist in returning reverse
braking assist to available, have the system
checked as soon as possible.
241
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Reverse Braking Assist (If Equipped)
WHAT IS HILL START ASSIST
Hill Start Assist makes it easier for you to pull
away when your vehicle is on a slope without
using the parking brake.
HOW DOES HILL START ASSIST
WORK
When the system activates, your vehicle
remains stationary for a few seconds after
you release the brake pedal. This gives you
time to move your foot from the brake pedal
to the accelerator pedal. The brakes release
when you apply the accelerator pedal and
the vehicle begins to move forward, or the
vehicle is stationary beyond hill start assist
hold time.
The system activates when your vehicle is
in any forward gear and facing uphill, or
when your vehicle is in reverse (R) and facing
downhill.
HILL START ASSIST PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you leave
your vehicle, always apply the parking
brake.
WARNING: You must remain in your
vehicle when the system turns on. At all
times you are responsible for controlling
your vehicle, supervising the system, and
intervening if required. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
HILL START ASSIST –
TROUBLESHOOTING
HILL START ASSIST – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Displays when
system is not avail-
able. Have your
vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Hill Start Assist Not
Available
242
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Hill Start Assist
HOW DOES AUTO HOLD WORK
Auto hold applies the brakes to hold your
vehicle after you bring the vehicle to a stop.
This can help when waiting on a hill or in
traffic.
SWITCHING AUTO HOLD ON AND
OFF
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you leave
your vehicle, always apply the parking
brake.
WARNING: You must remain in your
vehicle when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for controlling
your vehicle, supervising the system and
intervening, if required. Failure to take care
may result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system will turn off
if a malfunction is apparent. Failure to take
care may result in the loss of control of
your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
E256165
Press the button on the center console to
switch the system on and off. The indicator
light illuminates when the system is on.
Note: You can only switch the system on
after you close the driver door.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
Note: When using an automatic car wash,
make sure to switch auto hold off, or shift to
neutral (N) with the brake pedal applied to
ensure auto hold is not active.
USING AUTO HOLD
1. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
The auto hold active indicator illuminates
in the information display.
2. Release the brake pedal. The system
holds your vehicle at a standstill. The
auto hold active indicator remains
illuminated in the information display.
3. Apply the accelerator and drive off in a
normal manner. The system releases the
brakes and the auto hold active indicator
switches off.
Note: The system only activates if you apply
enough brake pressure on the brake pedal
to bring the vehicle to a standstill.
243
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Auto Hold
Note: Under certain conditions, the system
could apply the electric parking brake. The
brake system warning lamp illuminates. The
electric parking brake releases when you
press the accelerator pedal. See
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake (page 236).
Note: Auto hold cancels if you shift into
reverse (R), or neutral (N), and press the
brake pedal.
There could be actions that can cause the
auto hold system not to work when the
following occur:
• When you use active park assist.
• The driver door is open.
• You shift into reverse (R), or neutral (N)
before the system is active.
• Your vehicle is in temporary neutral
mode.
AUTO HOLD INDICATORS
E323448
Illuminates when the system is
active.
E323449
Illuminates when the system is on
but cannot hold your vehicle at a
standstill at this particular time.
244
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Auto Hold
WHAT IS TRACTION CONTROL
The traction control system helps to avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
HOW DOES TRACTION CONTROL
WORK
If your wheels begin to spin, the loss of
traction can compromise steering control
and stability of the vehicle. The traction
control system applies the brakes to
individual wheels and when needed, reduces
engine power at the same time to increase
traction.
SWITCHING TRACTION CONTROL
ON AND OFF
WARNING: Operating your vehicle
with the traction control disabled could
lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
The system turns traction control and stability
control on each time you power on your
vehicle.
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Switch Traction Control on or off.
Note: When you switch traction control off,
a message and an illuminated icon appear
on the information display.
Turn the system back on to return to normal
operation.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.
Your vehicle could have MyKey restrictions
regarding this feature. See Configurable
MyKey Settings (page 82).
TRACTION CONTROL INDICATOR
Stability and Traction Control Indicator
E138639
If the indicator does not illuminate
when you switch the ignition on,
or remains on when the engine is
running, this indicates a malfunction. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
E130458
The traction control off indicator
illuminates when you switch the
traction control system off, or when
an alternative stability control mode is
selected that requires the traction control off
depending on the drive mode selected.
245
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Traction Control
TRACTION CONTROL – TROUBLESHOOTING
TRACTION CONTROL – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Service AdvanceTrac
The status of the traction control system after you switch it off.Traction Control Off
The status of the traction control system after you switch it on.Traction Control On
246
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Traction Control
HOW DOES STABILITY CONTROL
WORK
WARNING: Vehicle modifications
involving braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system, tire
construction and wheel and tire size may
change the handling characteristics of your
vehicle and may adversely affect the
performance of the electronic stability
control system. In addition, installing any
stereo speakers may interfere with and
adversely affect the electronic stability
control system. Reducing the effectiveness
of the electronic stability control system
could lead to an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: Remember that even
advanced technology cannot defy the laws
of physics. It's always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
electronic stability control system is an
indication that at least some of the tires
have exceeded their ability to grip the
road; this could reduce the operator's
ability to control the vehicle potentially
resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or traction control you may
experience the following conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
flashes.
• Your vehicle slows down.
• Reduced engine power.
The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
Electronic stability control enhances your
vehicle’s ability to prevent skids or lateral
slides by applying brakes to one or more of
the wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Roll Stability Control
Roll stability control enhances your vehicle’s
ability to prevent rollovers by detecting your
vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which it
changes by applying the brakes to one or
more wheels individually.
Curve Control
Curve control enhances your vehicle’s ability
to follow the road when cornering severely
or avoiding objects in the roadway. Curve
control operates by reducing engine power
and, if necessary, applying brakes to one or
more of the wheels individually.
247
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Stability Control
Side Wind Stabilization
Side wind stabilization is an advanced
feature that works by carefully applying the
brakes on one side of the vehicle to reduce
the effect of a side wind gust on the vehicle's
path.
Traction Control
Traction control enhances your vehicle’s
ability to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
Traction Control (page 245).
E72903
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
SWITCHING STABILITY CONTROL
ON AND OFF
The system turns on each time you switch
the ignition on.
Shifting the transmission into reverse (R) will
disable the system.
You can switch the traction control system
off or on independently. See Switching
Traction Control On and Off (page 245).
248
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Stability Control
Stability Control and Traction Control with Roll Stability Control
Traction Control System
2
Electronic Stability Control
2
Roll Stability Control
2
Stability Control OFF Light
Enabled
Enabled
2
EnabledIlluminated during bulb
check
Default at start-up
Disabled
1
Enabled
2
EnabledilluminatedButton pressed moment-
arily
Disabled
1
DisabledEnabledilluminatedButton not pressed and
transfer case is switched
to 4x4 Low
1
The Traction Control system can still be enabled but with tighter or looser thresholds.
2
Functions can vary depending on what selectable drive mode the vehicle is currently in.
STABILITY CONTROL INDICATOR
E138639
If it does not illuminate when you
switch the power on, or remains
on, this indicates a malfunction.
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
249
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Stability Control
WHAT IS HILL DESCENT CONTROL
Hill descent control allows the driver to set
and maintain vehicle speed while
descending steep slopes in various surface
conditions.
HOW DOES HILL DESCENT
CONTROL WORK
Hill descent control can maintain vehicle
speeds on downhill slopes between
2–20 mph (3–32 km/h). Above 20 mph
(32 km/h), the system remains on but the
descent speed cannot be set or maintained.
Note: The system does not function below
2 mph (3 km/h).
The system requires a cool down interval
after a period of sustained use. Hill descent
control provides a warning in the message
center and a tone sounds when the system
is about to disengage for cooling. At this
time, manually apply the brakes as needed
to maintain descent speed.
Note: The amount of time that the system
can remain active before cooling varies with
conditions.
HILL DESCENT CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The system does not
control speed in low traction conditions or
extremely steep slopes. The system is
designed to be an aid and does not relieve
you of your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Hill descent control
cannot control descent in all surface
conditions and circumstances, such as ice
or extremely steep grades. Hill descent
control is a driver assist system and cannot
substitute for good judgment by the driver.
Failure to do so may result in loss of
vehicle control, crash or serious injury.
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you leave
your vehicle, always apply the parking
brake and shift the transmission into park
(P) for automatic transmission or first gear
for manual transmission.
SWITCHING HILL DESCENT
CONTROL ON AND OFF
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Switch Hill Descent Control on or off.
Note: A message appears in the information
display when the system is active.
250
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Hill Descent Control (If Equipped)
SETTING THE HILL DESCENT
SPEED
To increase or decrease the descent speed,
press the accelerator or brake pedal, or use
the SET + and SET - buttons on the steering
wheel. Once you reach the preferred speed
remove your feet from the pedals.
HILL DESCENT CONTROL
INDICATOR
E163171
Illuminates when you switch hill
descent control on.
HILL DESCENT CONTROL – TROUBLESHOOTING
HILL DESCENT CONTROL – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Your vehicle speed requirement for off-road mode entry has not been met.For Hill Descent Reduce Speed XX MPH/km/h or Less
You need to select a transmission gear for hill descent mode.For Hill Descent Select Gear
Hill descent control mode is deactivated and you must resume control.Hill Descent Driver Resume Control
A hill descent system fault is present.Hill Descent Control Fault
The hill descent system is cooling due to overuse.Hill Descent Control Off System Cooling
The hill descent system cannot activate while Cruise Control is actively controlling
speed.
Hill Descent Control not available with Cruise Control
Active
251
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Hill Descent Control (If Equipped)
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
HOW DOES ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING WORK
The electric power steering system assists
the brake system to help operate advanced
stability control and accident avoidance
systems.
If your vehicle loses electrical power or
detects a concern when you are driving the
system switches off and you retain normal
steering function. Additionally, whenever the
battery is disconnected or a new battery is
installed, you must drive your vehicle a short
distance before the system relearns the
strategy and reactivates all systems.
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The electric power
steering system has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system. If a fault
is detected, a message displays in the
information display. Stop your vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the
vehicle off. After at least 10 seconds, switch
the vehicle on and watch the information
display for a steering system warning
message. If a steering system warning
message returns, have the system checked
as soon as possible.
WARNING: If the system detects an
error, you may not feel a difference in the
steering, however a serious condition may
exist. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible. Failure to do so may result in
loss of steering control.
Adapt your speed and driving behavior
according to reduced steering assist.
Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort to steer. This occurs to prevent
internal overheating and damage to the
steering system. If this occurs, you will not
lose the ability to steer your vehicle manually
nor will it cause damage to the system.
Normal steering and driving allows the
system to cool down and steering assist
returns to normal.
Note: There is no fluid reservoir to check or
fill.
STEERING – TROUBLESHOOTING
STEERING – WARNING INDICATORS
E223375
The electric power steering system
indicator illuminates if the system
detects a fault during the
continuous diagnostic checks.
Note: If a red warning message displays,
stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so.
252
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Steering
STEERING – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The power steering system has detected a condition that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Fault Service Now
The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Loss Stop Safely
The power steering system has detected a condition that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Assist Fault Service Required
The steering system has detected a condition that requires service.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Lock Malfunction Service Now
253
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Steering
STEERING – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Why does it seem that the steering is
wandering or pulling?
Check your vehicle for an improperly
inflated or uneven tire, loose or worn
suspension or steering components, or
improper vehicle alignment.
The system is functioning properly and the
components have been checked, why is
the steering system continuing to pull or
wander?
A high crown in the road or crosswinds
could make the steering system feel like
it is wandering or pulling.
254
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Steering
PARKING AID PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in reverse
(R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care and
attention. Failure to take care may result
in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems,
fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air
brakes, external motors and fans may
affect the correct operation of the sensing
system. This may cause reduced
performance or false alerts.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects, particularly
those close to the ground.
WARNING: The parking aid system
can only assist you to detect objects when
your vehicle is moving at parking speeds.
To help avoid personal injury you must
take care when using the parking aid
system.
WARNING: The system may not
function if the sensor is blocked.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this will
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts.
When you connect a trailer to your vehicle,
the rear parking aid detects the trailer and
provides an alert. Disable the parking aid
when you connect a trailer to prevent the
alert.
Note: Connected trailers might be detected
by the vehicle and parking aid turns off
automatically in those instances.
Note: Certain add-on devices installed
around the bumper or fascia may create
false alerts, for example, large trailer hitches,
bike or surfboard racks, license plate
brackets, bumper covers or any other device
that could block the normal detection zone
of the parking aid system. Aftermarket spare
tires or spare tire covers mounted to the rear
tailgate could cause false alerts from the
park aid system. Remove the add-on device
to prevent false alerts.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt. If the
sensors are covered, the system's accuracy
can be affected.
Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
255
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Parking Aids
Note: When using a programmed MyKey,
you cannot switch the parking aids off. See
MyKey™ (page 82).
SWITCHING PARKING AID ON AND
OFF
E326188
P
Press the parking aid button and
use the menu to turn the system
on and off.
The system can also be turned off using the
pop-up message that appears when you are
in reverse (R).
REAR PARKING AID
WHAT IS THE REAR PARKING AID
Rear parking sensors detect objects behind
your vehicle when in reverse (R).
REAR PARKING AID LIMITATIONS
There is a decreased coverage area at the
outer corners.
When using a programmed MyKey, you
cannot switch the rear parking aid off.
The rear parking aid sensors are active when
your vehicle is in reverse (R) and the vehicle
speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The sensor coverage area is up to 71 in
(180 cm) from the rear bumper.
The rear parking aid detects large objects
when you shift into reverse (R) and any of
the following occur:
• Your vehicle is moving backward at a low
speed.
• Your vehicle is stationary but an object
is approaching the rear of your vehicle
at a low speed.
• Your vehicle is moving backward at a low
speed and an object is moving towards
your vehicle, for example another vehicle
at a low speed.
The system shall provide no audible warning
for the object behind the vehicle when in
neutral (N) gear.
LOCATING THE REAR PARKING AID
SENSORS
E130178
The rear parking aid sensors are in the rear
bumper.
256
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Parking Aids
REAR PARKING AID AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
A warning tone sounds when your vehicle
approaches an object. As your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the rate of the
tone increases. The warning tone
continuously sounds when an object is 12 in
(30 cm) or less from the rear bumper.
If your vehicle remains stationary for a few
seconds, the audible warning turns off. If your
vehicle moves backward the tone sounds
again.
Note: When the parking aid system sounds
a tone, the audio system could reduce the
set volume.
FRONT PARKING AID
WHAT IS THE FRONT PARKING AID
Front parking sensors detect objects in front
of your vehicle.
FRONT PARKING AID LIMITATIONS
The front parking aid sensors are active
when your vehicle is in any position other
than park (P) and the vehicle speed is less
than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The sensor coverage area is up to 28 in
(70 cm) from the bumper.
If your vehicle is in reverse (R), the front
parking aid detects objects when your
vehicle is moving at a low speed or an object
is moving toward your vehicle and provides
an audible warning, for example another
vehicle at a low speed. If your vehicle
remains stationary for a few seconds, the
audible warning turns off. Visual indication
is always active in reverse (R).
If your vehicle is in any forward gear, the
front parking aid provides audible warnings
and visual indication when your vehicle is
moving at a speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) or
below and the system detects an object
within the detection zone. If your vehicle
remains stationary for a few seconds, the
visual indication and audible warning turns
off.
If your vehicle is in neutral (N), the front and
rear sensors provide visual indication only
when your vehicle is moving below a speed
of 5 mph (8 km/h) and obstacles are detected
inside the detection areas. Once your vehicle
stops, the visual indication and audible
warning stops after a few seconds.
LOCATING THE FRONT PARKING AID
SENSORS
E187330
The front parking aid sensors are in the front
bumper.
257
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Parking Aids
FRONT PARKING AID AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
A warning tone sounds when there is an
object within 28 in (70 cm) from the front
bumper. As your vehicle moves closer to an
object, the rate of the tone increases.
The warning tone continuously sounds when
an object is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the
front bumper.
Note: If the detected object is 12 in (30 cm)
or less from your vehicle, visual indication
remains on.
SIDE PARKING AID
WHAT IS THE SIDE PARKING AID
The front and rear outermost parking aid
sensors map objects that are near to the
sides of your vehicle.
SIDE PARKING AID LIMITATIONS
The sensor coverage is up to 24 in (60 cm)
from the sides of your vehicle.
The side parking aid may not function if:
• Your vehicle remains stationary for over
two minutes.
• The anti-lock brake system activates.
• The traction control system activates.
• Your vehicle is in park (P).
• The steering wheel angle information is
not available. You must drive at least
492 ft (150 m) above 19 mph (30 km/h) to
reset the steering wheel angle
information.
Note: If you switch traction control off, the
side sensing system also turns off.
To reinitialize the system, drive the length of
your vehicle.
The side parking aid does not detect an
object that is moving toward the side of your
vehicle, for example another vehicle moving
at a low speed, if it does not pass a front or
rear parking aid sensor.
If the transmission is in reverse (R), the side
sensing system provides audible warnings.
When your vehicle is moving slowly,
obstacles are detected within 24 in (60 cm)
and are inside the driving path of your
vehicle. If your vehicle remains stationary for
a few seconds, the audible warning turns off.
Visual indication is always present in reverse
(R).
If your vehicle is in neutral (N), the side
sensing system provides visual indication
only when your vehicle is moving slowly and
there is a front or rear parking aid obstacle
detected, and the side obstacle is within
24 in (60 cm) from the side of your vehicle.
If your vehicle remains stationary for a few
seconds, the visual indication turns off.
If the transmission is in drive (D) or any other
forward gear, the side sensing system
provides audible and visual warnings. When
your vehicle is moving slowly, obstacles are
detected within 24 in (60 cm) and are inside
the driving path of your vehicle. If your
vehicle remains stationary for a few seconds,
the visual indication and audible warning
turns off.
258
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Parking Aids
LOCATING THE SIDE PARKING AID
SENSORS
E187810
The side parking sensors are located in the
sides of the front and rear bumpers.
SIDE PARKING AID AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
When the side parking aid detects an object
within the coverage area and the driving path
of your vehicle, an audible warning sounds.
As your vehicle moves closer to the object,
the rate of the tone increases.
PARKING AID INDICATORS
E190459
The system provides object distance
indication through the information and
entertainment display.
• As the distance to the object decreases,
the indicator waves and the lines move
toward the vehicle icon.
• If there is no object detected, the
distance indicator lines are grey.
Visual indication remains on when your
vehicle is in reverse (R). In any other gear,
when you stop your vehicle, visual indication
turns off after four seconds.
If the parking aids are not available, the side
distance indicator lines do not display.
PARKING AIDS – TROUBLESHOOTING
PARKING AIDS – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
If a fault is present in the parking aids, a
warning message appears in the instrument
cluster or the touchscreen.
Note: When the front or rear park aid
presents a fault message, the side parking
aid also disables.
259
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Parking Aids
ActionMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Check Front Park Aid
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Check Rear Park Aid
Displays the park aid status.Front Park Aid On Off
Displays the park aid status.Rear Park Aid On Off
260
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Parking Aids
WHAT IS THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA
The 360 degree camera system consists of
front, side and rear cameras which provide
visibility around your vehicle.
HOW DOES THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA WORK
The 360 Degree Camera system:
• Allows you to see what is directly in front
of or behind your vehicle.
• Provides a cross traffic view in front of
and behind your vehicle.
• Allows you to see a top-down view of the
area outside your vehicle, including the
blind spots and obstacles near your
vehicle.
360 DEGREE CAMERA
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The 360 degree camera
system still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with looking out of the
windows, and checking the interior and
exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close to
either corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the screen
due to the limited coverage of the camera
system.
WARNING: Use caution when turning
camera features on or off when the
transmission is not in park (P). Make sure
your vehicle is not moving.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Use caution when the
rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo
door is ajar, the camera will be out of
position and the video image could be
incorrect. All guide lines disappear when
the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
WARNING: When manual zoom is
on, the full area behind your vehicle may
not show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
261
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
360 Degree Camera
360 DEGREE CAMERA
LIMITATIONS
Note: Use caution if a door is ajar. The 360
degree camera could be out of position and
the image could be incorrect.
LOCATING THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERAS
Rear View Camera
The rear view camera is on the liftgate. It
provides a video image of the area behind
your vehicle.
Front View Camera
The front view camera is in the grille. It
provides a video image of the area in front
of your vehicle.
Side View Camera
The side view camera is on the outside
mirror. It provides a video image of the area
on the sides of your vehicle to aid you when
parking.
360 DEGREE CAMERA GUIDE
LINES
Note: Active guide lines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
E306774
Active guide lines.A
Centerline.B
Fixed guide line: Green zone.C
262
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
360 Degree Camera
Fixed guide line: Yellow zone.D
Fixed guide line: Red zone.E
Rear bumper.F
Active guide lines only show with fixed guide
lines. Turn the steering wheel to point the
guide lines toward an intended path. If the
steering wheel position changes when
reversing, your vehicle could deviate from
the intended path.
The fixed and active guide lines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guide lines do not
display when the steering wheel position is
straight.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects get closer to your
vehicle as they move from the green zone
to the yellow or red zones. Use the side view
mirrors and rear view mirror to get better
coverage on both sides and rear of your
vehicle.
Keep Out Zone
E310341
The keep out zone is represented by the
yellow dotted lines running parallel to your
vehicle.
360 DEGREE CAMERA SETTINGS
SWITCHING THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA ON AND OFF
E332186
The 360 degree camera system
button is on the instrument panel
and allows you to toggle the front
camera on or off. The front and rear cameras
have multiple screens which consist of:
• Normal view.
• Normal view with 360.
• Split view.
Note: The rear view camera activates when
you switch into reverse (R). Additional views
are then accessible on the touchscreen.
When in park (P), neutral (N) or drive (D), only
the front images display when you press the
button. When in reverse (R), only the rear
images display when you press the button.
Note: The 360 degree camera system turns
off when your vehicle is in motion at low
speed, except when in reverse (R).
263
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
360 Degree Camera
SWITCHING THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA VIEW
E337002
Press to access the different
camera views.
E336516
Front normal view provides an
image of what is directly in front of
your vehicle.
E336517
Front split view provides an
extended view of what is in front
of your vehicle.
E310996
Normal + 360 degree view
contains the normal camera view
next to a 360 degree camera view.
E310967
Rear normal view provides an
image of what is directly behind
your vehicle.
E310974
Rear split view provides an
extended view of what is behind
your vehicle.
E350276
The hitch view provides an image
of the area around the tow hitch.
E310965
Trailer reverse guidance shows the
sides of your truck and trailer. See
Trailer Reverse Guidance (page
375).
E224485
Zooms in on the image and park
hold is activated. See Connecting
a Trailer (page 345).
E337359
Zooms in on the 360 degree
image. Also provides access to
corner zoom views and front and
rear offset views with tire guidelines
depending on what gear and which drive
mode you are in.
Note: The rear normal view and hitch view
are available when your vehicle speed is
greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
264
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
360 Degree Camera
WHAT IS ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
Assists you with parking in and out of parking
spaces.
HOW DOES ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
WORK
Active park assist uses sensors to detect
parking spaces. The system steers,
accelerates, brakes and shifts gears as
necessary to maneuver into or out of a
parking space.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You must remain in your
vehicle when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for controlling
your vehicle, supervising the system and
intervening, if required. Failure to take care
may result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: The sensors may not
detect objects in heavy rain or other
conditions that cause interference.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with accessories that extend beyond the
front or rear of your vehicle, for example a
trailer hitch or bike rack. The system is not
able to make corrections for the additional
length of the accessories.
SWITCHING ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
ON AND OFF
E326188
P
Press the parking aid button, then
press the active park assist icon
on the touchscreen to bring up full
screen notifications.
Press the soft keys on the touchscreen to
switch between the parallel park in,
perpendicular park in, or parallel park out
parking modes.
Cancelling Active Park Assist
To cancel parking assistance at any time,
shift out of neutral (N).
Pausing Active Park Assist
To pause parking assistance at any time,
release the parking aid button.
If you open the passenger or rear doors,
active park assist pauses.
To resume parking, press and hold the
parking aid button again.
265
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Active Park Assist
ENTERING A PARALLEL PARKING
SPACE
1. Press the parking aid button.
Note: The system detects other vehicles and
curbs to find a parking space.
2. Press the active park assist icon on the
touchscreen.
3. Use the turn signal lever to search for a
parking space on the driver or passenger
side of your vehicle.
Note: If you do not use the turn signal lever,
the system searches for a parking space on
the passenger side of your vehicle.
4. Drive your vehicle approximately 3 ft (1 m)
away from and parallel to the other
parked vehicles when searching for a
parking space.
Note: A tone sounds and a message
appears in the information and
entertainment display when active park
assist finds a suitable parking space.
5. Press and hold the brake pedal.
6. Release the steering wheel and shift into
neutral (N).
7. Press and hold the parking aid button.
8. Release the brake pedal to allow your
vehicle to park.
Note: You can slow down your vehicle at
any time by pressing the brake pedal.
Note: When parallel parking between
objects, the system parks closer to the object
in front of your vehicle to allow easier access
to the luggage compartment.
Note: When parking is complete, your
vehicle shifts into park (P).
ENTERING A PERPENDICULAR
PARKING SPACE
1. Press the parking aid button.
Note: Active park assist does not recognize
parking space lines and centers your vehicle
between objects.
2. Press the active park assist icon on the
touchscreen.
3. Select perpendicular parking.
4. Use the turn signal lever to search for a
parking space on the driver or passenger
side of your vehicle.
Note: If you do not use the turn signal lever,
the system searches for a parking space on
the passenger side of your vehicle.
5. Drive your vehicle approximately 3 ft (1 m)
away from and perpendicular to the other
parked vehicles when searching for a
parking space.
Note: A tone sounds and a message
appears in the information and
entertainment display when active park
assist finds a parking space.
6. Press and hold the brake pedal.
7. Release the steering wheel and shift into
neutral (N).
8. Press and hold the parking aid button.
9. Release the brake pedal to allow the
vehicle to park.
Note: Active park assist backs your vehicle
into parking spaces.
266
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Active Park Assist
Note: Active park assist aligns the front end
of your vehicle with the lane side of the
object next to it.
Note: When the system detects only one
object, it allows enough distance to open
the door on either side.
Note: You can slow down your vehicle at
any time by pressing the brake pedal.
Note: When parking is complete, your
vehicle shifts into park (P).
EXITING A PARKING SPACE
Active park assist only assists leaving parallel
parking spaces.
1. Press the parking aid button.
2. Press the active park assist icon on the
touchscreen.
3. Select parallel park exit.
4. Use the turn signal to choose the
direction to exit the parking space.
5. Press and hold the brake pedal.
6. Release the steering wheel and shift into
neutral (N).
7. Release the parking brake.
8. Press and hold the parking aid button.
9. Release the brake pedal to allow your
vehicle to move.
Note: After active park assist drives your
vehicle to a position where you can exit the
parking space in a forward movement, a
message appears instructing you to take full
control of your vehicle.
10. Take control of your vehicle.
Note: You can slow down your vehicle at
any time by pressing the brake pedal.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST –
TROUBLESHOOTING
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The system requires
service. Have your
vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Active Park Fault
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does active park assist not operate
correctly?
The system is unable to detect a vehicle,
curb or object to park next to or in
between. The system needs boundary
objects to operate correctly.
Why does active park assist not search for
a parking space?
You have switched traction control off.
267
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Active Park Assist
Why does active park assist not search for
a parking space?
The transmission is in reverse (R). Your
vehicle must be moving forward to be
able to detect a parking space.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
The sensors could be blocked. For
example, snow, ice or large
accumulations of dirt. Blocked sensors
can affect how the system functions.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
The sensors in the front or rear bumper
could be damaged.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
There is not enough room in the parking
space for your vehicle to safely park.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
There is not enough space for the
parking maneuver on the opposite side
of the parking space.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
The parking space is more than 5 ft
(1.5 m) or less than 2 ft (0.5 m) away from
your vehicle.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
Your vehicle's speed is greater than
22 mph (35 km/h) for parallel parking or
greater than 19 mph (30 km/h) for
perpendicular parking.
Why does active park assist not offer a
parking space?
You recently disconnected or replaced
the battery. After you reconnect the
battery you must drive your vehicle on
a straight road for a short period of time.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
An irregular curb along the parking
space prevents the system from
correctly aligning your vehicle.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
Vehicles or objects bordering the space
could not be correctly parked.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
Your vehicle stopped too far past the
parking space.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
The tires are not correctly installed or
maintained. For example, using a spare
tire, not inflated correctly, improper size,
or of different sizes.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
A repair or alteration changed the
detection capabilities.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
A parked vehicle has a high attachment.
For example, a salt sprayer, snowplow
or moving truck bed.
268
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Active Park Assist
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
The parking space length, or position of
parked objects, changes after your
vehicle passes the space.
Why does active park assist not correctly
position the vehicle into a parking space?
The temperature around your vehicle
quickly changes. For example, driving
from a heated garage into a cold outside
temperature, or after leaving a car wash.
269
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Active Park Assist
HOW DOES ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL WITH STOP AND GO
WORK
Adaptive cruise control with stop and go
uses radar and camera sensors to maintain
a set gap between your vehicle and the
vehicle in front of you while following it to a
complete stop. Stop and go can also be set
to follow a vehicle directly in front of you and
adjust the set speed, while you are at a
complete stop.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use adaptive
cruise control on winding roads, in heavy
traffic or when the road surface is slippery.
This could result in loss of vehicle control,
serious injury or death.
WARNING: Pay close attention to
changing road conditions such as entering
or leaving a highway, on roads with
intersections or roundabouts, roads
without visible lanes of travel, roads that
are unpaved, or steep slopes. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system is not a crash
warning or avoidance system.
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer that has aftermarket
electronic trailer brake controls. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes
other than those recommended because
this can affect the normal operation of the
system. Failure to do so may result in a loss
of vehicle control, which could result in
serious injury.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with a snow plow blade installed.
WARNING: Do not use the system in
poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain,
spray or snow.
When Following a Vehicle
WARNING: When following a vehicle
that is braking, your vehicle does not
always decelerate quickly enough to avoid
a crash without driver intervention. Apply
the brakes when necessary. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
270
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Hilly Condition Usage
Select a lower gear when the system is
active in situations such as prolonged
downhill driving on steep slopes, for example
in mountainous areas.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
LIMITATIONS
Sensor Limitations
WARNING: On rare occasions,
detection issues can occur due to the road
infrastructures, for example bridges,
tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases,
the system may brake late or
unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and intervening, if
required.
WARNING: If the system
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside
lighting can limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system only warns
of vehicles detected by the radar sensor.
In some cases there may be no warning
or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes
when necessary. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: The system may not
detect stationary or slow moving vehicles
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
WARNING: The system does not
detect pedestrians or objects in the road.
WARNING: The system does not
detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: The sensor may
incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in a
false or missed warning.
E253503
Camera.1.
Radar sensor.2.
The camera is on the windshield behind the
interior mirror.
The radar sensor is in the lower grille.
Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is behind
a fascia panel.
271
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of
dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors, aftermarket lights, additional
paint or plastic coatings could also degrade
sensor performance.
A message displays if something obstructs
the camera or the sensor. When something
blocks the sensor, the system cannot detect
a vehicle ahead and does not function. See
Adaptive Cruise Control – Information
Messages (page 284).
The radar sensor has a limited field of view.
It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a
vehicle later than expected in some
situations. The lead vehicle image does not
illuminate if the system does not detect a
vehicle in front of you.
272
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Detection Issues Can Occur:
E71621
When driving on a different line
than the vehicle in front.
A
B With vehicles that edge into your
lane. The system can only detect
these vehicles once they move
fully into your lane.
There may be issues with the
detection of vehicles in front when
driving into and coming out of a
bend or curve in the road.
C
In these cases, the system may brake late or
unexpectedly.
If something hits the front end of your vehicle
or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone
may change. This could cause missed or
false vehicle detection.
Optimal system performance requires a clear
view of the road by the windshield camera.
Optimal performance may not occur if:
• The camera is blocked.
• There is poor visibility or lighting
conditions.
• There are bad weather conditions.
SWITCHING ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL ON AND OFF
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel.
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On
E144529
Press the button to activate the
system. When the system
activates, the set speed is equal to
whichever is greater, the current vehicle
speed, or 15 mph when in imperial units or
20 km/h when in metric units. If the speed is
too low, or other conditions are not correct
for adaptive cruise control activation, the
system enters standby mode. When you are
below 15 mph when in imperial units or 20
km/h when in metric units, adaptive cruise
control does not activate unless you are
following another vehicle.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the instrument cluster
display.
273
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off
E144529
Press the button when the system
is in standby mode or switch the
ignition off.
Note: When you switch the system off, the
set speed clears.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
AUTOMATIC CANCELLATION
The system may cancel if:
• The tires lose traction.
• You apply the parking brake.
The system may cancel and set the parking
brake if:
• You unbuckle the seatbelt and open the
driver door after adaptive cruise control
stops your vehicle.
• Adaptive cruise control holds your
vehicle at a stop continuously for more
than three minutes.
The system may deactivate or prevent
activating when requested if:
• The vehicle has a blocked sensor.
• The brake temperature is too high.
• There is a failure in the system or a
related system.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL SPEED
Drive to the speed you prefer.
E246884
E246885
Press either button to set the
current speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the instrument cluster
display when initially activating adaptive
cruise control.
E357760
After a few seconds, the graphic in the
instrument cluster display changes to show
that adaptive cruise control is active.
E373414
274
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
A vehicle image illuminates if there is a
vehicle detected in front of you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is active,
the speedometer can vary slightly from the
set speed displayed in the instrument cluster
display.
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed
from a Complete Stop
E246884
E246885
Press the SET+ or SET- buttons
while keeping the brake pedal fully
depressed.
The set speed adjusts to 20 km/h when in
metric units or 15 mph when in imperial units.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the instrument cluster
display.
Note: The system activates from a complete
stop only when it detects a lead vehicle in
close proximity.
Manually Changing the Set Speed
E246884
Press the button to increase the
set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the button to
increase the set speed in large increments.
Release the button when the set speed is
equal to the desired speed.
E246885
Press the button to decrease the
set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the button to
decrease the set speed in large increments.
Release the button when the set speed is
equal to the desired speed.
You can also press the accelerator or brake
pedal until you reach the speed you prefer.
Press either button to select the current
speed as the set speed.
The system could apply the brakes to slow
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed continuously displays in the
instrument cluster display when the system
is active.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL GAP
You can decrease or increase the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle in front
by pressing the gap control.
Press the button to cycle through
the four gap settings.
E354843
275
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
The selected gap appears in the information
display as shown by the bars in the image.
Note: The gap setting is time dependent and
therefore, the distance adjusts with your
vehicle speed.
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions.
Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings
Dynamic
Behavior
Gap DistanceGraphic
Display,
Bars Indic-
ated
Between
Vehicles
SportClosest1
NormalClose2
NormalMedium3
ComfortFar4
Each time you switch the system on, it
selects the last chosen gap setting.
Following a Vehicle
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the
same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to
maintain the gap setting.
Note: When you are following a vehicle and
you switch on a turn signal lamp, adaptive
cruise control may provide a small,
temporary acceleration to help you pass.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap from
the vehicle ahead until:
• The vehicle in front of you accelerates to
a speed above the set speed.
• The vehicle in front of you moves out of
the lane you are in.
• You set a new gap distance.
The system applies the brakes to slow down
your vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance
from the vehicle in front of you. The system
only applies limited braking. You can
override the system by applying the brakes.
Note: The brakes may emit noise when
applied by the system.
If the system determines that its maximum
braking level is not sufficient, an audible
warning sounds, a message appears in the
information display and an indicator flashes
when the system continues to brake. Take
immediate action.
CANCELING THE SET SPEED
E308130
Press the button or tap the brake
pedal.
The set speed does not erase.
RESUMING THE SET SPEED
E308130
Press the button.
The vehicle speed returns to the previously
set speed and gap setting. The set speed
displays continuously in the information
display when the system is active.
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of
the set speed and intend to return to it.
276
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Resuming the Set Speed from a
Complete Stop (If Equipped)
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to a complete
stop and remains stationary for less than a
few seconds, your vehicle accelerates from
a stationary position to follow the vehicle
ahead.
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to a complete
stop and remains stationary for more than a
few seconds, an indicator and message
displays.
E373414
ActionMessage
Cruise control does not resume automatically when this display is
active.
Stopped
If the lead vehicle begins to move, you are prompted to press the
resume button.
Press button to resume
277
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
ActionMessage
Press and release the button or use the accelerator pedal to resume
following the lead vehicle.
Displays when on a limited access highway after following a vehicle
to a complete stop. In this situation, your vehicle resumes following
the lead vehicle without a button press or pressing the accelerator
pedal. The system can remain in auto-resume state for approximately
30 seconds, after which it no longer automatically resumes.
Auto-Resume
OVERRIDING THE SET SPEED
WARNING: If you override the system
by pressing the accelerator pedal, it does
not automatically apply the brakes to
maintain a gap from any vehicle ahead.
When you press the accelerator pedal, you
override the set speed and gap distance.
Use the accelerator pedal to intentionally
exceed the set speed limit.
When you override the system, the green
indicator illuminates and the vehicle icon
does not appear in the instrument cluster
display.
The system resumes operation when you
release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
speed decreases to the set speed, or a lower
speed if following a slower vehicle.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATORS
E144529
Illuminates when you switch
adaptive cruise control on. The
color of the indicator changes to
indicate the system status.
White indicates the system is on but inactive.
Green indicates that you set the speed and
the system is active.
SWITCHING FROM ADAPTIVE
CRUISE CONTROL TO CRUISE
CONTROL
WARNING: Normal cruise control will
not brake when your vehicle is
approaching slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have selected
and apply the brakes when necessary.
278
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Cruise Control.
4. Press Normal Cruise Control.
E332905
The cruise control indicator
replaces the adaptive cruise
control indicator if you select
normal cruise control. The gap setting does
not display, and the system does not respond
to lead vehicles. Automatic braking remains
active to maintain set speed. The system
remembers the last setting when you start
your vehicle.
LANE CENTERING
HOW DOES LANE CENTERING WORK
Adaptive cruise control with lane centering
uses the vehicle's front radar sensor and
front windshield camera sensor, together
with the steering sensor to operate.
Using these sensors, the system applies
continuous steering assistance towards
driving in the middle of the lane you choose
on highway roads.
Note: The gap setting for adaptive cruise
control with lane centering, operates in the
same way as normal adaptive cruise control.
LANE CENTERING PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use the system if
any changes or modifications to the
steering wheel have been made. Any
changes or modifications to the steering
wheel could affect the functionality or
performance of the system. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
Adaptive cruise control precautions apply to
lane centering unless stated otherwise or
contradicted by a lane centering precaution.
See Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions
(page 270).
LANE CENTERING REQUIREMENTS
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
Lane centering only activates when all of the
following occur:
• Adaptive cruise control with lane
centering is enabled in your information
and entertainment screen. See Switching
the Lane Keeping System On and Off
(page 301).
• You have adaptive cruise control with
stop and go enabled and set.
• The steering sensor detects your hands
on the steering wheel.
• The system detects both lane markings
when driving on a straight road.
• Your vehicle is initially centered in the
lane between two visible line markings.
279
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Note: If the system does not detect valid
lane line markings, the system will remain in
standby until valid line markings are
available.
LANE CENTERING LIMITATIONS
Adaptive cruise control limitations apply to
lane centering unless stated otherwise or
contradicted by a lane centering limitation.
See Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations
(page 271).
Lane centering may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
• The lane width is too narrow or wide.
• The curve in the road is too small.
• The system does not detect the minimum
required lane markings or when lanes
merge or split.
• When the required steering effort to
maintain lane center exceeds the lane
centering system limit.
• When driving in areas that are under
construction or when road work is in
progress.
• If the front windshield camera and/or the
front radar are blocked.
• When using a spare tire.
• Inclement weather conditions including,
but not limited to, high wind, heavy rain,
and fog.
• Driving into direct sunlight.
• When modification to the steering system
has been made, including alterations to
the steering wheel.
• When towing a trailer.
See Lane Centering Precautions (page 279).
Note: The system steering assistance is
limited and may not have sufficient effort for
all driving situations and/or conditions, such
as driving through tight curves or driving
through curves at high speeds.
Note: In exceptional conditions, the system
may deviate from the lane center.
SWITCHING LANE CENTERING ON
AND OFF
Keep your hands on the steering wheel at
all times.
The controls are on the steering wheel.
E308131
Press the button.
The indicator appears in the instrument
cluster display. When the system is on, the
color of the indicator changes to indicate the
system status.
You can override the system at any time by
steering your vehicle.
Note: The correct requirements must be met
before you can switch the system on. See
Lane Centering Requirements (page 279).
Enabling and Disabling Lane Centering
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Cruise Control.
4. Press Lane Centering Assist.
LANE CENTERING ALERTS
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
280
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
When the system is active and detects no
steering activity for a period of time, the
system alerts you to put your hands on the
steering wheel. If you do not react
appropriately to the warnings the adaptive
cruise control with lane centering system
cancels and slows your vehicle down to idle
speeds while maintaining steering control.
See Lane Centering Automatic Cancellation
(page 281).
The system also alerts you if your vehicle
crosses lane line markings without detected
steering activity.
Note: The system could detect a light grip
or light touch on the steering wheel as
hands-off driving.
LANE CENTERING AUTOMATIC
CANCELLATION
When an external condition cancels the
system, and your hands are on the steering
wheel, a tone sounds and a message
appears in the instrument cluster display.
When an external condition cancels the
system, and your hands are not on the
steering wheel, the system immediately
alerts you to take control of the vehicle. If
this alert is ignored, the system slows the
vehicle while maintaining steering assistance
when lane markings are available. When no
lane markings are available, the vehicle
comes to a stop.
E308130
If your vehicle starts to slow down
after system cancellation, you must
take full control of the vehicle. To
re-enable adaptive cruise control with lane
centering after cancellation, press and
release the resume button.
Automatic cancellation can also occur if:
• The lane becomes too wide or narrow.
• The system cannot detect valid lane
markings.
• Lane markings cross over one another.
• The curve of the road is too sharp.
Note: If your vehicle slows down due to your
inactivity twice within a key cycle, the system
disables. To reset the system, when the
vehicle is stationary, return the gear selector
to park (P) and turn the vehicle off. Then,
restart the vehicle with your foot on the
brake pedal.
LANE CENTERING MANUAL
CANCELLATION
When you perform the following actions,
adaptive cruise control with lane centering
will cancel:
• The brake pedal is pressed.
• Adaptive cruise control button is
switched off on the steering wheel.
The lane centering system is momentarily
suppressed when either of the following
actions are performed:
• Turn signal indicator is latched or tapped.
• You steer the vehicle out of lane.
281
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
LANE CENTERING INDICATORS
E297977
Illuminates when you switch lane
centering on. The color of the
indicator changes to indicate the
system status.
Gray status indicates the system is on but in
standby mode.
Green status indicates the system is enabled
and applying steering assistance to keep the
vehicle in the center of the lane.
Amber status with an audible tone, that then
changes to gray status, indicates a system
automatic cancellation.
INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL
HOW DOES INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE
CRUISE CONTROL WORK
Lincoln Co-Pilot 360 and 360+
Intelligent adaptive cruise control combines
speed sign recognition with adaptive cruise
control to adjust the cruise set speed to the
speed limit detected by the speed sign
recognition system. As the system detects
new speed signs, the set speed updates.
There are limitations that affect the accuracy
of the speed sign recognition system and its
ability to determine the current speed limit.
The intelligent adaptive cruise control system
and its ability to determine the current speed
limit shares these limitations. See Speed
Sign Recognition (page 332).
Note: The adaptive cruise control gap setting
operates normally.
INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Traffic sign recognition must be enabled for
intelligent adaptive cruise control to be
active.
INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL LIMITATIONS
The speed limit information provided by the
navigation map data could be inaccurate or
out of date.
282
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
The system may not detect and read speed
limit signs with conditional information, for
example, when a sign is flashing, during
specific time ranges, or when children are
present.
Note: The system does not set the vehicle
speed to speed limits shown with a
supplementary traffic sign.
Under certain conditions, the system may
not adjust the vehicle speed until after your
vehicle passes the speed limit.
SWITCHING INTELLIGENT MODE ON
AND OFF
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Cruise Control.
4. Press Speed Sign Recognition.
ADJUSTING THE SET SPEED
TOLERANCE
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Cruise Control.
4. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
5. Press Speed Sign Recognition.
6. Press Tolerance.
7. Use + and - to set the tolerance.
Note: You cannot set the tolerance more
than 20 mph (30 km/h) above or below the
recognized speed.
INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL ALERTS
If you increase the set speed beyond the
speed limit or speed limit plus a positive
tolerance value, the set speed indicator
flashes.
The warning does not occur if:
• You override the set speed using the
accelerator pedal.
• The vehicle speed exceeds the set speed
due to being on a downhill slope.
INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL INDICATORS
E353883
The set speed limit displays above the
detected speed limit in the instrument
cluster.
283
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL –
TROUBLESHOOTING
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL –
INFORMATION MESSAGES - VEHICLES
WITH: LANE CENTERING
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all messages
display or are available.
Note: The system could abbreviate or
shorten certain messages depending upon
which cluster type you have.
ActionMessage
Return your hands to the steering wheel and provide steering input to cancel the message.Keep Hands on Steering Wheel
To reset the feature when the vehicle is stationary, return the gear selector to park and turn the
vehicle off. Restart the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal.
Lane Centering Assist Not Available
You must immediately take full control of the vehicle.Resume Control
Resume adaptive cruise control with lane centering by applying foot pressure on the accelerator
pedal. You can also resume the feature by pressing the resume button on the steering wheel.
Press Accelerator Pedal to Resume
284
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL –
INFORMATION MESSAGES - VEHICLES
WITH: STOP AND GO
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all messages
display or are available.
Note: The system could abbreviate or
shorten certain messages depending upon
which cluster type you have.
ActionMessage
A malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise from engaging.Adaptive Cruise Malfunction
Front Sensor Not Aligned Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation.
Conditions exist preventing the system from being available.Adaptive Cruise Not Available
You have a blocked radar because of poor radar visibility due to inclement weather or ice, mud,
or water in front of the radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve this.
Adaptive Cruise Not Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual
Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a blockage warning with no actual
block. This happens, for example, when driving in sparse rural or desert environments. A false
blocked condition either self clears, or clears after you restart your vehicle.
You have selected normal cruise control. The system does not brake or react to traffic.Normal Cruise Active Adaptive Braking Off
Displays when the adaptive cruise control is going to cancel and you must take control.Adaptive Cruise - Driver Resume Control
Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise control and there is
no lead vehicle in range.
Adaptive Cruise Speed Too Low to
Activate
285
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
WHAT IS ACTIVEGLIDE™
Lincoln ActiveGlide Driver-Assist Technology
ActiveGlide keeps your vehicle centered in
the lane and offers a hands-free driving
mode in certain situations when using
adaptive cruise control.
HOW DOES ACTIVEGLIDE™ WORK
ActiveGlide uses cameras to monitor your
vehicle position within a lane and applies
steering support to keep your vehicle
centered in the lane.
Using the cameras and location information,
ActiveGlide allows you to remove your hands
from the steering wheel and offers a
hands-free driving mode in certain areas.
When active, ActiveGlide uses a driver facing
camera and infrared lighting to monitor your
eyes and head position to detect if you are
distracted. If the system determines you are
distracted, it alerts you to return your eyes
to the road.
E351152
A
Lighting and camera area.A
E381702
Steering column too high, camera cannot
see the face.
E381703
286
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
ActiveGlide™ (If Equipped)
Appropriate position, camera can see the
face.
For the most optimal experience from the
driver facing camera:
• Make sure to not wear any facial
coverings.
• Raise the seating position and/or lower
the steering column so your face is seen
by the driver facing camera.
• Avoid leaning the seat back so the driver
facing camera can see your face.
• Avoid using infrared blocking sunglasses.
• Make sure your hands, arms or other
objects are not blocking the driver facing
camera.
Note: When ActiveGlide is active, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations, such as
an air bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, camera data may record through
the vehicle event data recorder. See Event
Data (page 26).
Note: No data records under normal driving
conditions.
ACTIVEGLIDE™ PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
keeping your eyes on the road at all times.
The system is designed to be an aid and
does not relieve you of your responsibility
to drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Obstructions to the driver
facing camera or infrared lighting could
prevent the system from properly
operating. Keep the camera and lighting
areas free from obstruction. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system if
any changes or modifications to the
steering wheel have been made. Any
changes or modifications to the steering
wheel could affect the functionality or
performance of the system. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system may not
function if the sensor is blocked.
287
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
ActiveGlide™ (If Equipped)
WARNING: Pay close attention to
changing road conditions such as entering
or leaving a highway, on roads with
intersections or roundabouts, roads
without visible lanes of travel, roads that
are winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep
slopes.
WARNING: The system is not a crash
warning or avoidance system.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside
lighting can limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system attempts to
keep your vehicle in the center of the lane
as well as maintain speed and gap control.
The system may not be able to perform
these tasks in all situations. Do not use the
system in complex or uncertain driving
conditions. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Your vehicle could drift
out of the lane of travel. Always be
prepared to manually steer your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the road
lane markings.
ACTIVEGLIDE™ REQUIREMENTS
ActiveGlide only activates when all of the
following occur:
• ActiveGlide is enabled in your
touchscreen. See ActiveGlide™ Settings
(page 289).
• Adaptive cruise control is on.
• The system detects both lane markings.
• Your hands are on the steering wheel.
• Your eyes are on the road.
Note: The system must meet certain location
requirements for the hands-free mode of
ActiveGlide to work.
Note: The system may require software
updates for hands-free mode. See Vehicle
System Reset (page 523).
ACTIVEGLIDE™ LIMITATIONS
Any of the following conditions could result
in ActiveGlide not operating correctly:
• You do not have your vehicle centered
in the lane.
• The lane is too narrow or too wide.
• The system does not detect at least one
lane marking or when lanes merge or
split.
• You have limited steering input.
• Using the system in areas under
construction.
• If you make any aftermarket modifications
to the steering system.
• When using a spare tire.
288
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
ActiveGlide™ (If Equipped)
The driver-facing camera may not operate
correctly due to any of the following:
• If you have a pre-existing eye condition,
such as an eye misalignment, or have
had eye surgery.
• You cover your facial features by a mask,
hat or other items.
• The lighting conditions change
significantly.
• You are not in the field of view of the
camera.
• You position or tilt yourself to one side.
• You are moving around extensively.
• You are wearing glasses or sunglasses
that are too dark or reflective.
Note: The system has limited steering
assistance and may not be sufficient for all
driving situations.
Note: In exceptional conditions, such as
inclement weather or direct sunlight, the
system could deviate from the center line.
Note: The information provided by the
navigation map data could be inaccurate or
out of date.
ACTIVEGLIDE™ SETTINGS
Enabling ActiveGlide
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Cruise Control.
4. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
5. Press Lane Centering with Hands-Free.
Enabling Activation Prompts
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Cruise Control.
4. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
5. Press Activation Prompts.
SWITCHING ACTIVEGLIDE™ ON
AND OFF
Switching ActiveGlide On
The controls are on the steering wheel.
Using Activation Prompts
E144529
When the prompt appears, press
the button to switch ActiveGlide
on.
The indicator appears in the instrument
cluster. When the system is on, the color of
the indicator changes to indicate the system
status.
Note: You must enable activation prompts
in the touchscreen.
Using Steering Wheel Controls
E308131
E144529
Using the adaptive cruise control
and lateral support buttons, make
sure both systems are active.
ActiveGlide activates.
Switching ActiveGlide Off
E308131
E144529
Press either the lateral support or
adaptive cruise control button
when system is active or in
standby mode.
ActiveGlide turns off through each
ignition cycle.
289
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
ActiveGlide™ (If Equipped)
ACTIVEGLIDE™ ALERTS
When ActiveGlide is providing hands-on
driving or transitioning to hands-on driving
from hands-free driving and detects no
steering activity for a certain period of time,
the system alerts you with a message in the
instrument cluster to put your hands on the
steering wheel. After the first alert, the
system alerts you with a message in the
instrument cluster and an audible warning.
When ActiveGlide is providing hands-on or
hands-free driving and detects you are not
looking at the road for a certain period of
time, the system alerts you to return your
eyes to the road. Depending on where you
are looking, the alert can be a message in
the instrument cluster and an audible
warning.
If you do not react to the warnings,
ActiveGlide cancels, quickly activates and
releases the brakes, and slows your vehicle
down to low speeds while maintaining
steering control.
If your vehicle slows down and you resume
control, a message appears to prompt you
to press the accelerator pedal to allow the
system to resume.
Note: If the system detects repeated
inactivity, it disables until the next key cycle.
ACTIVEGLIDE™ AUTOMATIC
CANCELLATION
When an external condition cancels
ActiveGlide, for example, no lane markings
available, a tone sounds and a message
appears in the instrument cluster.
E308130
If your vehicle starts to slow down,
you must take control of steering
and press and release the button
to reactivate ActiveGlide.
System cancellation can also occur if:
• The lane becomes too narrow.
• The system cannot detect valid lane
markings.
• Lane markings cross.
• Your eyes are not on the road or your
hands are not the steering wheel.
If you have your hands on the steering wheel
and your eyes are on the road when the
feature is active and a cancellation occurs,
the system sounds a tone and displays a
cancelled graphic in the instrument cluster.
If you are not paying attention to the road or
your hands are not on the steering wheel
and a cancellation occurs, the system
displays a message and a tone sounds until
you resume control. If you do not resume
control in time, ActiveGlide quickly activates
and releases the brakes, and slows your
vehicle down to low speeds while
maintaining steering control. If your vehicle
slows down and you resume control, a
message appears to prompt you to press the
accelerator pedal to allow the system to
resume.
Note: The system disables until the next key
cycle if it detects repeated inactivity.
290
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
ActiveGlide™ (If Equipped)
ACTIVEGLIDE™ INDICATORS
E297977
When on, the color of the indicator
changes to indicate the status.
Gray indicates ActiveGlide is on
but inactive.
Green indicates ActiveGlide is active and
applying continuous steering support.
Blue indicates ActiveGlide is active and
hands-free driving mode is available.
Hands-On Driving Support Available
E333236
When this indicator is present, you must keep
your hands on the steering wheel.
Hands-Free Driving Support Available
E333232
A graphic in the instrument cluster of a
steering wheel without hands indicates the
hands-free driving mode is available.
When this indicator is present, you can
remove your hands from the steering wheel.
ACTIVEGLIDE™ – TROUBLESHOOTING
ACTIVEGLIDE™ – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
Depending on your vehicle options and
instrument cluster type, not all messages
display or are available.
291
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
ActiveGlide™ (If Equipped)
DetailsMessage
Make sure you return your hands to the steering wheel and provide
steering input.
Keep Hands on Steering Wheel
The system is going to cancel and you must take control.Resume Control
Return your attention to the road.Watch the Road
Conditions exist preventing the system from being available. If the
message continues to display, have the system checked as soon as
possible.
ActiveGlide not available
Press the accelerator pedal and follow the prompts.Press Accelerator Pedal to Resume
Make sure your facial features are visible and in the field of view of
the driver facing camera.
Driver monitor camera cannot detect face See manual
It is possible that the steering column is positioned too high or low
for the driver facing camera to see you, adjust the steering column
or seat so your face is in the field of view.
Make sure your hands, arms or other objects are not obscuring the
camera.
Driver monitor camera is blocked See manual
292
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
ActiveGlide™ (If Equipped)
DetailsMessage
Conditions exist preventing the system from being available. If the
message continues to display, have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Driver monitor camera fault See manual
ActiveGlide is active, keep your attention on the road.ActiveGlide On Watch the road Be prepared to resume control
The system is in standby mode, press the button on the steering wheel
to activate.
ActiveGlide available Press {ICON} to activate
Note: The instrument cluster display may
abbreviate or shorten certain messages
depending on which cluster type you have.
293
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
ActiveGlide™ (If Equipped)
WHAT IS DRIVE MODE CONTROL
Your vehicle has various drive modes that
you can select for different driving
conditions. Depending on the drive mode
that you select, the system adjusts various
vehicle settings.
HOW DOES DRIVE MODE
CONTROL WORK
Drive mode control adjusts your vehicle
configuration for each mode you select.
Changing the drive mode adjusts the
steering effort and feel of the steering
system.
The stability and traction control assist your
vehicle control in adverse conditions or
high-performance driving.
Throttle control enhances the powertrain
response, transmission controls become
optimized with shift schedules, and
four-wheel drive settings are optimized and
tuned to each mode.
Changing the drive mode can engage or
disengage the electronic locking differentials.
Changing the drive mode changes the
four-wheel drive mode to the default setting
for the selected drive mode.
Note: The system has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system for proper
operation. If a mode is unavailable due to a
system fault, the drive mode system defaults
to normal. When the system defaults to
normal, the driveline settings remain the
same as prior to the system fault.
Note: The system reverts to the normal
mode each time you start your vehicle. At
startup the system also displays a prompt
on the instrument cluster display that gives
you the option to return to the previously
selected drive mode during the last ignition
cycle. If you select yes, the system returns
to the last selected drive mode and the
default driveline settings associated with
that mode. If you select no, the system
remains in normal mode and the driveline
settings remain the same as selected in the
prior ignition cycle. If you do not select yes
or no, the system stays in normal mode and
the driveline settings remain the same as
selected in the prior ignition cycle.
294
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Drive Mode Control
SELECTING A DRIVE MODE
E246604
Rotate the drive mode control on the center
console to select or change a drive mode.
Note: Button icons vary depending on the
vehicle.
DRIVE MODES
CONSERVE - 4X4
For efficient driving. It helps deliver maximum
fuel efficiency and increases driving range.
Two-wheel drive high is the default
four-wheel drive mode. Four-wheel drive low
is not available in conserve mode.
The electronic locking differential is available
below 25 mph (40 km/h). See What Is the
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (page
230).
CONSERVE - 4X2
For efficient driving. It helps deliver maximum
fuel efficiency and increases driving range.
The electronic locking differential is available
below 25 mph (40 km/h). See What Is the
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (page
230).
DEEP CONDITIONS - 4X4
Used for crossing terrain that has deformable
deep, rutted surfaces such as mud, deep
snow or deep sand. Do not use on dry, hard
surfaced roads.
Four-wheel drive high is the default
four-wheel drive mode. Four-wheel drive low
is selectable in deep conditions mode.
The electronic locking differential engages
when you select this mode at any speed, and
you can disengage it at any time using the
button. See What Is the Electronic
Limited-Slip Differential (page 230).
Note: Do not use this mode when driving on
pavement or packed snow. This could cause
driveline bind up and damage the system
depending on the four-wheel drive mode
selection. See Four-Wheel Drive (page 224).
DEEP CONDITIONS - 4X2
Used for crossing terrain that has deformable
deep, rutted surfaces such as mud, deep
snow or deep sand. Do not use on dry, hard
surfaced roads.
295
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Drive Mode Control
Four-wheel drive auto is the default
four-wheel drive mode. Four-wheel drive low
is selectable in deep conditions mode.
The electronic locking differential engages
when you select this mode at any speed, and
you can disengage it at any time using the
button. See What Is the Electronic
Limited-Slip Differential (page 230).
Note: Do not use this mode when driving on
pavement or packed snow. This could cause
driveline bind up and damage the system
depending on the four-wheel drive mode
selection. See Four-Wheel Drive (page 224).
EXCITE - 4X4
For sporty driving with improved
performance handling and response. This
mode increases throttle response, provides
a sportier steering feel, along with quicker
shifting. The suspension stiffens, with an
emphasis on handling and control. The
transmission also holds gears longer, helping
your vehicle accelerate faster when shifting
gears.
Two-wheel drive high is the default
four-wheel drive mode. Four-wheel drive low
is not available in excite mode.
The electronic locking differential is available
below 25 mph (40 km/h). See What Is the
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (page
230).
EXCITE - 4X2
For sporty driving with improved
performance handling and response. This
mode increases throttle response, provides
a sportier steering feel, along with quicker
shifting. The suspension stiffens, with an
emphasis on handling and control. The
transmission also holds gears longer, helping
your vehicle accelerate faster when shifting
gears.
The electronic locking differential is available
below 25 mph (40 km/h). See What Is the
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (page
230).
NORMAL - 4X4
For everyday driving. This mode is a perfect
balance of excitement, comfort and
convenience.
Two-wheel drive high is the default
four-wheel drive mode. All four-wheel drive
modes are selectable when in normal mode.
The electronic locking differential is available
below 25 mph (40 km/h). See What Is the
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (page
230).
NORMAL - 4X2
For everyday driving. This mode is a perfect
balance of excitement, comfort and
convenience.
The electronic locking differential is available
below 25 mph (40 km/h). See What Is the
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (page
230).
296
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Drive Mode Control
NORMAL 4A - 4X4 (If Equipped)
For general on-road driving. Use this mode
on normal firm surfaces such as dry or wet
pavement and hard packed dirt or gravel
roads. Delivers power to all four wheels, as
required.
Four-wheel drive auto is the default
four-wheel drive mode. All four-wheel drive
modes are selectable when in normal 4A
mode.
The electronic locking differential is available
below 25 mph (40 km/h). See What Is the
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (page
230).
SLIPPERY - 4X4
For less than ideal road conditions, such as
snow or ice covered roads. Slippery mode
inspires confidence without taking away from
driving pleasure. Slippery mode lowers
throttle response and optimizes shifting for
slippery surfaces.
Four-wheel drive high is the default
four-wheel drive mode. Two-wheel drive high
is not available in slippery mode.
The electronic locking differential is available
below 25 mph (40 km/h). See What Is the
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (page
230).
Note: Do not use this mode when driving on
dry pavement. This could cause driveline
bind up and damage the system depending
on the four-wheel drive mode selection. See
Four-Wheel Drive (page 224).
SLIPPERY - 4X2
For less than ideal road conditions, such as
snow or ice covered roads. Slippery mode
inspires confidence without taking away from
driving pleasure. Slippery mode lowers
throttle response and optimizes shifting for
slippery surfaces.
Four-wheel drive auto is the default
four-wheel drive mode. Two-wheel drive high
is not available in slippery mode.
The electronic locking differential is available
below 25 mph (40 km/h). See What Is the
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (page
230).
Note: Do not use this mode when driving on
dry pavement. This could cause driveline
bind up and damage the system depending
on the four-wheel drive mode selection. See
Four-Wheel Drive (page 224).
SLOW CLIMB (If Equipped)
Used when you need extra power, such as
when climbing steep grades, going through
deep sand or pulling a boat out of a launch
ramp.
Four-wheel drive low is the only four-wheel
drive mode available in slow climb mode.
The electronic locking differential engages
when you select this mode at any speed, and
you can disengage it at any time using the
button. See What Is the Electronic
Limited-Slip Differential (page 230).
297
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Drive Mode Control
Note: : Do not use this mode when driving
on pavement or packed snow. This could
cause driveline bind up and damage the
system depending on the four-wheel drive
mode selection. See Four-Wheel Drive
(page 224).
DRIVE MODE CONTROL –
TROUBLESHOOTING
DRIVE MODE CONTROL – WARNING
LAMPS
E130458
Some drive modes reduce traction
and stability control performance
and the indicator illuminates in the
instrument cluster.
DRIVE MODE CONTROL – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
You have selected a four-wheel drive mode that is not available in
the current drive mode. Select an available four-wheel drive mode.
Selected 4x4 Mode Not Available in Current Drive Mode
298
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Drive Mode Control
DRIVE MODE CONTROL –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why did the system default to normal
mode?
If a mode is unavailable due to a system
fault, it defaults to normal mode and the
driveline settings remain the same as
prior to the system fault.
299
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Drive Mode Control
WHAT IS THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM
Lincoln Co-Pilot 360 and 360+
The lane keeping system alerts you by
providing temporary steering assistance or
steering wheel vibration when it detects an
unintended lane departure.
HOW DOES THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM WORK
The lane keeping system uses a forward
looking camera mounted on the windshield
to monitor vehicle movement within the
travel lane.
When the camera detects a drift out of the
travel lane, the lane keeping system alerts
the driver by vibrating the steering wheel, or
aids the driver by providing a small steering
input to move the vehicle back into the travel
lane.
The driver can select one of three modes:
• Alert (If Equipped)
• Aid
• Alert + Aid
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the road
lane markings.
WARNING: The sensor may
incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in a
false or missed warning.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by us.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside
lighting can limit sensor performance.
300
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
The lane keeping system only operates when
the vehicle speed is greater than 40 mph
(64 km/h).
The system works when the camera can
detect at least one lane marking.
Note: When you select Aid or Alert and Aid
mode and the system detects no steering
activity for a short period of time, the system
alerts you to put your hands on the steering
wheel. The system may detect a light grip or
touch on the steering wheel as hands-off
driving.
The lane keeping system may not correctly
operate in any of the following conditions:
• The lane keeping system does not detect
at least one lane marking.
• You switch the turn signal on.
• You apply direct steering, accelerate fast
or brake hard.
• The vehicle speed is less than 40 mph
(64 km/h).
• The anti-lock brake, stability control or
traction control system activates.
• The lane is too narrow.
• Something is obscuring the camera or it
is unable to detect the lane markings due
to environment, traffic or vehicle
conditions.
• Entering or exiting a tight curve when
driving at high speeds.
The lane keeping system may not correct
lane positioning in any of the following
conditions:
• High winds.
• Uneven road surfaces.
• Heavy or uneven loads.
• Incorrect tire pressure.
SWITCHING THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM ON AND OFF
E334922
To activate the lane keeping
system, press the button on the
steering wheel.
To deactivate the lane keeping system, press
the button again.
Note: When switching the system on or off
a message appears in the information and
entertainment display to show the status.
Note: The system stores the on or off setting
until manually changed, unless it detects a
MyKey™. If the system detects a MyKey™, it
defaults to the last setting for that MyKey™.
Note: If the system detects a MyKey™,
pressing the button does not affect the on
or off status of the system. You can only
change the mode and intensity settings.
SWITCHING THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM MODE
The lane keeping system has different
settings that you can view or adjust using
the information display.
The system stores the last known selection
for each of these settings. You do not need
to readjust your settings each time you
switch on the system.
301
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
To change the lane keeping system mode,
use the touchscreen:
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Lane-Keeping System.
4. Press Lane-Keeping Mode.
5. Select a mode.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle. If the system
detects a MyKey™, it defaults to the last
setting for that MyKey™.
ALERT MODE
WHAT IS ALERT MODE
Alert mode vibrates the steering wheel when
it detects an unintended lane departure.
HOW DOES ALERT MODE WORK
E165515
When in alert mode, the lane keeping system
alerts you by vibrating the steering wheel.
The intensity of the vibration is set through
the lane keeping system menu.
ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL
VIBRATION INTENSITY
To change the steering wheel vibration
intensity, use the touchscreen:
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Lane-Keeping System.
4. Press Lane-Keeping Intensity.
5. Select an intensity setting.
AID MODE
WHAT IS AID MODE
Aid mode provides temporary steering
assistance toward the center of the lane.
HOW DOES AID MODE WORK
E165516
302
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
The lane keeping system aids you when an
unintentional lane departure occurs. The
system provides a small steering input to
move the vehicle towards the center of the
lane.
ALERT AND AID MODE
WHAT IS ALERT AND AID MODE
Alert and aid mode uses multiple features to
keep you in your lane. The system first
provides a small steering input to bring your
vehicle back towards the center of the lane.
If your vehicle moves too far out of the center
of the lane the system alerts you with
vibration in the steering wheel.
HOW DOES ALERT AND AID MODE
WORK
E165517
Alert.A
Aid.B
The lane keeping system detects a lane
departure and provides aid when the
vehicles enters B and applies the additional
alert warning if A is entered.
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
INDICATORS
E335296
If you switch the lane keeping system on, a
graphic with lane markings appears in the
information display.
When you switch the system off, the lane
marking graphics do not display.
Note: The overhead vehicle graphic may still
display if adaptive cruise control is enabled.
303
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
While the lane keeping system is on, the
color of the lane markings change to indicate
the system status.
RedYellowGreenGray
Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a
lane keeping alert warning.
Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a
lane keeping aid intervention.
Indicates that the system is avail-
able or ready to provide a warning
or intervention on the indicated
side.
Indicates that the system is
temporarily unavailable to provide
a warning or intervention on the
indicated side.
BLIND SPOT ASSIST
WHAT IS BLIND SPOT ASSIST
Blind spot assist is an extension of the lane
keeping system.
It may help you identify adjacent vehicles
during a lane change.
Blind spot assist provides a blind spot
warning and steering assistance to help
during lane changes.
HOW DOES BLIND SPOT ASSIST
WORK
E334922
Activate and deactivate the system
using the lane keeping system
button on the steering wheel.
During lane changes, the design of the blind
spot assist feature detects vehicles in, or
approaching, your blind spot and provides
a warning, plus steering assistance to direct
your vehicle back into your lane.
When active, this system functions with or
without the use of direction indicators and
hazard flashers.
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
BLIND SPOT ASSIST LIMITATIONS
All system limitations present in the basic
lane keeping system also apply to blind spot
assist.
Blind spot assist does not function under the
following conditions:
• No lane markings are detected.
• One or both rear radar sensors become
blocked or faulty.
• Attaching bike or cargo racks could
cause false alerts due to obstruction of
the sensor.
304
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
Blind spot assist may have difficulty detecting
hazards under the following conditions:
• If a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a speed higher than your vehicle.
• Bad weather obstructing the sensors.
BLIND SPOT ASSIST INDICATORS
E310089
305
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
The lane keeping aid warning lamp or red
lane marking in your instrument cluster
display indicate blind spot assist activation.
In addition, the blind spot information system
alert indicator flashes on the exterior mirror
on the same side as the detection. See Blind
Spot Information System (page 311).
BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH TRAILER
COVERAGE
WHAT IS BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH
TRAILER COVERAGE
Blind spot assist with trailer coverage is an
extension of the lane keeping system.
It may help you identify adjacent vehicles
during a lane change.
Blind spot assist provides a blind spot
warning and steering assistance to help
during lane changes.
When attaching a trailer, ensure you have
properly set up the trailer coverage settings.
See Blind Spot Information System With
Trailer Coverage (page 313).
HOW DOES BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH
TRAILER COVERAGE WORK
E334922
Activate and deactivate the system
using the lane keeping system
button on the steering wheel.
During lane changes, the design of the blind
spot assist feature detects vehicles in, or
approaching, your blind spot and provides
a warning, plus steering assistance to direct
your vehicle back into your lane.
If a supported trailer is connected, the
function is reduced to only detecting vehicles
on both sides of your vehicle and trailer,
extending rearward from the exterior mirrors
to the end of your trailer. See Blind Spot
Information System With Trailer Coverage
(page 313).
When active, this system functions with or
without the use of direction indicators and
hazard flashers.
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH TRAILER
COVERAGE LIMITATIONS
All system limitations present in the basic
lane keeping system also apply to blind spot
assist.
Blind spot assist does not function under the
following conditions:
• The system does not detect lane
markings.
• One or both rear radar sensors become
blocked or faulty.
• You have not configured the attached
trailer correctly in the trailer tow menus
or you attached an unsupported trailer.
The system only supports certain trailer
shapes and dimensions.
Note: Blind spot assist with trailer coverage
could have reduced performance if any of
the above limitations are present.
Blind spot assist may have difficulty detecting
hazards under the following conditions:
306
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
• If a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a relative speed much higher than
your vehicle.
• Bad weather conditions are present that
obstruct the sensors.
• Attaching bike or cargo racks could
cause false alerts due to obstruction of
the sensor.
BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH TRAILER
COVERAGE INDICATORS
E310089
The lane keeping aid warning lamp or red
lane marking in your instrument cluster
display indicate blind spot assist activation.
In addition, the blind spot information system
alert indicator flashes on the exterior mirror
on the same side as the detection. See Blind
Spot Information System (page 311).
Blind Spot Assist Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle with the blind spot information system switched off
or you have not configured the trailer.
Blind Spot Assist Not Available Trailer
Attached
Displays if your blind spot information system sensors are blocked.Blind Spot Assist Not Available Side
Sensor Blocked
The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Blind Spot Assist System fault
Lost communication with the trailer module. Blind spot assist is disabled until the failure is fixed.Trailer Brake Module Fault
Lost communication with the trailer module. Blind spot assist is disabled until the failure is fixed.Trailer Lighting Module Fault See Manual
Front camera fault. Blind spot assist is disabled until the failure is fixed.Front Camera Fault Service Required
307
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Lane Keeping Sys. Malfunction Service Required
The system has detected a condition that has caused the system to
be temporarily unavailable.
Front Camera Temporarily Not Available
The system has detected a condition that requires you to clean the
windshield in order for it to operate properly.
Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Front Camera Malfunction Service Required
The system requests that you keep your hands on the steering wheel.Keep Hands on Steering Wheel
308
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM – FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why is the feature not available (lane markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Your vehicle speed is less than 40 mph (65 km/h).
The sun is shining directly into the camera lens.
A quick intentional lane change has occurred.
Your vehicle stays too close to the lane markings for an extended interval of time.
Driving at high speeds in curves.
The last alert warning or aid intervention occurred a short time ago.
Ambiguous lane markings, for example, in construction zones.
Rapid transition from light to dark, or from dark to light.
Sudden offset in lane markings.
ABS or AdvanceTrac™ is active.
There is a camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield.
You are driving too close to the vehicle in front of you.
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings, or vice versa.
There is standing water on the road.
Faint lane markings, for example, partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads.
309
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
Why is the feature not available (lane markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Lane width is too narrow or too wide.
You have not calibrated the camera after a windshield replacement.
Driving on tight or on uneven roads.
Why does the vehicle not come back toward the middle of the lane, as expected, in the Aid, or Aid + Alert mode?
High cross winds are present.
There is a large road crown.
Rough roads, grooves or shoulder drop-offs.
Heavy, uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure.
You changed the tires or modified the suspension.
310
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lane Keeping System
WHAT IS BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM
Blind spot information system detects
vehicles that may have entered the blind
spot zone.
HOW DOES BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM WORK
Blind spot information system uses sensors
on both sides of your vehicle, detecting
rearward from the exterior mirrors to
approximately 13 ft (4 m) beyond the rear
bumper. The detection area extends to
approximately 59 ft (18 m) beyond the rear
bumper when the vehicle speed is greater
than 30 mph (48 km/h) to alert you of faster
approaching vehicles.
E255695
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the blind spot
information system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
changing lanes. The blind spot information
system is not a replacement for careful
driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
Note: Blind spot information system does
not prevent contact with other vehicles. It
does not detect parked vehicles,
pedestrians, animals or other infrastructure.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
Blind spot information system does not
operate in park (P) or reverse (R).
The system may not alert you if a vehicle
quickly passes through the detection zone.
311
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Blind Spot Information System (If Equipped)
Note: For vehicles without blind spot
information system with trailer coverage,
aftermarket trailer tow modules or tow bars
may interfere with the system. In this
situation it is recommended that you switch
the system off when you attach a trailer. For
vehicles with a trailer tow module and tow
bar approved by the manufacturer, the
system automatically turns off when you
attach a trailer.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Blind spot information system turns on when
all the following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• You shift into drive (D).
• The vehicle speed is greater than 6 mph
(10 km/h).
SWITCHING BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM ON AND
OFF
To switch blind spot information system on
or off, use the touchscreen:
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Blind Spot Information System.
4. Switch the feature on or off.
When you switch blind spot information
system off, a warning lamp illuminates. When
you switch the system on or off, the alert
indicators flash twice.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
LOCATING THE BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM SENSORS
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear fascia on
both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Bike and cargo racks could cause
false alerts due to obstruction of the sensor.
We recommend switching the feature off
when using a bike or cargo rack.
Note: Blocked sensors may affect system
accuracy.
312
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Blind Spot Information System (If Equipped)
If the sensors become blocked, a message
appears in the instrument cluster display.
See Blind Spot Information System –
Information Messages (page 316). The alert
indicators illuminate but the system does not
alert you.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM
WITH TRAILER COVERAGE
WHAT IS BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM WITH TRAILER COVERAGE
E225007
Blind spot information system detects
vehicles that may have entered the blind
spot zone. The detection area is on both
sides your vehicle and trailer, extending
rearward from the exterior mirrors to the end
of your trailer.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM
WITH TRAILER COVERAGE
LIMITATIONS
Trailer coverage only supports conventional
trailers. The system turns off if you select a
fifth wheel trailer type.
Make sure the trailer width is less than or
equal to 8.5 ft (2.6 m) and the length is less
than 33 ft (10.1 m). If you input values higher,
the system turns off.
Some trailers could cause a slight change in
system performance:
• Large box trailers could cause false alerts
to occur when driving next to
infrastructures or near parked cars. A
false alert could also occur while making
a 90-degree turn.
• Trailers that have a width greater than
8.5 ft (2.6 m) at the front and have a total
length greater than 20 ft (6 m) could
cause delayed alerts when a vehicle is
passing at high speeds.
• Box trailers that have a width greater than
8.5 ft (2.6 m) at the front could cause
early alerts when you pass a vehicle.
• Clam shell or v-nose box trailers with a
width greater than 8.5 ft (2.6 m) at the
front could cause delayed alerts when a
vehicle traveling the same speed as your
vehicle merges lanes.
313
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Blind Spot Information System (If Equipped)
SETTING A TRAILER LENGTH
E225008
Trailer length.A
Trailer width.B
Trailer hitch ball.C
You can set-up a trailer to work with the blind
spot information system through the
touchscreen. When setting up a trailer, a
sequence of screens appear asking for trailer
information.
1. Select type of trailer screen -
conventional, fifth wheel or gooseneck.
Note: The system only supports conventional
trailers.
2. Do you want to set up blind spot with
trailer screen? If no, the system turns off.
If yes, the menu goes to the next screen.
3. Is the width less than 9 ft (2.7 m) and
length less than 33 ft (10.1 m)? If no, the
system turns off. If yes, the menu goes
to the next screen.
4. Trailer width measurement. Measure the
width at the front of the trailer. It is not
measured at the widest point of the
trailer. The maximum width at the front
of the trailer the system can support is
8.5 ft (2.6 m).
Note: You do not need to enter an exact
trailer width measurement. You only need
to confirm that the width of the trailer is less
than 9 ft (2.7 m).
5. Trailer length measurement. The trailer
length is the distance between the trailer
hitch ball and the rear of the trailer. The
maximum length that the system can
support is 33 ft (10.1 m).
6. Enter the length of trailer. The default
setting is 18 ft (5.5 m). Toggling up or
down using the menu buttons increases
or decreases the measurement by 1 ft
(0.3 m). Select a length that is equal to or
within 1 ft (0.3 m) of the actual measured
length. For example, if the actual
measure length is 23 ft (7 m), toggle the
length in the menu to 24 ft (7.2 m). The
system setup saves when you enter the
length of the trailer.
Note: If the trailer is a bike rack or cargo
rack with electrical lighting, enter a length
of around 3 ft (1 m). Cross traffic alert remains
on for trailers with a length of 3 ft (1 m) or
less.
Note: The system requires proper
measurement and measure entry to function
properly.
314
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Blind Spot Information System (If Equipped)
SELECTING A TRAILER
When you connect a trailer to your vehicle,
the trailer set up menu appears in the
touchscreen. This menu allows you to set up
a new trailer or choose from a previously set
up trailer. A warning message appears and
the system turns off if you do not choose or
add a new trailer.
Note: The warning message may not appear
until your vehicle reaches 22 mph (35 km/h).
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM INDICATORS
E309137
E249861
E249861
When blind spot information
system detects a vehicle, an alert
indicator illuminates in the exterior
mirror on the side the approaching vehicle
is coming from. If you turn the turn signal on
for that side of your vehicle, the alert
indicator flashes.
315
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Blind Spot Information System (If Equipped)
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
A fault with the system has occurred. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Blind Spot System Fault
Something is blocking the sensors. Clean the sensors.Blind Spot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual
The system automatically turns off and displays this message when
you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have a trailer blind
spot system or when you switch the trailer blind spot system off
through the touchscreen.
Blind Spot Alert Deactivated Trailer Attached
Note: When connecting a trailer, the system
may detect the trailer and turn the system
OFF. If the system does not turn OFF
automatically, switch the blind spot
information system OFF manually. If
equipped with blind spot with trailer tow, you
will be prompted to set up a trailer that
allows the feature to function with that trailer.
316
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Blind Spot Information System (If Equipped)
WHAT IS CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
The system alerts you of vehicles
approaching from the sides behind your
vehicle when you shift into reverse (R).
HOW DOES CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT WORK
Cross traffic alert detects vehicles that
approach at a speed between 4–37 mph
(6–60 km/h). Coverage decreases when the
sensors are partially, mostly or fully
obstructed.
E142440
The sensor on the left-hand side is only
partially obstructed and zone coverage on
the right-hand side is maximized.
E142441
Zone coverage also decreases when parking
at narrow angles. The sensor on the left-hand
side is mostly obstructed and zone coverage
on that side is severely reduced.
Note: Slowly reversing helps increase the
coverage area and effectiveness.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the cross
traffic alert system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
reversing out of a parking space. The cross
traffic alert system is not a replacement for
careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
317
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Cross Traffic Alert
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
LIMITATIONS
The system may not correctly operate when
any of the following occur:
• Something is blocking the sensors.
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects are
obstructing the sensors.
• Vehicles approach at speeds less than
4 mph (6 km/h) or greater than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
• Your vehicle speed is greater than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
• You reverse out of an angled parking
space.
Cross Traffic Alert Limitations with a
Trailer Attached
The system remains on when you attach a
trailer in vehicles with blind spot information
system with trailer tow under the following
conditions:
• You connect a trailer.
• The trailer is a bike rack or cargo rack
with a maximum length of 3 ft (1 m).
• You set the trailer length to 3 ft (1 m) in
the instrument cluster display.
Note: The system may not correctly operate
when towing a trailer. For vehicles with a
trailer tow module and tow bar approved by
the manufacturer, the system turns off when
you attach a trailer. For vehicles with an
aftermarket trailer tow module or tow bar,
we recommend that you switch the system
off when you attach a trailer.
SWITCHING CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT ON AND OFF
To switch cross traffic alert on or off use the
touchscreen.
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Switch Cross Traffic Alert on or off.
Note: The system switches on every time
you switch the ignition on. To permanently
switch the system off, contact an authorized
dealer.
LOCATING THE CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT SENSORS
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear fascia on
both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
318
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Cross Traffic Alert
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors may affect system
accuracy.
If something is blocking the sensors, a
message may appear in the information
display when you shift into reverse (R).
Note: Bike and cargo racks could cause
false alerts due to obstruction of the sensor.
We recommend switching the feature off
when using a bike or cargo rack.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
INDICATORS
E268294
When the cross traffic alert detects
an approaching vehicle, a tone
sounds, a warning lamp illuminates
in the relevant exterior mirror and arrows
appear in the information display to show
which side the vehicle is approaching from.
If the system malfunctions, a warning lamp
illuminates in the instrument cluster and a
message appears in the instrument cluster
display. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Note: If arrows do not display, a message
appears in the instrument cluster display.
Note: In some conditions, the system could
alert you, even when there is nothing in the
detection zone, for example a vehicle
passing further away from your vehicle.
319
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Cross Traffic Alert
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT – TROUBLESHOOTING
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Displays instead of indication arrows when the system detects a
vehicle. Check for approaching traffic.
Cross Traffic Alert
Indicates blocked cross traffic alert system sensors. Clean the sensors.
If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Cross Traffic Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Cross Traffic System Fault
Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle.Cross Traffic Alert Deactivated Trailer Attached
Note: When connecting a trailer, the system
may detect the trailer and turn the system
OFF. If the system does not turn OFF
automatically, switch the cross traffic alert
system OFF manually.
320
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Cross Traffic Alert
WHAT IS PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
Pre-collision assist detects and warns of
approaching hazards in the roadway. The
system provides multiple levels of assistance
to help avoid a collision if your vehicle is
rapidly approaching another stationary
vehicle, a vehicle traveling in the same
direction as yours, or a pedestrian or cyclist
within your driving path.
HOW DOES PRE-COLLISION
ASSIST WORK
The system warns the driver of potential
hazards by providing three levels of
assistance.
E156130
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching
potential hazards the system provides the
following levels of functionality:
1. Alert.
2. Brake Support.
3. Automatic Emergency Braking.
E329466
Alert: When active, a flashing
visual warning appears and an
audible warning tone sounds.
Brake Support: The system is designed to
help reduce the impact speed by preparing
the brakes for rapid braking. The system
does not automatically apply the brakes. If
you press the brake pedal, the system could
apply additional braking up to maximum
braking force, even if you lightly press the
brake pedal.
Automatic Emergency Braking: Automatic
emergency braking may activate if the
system determines that a collision is
imminent.
Note: If you perceive the pre-collision assist
alerts as being too frequent or disturbing,
then you can reduce the alert sensitivity.
Setting the low sensitivity would result in
fewer and later warnings of a potential
forward collision. The manufacturer
recommends using the high sensitivity
setting where possible.
Note: Automatic emergency braking
performance is not affected by the sensitivity
setting.
Each system has various levels of detection
capabilities. See Pre-Collision Assist
Limitations (page 322).
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
321
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
WARNING: The system does not
detect vehicles moving in a different
direction or animals. Apply the brakes
when necessary. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: The system does not
operate during hard acceleration or
steering. Failure to take care may lead to
a crash or personal injury.
WARNING: The system may operate
with reduced function during cold and
inclement weather conditions. Snow, ice,
rain, spray and fog can adversely affect the
system. Keep the front camera and radar
free of snow and ice. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in the loss of control
of your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Take additional care if
your vehicle is heavily loaded or you are
towing a trailer. These conditions could
result in reduced performance of this
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system cannot help
prevent all crashes. Do not rely on this
system to replace driver judgment and the
need to maintain a safe distance and
speed.
WARNING: System performance
could be reduced in situations where the
vehicle camera has limited detection
capability. These situations include but are
not limited to direct or low sunlight,
vehicles at night without tail lights,
unconventional vehicle types, pedestrians
or cyclists with complex backgrounds,
running pedestrians or fast moving cyclists,
partly obscured pedestrians or cyclists,
pedestrians or cyclists that the system
cannot distinguish from a group. Failure to
take care may result in the loss of control
of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
LIMITATIONS
Pre-collision assist depends on the detection
ability of its camera and sensors. Any
obstructions or damage to these areas can
limit detection or prevent the system from
functioning. See Locating the Pre-Collision
Assist Sensors (page 324).
The system is active at 3 mph (5 km/h) and
above.
Note: The pre-collision assist system
automatically disables when you select
four-wheel drive low or manually disable
AdvanceTrac™.
322
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
Note: Brake support and automatic
emergency braking are active at speeds up
to 80 mph (130 km/h). If your vehicle has a
radar sensor included with adaptive cruise
control, then brake support and automatic
emergency braking are active up to the
maximum speed of your vehicle.
Pedestrian Detection Limitations
Pedestrian detection is active at speeds up
to 50 mph (80 km/h).
Pedestrian detection operates optimally
when detected hazards are clearly
identifiable. System performance may reduce
in situations where pedestrians are running,
partly obscured, have a complex
background, or cannot be distinguished from
a group.
Cyclist Detection Limitations
Cyclist detection is active at speeds up to
50 mph (80 km/h).
Cyclist detection functions optimally when
detected hazards are clearly identifiable.
System performance may reduce in
situations where cyclists are fast-moving,
partly obscured, have a complex
background, or cannot be distinguished from
a group.
Intersection Assist (If Equipped)
If your vehicle comes with a radar sensor
included in adaptive cruise control, the
pre-collision assist system may operate in a
scenario where you are turning across an
oncoming vehicle's path. Detection of
vehicles driving in an oncoming direction is
active if your vehicle is driving at speeds up
to 19 mph (30 km/h).
E309750
SWITCHING PRE-COLLISION
ASSIST ON AND OFF
You cannot switch the system off.
323
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
Adjusting the Pre-Collision Assist
Settings
You can adjust the following settings by
using the touchscreen controls in the
pre-collision assist menu:
• Change alert and distance alert sensitivity
to one of three possible settings.
• Switch distance indication and alert on
or off.
• If required, switch automatic emergency
braking on or off.
• If required, switch evasive steering assist
on or off.
Note: Automatic emergency braking and
evasive steering automatically turns on every
time you switch the ignition on.
Note: If you switch automatic emergency
braking off, evasive steering assist switches
off.
LOCATING THE PRE-COLLISION
ASSIST SENSORS
E253503
Camera.1.
Radar sensor (if equipped).2.
If a message regarding a blocked sensor or
camera appears in the information display,
something is obstructing the radar signals or
camera images. The radar sensor is behind
the fascia cover in the center of the lower
grille. With a blocked sensor or camera, the
system may not function, or performance
may reduce. See Pre-Collision Assist –
Information Messages (page 328).
Note: Proper system operation requires a
clear view of the road by the camera. Have
any windshield damage in the area of the
camera's field of view repaired.
Note: If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs and your vehicle
has a radar sensor, the radar sensing zone
could change. This could cause missed or
false vehicle detections. Have your vehicle
serviced to have the radar checked for
proper coverage and operation.
Note: If your vehicle detects excessive heat
at the camera or a potential misalignment
condition, a message could display in the
information display indicating temporary
sensor unavailability. When operational
conditions are correct, the message
deactivates. For example, when the ambient
temperature around the sensor decreases
or the sensor recalibrates successfully.
324
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
DISTANCE INDICATION
WHAT IS DISTANCE INDICATION
Distance indication displays the gap between
your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you.
Note: The graphic does not display if you
switch on cruise control or adaptive cruise
control.
Time GapDistance GapDistance Indicator ColorSystem SensitivityVehicle Speed
Greater than 0.9 seconds.Greater than 82 ft (25 m).Blue.Normal.62 mph (100 km/h).
0.6-0.9 seconds.56–82 ft (17–25 m).Yellow.
Less than 0.6 seconds.Less than 56 ft (17 m).Red.
325
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
SWITCHING DISTANCE INDICATION
ON AND OFF
To switch the system on or off, use the
touchscreen:
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Pre-Collision Assist.
4. Switch Distance Indication on or off.
DISTANCE INDICATION INDICATOR
The indicator displays the time gap between
your vehicle and vehicles traveling in the
same direction ahead of you. The area in
front your vehicle changes shape and color
as the vehicle in front of you gets closer or
farther away.
326
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
DISTANCE ALERT
WHAT IS DISTANCE ALERT
The system alerts you with a warning lamp
if the distance to the vehicle ahead is small.
Note: The warning lamp does not illuminate
if cruise control or adaptive cruise control is
active.
ADJUSTING THE SENSITIVITY OF
DISTANCE ALERT
To adjust the sensitivity of the system, use
the touchscreen:
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Pre-Collision Assist.
4. Press Alert Sensitivity.
5. Select a setting.
AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY
BRAKING
Automatic emergency braking may activate
if the system determines that a collision is
imminent. The system may help reduce
impact damage to avoid the crash
completely.
Automatic emergency braking is only
available up to certain speeds. See
Pre-Collision Assist Limitations (page 322).
SWITCHING AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY
BRAKING ON AND OFF
To switch the system on or off, use the
touchscreen:
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Pre-Collision Assist.
4. Press Auto Emergency Braking.
5. Switch the feature on or off.
EVASIVE STEERING ASSIST
WHAT IS EVASIVE STEERING ASSIST
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching a road
user, evasive steering assist helps you steer
around the road user.
After you turn the steering wheel in an
attempt to avoid a crash with the road user,
the system applies additional steering torque
to help you steer around the road user. After
you pass the road user, the system applies
steering torque when you turn the steering
wheel to steer back into the lane. The system
deactivates after you fully pass the road user.
Note: Road users are defined as pedestrians
or bicyclists in your vehicle's path or another
stationary vehicle in the same lane or a
vehicle traveling in the same lane in the
same direction as you. See Pre-Collision
Assist Precautions (page 321).
327
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
EVASIVE STEERING ASSIST
LIMITATIONS
Evasive steering assist only activates when
all the following occur:
• Automatic emergency braking and
evasive steering assist are on.
• The system detects a road user ahead
and starts to apply the brakes.
• You significantly turn the steering wheel
to steer around a road user.
Note: Evasive steering assist does not
automatically steer around a road user. If
you do not turn the steering wheel, evasive
steering assist does not activate.
Note: Evasive steering assist does not
activate if the distance to the road user
ahead is too small and the system cannot
avoid a crash.
SWITCHING EVASIVE STEERING
ASSIST ON AND OFF
To switch the system on or off, use the
touchscreen:
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Pre-Collision Assist.
4. Switch Evasive Steering on or off.
Note: If you switch automatic emergency
braking off, evasive steering assist turns off.
Note: Automatic emergency braking and
evasive steering assist turn on every time
you switch the ignition on.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST –
TROUBLESHOOTING
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST – WARNING
LAMPS
E335612
A telltale illuminates in the cluster
to indicate if the system is disabled
or unavailable.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in
front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve.
Pre-Collision Assist Not Available Sensor Blocked
A fault with the system has occurred. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Pre-Collision Assist Not Available
328
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Camera Troubleshooting
The windshield in front of the camera is
dirty or obstructed.
Clean the outside of the windshield in
front of the camera.
The windshield in front of the camera is
clean, but the message remains in the
instrument cluster display.
Wait a short time. It could take several
minutes for the camera to detect that
there is no obstruction.
Radar Troubleshooting (If Equipped)
The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty
or obstructed.
Clean the grille surface in front of the
radar or remove the object causing the
obstruction.
The surface of the radar in the grille is
clean, but the message remains in the
instrument cluster display.
Wait a short time. It could take several
minutes for the radar to detect that there
is no obstruction.
Heavy rain, spray or fog is interfering with
the radar signals.
The pre-collision assist system is
temporarily disabled. Pre-collision assist
reactivates a short time after the
weather conditions improve.
Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface
of the road could interfere with the radar
signals.
The pre-collision assist system is
temporarily disabled. Pre-collision assist
reactivates a short time after the
weather conditions improve.
Radar is out of alignment due to a front end
impact.
Have your vehicle serviced to have the
radar checked for proper coverage and
operation.
329
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
WHAT IS DRIVER ALERT
Driver alert alerts you if it determines that
you are becoming drowsy or if your driving
deteriorates.
HOW DOES DRIVER ALERT WORK
Driver Alert calculates your alertness level
based on your driving behavior in relation to
the lane markings and other factors through
use of the front camera sensor behind the
interior mirror.
E309385
DRIVER ALERT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Take regular rest breaks
if you feel tired. Do not wait for the system
to warn you.
WARNING: Certain driving styles may
result in the system warning you even if
you are not feeling tired.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the road
lane markings.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by us.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
Note: If something is blocking the camera
or damaged the windshield, Driver Alert may
not function.
330
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Driver Alert
DRIVER ALERT LIMITATIONS
Driver alert may not function correctly if:
• The sensor cannot track the road lane
markings.
• Your vehicle's speed is less than
approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).
SWITCHING DRIVER ALERT ON
AND OFF
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Switch Driver Alert on or off.
Note: The system remains on or off
depending on how it was last set.
Resetting Driver Alert
You can reset the system by either:
• Switching the ignition off and on.
• Opening and closing the driver door
when your vehicle is stationary, and it is
safe to do so.
DRIVER ALERT – TROUBLESHOOTING
DRIVER ALERT – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.Driver Alert Warning Rest Now
Take a rest soon.Driver Alert Warning Rest Suggested
331
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Driver Alert
WHAT IS SPEED SIGN
RECOGNITION
Speed sign recognition detects speed limit
signs to inform you of the current speed limit.
Detected speed signs appear in the
instrument cluster display.
HOW DOES SPEED SIGN
RECOGNITION WORK
Speed sign recognition uses a sensor behind
the interior mirror to detect speed signs.
If your vehicle has speed sign recognition
with navigation, stored speed sign data may
influence the indicated speed limit value.
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
Note: Do not carry out windshield repairs in
the immediate area surrounding the sensor.
Note: If your vehicle has a suspension kit
not approved by Ford, the system may not
correctly function.
Note: The system may not detect all speed
signs and may incorrectly read signs.
Note: Always fit our original parts when
replacing headlamp bulbs. Other bulbs may
reduce system performance.
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION
LIMITATIONS
Speed sign recognition may not operate
correctly due to:
• Outdated map data.
• Incorrect recognition of speed limits by
the sensor of signs on parallel roads or
exit ramps.
• Missed recognition of faded, dirty, or
distorted signs.
332
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Speed Sign Recognition (If Equipped)
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION
INDICATORS
E317824
When the system detects a speed limit sign,
it appears in the instrument cluster display.
Note: Sign indicator image may vary based
on your vehicle's display type.
SETTING THE SPEED SIGN
RECOGNITION SPEED WARNING
To set the speed warning, use the
touchscreen.
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Speed Limit Assist.
4. Switch the feature on or off.
SETTING THE SPEED SIGN
RECOGNITION SPEED TOLERANCE
To set the tolerance of the speed warning,
use the touchscreen.
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Speed Limit Assist.
4. Press Tolerance.
5. Use the slider bar to select the required
level.
333
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Speed Sign Recognition (If Equipped)
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION – TROUBLESHOOTING
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The traffic sign data provided by the navigation system is unavailable
due to weak or no signal. Wait for a short period of time for the signal
to improve. If the message continues to appear, have the system
checked as soon as possible.
Traffic Sign Reduced Performance See Manual
334
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Speed Sign Recognition (If Equipped)
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the speed limit change without
any sign on the road?
The speed limit changes due to the
speed limit data stored in the map data.
Why does speed sign recognition show a
wrong speed limit?
The system shows a wrong speed limit
due to incorrect and outdated map data
or due to incorrect recognition of the
speed limits by the camera.
335
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Speed Sign Recognition (If Equipped)
LOAD CARRYING PRECAUTIONS
Keep your loaded vehicle weight within
its design rating capability, with or
without a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return of
vehicle design performance. Before you
load your vehicle, become familiar with
the following terms for determining your
vehicle’s weight rating, with or without
a trailer, from the vehicle’s Tire and
Loading Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
WARNING: The appropriate
loading capacity of your vehicle can
be limited either by volume capacity
(how much space is available) or by
payload capacity (how much weight
the vehicle should carry). Once you
have reached the maximum payload
of your vehicle, do not add more
cargo, even if there is space available.
Overloading or improperly loading
your vehicle can contribute to loss of
vehicle control and vehicle rollover.
WARNING: Exceeding the Safety
Compliance Certification label vehicle
weight limits can adversely affect the
performance and handling of your
vehicle, cause vehicle damage and
can result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use
replacement tires with lower load
carrying capacities than the original
tires because they may lower your
vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations.
Replacement tires with a higher limit
than the original tires do not increase
the GVWR and GAWR limitations.
WARNING: Do not exceed the
GVWR or the GAWR specified on the
certification label.
WARNING: Exceeding any
vehicle weight rating can adversely
affect the performance and handling
of your vehicle, cause vehicle damage
and can result in the loss of control of
your vehicle, serious personal injury
or death.
WARNING: When loading the
roof racks, we recommend you evenly
distribute the load, as well as maintain
a low center of gravity. Loaded
vehicles, with higher centers of gravity,
may handle differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions, such
as slower speeds and increased
stopping distance, when driving a
heavily loaded vehicle.
The gross combined weight must never
exceed the Gross Combined Weight
Rating.
336
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Load Carrying
LOCATING THE SAFETY
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION
LABELS
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
E198828
The Safety Compliance Certification label is
located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch
post, or the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver seating
position.
WHAT IS THE GROSS AXLE
WEIGHT RATING
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable weight
that a single axle (front or rear) can carry.
These numbers are on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
WHAT IS THE GROSS VEHICLE
WEIGHT RATING
GVWR is the maximum allowable weight
of the fully loaded vehicle. This includes
all options, equipment, passengers and
cargo. It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
WHAT IS THE GROSS COMBINED
WEIGHT RATING
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle and the loaded trailer, including
all cargo and passengers, that the
vehicle can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
vehicle’s braking system is rated for
operation at Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating, not at Gross Combined Weight
Rating.) Separate functional brakes
should be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the Gross
Combined Weight of the towing vehicle
plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating of the towing vehicle.
See Recommended Towing Weights
(page 352).
337
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Load Carrying
CALCULATING PAYLOAD
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
E198719
Payload is the combined weight of cargo
and passengers that your vehicle is
carrying. The maximum payload for your
vehicle appears on the Tire and Loading
label. The label is either on the B-pillar
or the edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and Canada
may not have a tire and loading label.
Look for “The combined weight of
occupants and cargo should never
exceed XXX kg or XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the Tire
and Loading Information label is the
maximum payload for your vehicle as
built by the assembly plant. If you install
any additional equipment on your
vehicle, you must determine the new
payload. Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed on
the Tire and Loading label. When towing,
trailer tongue weight or king pin weight
is also part of payload.
CALCULATING THE LOAD LIMIT
Steps for determining the correct load
limit:
1. Locate the statement "The combined
weight of occupants and cargo
should never exceed XXX kg or XXX
lb." on your vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example,
if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lb.
and there will be five 150 lb.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity calculated
in Step 4.
338
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Load Carrying
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,
load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
Helpful examples for calculating the
available amount of cargo and luggage
load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound
(635-kilogram) cargo and luggage
capacity. You decide to go golfing. Is
there enough load capacity to carry you,
four of your friends and all the golf bags?
You and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and the golf
bags weigh approximately 30 pounds
(13.5 kilograms) each. The calculation
would be: 1400 - (5 x 220) - (5 x 30) =
1400 - 1100 - 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you
have enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends and your
golf bags. In metric units, the calculation
would be: 635 kilograms - (5 x 99
kilograms) - (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 -
495 - 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound
(635-kilogram) cargo and luggage
capacity. You and one of your friends
decide to pick up cement from the local
home improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for the
past two years. Measuring the inside of
the vehicle with the rear seat folded
down, you have room for twelve
100-pound (45-kilogram) bags of
cement. Do you have enough load
capacity to transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each weigh
220 pounds (99 kilograms), the
calculation would be: 1400 - (2 x 220) -
(12 x 100) = 1400 - 440 - 1200 = - 240
pounds. No, you do not have enough
cargo capacity to carry that much
weight. In metric units, the calculation
would be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) = 635 -
198 - 540 = -103 kilograms. You will need
to reduce the load weight by at least
240 pounds (104 kilograms). If you
remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load calculation
would be: 1400 - (2 x 220) - (9 x 100) =
1400 - 440 - 900 = 60 pounds. Now you
have the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In metric
units, the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms) - (9 x 45
kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 405 = 32
kilograms.
The above calculations also assume that
the loads are positioned in your vehicle
in a manner that does not overload the
front or the rear gross axle weight rating
specified for your vehicle on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
339
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Load Carrying
ROOF RACK
ROOF RACK PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Read and follow the
manufacturer's instructions when you are
fitting a roof rack.
WARNING: When loading the roof
racks, we recommend you evenly distribute
the load, as well as maintain a low center
of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher
centers of gravity, may handle differently
than unloaded vehicles. Take extra
precautions, such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance, when driving
a heavily loaded vehicle.
Note: If you use a roof rack, the fuel
consumption of your vehicle will be higher
and you may experience different driving
characteristics.
You must place loads directly on the
crossbars fitted to the roof rack side rails.
Make sure that you securely fasten the load.
Check the tightness of the load before
driving and at each fuel stop.
ROOF RACK LOAD CAPACITIES
Maximum Recommended LoadDescription
100 lb (45 kg)Vehicles with a moonroof.
175 lb (79 kg)Vehicles without a moonroof.
Note: The maximum roof load is based on
evenly distributing the load on the crossbars.
Note: When using a roof rack system, you
must subtract the weight of the roof rack
system from the maximum recommended
load to determine your actual maximum
cargo load. See the roof rack system
manufacturer for more information.
340
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Load Carrying
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Make sure that you
properly secure objects in the luggage
compartment. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not place objects on
the luggage cover. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: The appropriate loading
capacity of your vehicle can be limited
either by volume capacity (how much
space is available) or by payload capacity
(how much weight the vehicle should
carry). Once you have reached the
maximum payload of your vehicle, do not
add more cargo, even if there is space
available. Overloading or improperly
loading your vehicle can contribute to loss
of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
close the liftgate to prevent exhaust fumes
from entering your vehicle. If you are
unable to fully close the liftgate, open the
air vents or the windows to allow fresh air
to enter your vehicle. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not exceed the
maximum front and rear axle loads for your
vehicle.
Note: When loading long objects into your
vehicle, for example pipes, timber or
furniture, be careful not to damage the
interior trim.
INSTALLING AND REMOVING THE
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT CARGO
NET
WARNING: This net is not designed
to restrain objects during a collision or
heavy braking.
E275127
1. Fold down the hooks on the top of the
rear quarter trim panel.
341
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Luggage Compartment
E275126
2. Attach the loop end of the net to the
upper hook. Use one prong on the hook
for the net attachment.
E275125
3. Attach the bottom of the net to the lower
anchor point.
E275124
4. Repeat this procedure on the other side
of your vehicle.
ADJUSTING THE LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LOAD FLOOR
Short Wheelbase Load Floor
E250821
Lift up on the handle to open the cover.
Note: The board operates with friction
hinges. This allows you to put it in any
position between a 0° and a 90° angle.
E250823
342
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Luggage Compartment
To close, lower the cover.
Long Wheelbase Load Floor
The bi-folding load floor provides access to
two separate storage compartments.
E250822
Lift up on the handle and fold it back to open
the cover.
Note: The board operates with friction
hinges. This allows you to put it in any
position between a 0° and a 90° angle.
E250824
E250825
To access the second storage compartment,
fold the cover back a second time.
To close, lower the cover.
ADJUSTING THE LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT DIVIDER
Advanced Luggage Compartment
Divider (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not load any objects
on the shelf that may obstruct your vision
or strike occupants of the vehicle in the
case of a sudden stop or collision.
WARNING: Do not place people or
pets on or under the parcel shelf.
Forward Divider
E250828
343
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Luggage Compartment
To move the board into the divider position,
lift up on the handle and position the board
vertically at a 90° angle.
Note: The board operates with friction
hinges. This allows you to put it in any
position between a 0° and a 90° angle.
Cargo Shelf
E250829
To move the board into the shelf position,
lift the board and move it to the horizontal
position. Once the board is horizontal, insert
the forward-facing nubs into the hooks on
either side.
For the short wheelbase, it is necessary to
raise up the second panel toward the front
of the vehicle when you have the seats
folded down.
For the long wheelbase, it is necessary to
raise up the second panel toward the front
of the vehicle.
Note: Before moving the board into the shelf
position, you may need to flip down the
hooks.
Note: Do not put more than 50 lb (22 kg) on
the shelf.
Rear Barrier (Bulkhead Position)
E250830
To move the board into the rear barrier or
bulkhead position, lift the board and move it
to the vertical position. Once the board is
vertical, insert the rearward facing nubs into
the hooks on either side.
Note: Before moving the board into the rear
barrier or bulkhead position, you may need
to flip down the hooks.
344
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Luggage Compartment
CONNECTING A TRAILER
PRECAUTIONS
Do not tow a trailer until you drive your
vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km).
Consult your local motor vehicle laws for
towing a trailer.
See the instructions included with towing
accessories for the proper installation and
adjustment specifications.
Service your vehicle more frequently if you
tow a trailer. See Normal Scheduled
Maintenance (page 533).
If you use a rental trailer, follow the
instructions the rental agency gives you.
When attaching the trailer wiring connector
to your vehicle, only use a proper fitting
connector that works with the vehicle and
trailer functions.
Account for the trailer coupler weight as part
of your vehicle load when calculating the
total vehicle weight.
Do not exceed the load limits. See Normal
Scheduled Maintenance (page 533).
HITCHES
INSTALLING A HITCH
WARNING: Do not cut, drill, weld or
modify the trailer hitch. Modifying the trailer
hitch could reduce the hitch rating.
Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto
the bumper or attaches to the axle. You must
distribute the load in your trailer so that
10-15% of the total weight of the trailer is on
the tongue. Do not exceed the tongue load
rating indicated on the hitch receiver.
Trailer Hitch Cover
Your vehicle has a removable trailer hitch
cover. To remove the trailer hitch cover:
E268259
1. Grab the trailer hitch cover at the bottom
and pull towards the rear of the vehicle
until the bottom of the trailer hitch cover
unsnaps from the bumper.
2. Grab the trailer hitch cover at the edge
and rotate until the top of the trailer hitch
cover unsnaps from the bumper, then
remove the trailer hitch cover.
To install the trailer hitch cover:
345
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Connecting a Trailer
E268260
1. Line up the snaps on the trailer hitch
cover to the holes on the bumper and
push forward until it snaps into place.
HOOKING UP A TRAILER USING A
WEIGHT-DISTRIBUTING HITCH
WARNING: Do not adjust the spring
bars so that your vehicle's rear bumper is
higher than before attaching the trailer.
Doing so will defeat the function of the
weight-distributing hitch, which may cause
unpredictable handling, and could result
in serious personal injury.
A weight-distributing hitch helps distribute
tongue load to all towing vehicle and trailer
wheels. For more information, visit the links
in the following table.
WebsiteMarket
https://
www.fleet.ford.com/
towing-guides/
United States of
America
https://
www.fleet.ford.ca/
towing-guides/
Canada
CONNECTING A TRAILER
Recognizing a Trailer
1. Attach the trailer and wiring connector
to your vehicle.
2. Switch on your vehicle.
3. Set up a profile for the trailer using the
touchscreen.
Note: If your vehicle does not recognize the
trailer, press and hold the brake pedal for a
few seconds.
Note: Trailer profiles store trailer types,
dimensions, preferences, trailer specific
mileage and fuel economy.
Note: Disabling the trailer detection
notification makes the default trailer profile
active when a connection is detected.
E163167
When attaching the trailer wiring connector
to your vehicle, only use a proper fitting
connector that works with the vehicle and
trailer functions.
346
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Connecting a Trailer
Trailer Light Check
WARNING: Never connect any trailer
lamp wiring to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring;
this may damage the electrical system
resulting in fire. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible for assistance
in proper trailer tow wiring installation.
Additional electrical equipment may be
required.
Most towed vehicles require trailer lamps.
Make sure all running lights, brake lights, turn
signals and hazard lights are working.
Safety Chains
Install trailer safety chains to the trailer hitch
as recommended by the manufacturer. Cross
the chains under the trailer coupler and allow
enough slack for turning tight corners. Do
not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Note: Do not attach safety chains to the
bumper. Always connect the safety chains
to the frame or hook retainers of your trailer
hitch.
E265060
If the trailer safety chain hook has a latch,
make sure to fully close the latch.
347
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Connecting a Trailer
CONNECTING A TRAILER – TROUBLESHOOTING
CONNECTING A TRAILER – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
The system senses a trailer connection becomes disconnected, either
intentionally or unintentionally, during a given ignition cycle.
Trailer Disconnected
There are certain faults in your vehicle wiring and trailer wiring or
brake system.
Trailer Wiring Fault
There is a fault with your trailer battery, or your trailer battery voltage
is very low.
Trailer Battery Not Charging See Manual
One or more tires on your trailer is below the specified tire pressure.Trailer Tire Low Specified:
Displays when one or more tires on the trailer is above the recom-
mended temperature.
Trailer Tire Over Temperature
A trailer tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning. If the warning stays
on or continues to come on, have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Trailer Tire Pressure Sensor Fault
The trailer tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the
warning stays on or continues to come on, have the system checked.
Trailer Tire Pressure Monitor Fault
The system cannot detect the trailer tire pressure monitoring system.Trailer Tire Pressure Monitor Capability Not Detected
The trailer tire pressure monitoring system is not setup.Trailer Tire Pressure Indication Not Setup See Manual
348
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Connecting a Trailer
TOWING A TRAILER PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not exceed the
GVWR or the GAWR specified on the
certification label.
WARNING: Towing trailers
beyond the maximum recommended
gross trailer weight exceeds the limit
of your vehicle and could result in
engine damage, transmission damage,
structural damage, loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not exceed the
lowest rating capacity for your vehicle
or trailer hitch. Overloading your
vehicle or trailer hitch can impair your
vehicle stability and handling. Failure
to follow this instruction could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Make sure that the
vertical load on the tow ball is between
the minimum and maximum
recommended weight at all times.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not cut, drill, weld
or modify the trailer hitch. Modifying
the trailer hitch could reduce the hitch
rating.
WARNING: The anti-lock brake
system does not control the trailer
brakes.
TRAILER BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not connect a trailer's
hydraulic brake system directly to your
vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle may
not have enough braking power and your
chances of having a collision greatly
increase.
WARNING: Do not tow a trailer fitted
with electric trailer brakes unless your
vehicle is fitted with a compatible
aftermarket electronic trailer brake
controller. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death. For
additional information and assistance, we
recommend that you contact an authorized
dealer.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or
surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you install
them properly and adjust them to the
manufacturer's specifications. The trailer
brakes must meet local and federal
regulations.
349
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing a Trailer
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking
system operation is at the gross vehicle
weight rating, not the gross combined weight
rating.
Certain states require functioning trailer
brakes for trailers over a specified weight.
Be sure to check state regulations for this
specified weight.
Ford Motor Company recommends separate
functioning brake systems for trailers
weighing more than 1,500 lb (680 kg) when
loaded.
TOWING A TRAILER LIMITATIONS
The vehicle's load capacity designation
is by weight, not by volume, so you
cannot necessarily use all available
space when loading a vehicle or trailer.
Note: Your vehicle could have reduced
performance when operating at high
altitudes and when heavily loaded or
towing a trailer. When driving at
elevation, to match driving performance
as perceived at sea level, reduce gross
vehicle weight and gross combination
weight by 2% per 1,000 ft (300 m)
elevation.
LOADING YOUR TRAILER
To help minimize how trailer movement
affects your vehicle when driving:
• Load the heaviest items closest to
the trailer floor.
• Load the heaviest items centered
between the left and right side trailer
tires.
• Load the heaviest items above the
trailer axles or just slightly forward
toward the trailer tongue. Do not
allow the final trailer tongue weight
to go above or below 10-15% of the
loaded trailer weight. The trailer
tongue weight should never exceed
10% of the maximum towing capacity.
• Select a ball mount with the correct
rise or drop. When both the loaded
vehicle and trailer are connected, the
trailer frame should be level, or
slightly angled down toward your
vehicle, when viewed from the side.
TRAILER TOWING HINTS
Towing a trailer places an extra load on your
vehicle's engine, transmission, axle, brakes,
tires and suspension. Periodically inspect
these components during and after any
towing operation.
When driving with a trailer or payload, a slight
takeoff vibration or shudder may be present
due to the increased payload weight.
350
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle may have a temporary or
conventional spare tire. A temporary spare
tire is different in diameter or width,
tread-type, or is from a different manufacturer
than the road tires on your vehicle. Consult
information on the tire label or Safety
Compliance label for limitations when using.
When towing a trailer:
• Obey country specific regulations for
towing a trailer.
• Do not drive faster than 70 mph
(113 km/h) during the first 500 mi
(800 km).
• Do not make full-throttle starts.
• Check your hitch, electrical connections
and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after
you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).
• When stopped in congested or heavy
traffic during hot weather, place the
transmission in park (P) to aid engine and
transmission cooling and to help A/C
performance.
• Turn off the speed control with heavy
loads or in hilly terrain. The speed control
may turn off when you are towing on
long, steep slopes.
• Shift to a lower gear when driving down
a long or steep hill. Do not continuously
apply the brakes, as they may overheat
and become less effective.
• If your transmission has Grade Assist or
Tow/Haul, use this feature when towing.
This provides engine braking and helps
eliminate excessive transmission shifting
for optimum fuel economy and
transmission cooling.
• Your vehicle has AdvanceTrac with roll
stability control. When towing a trailer,
additional loads could cause the
AdvanceTrac system to engage during
cornering maneuvers. Reduce cornering
speeds to make sure that you can
maintain control of the vehicle and trailer
if the AdvanceTrac system engages.
• Allow more distance for stopping with a
trailer attached. Anticipate stops and
gradually brake.
• Avoid parking on a slope. However, if
you must park on a slope, turn the
steering wheel to point your vehicle tires
away from traffic flow, set the parking
brake, place the transmission in park (P)
and place wheel chocks in front and back
of the trailer wheels.
Note: Chocks are not included with your
vehicle.
LAUNCHING OR RETRIEVING A
BOAT OR PERSONAL
WATERCRAFT
When backing down a ramp during boat
launching or retrieval:
• Do not allow the static water level to rise
above the bottom edge of the rear
bumper.
• Do not allow waves to break higher than
6 in (15 cm) above the bottom edge of
the rear bumper.
351
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing a Trailer
Exceeding 6 in (15 cm) could allow water to
enter vehicle components, causing internal
damage to the components and affecting
driveability, emissions and reliability.
Note: Replace the rear axle lubricant
anytime the rear axle has been submerged
in water.
Note: Disconnect the trailer wiring connector
before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the trailer wiring connector
after removing the trailer from the water.
TOWING WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS
RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS
WebsiteMarket
https://www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides/United States of America
https://www.fleet.ford.ca/towing-guides/Canada
352
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing a Trailer
WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM LOADED
TRAILER WEIGHT
The maximum loaded trailer weight is
the highest possible weight of a fully
loaded trailer the vehicle can tow.
CALCULATING THE MAXIMUM
LOADED TRAILER WEIGHT FOR YOUR
VEHICLE
1. Start with the gross combined weight
rating for your vehicle model and
axle ratio.
2. Subtract all of the following that
apply to your vehicle:
• Vehicle curb weight.
• Hitch hardware weight, for example
a draw bar, ball, locks or weight
distributing hardware.
• Driver weight.
• Passenger weight.
• Payload, cargo and luggage weight.
• Aftermarket equipment weight.
This equals the maximum loaded trailer
weight for this combination.
Note: The trailer tongue load is
considered part of the payload for your
vehicle. Reduce the total payload by the
final trailer tongue weight.
Note: Consult an authorized dealer to
determine the maximum trailer weight
allowed for your vehicle if you are not
sure.
353
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing a Trailer
TOWING A TRAILER – TROUBLESHOOTING
TOWING A TRAILER – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The left-hand trailer turn lamp requires service.Trailer Left Turn Lamps Fault Check Lamps
The right-hand trailer turn lamp requires service.Trailer Right Turn Lamps Fault Check Lamps
The trailer battery voltage is too low to charge. If there is no trailer
attached, the vehicle battery voltage is low.
Trailer Battery Not Charging See Manual
The system detects a short created by the trailer lamps. Inspect and
repair the trailer wiring, or have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Trailer Lighting Module Fault See Manual
The trailer stoplamps require service.Trailer Stop Lamps Fault Check Lamps
Verify the trailer brake connections are secure and that the aftermarket
trailer brake controller device is correctly installed. Perform a trailer
brake and trailer light check if possible. If the message persists, have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Trailer brake system fault See manual
Perform a trailer brake and trailer light check if possible. If the message
persists, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Trailer brake module fault
The trailer sway control detects trailer sway. Reduce the vehicle's
speed.
Trailer Sway Reduce Speed
354
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing a Trailer
DetailsMessage
Displays when one or more tires on the trailer is above the recom-
mended temperature.
Trailer Tire Over Temperature
One or more tires on your trailer is below the specified tire pressure.Trailer Tire Low Specified:
A trailer tire pressure sensor requires service. If the warning stays on
or continues to come on, have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Trailer Tire Pressure Sensor Fault
The trailer tire pressure monitoring system requires service. If the
warning stays on or continues to come on, have the system checked
as soon as possible.
Trailer Tire Pressure Monitor Fault
The system cannot detect the trailer tire pressure monitoring system.Trailer Tire Pressure Monitor Capability Not Detected
The trailer tire pressure monitoring system is not setup.Trailer Tire Pressure Indication Not Setup See Manual
355
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing a Trailer
WHAT IS THE INTEGRATED
TRAILER BRAKE CONTROLLER
The trailer brake controller assists in smooth
and effective trailer braking based on the
towing vehicle’s brake pressure.
INTEGRATED TRAILER BRAKE
CONTROLLER PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Use the integrated trailer
brake controller to properly adjust the
trailer brakes and check all connections
before towing a trailer. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
• Only use the manual control lever for
proper adjustment of the gain during
trailer setup. Misuse, such as application
during trailer sway, could cause instability
of trailer or tow vehicle.
• Avoid towing in adverse weather
conditions. The trailer brake controller
does not provide anti-lock control of the
trailer wheels. Trailer wheels can lock up
on slippery surfaces, resulting in reduced
stability of trailer and tow vehicle.
• The trailer brake controller is only a
factory-installed or dealer-installed item.
Ford is not responsible for warranty or
performance of the controller due to
misuse or customer installation.
Note: Do not attempt removal of the trailer
brake controller without consulting the
Workshop Manual. Damage to the unit may
result.
Note: Make sure to set the integrated trailer
brake controller gain to 0 if you are using
an aftermarket trailer brake controller.
USING THE INTEGRATED TRAILER
BRAKE CONTROLLER
1. Make sure the trailer brakes are in good
working condition, functioning normally
and properly adjusted. See your trailer
dealer if necessary.
Note: An authorized dealer can diagnose
the trailer brake controller to determine
exactly which trailer fault has occurred. Your
vehicle warranty does not cover issues with
your trailer.
2. Hook up the trailer and make the
electrical connections according to the
trailer manufacturer's instructions.
Note: Select default mode if the trailer has
surge brakes, or no brakes at all. The system
has no effect on the braking performance of
the trailer in either of these cases.
Note: If a trailer is connected by a four-pin
connector, the trailer braking function will
not be supported.
356
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller (If Equipped)
3. When you plug in a trailer with electric or
electric-over-hydraulic brakes, a message
confirming connection appears in the
information display.
4. Use the gain adjustment to find the
desired starting point. A gain setting of
6.0 is a good starting point for heavier
loads.
Note: Use the following steps to adjust the
gain setting whenever road, weather and
trailer, or vehicle loading conditions, change
from when you initially set the gain.
5. In a traffic-free environment, tow the
trailer on a dry, level surface and squeeze
the manual control lever completely.
6. If the trailer wheels lock up, indicated by
squealing tires, reduce the gain setting.
If the trailer wheels turn freely, increase
the gain setting. Repeat Steps 5 and 6
until the gain setting is at a point just
below trailer wheel lock-up. If towing a
heavier trailer, trailer wheel lock-up may
not be attainable even with the maximum
gain setting of 10.
Note: Only perform this procedure at speeds
of approximately 20–25 mph (30–40 km/h).
Note: The trailer brake controller reduces
output at vehicle speeds below 11 mph
(18 km/h) so that trailer and vehicle braking
is not jerky or harsh. This feature is only
available when applying the brakes using
your vehicle's brake pedal, not the controller.
Note: Your vehicle's brake system and the
trailer brake system work independently of
each other. Changing the gain setting on the
controller does not affect the operation of
your vehicle's brakes whether you attach a
trailer or not.
Note: With the proper electrical connection,
pressing your vehicle brake pedal or using
the manual control lever illuminates both
trailer and vehicle brake lamps.
Note: When you switch the engine off, the
controller output is disabled and the display
and module shut down. The controller
module and display turn on when you switch
the ignition on.
Adjusting the Trailer Brake Gain
E333154
Increase or decrease the amount
of gain in set increments.
A
Slide the control to engage the
trailer brakes.
B
Note: Adjust gain setting before using the
trailer brake controller for the first time.
357
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller (If Equipped)
Note: The gain should be set to provide the
maximum trailer braking assistance while
making sure the trailer wheels do not lock
when using the brakes. Locked trailer wheels
may lead to trailer instability.
Note: Setting adjustments are saved when
a trailer profile is selected.
ADJUSTING THE INTEGRATED
TRAILER BRAKE CONTROLLER
MODE
Select the correct integrated trailer brake
controller mode option using the
touchscreen.
Note: Trailer brake gain settings are saved
to the active trailer profile.
Selecting the Trailer Brake Type
1. Press Default for trailers with
electromagnetic drum brake systems or
press Electric over Hydraulic for trailers
with electrically actuated hydraulic brake
systems.
2. Press Save.
Selecting the Trailer Brake Effort
1. Select a setting for your trailer.
Note: The default value is Low and is the
recommended setting for most trailers.
Select a different setting if your trailer's
brakes require more initial voltage, or you
prefer more aggressive trailer braking.
2. Press Save.
358
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller (If Equipped)
INTEGRATED TRAILER BRAKE CONTROLLER – TROUBLESHOOTING
INTEGRATED TRAILER BRAKE CONTROLLER – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The system detects a correct trailer connection during a given ignition
cycle.
Trailer Connected
The system detects the trailer wiring connection is disconnected,
during a given ignition cycle.
Trailer Disconnected
The system detects an electrical fault in the trailer brake circuit. If this
message appears without a trailer attached, see your authorized
dealer. If a trailer is attached, inspect and repair the trailer wiring.
Trailer Wiring Fault
Displays the current gain setting for the trailer brake.Trailer Brake Gain: {trailer gain value:#0.0}
Displays the current gain setting for the trailer brake when you do not
have a trailer connected.
Trailer Brake Gain: {trailer gain value:#0.0} No Trailer
359
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller (If Equipped)
INTEGRATED TRAILER BRAKE
CONTROLLER – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
How do I determine if there is an issue with
the wiring on my vehicle?
A message displays accompanied by a
single tone, when no trailer is
connected. This indicates that the issue
is between the trailer brake controller
and the 7-pin connector at the bumper.
How do I determine if there is an issue with
the wiring on my trailer?
A message only displays with a trailer
connected. Consult your trailer dealer
for assistance.
360
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller (If Equipped)
HOW DOES TRAILER SWAY
CONTROL WORK
The system applies the brakes to the
individual wheels and reduces engine torque
to aid vehicle stability.
If the trailer begins to sway, the stability
control lamp flashes and the message Trailer
Sway Reduce Speed appears in the
information display.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so. Check the vertical weight on the tow ball
and trailer load distribution.
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Turning off trailer sway
control increases the risk of loss of vehicle
control, serious injury or death. Ford does
not recommend disabling this feature
except in situations where speed reduction
may be detrimental (such as hill climbing),
the driver has significant trailer towing
experience, and can control trailer sway
and maintain safe operation.
Note: This feature only activates when
significant trailer sway occurs.
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
sway, but reduces it once it begins.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
from swaying.
Note: In some cases, if vehicle speed is too
high, the system may activate multiple times,
gradually reducing vehicle speed.
SWITCHING TRAILER SWAY
CONTROL ON AND OFF
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Towing.
3. Switch Trailer Sway Control on or off.
The system turns on each time you start your
vehicle.
361
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Sway Control
WHAT IS TRAILER BACKUP
ASSISTANCE
Trailer backup assistance utilizes the control
knob on the instrument panel to help you
steer a trailer. Turn the control knob in the
direction you want the trailer to go and the
system steers the vehicle.
HOW DOES TRAILER BACKUP
ASSISTANCE WORK
Trailer backup assistance uses a sticker to
detect the trailer angle relative to the towing
vehicle and provides instructions, graphics
and camera views on the touchscreen.
TRAILER BACKUP ASSISTANCE
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
WARNING: This system is an extra
driving aid. It does not replace your
attention and judgment, or the need to
apply the brakes. This system does NOT
automatically brake your vehicle. If you fail
to press the brake pedal when necessary,
you may collide with another vehicle.
Note: The system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices. Always be aware of your
vehicle and trailer combination, and the
surrounding environment.
Note: The system does not detect or prevent
your vehicle or trailer from making contact
with obstacles in the surrounding
environment.
Note: The front end of your vehicle swings
out when changing the direction of the
trailer.
Note: In certain conditions, the trailer could
turn faster or the trailer angle could increase
more than anticipated. Always monitor the
clearance between the trailer and vehicle
and the surroundings.
362
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
SETTING UP THE TRAILER BACKUP
ASSISTANCE FOR A CONVENTIONAL
TRAILER
CONFIGURING THE TRAILER
You must configure a trailer in the system to
use the trailer reversing aids. This is a
one-time setup process per trailer and the
trailer information is saved in the system for
the next time you use that trailer.
The system only works with conventional
trailers. It does not work with other types
including gooseneck and fifth-wheel. The
following illustration shows examples of
conventional trailers on the left-hand side.
E209766
Positioning the Trailer
Hitch your trailer to the truck and connect
the electrical wiring harness. Check to make
sure that the wiring is working. See
Connecting a Trailer (page 345).
E247482
Park your vehicle and hitched trailer on a
level surface.
For best results, make sure that your trailer
rides level with the ground when you hitch
your vehicle. See Connecting a Trailer
(page 345).
E247481
Make sure that the trailer and your vehicle
are in line with each other. You can do this
by putting the transmission in drive (D) and
pulling straight forward.
363
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
Configuring the Trailer in the
Touchscreen
E356842
1. Press the button to switch the system on.
2. Press Add Trailer on the touchscreen.
3. Follow the directions on the touchscreen
to enter the trailer name, then proceed
to the sticker setup. See Applying the
Trailer Reversing Aid Sticker (page 364).
APPLYING THE TRAILER REVERSING
AID STICKER
Place the sticker in an area visible by the rear
view camera. The entire sticker must be
within 4–19 in (10–48 cm) from the center of
the hitch ball, as shown in the following
illustration.
E333148
Use the sticker placement card and a tape
measure to determine the appropriate area
to place the sticker. The sticker is in the back
cover pocket of your quick start guide. Make
sure the entire sticker is within the green
zone between the two arcs or distance
markers on the diagram, and is also visible
in the rear view camera display.
Once you have found the correct location,
place the sticker.
Note: Make sure nothing can obstruct the
rear view camera's view of the sticker such
as a jack handle or wiring.
Note: Position the sticker on a flat, dry and
clean horizontal surface. For best results,
apply the sticker when temperatures are
above 32°F (0°C).
Note: Do not move stickers after placing
them. Do not re-use any stickers if removed.
Note: You can purchase additional stickers
through your authorized dealer.
364
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
CALIBRATING THE SYSTEM
Calibrating the system requires driving
forward and turning left or right. Follow the
instructions on the touchscreen to complete
the calibration process.
E352329
Note: To calibrate the system, you need an
area where you can safely drive forward and
turn left or right. An open parking lot is an
ideal place to perform the calibration.
Note: Keep the steering wheel straight when
instructed to by the touchscreen. If the
steering wheel is in a turned position during
this instruction, the calibration pauses.
Note: During calibration, the system
determines the trailer length. The system
supports trailer lengths of 6–33 ft
(1.85–10.05 m) distance from the hitch point
to the center of the axle or axles. The system
is designed to work with drawbars that have
a license plate to hitch ball center
measurement of 9–18 in (23–46 cm) when
installed. Do not attempt to use drawbars or
trailers that have a length outside of this
range as the system performance degrades
and could cause improper system function.
Note: The touchscreen shows if you are
going too slow or fast. Calibration pauses if
the speed is outside the required range of
2–9 mph (4–15 km/h).
Note: You need to complete at least a 90°
turn, and longer trailers could require a 180°
turn. Camera trailer tracking requires the
system to locate the hitch ball as well as
determine the trailer length. Some trailers
could require you to drive straight then turn
multiple times before calibration completes.
The touchscreen provides instructions and
notifies you when calibration completes.
Note: For best results, do not calibrate the
system at night when calibrating.
365
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
SWITCHING TRAILER BACKUP
ASSISTANCE ON AND OFF
E356842
Press the button and use the touchscreen
to select the connected trailer.
Note: A trailer must be configured to use
trailer backup assistance. See Connecting
a Trailer (page 346).
Note: If you use the steering wheel when
using trailer backup assistance, the system
turns off and a message displays in the
touchscreen.
Note: If the trailer was connected just prior
to turning the system on, you may need to
drive forward to initialize the system. Follow
the instructions on the touchscreen to
activate the system.
USING THE TRAILER BACKUP
ASSISTANCE CONTROLLER
Use the control knob to steer the trailer. Take
your hands off the steering wheel and turn
the control knob instead. The control knob
acts as the steering control for the trailer.
E349262
Turn and hold counterclockwise to make the
trailer go left.
E349263
Turn and hold clockwise to make the trailer
go right.
366
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
E349264
Release the knob when the trailer is moving
in the direction you want.
Note: The more you turn the knob, the
sharper the trailer turns.
Note: Quickly turning and releasing the knob
results in a jerky movement of the vehicle.
Note: You may have to use the knob to
correct the trailer direction when attempting
to move the trailer straight back under some
conditions.
Note: If you want the trailer to turn sharper
you can change the trailer angle limit. See
Using the Trailer Backup Assistance Views
(page 367).
USING THE TRAILER BACKUP
ASSISTANCE VIEWS
Up to three camera views could be available
when using trailer backup assistance. Use
the view that helps you the most when
reversing your vehicle and trailer.
E310996
360° camera view. Shows a 360°
view on the right-hand side of the
touchscreen with a rear camera
view on the left-hand side of the
touchscreen.
E310967
Rear view camera view. Shows
your trailer hitch or what is directly
behind your vehicle.
E310965
Trailer reverse guidance view.
Shows you a view of the sides of
your vehicle and the trailer. In auto
mode, this view moves as the trailer moves
so that you do not have to adjust the camera
as you turn. Left and right arrows let you see
other camera views.
E315644
Auto. Press to return to auto view.
Note: Auto mode is the default setting.
Hitch Angle Graphic
The hitch angle graphic shows a small
representation of your vehicle and trailer with
visual feedback to help you monitor the
trailer. The graphic shows two different
colored lines for the trailer hitch angle. A
black line shows you where your trailer is in
relation to your vehicle. The white line
represents the amount the trailer can turn
based on knob input.
The graphic shows a yellow and red zone
for the hitch angle to warn you of a high
angle condition that could require you to pull
forward to reduce the hitch angle. The angle
limits for each zone vary based on the trailer
length.
The yellow zone indicates you are
approaching the maximum controllable trailer
angle for the system. When the trailer enters
this zone, it is more difficult to reduce the
trailer turn when backing up. It may be
necessary to put your vehicle back into drive
(D) and pull forward to get your vehicle and
trailer back to an in-line position.
367
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
The red zone indicates you have exceeded
the maximum controllable trailer angle for
the system. Immediately stop reversing. Put
your vehicle into drive (D) and pull forward
until the trailer is no longer in the red zone.
Setting the Trailer Angle Limit
1. Press Features on the touchscreen.
2. Press Towing.
3. Press Manage trailers.
4. Press the saved trailer you want to
change.
5. Press Pro Trailer Backup Assist.
6. Press Trailer Angle Limit.
7. Press a setting.
Normal Control Angle
Default setting. This provides a balanced limit
that returns from a turn to straight backing
with minimal change to the trailer direction.
Max Control Angle
Increases the trailer angle limit close to the
maximum controllable angle to allow sharper
turns but also causes more change in the
trailer direction when straightening out from
a turn.
368
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
TRAILER BACKUP ASSISTANCE – TROUBLESHOOTING
TRAILER BACKUP ASSISTANCE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
Displays when the system turns on and is initializing.Detecting Trailer Please Wait…
A condition exists that prevents the system from turning on. If the
message continues to display, visit your authorized dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Pro Trailer Backup Assist™ System is Not Available
The steering system needs to learn internal parameters to fully enable
the feature. Drive your vehicle straight forward above 25 mph
(40 km/h) for approximately 5 minutes.
Pro Trailer Backup Assist™ Driving Required to Initialize Steering Press
Knob to Exit
Displays when you reach the maximum controllable trailer angle for
the system. Place your vehicle in drive (D) and pull forward to get the
truck and trailer back to an in-line position.
Pro Trailer Backup Assist™ Stop now Maximum trailer angle Press
Knob to Exit
If this message consistently displays, you may need to repeat the
trailer calibration. Delete the trailer from the system and repeat the
setup and calibration process.
369
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
DescriptionMessage
Displays when you exceed the maximum controllable trailer angle for
the system. Place your vehicle in drive (D) and pull forward to get your
vehicle and trailer back to an in-line position, then activate the system
by selecting the connected trailer and following the instructions on
the touchscreen.
If this message consistently displays, you may need to repeat the
trailer setup and calibration. Delete the trailer from the system and
repeat the setup and calibration process.
Stop now. Deactivated by trailer angle.
Displays when the system can no longer steer the vehicle and you
must take over steering.
Pro Trailer Backup Assist™ Stop Now Take Control of Steering Wheel
These messages display when the system does not detect the trailer.
Make sure the rear camera is clean, and the sticker is clearly visible
in the camera image. You can also move the trailer forward or back-
ward to change the trailer position and lighting conditions
If these messages continue to display, visit your authorized dealer to
have your vehicle checked.
Pro Trailer Backup Assist™ Trailer Not Detected. Shift to Park Press
Knob to Exit
Pro Trailer Backup Assist™ Trailer Not Detected. Refer to Owner's
Manual. Press Knob to Exit
370
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
DescriptionMessage
Display when the camera system cannot detect the trailer and requires
trailer movement to enable trailer detection. Drive forward above
2 mph (3 km/h) to initialize the system.
Pro Trailer Backup Assist™ Trailer Not Detected Pull Forward to
Initialize Press Knob to Exit
Displays when your vehicle is backing up but the system is not activ-
ated. Select the connected trailer on the touchscreen and follow the
instructions to activate the system.
This message also displays when you back up during the calibration
process.
Pro Trailer Backup Assist™ Stop Now System Not Active Press Knob
to Exit
Displays when the system turns on and is available to use.Pro Trailer Backup Assist™ Backup Slowly Turn Knob to Steer Press
Knob to Exit
371
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
TRAILER BACKUP ASSISTANCE –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the trailer not reverse straight?
Verify the sticker is correctly applied.
Other factors such as the hitch
connection, road camber, road slope
and trailer suspension could influence
how straight the system can reverse the
trailer when the control knob is not
turned. You can compensate for the
trailer drifting to the right or left by
slowly turning the knob until the trailer
is following your desired path and
holding the knob in that position. Check
that the correct trailer is selected in the
touchscreen. Verify the sticker is
correctly applied and check that the
drawbar and the trailer dimensions are
within the allowed range. If the trailer
consistently does not reverse straight,
delete the trailer from the system and
repeat the setup process to calibrate
the trailer.
What does it mean if the system remains
on one message for an extended time
during calibration?
The camera could need to be cleaned,
the sticker could be blocked, the
drawbar could be outside the allowed
range of 9–18 in (23–46 cm) or you
could need to move to a different area
to change the lighting and background.
Verify the sticker is in the proper
location. See Applying the Trailer
Reversing Aid Sticker (page 364). You
can move to a different area or change
the direction you are driving or set up
the system at a different time of day.
Some trailers are not compatible with
the sticker and camera system.
What does it mean if the system pauses
during calibration?
There could be steering input or trailer
movement during the straight drive
portion of the calibration process.
What does it mean if the system displays
hold steering steady during turn?
Part of the calibration process for the
sticker setup requires a steady turn. If
you are continually moving the steering
wheel during the turn, this delays the
calibration process. To enable the
calibration process, hold the steering
wheel at the same position when
turning.
What does it mean if the system displays
that it is not available?
There could be a sub-system that the
system uses that is not correctly
operating or there could be a battery
voltage issue. If the system continues
to display it is not available, visit your
authorized dealer to have your vehicle
checked.
372
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
What does it mean if the system displays
that driving is required to initialize steering?
The steering system needs to learn
internal parameters to fully turn on the
feature. Drive your vehicle straight
forward above 25 mph (40 km/h) for
approximately 5 minutes. This could also
occur when your vehicle is new, there
is a battery voltage issue or if the
steering system has been serviced.
373
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
What does it mean if the trailer is at its
maximum angle or the system deactivated
by trailer angle?
You are at the maximum controllable
trailer angle for the system. Place your
vehicle in drive (D) and pull forward to
get the truck and trailer back to an
in-line position. If this message
consistently displays, this could indicate
the sticker is incorrectly applied, the
trailer needs to be recalibrated or the
drawbar or the trailer dimensions are
outside of the supported range. The
system is designed to work with
drawbars that have a license plate to
hitch ball center measurement of 9–18 in
(23–46 cm) when installed. The system
is designed to work with trailers that
have a hitch point to center of the axle
or axles measurement of 6–33 ft
(1.85–10.05 m). Do not attempt to use
drawbars or trailers that have a length
outside of this range as the system
performance degrades and could cause
improper system function. Check that
the correct trailer is selected on the
touchscreen. Verify the sticker is
correctly applied and check that the
drawbar and the trailer dimensions are
within the allowed range. Then, delete
the trailer from the system and repeat
the setup process to calibrate the trailer.
What does it mean when the system tells
you to take control of the steering wheel?
The system is no longer steering the
vehicle and you must take over steering.
There are four reasons the system could
display this message. The first reason
the system could display this message
is that you have touched the steering
wheel when the system is steering. The
second reason the system could display
this message is that you have exceeded
the maximum speed for the feature. The
third reason the system could display
this message is that the trailer is not
detected. The final reason the system
could display this message is that an
internal condition for system operation
is not met that requires your vehicle to
return to manual control of the steering.
What does it mean if the system does not
detect a trailer?
The system requires a clear view of the
sticker placed on the trailer. You must
keep the camera lens and sticker clean
for the system to correctly operate. If
the system cannot initially detect the
trailer, it could be necessary for you to
change the lighting conditions by
moving your vehicle and trailer or
waiting until the conditions change. See
Applying the Trailer Reversing Aid
Sticker (page 364). Some trailers are not
compatible with the sticker and camera
system.
Note: The system is designed to be used
with the same trailer connection every time
you choose the trailer from the touchscreen.
When using a different drawbar or a different
pinhole on drawbars with more than one,
connecting the drawbar to your vehicle
affects the trailer position and you may need
to repeat the trailer setup and calibration
process.
374
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Backup Assistance (If Equipped)
WHAT IS TRAILER REVERSE
GUIDANCE
Trailer reverse guidance provides views and
graphics on the touchscreen to help you
steer your vehicle when you backup a trailer.
HOW DOES TRAILER REVERSE
GUIDANCE WORK
Trailer reverse guidance uses a sticker to
detect the trailer angle relative to the towing
vehicle and provides instructions, graphics
and camera views on the touchscreen.
TRAILER REVERSE GUIDANCE
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
WARNING: This system is an extra
driving aid. It does not replace your
attention and judgment, or the need to
apply the brakes. This system does NOT
automatically brake your vehicle. If you fail
to press the brake pedal when necessary,
you may collide with another vehicle.
Note: The system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices. Always be aware of your
vehicle and trailer combination, and the
surrounding environment.
Note: The system does not detect or prevent
your vehicle or trailer from making contact
with obstacles in the surrounding
environment.
Note: The front end of your vehicle swings
out when changing the direction of the
trailer.
Note: In certain conditions, the trailer could
turn faster or the trailer angle could increase
more than anticipated. Always monitor the
clearance between the trailer and vehicle
and the surroundings.
SETTING UP TRAILER REVERSE
GUIDANCE FOR A CONVENTIONAL
TRAILER
CONFIGURING THE TRAILER
You must configure a trailer in the system to
use trailer reverse guidance. This is a
one-time setup process and the trailer
information is saved in the system for the
next time you use that trailer.
The system only works with conventional
trailers. It does not work with other types
including fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers.
The following illustration shows examples of
conventional trailers on the left-hand side.
375
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Reverse Guidance (If Equipped)
Note: Trailer reverse guidance camera views
are available with no trailer setup. However,
complete functionality including graphics
and automatic view switching is enabled by
setup. Setup is required to enable trailer
backup assistance.
E209766
Positioning the Trailer
Hitch the trailer to your vehicle and connect
the electrical wiring harness. Check to make
sure that the wiring is working. See
Connecting a Trailer (page 345).
E247482
Park your vehicle and hitched trailer on a
level surface.
For best results, make sure that your trailer
rides level with the ground when you hitch
your vehicle. See Connecting a Trailer
(page 345).
E247481
Make sure that the trailer and your vehicle
are in line with each other. You can do this
by putting the transmission in drive (D) and
pulling straight forward.
Configuring the Trailer in the
Touchscreen
1. Shift to reverse (R).
2. Press the camera view button.
3. Press the trailer view icon.
4. Press Add Trailer.
5. Follow the directions on the touchscreen
to enter the trailer name, then proceed
to the sticker setup. See Applying the
Trailer Reverse Aid Sticker (page 376).
APPLYING THE TRAILER REVERSE AID
STICKER
Place the sticker in an area visible by the rear
view camera. The entire sticker must be
within 4–19 in (10–48 cm) from the center of
the hitch ball, as shown in the following
illustration.
376
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Reverse Guidance (If Equipped)
E333148
Use the sticker placement card and a tape
measure to determine the appropriate area
to place the sticker. The sticker is in the back
cover pocket of your quick start guide. Make
sure the entire sticker is within the green
zone between the two arcs or distance
markers on the diagram, and is also visible
in the rear view camera display.
Once you have found the correct location,
place the sticker.
Note: Make sure nothing can obstruct the
rear view camera's view of the sticker such
as a jack handle or wiring.
Note: Position the sticker on a flat, dry and
clean horizontal surface. For best results,
apply the sticker when temperatures are
above 32°F (0°C).
Note: Do not move stickers after placing
them. Do not re-use any stickers if removed.
Note: You can purchase additional stickers
through your authorized dealer.
CALIBRATING THE SYSTEM
Calibrating the system requires driving
forward and turning left or right. Follow the
instructions on the touchscreen to complete
the calibration process.
E352329
Note: To calibrate the system, you need an
area where you can safely drive forward and
turn left or right. An open parking lot is an
ideal place to perform the calibration.
Note: Keep the steering wheel straight when
instructed to by the touchscreen. If the
steering wheel is in a turned position during
this instruction, the calibration pauses.
377
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Reverse Guidance (If Equipped)
Note: During calibration, the system
determines the trailer length. The system
supports trailer lengths of 6–33 ft
(1.85–10.05 m) distance from the hitch point
to the center of the axle or axles. The system
is designed to work with drawbars that have
a license plate to hitch ball center
measurement of 9–18 in (23–46 cm) when
installed. Do not attempt to use drawbars or
trailers that have a length outside of this
range as the system performance degrades
and could cause improper system function.
Note: The touchscreen shows if you are
going too slow or fast. Calibration pauses if
the speed is outside the required range of
2–9 mph (4–15 km/h).
Note: You need to complete at least a 90°
turn, and longer trailers could require a 180°
turn. Camera trailer tracking requires the
system to locate the hitch ball as well as
determine the trailer length. Some trailers
could require you to drive straight then turn
multiple times before calibration completes.
The touchscreen provides instructions and
notifies you when calibration completes.
Note: For best results, do not calibrate the
system at night.
SWITCHING TRAILER REVERSE
GUIDANCE ON AND OFF
Shift into reverse (R), press the rear camera
button to expand the menu, press the trailer
icon and use the touchscreen to select the
connected trailer.
Note: If the trailer was connected just prior
to turning the system on, you may need to
drive forward to initialize the system. Follow
the instructions on the touchscreen to
activate the system.
USING TRAILER REVERSE
GUIDANCE VIEWS
Up to three camera views could be available
when using trailer reverse guidance. Use the
view that helps you the most when reversing
your vehicle and trailer.
E310996
360° camera view. Shows a 360°
view on the right-hand side of the
touchscreen with a rear camera
view on the left-hand side of the
touchscreen.
E310967
Rear view camera view. Shows
your trailer hitch or what is directly
behind your vehicle.
E310965
Trailer reverse guidance view.
Shows you a view of the sides of
your vehicle and the trailer. In auto
mode, this view moves as the trailer moves
so that you do not have to adjust the camera
as you turn. Left and right arrows let you see
other camera views.
E224484
Straight backup mode. Shows
which way to turn your steering
wheel to keep the trailer straight.
Use this view when you want to keep your
trailer completely in line with your vehicle.
Note: It may be helpful to shift your vehicle
into drive (D), pull forward and straighten out
the vehicle and trailer before engaging
straight backup mode.
378
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Reverse Guidance (If Equipped)
E224486
This takes you back to the 360°
camera system and out of the
trailer reverse guidance feature.
E315644
Auto. Press to return to auto view.
Note: Auto mode is the default setting.
Hitch Angle Graphic
The hitch angle graphic shows a small
representation of your vehicle and trailer with
visual feedback to help you monitor the
trailer. The graphic shows two different
colored lines for the trailer hitch angle. A
black line shows you where your trailer is in
relation to your vehicle. The white line
represents the amount the trailer can turn
based on steering wheel position.
The graphic shows a yellow and red zone
for the hitch angle to warn you of a high
angle condition that could require you to pull
forward to reduce the hitch angle. The angle
limits for each zone vary based on the trailer
length.
The yellow zone indicates you are
approaching the maximum controllable trailer
angle for the system. When the trailer enters
this zone, it is more difficult to reduce the
trailer turn when backing up. It may be
necessary to put your vehicle back into drive
(D) and pull forward to get your vehicle and
trailer back to an in-line position.
The red zone indicates you have exceeded
the maximum controllable trailer angle for
the system. Immediately stop reversing. Put
your vehicle into drive (D) and pull forward
until the trailer is no longer in the red zone.
379
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Reverse Guidance (If Equipped)
TRAILER REVERSE GUIDANCE – TROUBLESHOOTING
TRAILER REVERSE GUIDANCE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
Displays when the system turns on and is initializing.Detecting Trailer Please Wait…
A condition exists that prevents the system from turning on. If the
message continues to display, visit your authorized dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Trailer Reverse Guidance System is Not Available
The steering system needs to learn internal parameters to fully enable
the feature. Drive your vehicle straight forward above 25 mph
(40 km/h) for approximately 5 minutes.
Trailer Reverse Guidance Driving Required to Initialize Steering Press
OK to Exit
Displays when you exceed the maximum controllable trailer angle for
the system. Place your vehicle in drive (D) and pull forward to get your
vehicle and trailer back to an in-line position, then activate the system
by selecting the connected trailer and following the instructions on
the touchscreen.
Stop now. Deactivated by trailer angle.
If this message consistently displays, you may need to repeat the
trailer setup and calibration. Delete the trailer from the system and
repeat the setup and calibration process.
380
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Reverse Guidance (If Equipped)
DescriptionMessage
Displays when the system does not detect the trailer. Check that the
sticker is correctly applied and the trailer length is within the allowed
range. You can also move the trailer forward or backward to change
the trailer position and lighting conditions.
If these messages continue to display, visit your authorized dealer to
have your vehicle checked.
Trailer Reverse Guidance Trailer Not Detected. Refer to Owner's
Manual. Press OK to Exit
Displays when your vehicle has not moved after switching on the
system or extended operation below 1 mph (1 km/h). Drive forward
above 2 mph (3 km/h) to initialize the system.
Trailer Reverse Guidance Trailer Not Detected Pull Forward to Initialize
Press OK to Exit
381
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Reverse Guidance (If Equipped)
TRAILER REVERSE GUIDANCE –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
What does it mean if the system remains
on one message for an extended time
during calibration?
The camera could need to be cleaned,
the sticker could be blocked, the
drawbar could be outside the allowed
range of 9–18 in (23–46 cm) or you
could need to move to a different area
to change the lighting and background.
Verify the sticker is in the proper
location. See Applying the Trailer
Reverse Aid Sticker (page 376). You can
move to a different area or change the
direction you are driving or setup the
system at a different time of day. Some
trailers are not compatible with the
sticker and camera system.
What does it mean if the system pauses
during calibration?
There could be steering input or trailer
movement during the straight drive
portion of the calibration process.
What does it mean if the system displays
hold steering steady during turn?
Part of the calibration process for the
sticker setup requires a steady turn. If
you are continually moving the steering
wheel during the turn, this delays the
calibration process. To enable the
calibration process, hold the steering
wheel at the same position when
turning.
What does it mean if the system displays
that it is not available?
There could be a sub-system that the
system uses that is not correctly
operating or there could be a battery
voltage issue. If the system continues
to display it is not available, visit your
authorized dealer to have your vehicle
checked.
What does it mean if the system displays
that driving is required to initialize steering?
The steering system needs to learn
internal parameters to fully turn on the
feature. Drive your vehicle straight
forward above 25 mph (40 km/h) for
approximately 5 minutes. This could also
occur when your vehicle is new, there
is a battery voltage issue or if the
steering system has been serviced.
What does it mean if the system does not
detect a trailer?
The system requires a clear view of the
sticker placed on the trailer. You must
keep the camera lens and sticker clean
for the system to correctly operate. If
the system cannot initially detect the
trailer, it could be necessary for you to
change the lighting conditions by
moving your vehicle and trailer or
waiting until the conditions change. See
Applying the Trailer Reverse Aid
Sticker (page 376). Some trailers are not
compatible with the sticker and camera
system.
382
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Reverse Guidance (If Equipped)
Note: The system is designed to be used
with the same trailer connection every time
you choose the trailer from the touchscreen.
When using a different drawbar or a different
pin hole on drawbars with more than one,
connecting the drawbar to your vehicle
affects the trailer position and you may need
to repeat the trailer setup and calibration
process.
383
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Trailer Reverse Guidance (If Equipped)
COLD WEATHER PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected at
temperatures below approximately -13°F
(-25°C).
DRIVING ON SNOW AND ICE
WARNING: If you are driving in
slippery conditions that require tire chains
or cables, then it is critical that you drive
cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for
longer stopping distances and avoid
aggressive steering to reduce the chances
of a loss of vehicle control which can lead
to serious injury or death. If the rear end
of your vehicle slides while cornering, steer
in the direction of the slide until you regain
control of your vehicle.
On ice and snow, you should drive more
slowly than usual. Your vehicle has a four
wheel anti-lock brake system, do not pump
the brake pedal. See Anti-Lock Braking
System Limitations (page 232).
BREAKING-IN
Your vehicle requires a break-in period. For
the first 1,000 mi (1,600 km), avoid driving at
high speeds, heavy braking, aggressive
shifting or using your vehicle to tow. During
this time, your vehicle may exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics.
DRIVING ECONOMICALLY
The following helps to improve fuel
consumption:
• Drive smoothly, accelerate gently and
anticipate the road ahead to avoid heavy
braking.
• Regularly check your tire pressures and
make sure that they are inflated to the
correct pressure.
• Follow the recommended maintenance
schedule and carry out the
recommended checks.
• Plan your journey and check the traffic
before you set off. It is more efficient to
combine errands into a single trip
whenever possible.
• Avoid idling the engine in cold weather
or for extended periods. Start the engine
only when you are ready to set off.
• Do not carry unnecessary weight in your
vehicle as extra weight wastes fuel.
• Do not add unnecessary accessories to
the exterior of your vehicle, for example
running boards. If you use a roof rack,
remember to fold it down or remove it
when not in use.
• Do not shift into neutral when you are
braking or when your vehicle is slowing
down.
• Shut all windows when driving at high
speeds.
• Switch off all electric systems when not
in use, for example air conditioning. Make
sure that you unplug any accessories
from the auxiliary power points when not
in use.
384
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Driving Hints
DRIVING IN SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DRIVING THROUGH MUD AND WATER
Mud
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle
speed or direction when you are driving in
mud. Even all-wheel drive and four-wheel
drive vehicles can lose traction in mud. If
your vehicle slides, steer in the direction of
the slide until you regain control of your
vehicle. After driving through mud, clean off
residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires.
Excess residue can cause an imbalance that
could damage drive components.
Note: If your vehicle gets stuck in mud, it
could be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature, as
damage to the transmission could occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than
a minute, as damage to the transmission
and tires could occur or the engine could
overheat.
Water
If you must drive though deep water, drive
slowly. The water could limit traction or brake
capability. See Driving Through Shallow
Water (page 386).
When driving though water, determine the
depth and avoid water higher than the center
of the wheel.
Once through water, always try the brakes.
Wet brakes do not stop your vehicle as
quickly as dry brakes. Apply light pressure
to the brake pedal while slowly moving the
vehicle to dry the brakes.
Note: Driving through deep water could
cause damage to the transmission. If the
front or rear axle is submerged in water,
have the axle lubricant and power transfer
unit lubricant checked and changed if
necessary.
DRIVING ON HILLY OR SLOPING
TERRAIN
WARNING: Extreme care should be
used when steering the vehicle in reverse
down a slope so as not to cause the
vehicle to swerve out of control.
Although natural obstacles could make it
necessary to travel diagonally up or down a
hill or steep incline, you should try to drive
straight up or straight down.
Note: Avoid turning on steep slopes or hills.
A danger lies in losing traction, slipping
sideways and possible vehicle roll over.
Whenever driving on a hill, determine
beforehand the route you can use. Do not
drive over the crest of a hill without seeing
what conditions are on the other side. Do
not drive in reverse over a hill without the
aid of an observer.
385
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Driving Hints
Apply just enough power to the wheels to
climb the hill. Too much power causes the
tires to slip, spin or lose traction, and you
could lose control of your vehicle. When
descending a steep hill, do not descend the
hill in neutral. Avoid sudden hard braking to
keep the front wheels rolling and to maintain
your vehicle's steering.
Note: Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes,
apply the brakes steadily. Do not pump the
brakes.
Note: If your vehicle gets stuck driving on
hilly or sloping terrain, it could be rocked out
by shifting between forward and reverse
gears, stopping between shifts in a steady
pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in
each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature, as
damage to the transmission could occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than
a minute, as damage to the transmission
and tires could occur or the engine could
overheat.
DRIVING IN SAND
When driving over sand, try to keep all four
wheels on the most solid area of the trail.
Steadily drive through the terrain. Apply the
accelerator slowly and avoid excessive
wheel slip. Do not drive your vehicle in deep
sand for an extended period of time. This
could overheat the system. A message
appears in the instrument cluster display.
Note: If your vehicle gets stuck driving on
hilly or sloping terrain, it could be rocked out
by shifting between forward and reverse
gears, stopping between shifts in a steady
pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in
each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature, as
damage to the transmission could occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than
a minute, as damage to the transmission
and tires could occur or the engine could
overheat
DRIVING THROUGH SHALLOW
WATER
WARNING: Do not attempt to cross
a deep or flowing body of water. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water, check
the depth. Never drive through water that is
higher than the bottom of the front rocker
area of your vehicle.
386
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Driving Hints
E266447
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction could
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that the
steering power assist works.
Check the function of the following:
• Horn
• Exterior lights
FLOOR MATS
WARNING: Use a floor mat designed
to fit the footwell of your vehicle that does
not obstruct the pedal area. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Pedals that cannot move
freely can cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal injury.
WARNING: Secure the floor mat to
both retention devices so that it cannot slip
out of position and interfere with the
pedals. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not place additional
floor mats or any other covering on top of
the original floor mats. This could result in
the floor mat interfering with the operation
of the pedals. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Always make sure that
objects cannot fall into the driver foot well
while your vehicle is moving. Objects that
are loose can become trapped under the
pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
E142666
387
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Driving Hints
To install floor mats that have eyelets,
position the floor mat eyelet over the
retention post and press down to lock in
position. Repeat for all eyelets on the floor
mat.
To remove the floor mats, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to make
sure they are secure.
388
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
If you have a vehicle concern, Lincoln offers
a complimentary roadside assistance
program. This program is separate from the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
The service is available:
• Throughout the life of the vehicle for
original owners.
• For six years or 70,000 mi (110,000 km),
whichever comes first, for subsequent
owners.
Roadside Assistance covers:
• A flat tire change with a good spare. For
vehicles with an unusable tire inflation
kit, we provide towing service.
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance - key replacement
cost is the client's responsibility.
• Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law shall deliver up to
2 gal (8 L) of gasoline fuel to a disabled
vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel
delivery service to two no-charge
occurrences within a 12-month period.
• Winch out — available within 100 ft (30 m)
of a paved or county maintained road,
no recoveries.
• Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law shall tow Lincoln
eligible vehicles to the client's selling or
preferred dealer within 100 mi (160 km)
of the disablement location or to the
nearest Lincoln dealer. If a client requests
a tow to a selling or preferred dealer that
is more than 100 mi (160 km) from the
disablement location, the client is
responsible for any mileage costs in
excess of 100 mi (160 km).
• Roadside Assistance includes up to $200
for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible
vehicle requires service at the nearest
authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle
is operational but the trailer is not, then
the trailer does not qualify for any
roadside services.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
United States clients who require roadside
assistance, call 1-800-521-4140 or contact
Roadside Assistance using the Lincoln Way
mobile app.
389
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
on your own, Lincoln reimburses a
reasonable amount for towing to the nearest
Lincoln dealership within 100 mi (160 km). To
obtain reimbursement information, United
States clients, call 1-800-521-4140. Clients
need to submit their original receipts.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
If you have a vehicle concern, Lincoln offers
a complimentary roadside assistance
program. This program is eligible within
Canada or the continental United States.
The service is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, beginning from
the original warranty start date and lasts the
life of the vehicle for the original owner.
Subsequent owners receive coverage that
is concurrent with the 6 years or 70,000 mi
(110,000 km), whichever occurs first,
powertrain warranty coverage period.
Note: Canadian roadside coverage and
benefits may differ from the U.S. coverage.
For complete program coverage details,
review your warranty guide, contact your
dealer, call us in Canada at 1-844-665-2007,
or visit our website at
www.lincolncanada.com.
If you purchased your vehicle in Canada and
require roadside assistance, please call
1-844-665-2007 or contact Roadside
Assistance using the Lincoln Way mobile
app.
Note: For quick reference, complete the
roadside assistance identification card found
in the glove compartment of your vehicle
and place it in your wallet.
SWITCHING THE HAZARD
FLASHERS ON AND OFF
E75790
The hazard flasher button is on the
instrument panel. Press the button
to switch the hazard flashers on if
your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for
other road users.
When you switch the hazard flashers on, all
front and rear direction indicators flash.
Note: The hazard flashers operate when the
ignition is in any position, or if the key is not
in the ignition. The battery loses charge and
could have insufficient power to restart your
vehicle.
Press the button again to switch them off.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
JUMP STARTING PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can cause
personal injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.
390
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately
with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and
get prompt medical attention. If acid is
swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Use only adequately
sized cables with insulated clamps.
WARNING: Make sure that the cables
are clear of any moving parts and fuel
delivery system parts.
WARNING: Connect batteries with
only the same nominal voltage.
WARNING: If the engine is running
while the hood is open, stay clear of
moving engine components. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Do not attempt to push-start an automatic
transmission vehicle. This could cause
transmission damage.
Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled
vehicle. This could damage your vehicle's
electrical system.
PREPARING THE VEHICLE
Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two
vehicles do not touch.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING: Do not connect the
negative jumper cable to any other part of
your vehicle. Use the ground point.
Note: If you are using a jump pack or booster
box, follow the manufacturer's instructions.
E355173
1. Pull the red rubber boot backward.
Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal of the discharged
battery.
391
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
2. Connect the other end of the positive (+)
jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the booster vehicle battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) jumper cable to
the negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Make the final connection of the negative
(-) jumper cable to an exposed metal part
of the disabled vehicle's engine, as
shown in the following illustration, away
from the battery and fuel injection
system, or connect the negative (-)
jumper cable to a ground connection
point if available.
E355168
Starting the Engine
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and moderately rev the engine, or gently
press the accelerator to keep the engine
speed between 2000 and 3000 RPM, as
shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once you start the disabled vehicle, run
both vehicle engines for an additional
three minutes before disconnecting the
jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
Note: Do not switch the headlamps on when
disconnecting the cables. The peak voltage
could blow the bulbs.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
WHAT IS THE POST-CRASH ALERT
SYSTEM
The system helps draw attention to your
vehicle in the event of a serious impact.
HOW DOES THE POST-CRASH ALERT
SYSTEM WORK
The system is designed to turn the hazard
flashers on, turn the courtesy lamps on,
intermittently sound the horn and unlock all
doors in the event of a serious impact that
deploys an airbag or the seatbelt
pretensioners.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
Depending on applicable laws in the country
your vehicle was built for, the horn does not
sound in the event of a serious impact.
392
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
SWITCHING THE POST-CRASH ALERT
SYSTEM OFF
Press the hazard flasher switch, the unlock
button on the remote control, the panic
button on the remote control or cycle the
ignition to switch the system off.
Note: The alert turns off when the vehicle
battery runs out of charge.
POST IMPACT BRAKING
HOW DOES POST IMPACT BRAKING
WORK
In the event of a moderate to severe crash,
the braking system reduces the vehicle’s
speed to prevent or reduce the impact of a
potential secondary crash.
POST IMPACT BRAKING LIMITATIONS
Post impact braking does not activate if any
of the following occur:
• The anti-lock braking system is damaged
during the collision.
• Electronic stability control is disabled.
• Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (10 km/h).
OVERRIDING POST IMPACT BRAKING
You can override post impact braking by
pressing the brake or accelerator pedal.
POST IMPACT BRAKING INDICATORS
E138639
It flashes when a post impact
braking event is occurring.
AUTOMATIC CRASH SHUTOFF
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC CRASH
SHUTOFF
The automatic crash shutoff is designed to
stop the fuel going to the engine in the event
of a moderate or severe crash.
Note: Not every impact causes a shutoff.
AUTOMATIC CRASH SHUTOFF
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: If your vehicle has been
involved in a crash, have the fuel system
checked. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
RE-ENABLING YOUR VEHICLE
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. Attempt to start your vehicle.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Attempt to start your vehicle.
Note: If your vehicle does not start after the
third attempt, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
393
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
RECOVERY TOWING (IF EQUIPPED)
ACCESSING THE FRONT TOWING
POINT
WARNING: Using recovery hooks is
dangerous and should only be done by a
person familiar with proper vehicle
recovery safety practices. Improper use of
recovery hooks may cause hook failure or
separation from the vehicle and could
result in serious injury or death.
WARNING: Slowly remove the slack
from the recovery strap prior to pulling.
Failure to do so can introduce significantly
higher loads which can cause the recovery
hooks to break off, or the recovery strap
to fail which can cause serious injury or
death.
WARNING: Never link two straps
together with a clevis pin. These heavy
metal objects could become projectiles if
the strap breaks and can cause serious
injury or death.
WARNING: Switch the ignition off
before removing the recovery hook. Failure
to do so could result in personal injury.
WARNING: The recovery hook can
become hot. Let the recovery hook cool
down before removing it. Failure to do so
could result in personal injury.
Your vehicle has frame-mounted front
recovery hooks.
Note: Do not apply a load to the recovery
hooks that is greater than the gross vehicle
weight rating of your vehicle.
Before using recovery hooks:
• Make sure all attaching points are secure
and capable of withstanding the applied
load.
• Do not use chains, cables or tow straps
with metal hook ends.
• Only use recovery straps that have a
minimum breaking strength two to three
times the gross vehicle weight of the
stuck vehicle.
• Make sure the recovery strap is in good
condition and free of visible cuts, tears
or damage.
• Use a damper device such as a tarp,
heavy blanket or piece of carpet, and
place it over the recovery strap to help
absorb the energy in the event the strap
breaks.
• Make sure the stuck vehicle is not loaded
heavier than its gross vehicle weight
rating specified on the certification label.
394
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
• Align the tow vehicle and stuck vehicle
in a straight line, within 10 degrees.
• Keep bystanders to the sides of the
vehicle, at a distance of at least twice the
length of the recovery strap. This helps
avoid injury from the hazard of a recovery
hook or strap breaking, or a vehicle
lurching into their path.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a
professional towing service or your roadside
assistance service provider.
Your manufacturer produces a towing
manual for all authorized tow truck operators.
Have your tow truck operator refer to this
manual for proper hook-up and towing
procedures.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Vehicle damage could occur if towed
incorrectly, or by any other means.
Front-wheel and rear-wheel drive vehicles
must have their designated drive wheels off
the ground regardless of towing direction.
Use tow dollies to prevent damage to the
transmission.
All-wheel or four-wheel drive vehicles require
that all wheels be off the ground using a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment.
This prevents damage to the transmission
and drive system.
Note: You need to switch on the ignition to
unlock the steering.
395
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
Note: Make sure you check the steering
column before towing. It could lock if the
battery is dead.
396
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
PRECAUTIONS
Use the following guidelines when towing
your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in vehicle damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Note: Make sure you properly secure your
vehicle to the tow vehicle.
Note: If you are unsure of the vehicle’s
configuration, contact an authorized dealer.
RECREATIONALLY TOWING YOUR
VEHICLE - 4X4
WARNING: Do not disconnect the
battery when recreationally towing your
vehicle. This prevents the transfer case
from shifting properly and could cause the
vehicle to roll, even if the transmission is
in park (P).
WARNING: Placing the transfer case
in its neutral position could cause your
vehicle to freely roll. Make sure you press
and hold the brake pedal and the vehicle
is in a secure, safe position when you place
the transfer case in its neutral position.
Follow these guidelines if you have a need
for recreational towing. An example of
recreational towing would be towing your
vehicle behind a motorhome. These
guidelines are to make sure that you do not
damage the transmission.
You can only tow your vehicle with all wheels
on the ground by placing the transfer case
in its neutral position and engaging the
recreational tow feature. Perform the
following steps after positioning your vehicle
behind the tow vehicle and properly securing
them together.
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering your vehicle.
Note: Failure to put the transfer case in its
neutral position can damage vehicle
components.
Note: You can check the towing status at
any time by opening the driver door or
turning the ignition to the accessory or on
position. Neutral Tow Enabled Leave
Transmission in Neutral appears in the
instrument cluster display to confirm you can
recreationally tow your vehicle.
Note: If your vehicle has an anti-theft alarm,
make sure you switch perimeter sensing on
when towing. See Setting the Alarm
Security Level (page 107).
Switching Neutral Tow On
1. Start your vehicle.
2. Make sure your vehicle is in NORMAL
mode. See Selecting a Drive Mode
(page 295).
3. Place your vehicle in temporary neutral
mode. See Entering Temporary Neutral
Mode (page 222).
397
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing Your Vehicle
4. Switch your vehicle off by pressing the
push button ignition switch once. A
message appears in the instrument
cluster display.
5. Switch your vehicle to accessory mode
by pressing the push button ignition
switch once without pressing the brake
pedal.
6. Press and hold the brake pedal.
7. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
8. Select Neutral Tow.
9. Press and hold the OK button until a
confirmation message appears in the
information display.
Note: If completed successfully, the
information display shows Neutral Tow
Enabled Leave Transmission in Neutral.
This indicates that your vehicle is safe to tow
with all wheels on the ground.
Note: If you do not see a confirmation
message in the instrument cluster display,
you must perform the procedure again from
the beginning.
Note: You may hear noise as the transfer
case shifts into its neutral position. This is
normal.
10. Release the brake pedal.
11. Leave the transmission in neutral (N)
and switch your vehicle off by pressing
the push button ignition switch once
without pressing the brake pedal.
Switching Neutral Tow Off
1. With your vehicle properly secured to the
tow vehicle, press and hold the brake
pedal and start the engine.
2. Switch your vehicle off by pressing the
push button ignition switch once and
release the brake pedal.
3. Place your vehicle in accessory mode by
pressing the push button ignition switch
once without pressing the brake pedal.
4. Press and hold the brake pedal.
5. Shift into park (P).
6. Release the brake pedal.
Note: If completed successfully, the
instrument cluster displays 2H and Neutral
Tow Disabled.
Note: You must perform the switching
neutral tow on and switching neutral tow off
procedures again from the beginning if the
indicator light and message do not display.
Note: You may hear a noise as the transfer
case shifts out of its neutral position. This is
normal.
7. Apply the parking brake, then disconnect
your vehicle from the tow vehicle.
8. Release the parking brake, start the
engine, and shift into drive (D) to make
sure the transfer case is out of the neutral
tow position.
9. If the transfer case does not successfully
shift out of its neutral position, set the
parking brake. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Resolving the Shift Delayed Drive Forward
Message
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start your vehicle.
398
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing Your Vehicle
3. Shift into neutral (N).
4. With the vehicle running, shift into drive
(D) and let the vehicle roll forward up to
3 ft (1 m).
Note: You may hear a noise as the transfer
case shifts out of its neutral position. This is
normal.
5. Make sure the instrument cluster displays
Neutral Tow Disabled.
RECREATIONALLY TOWING YOUR
VEHICLE - 4X2
You cannot recreational tow your vehicle
with all wheels on the ground because
vehicle or transmission damage could occur.
You must recreational tow your vehicle with
all four wheels off the ground, such as when
using a car-hauling trailer. Otherwise, you
cannot recreational tow your vehicle.
EMERGENCY TOWING
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without
access to wheel dollies or a vehicle transport
trailer, it can be flat-towed with all wheels on
the ground, regardless of the powertrain and
transmission configuration, under the
following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward for towing
in a forward direction.
• Use the manual park release procedure.
See Manually Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake (page 235). Failure to do
so may result in damage to the
transmission.
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).
399
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing Your Vehicle
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
The transfer case is in the neutral position and your vehicle is safe to tow with all four wheels
on the ground.
Neutral Tow Enabled Leave Transmission
in Neutral
There is a transfer case gear tooth blockage present. With your vehicle on, shift the transmission
into drive (D) and let the vehicle roll forward, up to 3 ft (1 m).
Shift Delayed Drive Forward
The transfer case is not in the neutral position and your vehicle is not safe to tow with all four
wheels on the ground.
Neutral Tow Disabled
400
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Towing Your Vehicle
FUSE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always disconnect the
battery before servicing high current fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of
electrical shock, always replace the cover
to the power distribution box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.
WARNING: Always replace a fuse
with one that has the specified amperage
rating. Using a fuse with a higher
amperage rating can cause severe wire
damage and could start a fire.
UNDER HOOD FUSE BOX
LOCATING THE UNDER HOOD FUSE
BOX
E348205
ACCESSING THE UNDER HOOD FUSE
BOX
E348206
401
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
IDENTIFYING THE FUSES IN THE UNDER HOOD FUSE BOX
E352535
402
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentRatingItem
Body control module 1.30 A1
Body control module 2.30 A3
Fuel pump.30 A4
Powertrain control module relay.5 A5
Vehicle power 1.20 A6
Vehicle power 2.25 A7
Vehicle power 3.20 A8
Vehicle power 4.20 A9
Starter relay.30 A11
Front blower motor.40 A13
Horn.20 A15
Windshield washer pump.20 A16
Electronic power assist steering run/start feed.10 A22
Anti-lock brake system run/start feed.10 A23
Powertrain control module.10 A24
Transmission control module.
403
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentRatingItem
Rear view camera.10 A25
Air quality sensor run/start feed.
Anti-lock brake system pump.50 A28
Anti-lock brake system valves.50 A29
Driver seat motors.30 A30
Passenger seat motors.30 A31
Power point 1.20 A32
Not used.—33
Power point 3.20 A34
Power point 4.20 A35
Inverter.40 A36
Climate controlled seats - passenger side.30 A37
Climate controlled seats - driver side.30 A38
Second row seat module.20 A39
Power running boards.40 A40
Powered liftgate module.30 A41
404
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentRatingItem
Trailer brake control module.30 A42
Lincoln star lamp.5 A43
Power point 5.20 A45
Electric fan 1.50 A47
Electric fan 2.50 A49
Heated rear window.40 A50
Electronic limited slip differential.40 A54
Trailer tow parking lamps relay.30 A55
Trailer tow backup lamps.10 A58
Rear multi-contour seats.20 A59
Four-wheel drive module 1.25 A64
Transmission run/start.15 A67
Left-hand side wiper motor.30 A69
Rear window wiper relay.20 A71
Power folding seat module - third row.50 A73
Four-wheel drive module 2.25 A82
405
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentRatingItem
Auxiliary blower.40 A88
Trailer tow lighting module power.20 A91
Left-hand headlamp.30 A100
Right-hand headlamp.30 A101
Trailer battery charge.30 A107
Not used (spare).20 A108
Fuel injectors.15 A120
Rain sensor module.5 A124
USB smart charger 1.5 A125
Family entertainment system.7.5 A128
Multi-contour seats relay.20 A134
Advanced driver-assistance systems module.20 A137
Connected camera.
USB smart charger 2.5 A139
USB smart charger 3.5 A140
USB smart charger 5.5 A142
406
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentRatingItem
Not used (spare).40 A147
Smart data link connector.10 A160
Headlamp control module.5 A181
Driver door control module.60 A182
Passenger door control module.60 A183
Body control module start stop.30 A210
Protected ComponentRelay Number
Electric fan 1 relay.R04
Electric fan 3 relay.R06
407
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
BODY CONTROL MODULE FUSE BOX
LOCATING THE BODY CONTROL
MODULE FUSE BOX
E322874
ACCESSING THE BODY CONTROL
MODULE FUSE BOX
E322804
408
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
IDENTIFYING THE FUSES IN THE BODY CONTROL MODULE FUSE BOX
E145984
Protected ComponentRatingItem
Not used.—1
Driver seat switch.10 A2
Driver door unlock.7.5 A3
409
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentRatingItem
Speaker amplifier.20 A4
Not used.—5
Smart datalink connector logic.10 A6
Rear audio control module.10 A7
Head up display.
Wireless accessory charger.5 A8
Hands-free liftgate module.
Keypad.5 A9
Combined sensor module.
Not used.—10
Not used.—11
Instrument cluster.7.5 A12
Steering column control module.7.5 A13
Smart datalink connector logic.
Climate control module.
Gear shift module.
Brake switch.15 A14
SYNC.15 A15
410
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentRatingItem
Not used.—16
Headlamp control module.7.5 A17
Not used (spare).7.5 A18
Telematics control unit module.5 A19
Bluetooth low energy module.
Not used (spare).5 A20
In-vehicle temperature and humidity sensor.5 A21
Electrochromic mirror.5 A22
Second row heated seat module.
Left-hand front door zone module.30 A23
Power window switch.
Power mirror switch.
DVD player.
Moonroof logic.30 A24
Speaker amplifier 2.20 A25
Right-hand front door zone module.30 A26
Left-hand rear door zone module.30 A27
Right-hand rear door zone module.30 A28
411
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentRatingItem
Adjustable column and pedal memory module.15 A29
Trailer tow control module.5 A30
Rear climate control module.10 A31
Drive mode switch module.
Terrain management system switch.
Radio frequency transceiver module.
Audio control module.20 A32
Rear seat entertainment module.
Rear audio control module.
Not used.—33
Run/start relay.30 A34
Not used (spare).5 A35
Image processing module A.15 A36
Automated park assist module.
Continuous control damping module.
Air particulate matter sensor.
Heated steering wheel.20 A37
Left-hand rear power window.30A Circuit Breaker38
Right-hand rear power window.
412
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
IDENTIFYING FUSE TYPES
E267379
Micro 2.A
Micro 3.B
Maxi.C
Mini.D
M Case.E
J Case.F
J Case Low Profile.G
Slotted M Case.H
FUSES – TROUBLESHOOTING
FUSES – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
When do I need to check a fuse?
If electrical components in the vehicle
are not working.
When do I need to replace a fuse?
If a fuse has blown.
How do I identify a blown fuse?
You can identify a blown fuse by a
broken wire within the fuse.
413
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Fuses
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
Service your vehicle regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale value.
There is a large network of authorized
dealers that are there to help you with their
professional servicing expertise. We believe
that their specially trained technicians are
best qualified to service your vehicle properly
and expertly. They are supported by a wide
range of highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which parts
and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 467).
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the engine
running in an enclosed space, unless you
are sure you have enough ventilation.
• Keep all open flames and other burning
material, such as cigarettes, away from
the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Set the parking brake, shift the
transmission to park (P) and block the
wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
latch the hood before driving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
E337831
1. Pull the hood release handle under the
left-hand side of the instrument panel.
E190266
414
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
2. Pull the secondary release lever under
the front of the hood near the center of
your vehicle.
3. Raise the hood until the lift cylinders hold
it open.
4. To close, lower the hood and make sure
that it fully latches.
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW
E372162
Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Adding Washer Fluid (page 118).A
Engine compartment fuse box. See Accessing the Under Hood Fuse Box (page 401).B
415
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 424).C
Engine oil filler cap. See Adding Engine Oil (page 417).D
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick Overview (page 417).E
Brake fluid reservoir. See Checking the Brake Fluid (page 232).F
Air filter. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 423).G
Engine coolant reservoir. See Checking the Coolant (page 418).H
416
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK OVERVIEW
E354437
C
Minimum.A
Nominal.B
Maximum.C
CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Check the oil level before starting the
engine, or switch the engine off after
warm up and wait 15 minutes for the oil
to drain into the oil pan.
Note: Checking the oil level too soon could
result in an inaccurate reading.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a
clean, lint-free cloth.
4. Reinstall the dipstick and make sure it is
fully seated.
5. Remove the dipstick again to check the
oil level.
Note: If the oil level is between the
maximum and minimum marks, the oil level
is acceptable. Do not add oil.
6. If the oil level is at the minimum mark,
immediately add oil.
7. Reinstall the dipstick. Make sure it is fully
seated.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).
Note: Increases in oil level can occur from
frequent short trips that do not allow the
engine to get to operating temperature, as
well as frequent idling or low speed driving
for long periods of time.
Note: If oil levels are continuously noted
above the maximum mark, schedule a visit
to your authorized dealer.
ADDING ENGINE OIL
WARNING: Do not remove the filler
cap when the engine is running.
WARNING: Do not add engine oil
when the engine is hot. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives
because they are unnecessary and could
lead to engine damage that the vehicle
warranty may not cover.
1. Clean the area surrounding the engine
oil filler cap before you remove it.
417
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
2. Remove the engine oil filler cap.
3. Add engine oil that meets our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 467).
4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn it
clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage
with an absorbent cloth.
RESETTING THE INTELLIGENT OIL LIFE
MONITOR
Depending on your cluster, there are two
paths to reset the engine oil change
reminder.
Path 1
1. Press the Menu button on the steering
wheel to enter the information display
main menu.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Vehicle Maintenance.
4. Select Oil Life.
5. Press and hold the OK button until the
system reset confirmation appears.
Path 2
1. Press the Menu button on the steering
wheel to enter the information display
main menu.
2. Select Truck Info.
3. Select Engine Information.
4. Press and hold the OK button until the
system reset confirmation appears.
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION
For filling information, please refer to the
Capacities and Specifications section of your
owner's manual. See Engine Oil Capacity
and Specification (page 469).
CHECKING THE COOLANT
When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the coolant at the
intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance
information. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 529).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the minimum and maximum marks
on the coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
Maintain coolant concentration within 48%
to 50%, which equates to a freeze point
between -29°F (-34°C) and -35°F (-37°C).
Coolant concentration should be checked
using a refractometer. We do not recommend
the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips
for measuring coolant concentration.
418
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
Adding Coolant
WARNING: Keep your hands and
clothing clear of the cooling fan.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with
a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of
scalding and slowly remove the cap.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not add coolant when
the vehicle is on or the cooling system is
hot. Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not add coolant
further than the MAX mark.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in the
windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on
the windshield, coolant could make it
difficult to see through the windshield.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to
touch your skin or eyes. If this happens,
rinse the affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems. Resulting
component damage may not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable.
It is very important to use prediluted coolant
approved to the correct specification in order
to avoid plugging the small passageways in
the engine cooling system. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 467). Do not mix
different colors or types of coolant in your
vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using
an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or
cooling system components and could void
the vehicle Warranty.
Note: If prediluted coolant is not available,
use the approved concentrated coolant
diluting it to 50/50 with deionized or distilled
water. See Capacities and Specifications
(page 467). Using water that has not been
deionized may contribute to deposit
formation, corrosion and plugging of the
small cooling system passageways.
To top up the coolant level do the following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add enough prediluted coolant to reach
the correct level.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
recycled coolant.
419
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
3. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn
the cap clockwise until it contacts the
hard stop.
4. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, repeat step 2.
If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible. Operating an
engine with a low level of coolant can result
in engine overheating and possible engine
damage.
In case of emergency, you can add a large
amount of water without engine coolant in
order to reach a vehicle service location.
Service your vehicle as soon as possible.
Water alone, without engine coolant, can
cause engine damage from corrosion,
overheating or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute, as they can cause engine damage
from overheating or freezing:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.
• Brine.
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of the
coolant.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates, you
may need to increase the coolant
concentration above 50%.
Note: A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point protection.
Coolant concentrations above 60% decrease
the overheat protection characteristics of
the coolant and could cause engine
damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates, you
may need to decrease the coolant
concentration to 40%.
Note: A coolant concentration of 40%
provides improved overheat protection.
Coolant concentrations below 40% decrease
the overheat and corrosion protection
characteristics of the coolant and could
cause engine damage.
Coolant Change
WARNING: Do not dispose of coolant
in the household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized waste
disposal facility.
Change the coolant at specific mileage
intervals. Refer to the scheduled
maintenance information. See Normal
Scheduled Maintenance (page 533).
Note: Dispose of used coolant in the
appropriate manner.
Follow your community's regulations and
standards for recycling and disposing of
automotive fluids.
420
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient temperature,
vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
WARNING: If you continue to drive
your vehicle when the engine is
overheating, the engine could stop without
warning. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle.
E103308
If the engine begins to overheat,
the coolant temperature gauge
moves toward the red zone:
E67028
A warning lamp illuminates and a
message may appear in the
information display.
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating cylinder
operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an
air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still operates,
however:
• Engine power is limited.
• The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you can
re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for use
during emergencies only. Operate your
vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as
necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in
a safe location and seek immediate repairs.
When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will
have limited power, will not be able to
maintain high-speed operation, and may
completely shut down without warning,
potentially losing engine power, power
steering assist, and power brake assist,
which may increase the possibility of a
crash resulting in serious injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with
a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of
scalding and slowly remove the cap.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
421
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
Your vehicle has limited engine power when
in the fail-safe mode, drive your vehicle with
caution. Your vehicle does not maintain
high-speed operation and the engine could
operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. If you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, we recommend that
you contact your roadside assistance
service provider.
3. If this is not possible, wait for a short
period of time for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
Note: If you continue to drive your vehicle in
fail-safe mode without repairing it, you will
damage your engine.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management (If Equipped)
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
crash and injury, be prepared that the
vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle
may not be able to accelerate with full
power until the coolant temperature
reduces.
If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the
engine may temporarily reach a higher
temperature during severe operating
conditions, for example ascending a long or
steep grade in high ambient temperatures.
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle speed
caused by reduced engine power in order
to manage the engine coolant temperature.
Your vehicle may enter this mode if certain
high-temperature and high-load conditions
take place. The amount of speed reduction
depends on vehicle loading, grade and
ambient temperature. If this occurs, there is
no need to stop your vehicle. You can
continue to drive.
The air conditioning may automatically turn
on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant temperature
decreases to the normal operating
temperature, the air conditioning turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves fully
into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine soon
messages appear in your information display,
do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so. Fully apply the parking brake, shift
into park (P) or neutral (N).
422
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
2. Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. If the
temperature does not drop after several
minutes, follow the remaining steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart the
engine and continue.
ENGINE AIR FILTER
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn injuries,
do not start your engine with the air
cleaner removed and do not remove it
while the engine is running.
Change the engine air filter element at the
proper intervals. See Normal Scheduled
Maintenance (page 533).
When changing the engine air filter, use only
the air filter element listed. See Motorcraft
Parts (page 468).
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. Resulting component damage may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: When servicing the air cleaner, do not
allow foreign material to enter the air
induction system.
E248801
1. Release the two clamps that secure the
cover to the air filter housing. Push the
air filter cover toward the front of the
vehicle and up slightly to release it.
2. Remove the air filter element from the air
filter housing.
3. Install the new air filter element.
E248800
4. Replace the air filter housing cover and
secure all the clamps. Be careful not to
crimp the filter element edges between
the air filter housing and cover, and make
sure that you properly align the tabs on
the edge into the slots.
423
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
CHANGING THE FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle has a lifetime fuel filter that
integrates with the fuel tank. It does not need
regular maintenance or replacement.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can cause
personal injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.
WARNING: When lifting a
plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure
on the end walls could cause acid to flow
through the vent caps, resulting in personal
injury and damage to the vehicle or battery.
Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with
your hands on opposite corners.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately
with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and
get prompt medical attention. If acid is
swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals
and related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash your hands after
handling.
WARNING: This vehicle may have
more than one battery. Removing the
battery cables from only one battery does
not disconnect your vehicle electrical
system. Make sure you disconnect the
battery cables from all batteries when
disconnecting power. Failure to do so may
cause serious personal injury or property
damage.
WARNING: For vehicles with
Auto-Start-Stop the battery requirement is
different. You must replace the battery with
one of exactly the same specification.
The battery is in the engine compartment.
See Under Hood Overview (page 415).
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free battery.
It does not require additional water during
service.
If the vehicle battery has a cover and vent
hose, make sure you correctly install it after
cleaning or replacing the battery.
424
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry and the
battery cables tightly fastened to the battery
terminals. If any corrosion is present on the
battery or terminals, remove the cables from
the terminals and clean with a wire brush.
You can neutralize the acid with a solution
of baking soda and water.
We recommend that you disconnect the
negative battery cable terminal from the
battery if you plan to store your vehicle for
an extended period.
Note: If you only disconnect the negative
battery cable terminal, make sure it is
isolated or placed away from the battery
terminal to avoid unintended connection or
arcing.
If you replace the battery make sure it
matches the electrical requirements of your
vehicle.
If you disconnect or replace the battery and
your vehicle has an automatic transmission,
it must relearn its adaptive strategy. Because
of this, the transmission may shift firmly when
first driven. This is normal operation while
the transmission fully updates its operation
to optimum shift feel.
Battery Sensor Reset
When you install a new battery, reset the
battery sensor by doing the following:
1. Switch the ignition on, and leave the
engine off.
Note: Complete Steps 2 and 3 within 10
seconds.
2. Flash the high beam headlamps five
times, ending with the high beams off.
3. Press and release the brake pedal three
times.
The battery warning lamp flashes three times
to confirm that the reset is successful.
Battery Management System (If Equipped)
The system monitors battery conditions and
takes actions to extend battery life. If
excessive battery drain is detected, the
system temporarily disables some electrical
systems to protect the battery.
Systems included are:
• Heated rear window.
• Heated seats.
• Climate control.
• Heated steering wheel.
• Audio unit.
• Navigation system.
A message may appear in the information
display to alert you that battery protection
actions are active. This message is only for
notification that an action is taking place, and
not intended to indicate an electrical problem
or that the battery requires replacement.
425
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
After battery replacement, or in some cases
after charging the battery with an external
charger, the battery management system
requires eight hours of vehicle sleep time to
relearn the battery state of charge. During
this time, your vehicle must remain fully
locked with the ignition switched off.
Note: Prior to relearning the battery state of
charge, the battery management system
may temporarily disable some electrical
systems.
Electrical Accessory Installation
To make sure the battery management
system works correctly, do not connect an
electrical device ground connection directly
to the battery negative post. This can cause
inaccurate measurements of the battery
condition and potential incorrect system
operation.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to the vehicle, it may adversely
affect battery performance and durability.
This may also affect the performance of
other electrical systems in the vehicle.
Remove and Reinstall the Battery
Install a battery approved for use by our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 467).
To disconnect or remove the battery, do the
following:
1. Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off.
2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for
example lights and radio.
3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before
disconnecting the battery.
Note: The engine management system has
a power hold function and remains powered
for a period of time after you switch the
ignition off. This is to allow the system to
store diagnostic and adaptive tables.
Disconnecting the battery without waiting
can cause damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable
terminal.
5. Disconnect the positive battery cable
terminal.
6. Remove the battery securing clamp.
7. Remove the battery.
8. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Before reconnecting the battery, make
sure the ignition remains switched off.
Note: Make sure to fully tighten the battery
cables.
If you disconnect or replace the vehicle
battery, you must reset the following
features:
• Window bounce-back. See Opening and
Closing the Windows (page 134).
• Clock Settings.
• Pre-set radio stations.
Battery Disposal
E107998
Make sure that you dispose of old
batteries in an environmentally
friendly way. Seek advice from
your local authority about recycling old
batteries.
426
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
The headlamps on your vehicle are properly
aimed at the assembly plant. If your vehicle
has been in an accident, contact an
authorized dealer to check and realign your
headlamps.
Headlamp Aiming Target
E142592
8 feet (2.4 m).A
Center height of lamp to ground.B
25 feet (7.6 m).C
Horizontal reference line.D
1. Park your vehicle directly in front of a wall
or screen on a level surface,
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) away.
2. Measure the height from the center of
your headlamp, indicated by a 3
millimeter circle on the lens, to the
ground and mark an 8 ft (2.4 m)
horizontal reference line on the vertical
wall or screen at this height, a piece of
masking tape works well.
3. Switch on the low beam headlamps to
illuminate the wall or screen and open
the hood. Cover one of the headlamps
so no light hits the wall.
E167358
4. On the wall or screen, observe a light
pattern with a distinct horizontal edge
toward the right. If this edge is not at the
horizontal reference line, adjust the beam
so the edge is at the same height as the
horizontal reference line.
427
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
E163806
5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each
headlamp. Use a #2 Phillips screwdriver
to turn the adjuster either
counterclockwise or clockwise in order
to adjust the vertical aim of the
headlamp.
6. Repeat Steps 3 through 7 to adjust the
other headlamp.
7. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.
Horizontal Aim Adjustment
Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle
and is not adjustable.
EXTERIOR BULBS
EXTERIOR BULB SPECIFICATION
CHART
Your vehicle has LED lamps. These are not
serviceable items. See an authorized dealer
if they fail.
INTERIOR BULBS
INTERIOR BULB SPECIFICATION
CHART
Your vehicle has LED lamps. These are not
serviceable items. See an authorized dealer
if they fail.
DRIVE BELT ROUTING
E347332
Note: The long drive belt is on the inner
groove closest to the engine. The short drive
belt is on the outer groove farthest from the
engine.
428
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Maintenance
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37-F/M (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner, ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada)
429
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Care
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
PRECAUTIONS
Immediately remove fuel spillages, additive
residuals, bird droppings, insect deposits
and road tar. These may cause damage to
your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
Remove any exterior accessories, for
example antennas, before entering a car
wash.
CLEANING HEADLAMPS AND REAR
LAMPS
We recommend that you only use cold or
lukewarm water containing car shampoo to
clean the headlamps and the rear lamps.
Do not scrape the lamps.
Do not wipe lamps when they are dry.
CLEANING WINDOWS AND WIPER
BLADES
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
• Clean the windshield with a non-abrasive
glass cleaner.
Note: When cleaning the interior of the
windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner
on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
• Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals from
the inside of the heated rear window. This
can cause damage not covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
CLEANING CHROME, ALUMINIUM OR
STAINLESS STEEL
Lincoln Chrome Care
430
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Care
We recommend that you only use a car
shampoo, a soft cloth and water on bumpers
and other chrome, aluminium or stainless
steel parts.
Note: For additional information and
assistance, we recommend that you contact
an authorized dealer.
Note: Rinse the area well after cleaning.
Note: Do not use abrasive materials, for
example steel wool or plastic pads, as they
can scratch these surfaces.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.
CLEANING WHEELS
Only use a recommended wheel and tire
cleaner to clean the wheels weekly. For
additional information and assistance, we
recommend that you contact an authorized
dealer.
1. Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits
of dirt and brake dust.
2. Rinse well after cleaning.
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
If you intend on parking your vehicle for an
extended period after cleaning the wheels
with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for
a few minutes before parking your vehicle.
This reduces the risk of corrosion of the
brake discs, brake pads and linings.
Do not clean the wheels when they are hot.
Note: Some car washes could damage
wheel rims and covers.
Note: Using non-recommended cleaners,
harsh cleaning products, chrome wheel
cleaners or abrasive materials could
damage wheel rims and covers.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
Use a vacuum cleaner to remove debris from
the screen area below windshield.
Note: If you are not familiar with the parts
around the engine do not wash the engine
compartment. Avoid frequent engine
washes.
When washing the engine compartment:
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well.
• Cover the battery, power distribution box,
and air filter assembly to prevent water
damage.
Note: If your vehicle has an engine cover
remove the cover before application of
shampoo and degreaser.
• Spray an approved engine shampoo and
degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and rinse with water.
CLEANING STRIPES OR GRAPHICS
It is recommended to wash your vehicle by
hand however, pressure washing may be
used under the following conditions:
• Use a spray with a 40° wide spray angle
pattern.
• Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm)
distance and 90° angle to your vehicle's
surface.
431
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Care
• Do not use water pressure higher than
2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
• Do not use water hotter than 179°F (82°C).
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away from the vehicle's surface.
CLEANING CAMERA LENSES AND
SENSORS
We recommend that you only use lukewarm
or cold water and a soft cloth to clean the
camera lens and sensors.
Note: Do not pressure wash camera lens
and sensors.
CLEANING THE UNDERBODY
Flush the complete underside of your vehicle
frequently. Keep body and door drain holes
free from packed dirt.
Rear suspension components may require
regular cleaning with a power washer or a
thorough rinse with a strong stream of water
if the vehicle is operated in dusty or muddy
environments. Rear leaf springs or other
suspension components may emit squeaking
or popping noises while operating the
vehicle if particles, such as dirt, rocks, or
other debris, are present in the components.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL
WARNING: Do not use chemical
solvents or strong detergents when
cleaning the steering wheel or instrument
panel to avoid contamination of the airbag
system.
We recommend that you only clean the
instrument panel and cluster lens with a
damp soft cloth. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
Note: Avoid cleaners or polishes that
increase the gloss of the upper portion of
the instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from undesirable
windshield reflection.
CLEANING PLASTIC
We recommend that you only use a mild
soap and water solution on a soft cloth. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING DISPLAYS AND SCREENS
We recommend that you only use a
microfiber cloth in a circular motion to clean
off the fingerprint or dust.
If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen,
apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth
and try to clean it again.
Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the
touchscreen.
432
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Care
Note: Do not use detergent or any type of
solvent to clean the touchscreen.
CLEANING LEATHER AND VINYL
We recommend that you only clean the
leather and vinyl surfaces in the following
way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. Make sure the leather is dry, then apply
a small amount of conditioner to a clean,
dry cloth.
4. Rub the conditioner into the leather until
it disappears. Allow the conditioner to
dry, then repeat the process for the entire
interior. If a film appears, wipe it off with
a dry, clean cloth.
5. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
CLEANING FABRIC SEATS AND
HEADLINERS
WARNING: On vehicles equipped
with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Such products could contaminate the side
airbag system and affect performance of
the side airbag in a crash.
We recommend that you only clean the fabric
seats and headliners in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
For heavy stains, spot clean the area. If a ring
forms on the fabric, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not oversaturate or the
ring could set.
CLEANING CARPETS AND FLOOR
MATS
We recommend that you only clean your
carpets in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
For heavy stains, spot clean the area. If a ring
forms on the fabric, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not oversaturate or the
ring could set.
We recommend that you only clean your
floor mats in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wash rubber floor mats using mild soap
and lukewarm or cold water.
3. Completely dry the floor mat before
placing them back in your vehicle.
433
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Care
CLEANING SEATBELTS
WARNING: Do not use cleaning
solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's
seatbelts, as these actions may weaken
the belt webbing.
1. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING MOONROOF TRACKS
1. Remove debris from the tracks with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the bulb seal and mating painted
roof metal surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution.
Note: The moonroof rail tracks are greased
to maintain proper functionality. Do not wipe
off the grease.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
We recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer to identify your vehicle
color code. Authorized dealers have
touch-up paint to match your vehicle's color.
Before repairing minor paint damage, use a
cleaner to remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Read the instructions before using cleaning
products.
WAXING YOUR VEHICLE
Wax the high-gloss painted surface of your
prewashed vehicle once or twice a year.
We recommend that you only use an
approved quality wax that does not contain
abrasives. Follow the manufacturer's
instructions to apply and remove the wax.
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
When washing and waxing, park your vehicle
in a shaded area out of direct sunlight.
Note: Avoid waxing unpainted or low-gloss
black colored parts, they discolor over time.
434
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Care
PREPARING YOUR VEHICLE FOR
STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, the following maintenance
recommendations ensures your vehicle stays
in good operating condition.
Under various conditions, long-term storage
may lead to degraded engine performance
or failure unless you use specific precautions
to preserve your vehicle.
General
• Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
• If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and weather damage.
• Make sure all linkages, cables, levers and
pins under your vehicle are covered with
grease to prevent rust.
• Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every
15 days to lubricate working parts and
prevent corrosion.
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel
pump nozzle.
Engine
• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil contains
contaminants which may cause engine
damage.
• Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
with the climate controls set to defrost
until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
• With your foot on the brake, shift through
all the gears while the engine is running.
Body
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove
dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior
surfaces, rear wheel housings and the
underside of front fenders.
• Periodically wash your vehicle if it is
stored in exposed locations.
• Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
• Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Rewax as necessary when
you wash your vehicle.
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with a
light grade oil.
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
435
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Storing Your Vehicle
12 Volt Battery
• When storing your vehicle for greater
than 30 days the state of charge should
be approximately 50%. Additionally, we
recommend disconnecting the 12v
battery which will reduce system loads
on the battery.
• Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if you disconnect the battery cables.
Brakes
Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Note: If you intend on parking your vehicle
for an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so to
reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the
brake discs, brake pads and linings.
Tires
Maintain recommended air pressure.
Note: If you intend on parking your vehicle
for an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This reduces the risk of corrosion of the
brake discs, brake pads and linings.
REMOVING YOUR VEHICLE FROM
STORAGE
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or
grease film build-up on window surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check the underhood for any foreign
materials such as mice or squirrel nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
materials.
• Check tire pressures and set tire inflation
per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Corroded
brake rotors could cause brake noise.
Drive your vehicle and gently apply and
release the brakes repeatedly over a
10-minute drive to reduce the corrosion
from the brakes.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil
and gas) to make sure there are no leaks,
and fluids are at recommended levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have any
concerns or issues.
436
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Storing Your Vehicle
LOCATING THE TIRE LABEL
You will find a Tire Label containing tire
inflation pressure by tire size and other
important information located on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door.
See Locating the Safety Compliance
Certification Labels (page 337).
DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION UNIFORM TIRE
QUALITY GRADES
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires. The
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum section
width. For example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the United
States Department of Transportation has
set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires. They do
not apply to deep tread, winter-type
snow tires, space-saver or temporary
use spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches or limited production tires
as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
U.S. Department of Transportation Tire
quality grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires us to give you
the following information about tire
grades exactly as the government has
written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear 1½ times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning or peak
traction characteristics.
437
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING: The temperature
grade for this tire is established for a
tire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C, representing the tire’s
resistance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause
the material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a
level of performance which all
passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
No. 139. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
INFORMATION ON THE TIRE
SIDEWALL
Both United States and Canada Federal
regulations require tire manufacturers
to place standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This information
identifies and describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number for safety standard certification
and in case of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire
size, load index and speed rating. The
definitions of these items are listed
below. (Note that the tire size, load index
and speed rating for your vehicle may
be different from this example.)
438
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the
Tire and Rim Association, that may be
used for service on cars, sport utility
vehicles, minivans and light trucks. Note:
If your tire size does not begin with a
letter this may mean it is designated by
either the European Tire and Rim
Technical Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of
the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge
to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which
gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change your
wheel size, you will have to purchase
new tires to match the new wheel
diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load index. It
is an index that relates to how much
weight a tire can carry. You may find this
information in your owner’s manual. If
not, contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this information
on all tires because it is not required by
federal law.
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed rating.
The speed rating denotes the speed at
which a tire is designed to be driven for
extended periods of time under a
standard condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle may
operate at different conditions for load
and inflation pressure. These speed
ratings may need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The ratings
range from 81 mph (130 km/h) to
186 mph (299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this information
on all tires because it is not required by
federal law.
Speed ratingLetter rating
81 mph (130 km/h)M
87 mph (140 km/h)N
99 mph (159 km/h)Q
106 mph (171 km/h)R
112 mph (180 km/h)S
118 mph (190 km/h)T
124 mph (200 km/h)U
130 mph (210 km/h)H
149 mph (240 km/h)V
439
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
Speed ratingLetter rating
168 mph (270 km/h)W
186 mph (299 km/h)Y
Note: For tires with a maximum speed
capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire
manufacturers sometimes use the letters
ZR. For those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire
manufacturers always use the letters
ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
(TIN): This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets all
federal standards. The next two
numbers or letters are the plant code
designating where it was manufactured,
the next two are the tire size code and
the last four numbers represent the
week and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st
week of 1997. After 2000, the numbers
go to four digits. For example, 2501
means the 25th week of 2001. The
numbers in between are identification
codes used for traceability. This
information is used to contact customers
if a tire defect requires a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
J. Tire Ply Composition and Material
Used: Indicates the number of plies or
the number of layers of rubber-coated
fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the ply
materials in the tire and the sidewall,
which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and pounds
that can be carried by the tire. See the
Safety Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), for the correct
tire pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear: The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified
government test course. For example,
a tire graded 150 would wear one and
one-half times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
440
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
*Traction: The traction grades, from
highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C.
The grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
*Temperature: The temperature grades
are A (the highest), B and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to
dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation Pressure:
Indicates the tire manufacturers'
maximum permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum load
can be carried by the tire. This pressure
is normally higher than the vehicle
manufacturer's recommended cold
inflation pressure which can be found
on the Safety Compliance Certification
Label (affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post, next to
the driver's seating position), or Tire
Label which is located on the B-Pillar or
the edge of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be set
lower than the recommended pressure
on the vehicle label.
The tire suppliers may have additional
markings, notes or warnings such as
standard load or radial tubeless.
Additional Information Contained on
the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply
to this type of tire.
A
B
C
B
D
E142544
LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P type tires;
these differences are described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the
Tire and Rim Association, that is
intended for service on light trucks.
441
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
B. Load Range and Load Inflation
Limits: Indicates the tire's load-carrying
capabilities and its inflation limits.
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi
(kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load
and tire pressure when the tire is used
as a dual, defined as four tires on the
rear axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi
(kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load
and tire pressure when the tire is used
as a single, defined as two tires (total)
on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for your
vehicle may be different from this
example. Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.
A
B
C
D
E
E142545
T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P type tires;
these differences are described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association, that is
intended for temporary service on cars,
sport utility vehicles, minivans and light
trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of
the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge
to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which
gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short
sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change your
wheel size, you will have to purchase
new tires to match the new wheel
diameter.
442
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
GLOSSARY OF TIRE
TERMINOLOGY
*Tire label: A label showing the original
equipment tire sizes, recommended
inflation pressure and the maximum
weight the vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number (TIN): A
number on the sidewall of each tire
providing information about the tire
brand and manufacturing plant, tire size
and date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure of the
amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of P-metric or
Metric tires designed to carry a
maximum load at set pressure. For
example: For P-metric tires 35 psi
(2.4 bar) and for Metric tires 36 psi
(2.5 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load carrying
capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric
tires designed to carry a heavier
maximum load at 42 psi (2.9 bar).
Increasing the inflation pressure beyond
this pressure will not increase the tire’s
load carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air
pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard
unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure
when the vehicle has been stationary
and out of direct sunlight for an hour or
more and prior to the vehicle being
driven for 1 mi (1.6 km).
*Recommended inflation pressure: The
cold inflation pressure found on the
Safety Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or Tire Label
located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door.
* B-pillar: The structural member at the
side of the vehicle behind the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire
next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area between the
bead area and the tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of the
perimeter of the tire that contacts the
road when mounted on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a
tire or a tire and tube assembly upon
which the tire beads are seated.
443
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
TIRE REPLACEMENT
REQUIREMENTS
AGE
WARNING: Tires degrade over
time depending on many factors such
as weather, storage conditions, and
conditions of use (load, speed, inflation
pressure) the tires experience
throughout their lives.
In general, tires should be replaced
after six years regardless of tread
wear. However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the aging
process and may require tires to be
replaced more frequently.
You should replace your spare tire
when you replace the road tires or
after six years due to aging even if it
has not been used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
Both United States and Canada Federal
regulations require tire manufacturers
to place standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This information
identifies and describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number for safety standard certification
and in case of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT and
indicates that the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers or
letters are the plant code designating
where it was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and year
the tire was built. For example, the
numbers 317 mean the 31st week of
1997. After 2000, the numbers go to four
digits. For example, 2501 means the
25th week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes used
for traceability. This information is used
to contact customers if a tire defect
requires a recall.
Tire Replacement Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride and
handling capability.
WARNING: Only use
replacement tires and wheels that are
the same size, load index, speed
rating, and type as those originally
provided for your vehicle. The
recommended tire and wheel sizes
can be found on the Tire Label on the
driver side door frame or the edge of
the driver door. If this information is
not found in those locations, or for
additional options, contact your
authorized dealer. Use of any tire or
wheel not recommended, could affect
the safety and performance of your
vehicle, which could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
444
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
serious injury, when mounting
replacement tires and wheels, you
should not exceed the maximum
pressure indicated on the sidewall of
the tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed below. If
the beads do not seat at the maximum
pressure indicated, re-lubricate and
try again.
WARNING: For a mounting
pressure more than 20 psi (1.38 bar)
greater than the maximum pressure,
a Ford dealer or other tire service
professional should do the mounting.
WARNING: Always inflate steel
carcass tires with a remote air fill with
the person inflating standing at a
minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away from
the wheel and tire assembly.
WARNING: When inflating the
tire for mounting pressures up to
20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure on the tire sidewall,
the following precautions must be
taken to protect the person mounting
the tire:
• Make sure that you have the correct
tire and wheel size.
• Lubricate the tire bead and wheel
bead seat area again.
• Stand at a minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m)
away from the wheel and tire
assembly.
• Use both eye and ear protection.
Important: Remember to replace the
wheel valve stems when the road tires
are replaced on your vehicle.
It is recommended that the two front
tires or two rear tires generally be
replaced as a pair if the worn tires still
have usable depth.
To avoid potential Four-Wheel Drive
(4WD) malfunction or (4WD) system
damage, it is recommended to replace
all four tires rather than mixing
significantly worn tires with new tires.
The tire pressure sensors mounted in
the wheels (originally installed on your
vehicle) are not designed to be used in
aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended may affect the operation
of your tire pressure monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring system
indicator is flashing, your system is
malfunctioning. Your replacement tire
might be incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or some
component of the system may be
damaged.
445
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: Do not exceed 30 mph
(50 km/h). Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use snow chains
on snow-free roads.
WARNING: Only fit snow chains to
specified tires.
WARNING: If your vehicle is fitted
with wheel trims, remove them before
fitting snow chains.
WARNING: If you choose to install
snow tires on your vehicle, they must be
the same size, construction, and load range
as the original tires listed on the tire
placard, and they must be installed on all
four wheels. Mixing tires of different size
or construction on your vehicle can
adversely affect your vehicle's handling
and braking, and may lead to loss of
vehicle control.
WARNING: Wheels and tires must
be the same size, load index and speed
rating as those originally fitted on the
vehicle. Use of any other tire or wheel can
affect the safety and performance of your
vehicle. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels can
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure. Follow
the recommended tire inflation pressures
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification label, or the Tire Label on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
or personal injury or death.
Only use snow chains on rear wheels. Install
snow chains in pairs. Do not use
self-tensioning snow chains.
Only use snow chains on the following
specified tire sizes. Only install chains that
are 15mm or less (SAE Class S chains).
• 265/70R17
• 275/65R18
We recommend you use steel wheels of the
same size and specification if snow chains
are required because chains may chip
aluminum wheels.
Follow these guidelines when using snow
tires and traction devices:
446
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
• If possible, avoid fully loading your
vehicle.
• Purchase snow chains from a
manufacturer that clearly labels body to
tire dimension restrictions.
• When driving with snow chains do not
exceed 30 mph (50 km/h) or the
maximum speed recommended by the
chain manufacturer, whichever is less.
• Drive cautiously. If you hear the snow
chains rub or bang against the vehicle,
stop and tighten them. If this does not
work, remove the snow chains to prevent
vehicle damage.
• Remove the snow chains when they are
no longer needed. Do not use snow
chains on dry roads.
• If a temporary spare wheel is mounted
on your vehicle, do not use snow chains
on the axle with the temporary spare
wheel.
E292547
447
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
Use snow chains that fit against the sidewall
of the tire to prevent the chains from
touching the wheel rims or suspension. Refer
to the previous illustration.
If you have any questions regarding snow
chains, please contact your authorized
dealer.
448
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
CHECKING THE TIRE PRESSURES
Safe operation of your vehicle requires
that your tires are properly inflated.
Every day before you drive, check your
tires.
At least once a month and before long
trips, inspect each tire and check the tire
pressure with a tire gauge. Inflate all
tires to the recommended inflation
pressure. See Inflating the Tires (page
449).
INFLATING THE TIRES
WARNING: Under-inflation is the
most common cause of tire failures
and may result in severe tire cracking,
tread separation or blowout, with
unexpected loss of vehicle control and
increased risk of injury. Under-inflation
increases sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat buildup
and internal damage to the tire. It also
may result in unnecessary tire stress,
irregular wear, loss of vehicle control
and accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not appear
to be flat!
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information
display as a tire pressure gauge.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
Use the recommended cold inflation
pressure for optimum tire performance
and wear. Under-inflation or
over-inflation may cause uneven
treadwear patterns.
Inflate your tires to the recommended
inflation pressure even if it is less than
the maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. You can
find the tire label with the recommended
tire inflation pressure next to the tire size
on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver
door.
The recommended tire inflation pressure
is also found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label, affixed to either the
door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the door-latch on
the B-pillar, or on the edge of the driver
door.
Failure to follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause uneven
treadwear patterns and adversely affect
the way your vehicle handles.
INSPECTING THE TIRE FOR WEAR
E142546
449
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Care
When the tread is worn down to one
sixteenth of an inch (2 mm), tires must
be replaced to help prevent your vehicle
from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in
treadwear indicators, or wear bars,
which look like narrow strips of smooth
rubber across the tread will appear on
the tire when the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm).
When the tire tread wears down to the
same height as these wear bars, the tire
is worn out and must be replaced.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire and
wheel assembly may result in irregular
tire wear.
Periodically inspect the tire treads for
uneven or excessive wear and remove
objects such as stones, nails or glass
that may be wedged in the tread
grooves.
INSPECTING THE TIRE FOR
DAMAGE
Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking,
cuts, bruises and other signs of damage
or excessive wear. If internal damage to
the tire is suspected, have the tire
dismounted and inspected in case it
needs to be repaired or replaced. For
your safety, tires that are damaged or
show signs of excessive wear should
not be used because they are more
likely to blow out or fail.
Periodically inspect the tire treads and
sidewalls for damage, such as bulges in
the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the
tread groove and separation in the tread
or sidewall. If damage is observed or
suspected, have the tire inspected by a
tire professional.
Safety Practices
WARNING: If your vehicle is
stuck in snow, mud or sand, do not
rapidly spin the tires; spinning the tires
can tear the tire and cause an
explosion. A tire can explode in as little
as three to five seconds.
WARNING: Do not spin the
wheels at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The
tires may fail and injure a passenger
or bystander.
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive, there
is always the possibility that you could
eventually have a flat tire on the
highway. Drive slowly to the closest safe
area out of traffic. This could further
damage the flat tire, but your safety is
more important.
450
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Care
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride
disturbance while driving, or you suspect
your tire or vehicle has been damaged,
immediately reduce your speed. Drive
with caution until you can safely pull off
the road. Stop and inspect the tires for
damage. If a tire is under-inflated or
damaged, deflate it, remove the wheel
and replace it with your spare tire and
wheel. If you cannot detect a cause,
have the vehicle towed to the nearest
repair facility or tire dealer to have the
vehicle inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole
can cause the front end of your vehicle
to become misaligned or cause damage
to your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you are driving,
the wheels could be out of alignment.
Have an authorized dealer check the
wheel alignment periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front or the
rear can cause uneven and rapid
treadwear of your tires and should be
corrected by an authorized dealer.
INSPECTING THE WHEEL VALVE
STEMS
Check the valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that could permit air leakage.
TIRE ROTATION
WARNING: If the tire label shows
different tire pressures for the front
and rear tires and the vehicle has a
tire pressure monitoring system, then
you need to update the settings for
the system sensors. Always perform
the system reset procedure after tire
rotation. If you do not reset the system,
it may not provide a low tire pressure
warning when necessary.
Rotating your tires at the recommended
interval will help your tires wear more
evenly, providing better tire performance
and longer tire life.
Note: If your tires show any uneven
wear have the alignment checked by
an authorized dealer before rotating
tires.
Note: If you have a dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly, it is intended
for temporary use only and should not
be used in a tire rotation.
Note: After having your tires rotated,
inflation pressure must be checked and
adjusted to the vehicle requirements.
Tire Rotation Diagram
Follow the diagram indicating the correct
tire locations for rotating the tires.
451
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Care
E142548
452
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Care
WHAT IS THE TIRE PRESSURE
MONITORING SYSTEM
E139232
The tire pressure monitoring
system measures the vehicle's tire
pressures. A warning lamp
illuminates if one or more tires are
significantly underinflated or if there is a
system malfunction.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
WARNING: Under-inflation is the
most common cause of tire failures and
may result in severe tire cracking, tread
separation or blowout, with unexpected
loss of vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall
flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in
heat buildup and internal damage to the
tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire
stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle
control and accidents. A tire can lose up
to half of its air pressure and not appear
to be flat!
WARNING: To determine the
required pressure(s) for your vehicle, see
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
(on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post
or the door edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver seat) or the Tire
Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label,
you should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a
low tire pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
telltale illuminates, you should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute
for proper tire maintenance, and it is the
driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of
the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
453
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
the system is not operating properly. The
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subsequent
vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be able to detect or
signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety of
reasons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or wheels on
the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. Always check the TPMS
malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires
and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with License exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The tire pressure
monitoring system is not a substitute for
manually checking tire pressures. You
should periodically check tire pressures
using a pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information
display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
Note: The use of tire sealants can damage
the tire pressure monitoring system.
Note: If the tire pressure monitor sensor
becomes damaged it may not function.
454
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
When the outside temperature drops
significantly, the tire pressure could decrease
and activate the low tire pressure warning
lamp.
The warning lamp could also illuminate when
you use a spare wheel, or tire sealant from
the inflator kit.
Note: Regularly checking the vehicle tire
pressures can reduce the possibility for the
warning lamp to illuminate due to outside
air temperature changes.
Note: After you inflate the tires to the
recommended pressure it could take up to
two minutes of driving over 20 mph (32 km/h)
for the warning indicator to turn off.
VIEWING THE TIRE PRESSURES
E224333
Using the instrument cluster display
arrow keys navigate to the truck info
section where you can view the tire
pressures.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM – WARNING LAMPS
E139232
The low tire pressure warning lamp
has combined functions, as it
warns you when your tires need
air, and when the system is no longer
capable of functioning as intended.
455
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Action RequiredPossible CauseWarning Lamp
After inflating your tires to the manufacturer’s recommended
pressure as shown on the tire label, on the edge of driver door
or the B-pillar, drive your vehicle for at least two minutes over
20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off.
One or more tires are significantly under
inflated
Solid warning lamp
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit it to your vehicle
to restore operation of the system.
Temporary spare wheel in useSolid warning lamp or flashing
warning lamp
If the tires are inflated to the recommended tire pressures and
the temporary spare wheel is not in use, the system detected a
fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Tire pressure monitoring system
malfunction
456
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
After inflating your tires to the manufacturer’s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire
Label, on the edge of the driver door or the B-Pillar, drive your vehicle for at least two minutes
over 20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off.
Tire Pressure Low
The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Tire Pressure Monitor Fault
The system has detected a fault that requires service or a spare tire is in use. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Tire Pressure Sensor Fault
Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ActionMessage
One or more tires on your trailer is below the specified tire pressure.Trailer Tire Low Specified:
Displays when one or more tires on your trailer is above the recommended
temperature.
Trailer Tire Over Temperature
A trailer tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning. If the warning stays on or continues
to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Trailer Tire Pressure Sensor Fault
457
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ActionMessage
The trailer tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the warning stays
on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer.
Trailer Tire Pressure Monitor Fault
The system cannot detect the trailer tire pressure monitoring system.Trailer Tire Pressure Monitor Capability Not Detected
The trailer tire pressure monitoring system is not setup. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 453).
Trailer Tire Pressure Indication Not Setup See Manual
458
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
CHANGING A FLAT TIRE
If you get a flat tire when driving, do not
apply the brake heavily. nstead, gradually
decrease your speed, hold the steering
wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place
on the side of the road.
Have the flat serviced by an authorized
dealer to prevent damage to the system
sensors. See Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (page 453). Replace the spare tire
with a road tire as soon as possible. During
repairing or replacing of the flat tire, have
the authorized dealer inspect the system
sensor for damage.
Note: Only use tire sealants in roadside
emergencies as they may cause damage to
the tire pressure monitoring system sensor.
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light illuminates when the spare
tire is in use. To restore the full function of
the monitoring system, all road wheels with
tire pressure monitoring sensors must be
mounted on this vehicle.
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased risk
of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire,
then it is intended for temporary use only.
This means that if you need to use it, you
should replace it as soon as possible with a
road wheel and tire assembly that is the
same size and type as the road tires and
wheels that were originally provided. If the
dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged, it
should be replaced rather than repaired.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly
that is different in brand, size or appearance
from the other road tires and wheels on your
vehicle.
Full-size dissimilar spare
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
• Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Use more than one dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly at a time.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, it is
recommended that you do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h) in four-wheel
drive.
• Engage four-wheel drive unless the
vehicle is stationary.
• Use four-wheel drive on dry pavement.
Using a dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly can compromise the effectiveness
of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
459
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
• Wet weather driving capability.
• Four-wheel driving capability.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly additional
caution should be given to:
• Towing a trailer.
• Driving vehicles with a camper body.
• Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo
rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and
seek service as soon as possible.
Location of the Spare Tire and Tools
The spare tire is located under the vehicle,
just forward of the rear bumper. The jack,
swivel wrench and lug wrench are in the
following locations:
LocationItem
Under the vehicle, just forward of the rear bumperSpare tire
Under the access panel located in the floor compartment behind the
rear seat
Jack and tool kit bag
Tire Change Procedure
WARNING: Only use replacement
tires and wheels that are the same size,
load index, speed rating, and type as those
originally provided for your vehicle. The
recommended tire and wheel sizes can be
found on the Tire Label on the driver side
door frame or the edge of the driver door.
If this information is not found in those
locations, or for additional options, contact
your authorized dealer. Use of any tire or
wheel not recommended, could affect the
safety and performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
460
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
WARNING: To help prevent your
vehicle from moving when changing a
wheel, shift the transmission into park (P),
set the parking brake and use an
appropriate block or wheel chock to
secure the wheel diagonally opposite to
the wheel being changed. For example,
when changing the front left wheel, place
an appropriate block or wheel chock on
the right rear wheel.
WARNING: Only use the jack
provided as original equipment with your
vehicle.
WARNING: Switch off the running
boards before jacking or placing any object
under your vehicle. Never place your hand
between the extended running board and
your vehicle. A moving running board may
cause injury.
WARNING: Only use the spare wheel
carrier to stow wheels provided with your
vehicle.
WARNING: Ensure screwthread is
adequately lubricated before use.
WARNING: Switch the ignition off
and apply the parking brake. If your vehicle
has a manual transmission, shift into first
or reverse gear. If your vehicle has an
automatic transmission, shift into park (P).
WARNING: Only use the specified
jacking points. If you use any other
locations you could damage vehicle
components, such as brake lines.
WARNING: Do not attempt to change
a tire on the side of the vehicle close to
moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road
to not obstruct the flow of traffic and avoid
the danger of being hit when operating the
jack or changing the wheel.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level ground and
activate the hazard flashers.
2. Apply the parking brake, place the
transmission in park (P) and switch the
ignition off.
3. Block the wheels diagonally opposite the
flat tire, for example, if the left front tire
is flat, block the right rear wheel.
E175447
Removing the Jack and Tools
1. Open the liftgate and lift the load floor
behind the third row seat. If your vehicle
has an access panel, unlatch and remove
this panel.
2. Remove the wing nut by turning it
counterclockwise.
3. Remove the jack and tool kit bag from
the bracket, loosen the straps and
remove the tool bag from the jack.
461
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
E252435
Note: Pay close attention to the orientation
of the jack and tool kit bag, because it needs
to be reinstalled after changing the tire.
Removing the Spare Tire
1. Remove the swivel wrench from the tool
kit bag, open the spare tire winch access
plug at the bottom of the compartment
for the jack and tools tray.
2. Insert the swivel wrench through the
access hole in the floor to engage the
winch. Turn the handle counterclockwise
until the tire lowers to the ground and
the cable is slightly slack.
E273399
3. Slide the retainer through the center of
the spare tire wheel and remove the
spare tire.
Note: If your wheel nuts are hidden, use the
tool provided in the jack kit to remove the
wheel trim to access the wheel nuts.
4. Loosen each wheel lug one-half turn
counterclockwise, but do not remove
them until the wheel is off the ground.
E358685
Jacking the Vehicle
WARNING: No person should place
any portion of their body under a vehicle
that is supported by a jack.
462
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
WARNING: The jack supplied with
this vehicle is only intended for changing
a flat tire in an emergency. Do not attempt
to do any other work on your vehicle when
it is supported by the jack, as your vehicle
could slip off the jack. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
E166722
WARNING: The jack supplied with
this vehicle is only intended for changing
a flat tire in an emergency. Do not attempt
to do any other work on your vehicle when
it is supported by the jack, as your vehicle
could slip off the jack. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: The jack should be used
on level firm ground wherever possible.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and the ground.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and your vehicle.
WARNING: It is recommended that
the wheels of the vehicle be chocked, and
that no person should remain in a vehicle
that is being jacked.
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased risk
of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
Note: The jack does not require
maintenance or additional lubrication over
the service life of your vehicle.
Note: Both the front and rear jacking points
are on the frame rails. The correct locations
on the frame rails are marked with an arrow
punched into the frame rail. Jack at the
specified locations to avoid damaging your
vehicle.
Front jacking point
463
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
E360356
Rear jacking point
E360357
1. Position the jack at the jacking point
indicator arrow closest to the flat tire
location. Assemble the jack drive
extension to the lug wrench as shown
and use it to turn the jack drive clockwise
to raise the vehicle until the flat tire is
completely off the ground.
E325278
2. Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench.
Replace the flat tire with the spare tire,
making sure the valve stem is facing
outward.
3. Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is
snug against the hub. Do not fully tighten
the lug nuts until the wheel has been
lowered.
4. Completely lower the vehicle by turning
the jack drive counterclockwise.
5. Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug
nuts in the order shown. See Wheel Nuts
(page 465).
464
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
E166719
Stowing the Flat or Spare Tire
1. Lay the tire on the ground, near the rear
of the vehicle, with the valve stem side
facing up.
2. Slide the wheel partially under the
vehicle and install the retainer through
the wheel center. You may have to
remove the wheel center cap prior to
pushing the retainer through the center
of the wheel. To remove the center cap,
press it off with the jack tool from the
inner side of the wheel. Pull on the cable
to align the components at the end of the
cable.
3. Using the swivel wrench, insert it through
the access hole behind the third row seat
and engage the winch.
4. Turn the swivel wrench clockwise until
the tire is raised to its stowed position
underneath the vehicle. The wrench
becomes harder to turn and the spare
tire winch ratchets or slips when the tire
is raised to maximum tightness. A clicking
sound can be heard from the winch
indicating that the tire is properly stowed.
5. Carefully place all tools back into the tool
kit bag.
6. Reinstall the tool kit bag on the jack and
tighten the straps.
7. Reinstall the jack properly on the bracket
and secure with the wing nut.
8. Close the access hole with the rubber
plug.
9. If the vehicle has an access panel,
reinstall.
10. Unblock the wheel.
WHEEL NUTS
WARNING: When you install a wheel,
always remove any corrosion, dirt or
foreign materials present on the mounting
surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the
wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that
contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure
any fasteners that attach the rotor to the
hub so they do not interfere with the
mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing
wheels without correct metal-to-metal
contact at the wheel mounting surfaces
can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and
the wheel to come off while your vehicle
is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle
control, personal injury or death.
lb.ft (Nm)
1
Bolt Size
150 lb.ft (204 Nm)M14 x 1.5
1
Torque specifications are for nut and bolt
threads free of dirt and rust. Use only our
recommended replacement wheel nuts and
or wheel bolts.
465
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
Retighten the wheel nuts to the specified
torque within 100 mi (160 km) after any wheel
disturbance, such as tire rotation, changing
a flat tire or wheel removal.
E145950
Hub pilot bore.A
Inspect the wheel pilot hole and mounting
surface prior to installation. Remove any
visible corrosion or loose particles.
466
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
SpecificationEngine
10.5:1Compression ratio.
213.4 in³ (3,497 cm³)Displacement.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.028 in (0.7 mm) - 0.031 in (0.8 mm)Spark plug gap.
467
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS
Motorcraft Part NumberComponent
FA-1883Air filter element.
BAGM-94RH7Battery.
FP-92Cabin air filter.
FL-500-S
Engine oil filter.
1
WW-1107Rear window wiper blade.
SP-596Spark plug.
WW-2248Windshield wiper blade.
1
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36.
We recommend Motorcraft parts that are available at your authorized dealer or at www.parts.ford.com. We engineer these parts for your
vehicle to meet or exceed our specifications. Use of other parts could impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty
could be void for any damage related to use of other parts.
468
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION
Use oil that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms to
current engine, emission system and fuel
economy performance standards of ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not available,
use motor oils of the recommended viscosity
grade that display the API Certification Mark
for gasoline engines.
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives
because they are unnecessary and could
lead to engine damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
6.0 qt (5.7 L)All.
469
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C961-A1Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil / Huile moteur de très haute
qualité SAE 5W-30 Motorcraft®(Canada)
XO-5W30-Q1SP(U.S.)
CXO-5W30-LSP6(Canada)
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely
Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
use the following engine oil in climates
where the ambient temperature reaches
-22.0°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C963-A1Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30 - Synthetic Blend
470
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
E240523
COOLING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION
Use coolant that meets the defined
specification.
If you do not use coolant that meets the
defined specification, it could result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
471
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
QuantityVariant
15.4 qt (14.6 L)Base radiator.
15.96 qt (15.1 L)Standard duty or heavy duty radiator.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de refroidissement
prédilué jaune Motorcraft®(Canada)
VC-13DL-G(U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G(Canada)
472
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
Capacities
QuantityVariant
24.7 gal (93.5 L)Base.
30.1 gal (114 L)Navigator L.
473
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system can
cause personal injury.
Use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined
specifications.
If you do not use refrigerant and oil that
meets the defined specifications, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
6.1 fl oz (180 ml)37 oz (1.05 kg)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant(U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf(Canada)
YN-33-A(U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA(Canada)
WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf
Motorcraft®(Canada)
YN-35(U.S. & Canada)
474
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
WASHER FLUID SPECIFICATION
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute
qualité Motorcraft®(Canada)
ZC-32-B2(U.S.)
CXC-37-F/M(Canada)
BRAKE FLUID SPECIFICATION
Use fluid that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced brake performance.
475
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Note: We recommend you use Dot 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
meeting WSS-M6C65-A2 specifications or
ISO 4925 Class 6 standards. If you use any
fluid other than the recommended fluid, it
could cause reduced brake performance
and not meet our performance standards.
Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials could result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de
frein automobile haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft®(Canada)
PM-20(U.S. & Canada)
476
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
TRANSFER CASE FLUID CAPACITY
AND SPECIFICATION
Use fluid that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.4–1.6 qt (1.3–1.5 L)Four-wheel drive.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV,Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid / Huile pour boîte auto-
matique MERCON® LV Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-10-QLVC(U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6(Canada)
477
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
FRONT AXLE FLUID CAPACITY
AND SPECIFICATION
Use fluid that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.8 qt (1.7 L)Four-wheel drive.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic Hypoid Gear Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile
synthétique de haute qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85 Motor-
craft®(Canada)
XY-75W85-QL(U.S. & Canada)
478
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
REAR AXLE FLUID CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION
Use fluid that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
2.5 qt (2.4 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic Hypoid Gear Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile
synthétique de haute qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85 Motor-
craft®(Canada)
XY-75W85-QL(U.S. & Canada)
479
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
LOCATING THE VEHICLE
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is on the
left-hand side of the instrument panel.
E311767
Note: In the illustration, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
OVERVIEW
The vehicle identification number contains
the following information:
E142477
World manufacturer identifier.A
Brake system, gross vehicle weight
rating, restraint devices and their
locations.
B
Make, vehicle line, series, body
type.
C
Engine or motor type.D
Check digit.E
Model year.F
Assembly plant.G
Production sequence number.H
480
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Identification
WHAT IS A CONNECTED VEHICLE
A connected vehicle has technology that
allows your vehicle to connect to a mobile
network and for you to access a range of
features. When used in conjunction with the
Lincoln Way app, it could allow you to
monitor and control your vehicle further, for
example checking the tire pressures, and
the vehicle location. For additional
information, refer to the local Lincoln website.
CONNECTED VEHICLE
REQUIREMENTS
Connected service and related feature
functionality requires a compatible vehicle
network.
Some remote features require a subscription.
For additional information, see the Lincoln
Way app. Some restrictions, third party terms
and message or data rates may apply.
CONNECTED VEHICLE
LIMITATIONS
Evolving technology, cellular networks, or
regulations could affect functionality and
availability, or continued provision of some
features. These changes could even stop
some features from functioning.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A
MOBILE NETWORK
WHAT IS THE MODEM
The modem allows access to a
range of features built into your
vehicle.
ENABLING AND DISABLING THE
MODEM
1. Press Settings.
2. Press Connectivity.
3. Press Connected Vehicle Features.
4. Switch vehicle connectivity on or off.
CONNECTING LINCOLN WAY TO THE
MODEM
Lincoln Way: Vehicle Details Overview
1. Make sure that the modem is enabled
using the vehicle settings menu.
2. Open the Lincoln Way app on your
device and log in.
3. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle
if already added.
4. Select the option for vehicle details.
5. Select the option to activate your vehicle.
6. Make sure that the name on the screen
matches the name shown in your Lincoln
Way account.
7. Confirm that your Lincoln Way account
is connected to the modem.
481
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Connected Vehicle
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A
WI-FI NETWORK
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Connectivity.
2. Press Manage Wi-Fi Networks.
3. Switch Wi-Fi on.
4. Press View Available Networks.
5. Select an available Wi-Fi network.
Note: Enter the network password to
connect to a secure network.
CONNECTED VEHICLE –
TROUBLESHOOTING
CONNECTED VEHICLE – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why can I not confirm the connection
of my Lincoln Way account to the
modem?
• The modem is not enabled. Switch
vehicle connectivity on.
• The network signal is weak. Move your
vehicle closer to a place where the
network signal is not obstructed.
CONNECTED VEHICLE – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why can I not confirm the connection
of my Lincoln Way account to the
modem?
• The modem is not enabled. Switch
vehicle connectivity on.
• The network signal is weak. Move your
vehicle closer to a place where the
network signal is not obstructed.
Why can I not connect to a Wi-Fi
network?
• You entered the wrong network
password. Enter the correct password.
• The network signal is weak. Move your
vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi router or to a
place where the network signal is not
obstructed.
• There are multiple access points in range
with the same network name. Choose a
unique name for your network. Do not
use the default name unless it contains
a unique identifier, for example, as part
of the MAC address.
482
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Connected Vehicle
Why does the Wi-Fi connection
disconnect after successful
connection?
• The network signal is weak. Move your
vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi router or to a
place where the network signal is not
obstructed.
What can I do if I am close to a Wi-Fi
router but the network signal strength
is weak?
• If your vehicle has a heated windshield,
position your vehicle so that the
windshield is not facing the Wi-Fi router.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the
windows but not on the windshield,
position your vehicle so that the
windshield is facing the Wi-Fi router or
open the windows that are facing the
router.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the
windows and the windshield, open the
windows that are facing the router.
• If your vehicle is in a garage and you
have the garage door closed, open the
garage door as it could block the signal.
Why can I not see a network I expect
to see in the list of available networks?
• The network is hidden. Make the network
visible and try again, or manually add a
network in the Wi-Fi settings menu.
• Some network security types are not
supported, for example, WEP.
Why do software downloads take too
long?
• The network signal is weak. Move your
vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi router or to a
place where the network signal is not
obstructed.
• Wi-Fi network is in high demand or has
a slow Internet connection. Use a more
reliable Wi-Fi network.
Why does the software not update
when the system seems to connect to
a Wi-Fi network and the signal strength
is excellent?
• No software update is available at this
time.
• Select automatic updates option in the
settings menu to enable automatic
software update or contact an authorized
dealer.
• There could be a connection problem.
Test the network using another device.
483
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Connected Vehicle
CREATING A VEHICLE WI-FI
HOTSPOT
You can create a Wi-Fi hotspot in your
vehicle and allow devices to connect to it for
access to the Internet.
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
Note: The vehicle hotspot default setting is
on.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press Edit.
4. Press Hotspot visibility.
Note: The hotspot visibility default setting is
on.
Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name and
Password
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
2. Press Settings.
Note: The network name is the hotspot
name.
3. Press View Password.
Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi
Hotspot
1. On your device, switch Wi-Fi on and
select the hotspot from the list of
available Wi-Fi networks.
2. When prompted, enter the password.
Purchasing a Data Plan
1. Connect a device to the hotspot.
Note: The vehicle network carrier’s portal
opens on your device.
2. If the portal does not open on your
device, open a website and it redirects
to the vehicle network carrier’s portal.
Note: Secure websites do not redirect.
3. Follow the instructions on the carrier
portal to purchase a plan.
Note: If you have an active plan, the system
does not redirect to the vehicle network
carrier’s portal when you connect a device.
Visit the vehicle network carrier’s website to
purchase more data.
Note: If data usage information is available
in the vehicle hotspot menu, it is
approximate.
Note: If you carry out a master reset, the
system does not remove your vehicle from
your vehicle network carrier’s account. To
remove your vehicle from the account,
contact your vehicle network carrier.
Note: The vehicle network carrier provides
Vehicle Hotspot services, subject to your
vehicle network carrier agreement, coverage
and availability.
CHANGING THE VEHICLE WI-FI
HOTSPOT NAME OR PASSWORD
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
484
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
2. Press Settings.
3. Press Edit.
4. Press Change Network Name.
5. Enter your required network name.
6. Press Done.
7. Press Change Password.
8. Enter your required password.
9. Press Done.
Changing the Wi-Fi Hotspot Frequency
Note: The vehicle hotspot frequency band
is selectable depending upon your device
capabilities. You will not be able to connect
your device to the vehicle hotspot if it does
not support the selected frequency band.
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
2. Press Settings.
3. Press Edit.
4. Select a frequency.
VEHICLE WI-FI HOTSPOT –
TROUBLESHOOTING
VEHICLE WI-FI HOTSPOT –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why can I not see the Wi-Fi hotspot
name when I search for Wi-Fi networks
on my cell phone or other device?
• Make sure Wi-Fi hotspot visibility is on.
• The system does not provide a Wi-Fi
hotspot at this time.
• Check what frequency the hotspot is
transmitting in the vehicle hotspot
settings menu. If the frequency is 5 GHz
and your device cannot see the network,
change the frequency to 2.4 GHz.
485
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
AUDIO SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Listening to loud audio for long periods of
time could damage your hearing.
IDENTIFYING THE AUDIO UNIT
E308144
Depending on your vehicle options, the
controls may look different from what you
see here.
SWITCHING THE AUDIO UNIT ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the volume
control.
SELECTING THE AUDIO SOURCE
Audio Unit
E308143
Press to open the media source
menu.
You can press this multiple times to change
the audio source or scroll through the media
sources.
Touchscreen
Press Sources on the touchscreen to open
the media source menu.
PLAYING OR PAUSING THE AUDIO
SOURCE
Audio Unit
Press the button to pause
playback. Press again to resume
playback.
486
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
Touchscreen
Press the button to pause
playback. Press again to resume
playback.
Note: Not all sources can be paused.
ADJUSTING THE VOLUME
E248939
Turn to adjust the volume.
Some vehicles may be able to adjust the
volume using buttons on the steering wheel.
SWITCHING SHUFFLE MODE ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch shuffle
mode on or off.
Note: Not all sources have shuffle mode.
SWITCHING REPEAT MODE ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch repeat mode
on or off.
Note: Not all sources have repeat mode.
SETTING A MEMORY PRESET
1. Select a station or channel.
2. Press and hold a memory preset button
on the touchscreen.
Note: The audio mutes briefly while the
system saves the preset and returns once it
is stored.
Note: You can save presets from multiple
sources to the memory preset bar.
MUTING THE AUDIO
Press to mute the signal. Press
again to restore the signal.
ADJUSTING THE SOUND
SETTINGS
Balance and Fade (If Equipped)
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Balance / Fade.
4. Press the arrows to adjust the settings.
487
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
Tone Settings
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Tone Settings.
4. Press the arrows or slider bar to adjust
the settings.
Speed Compensated Volume
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Speed Compensated Volume.
4. Press a setting.
Occupancy Mode (If Equipped)
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Occupancy Mode.
4. Press a setting.
Sound Mode (If Equipped)
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Sound Settings.
3. Press Sound Mode.
4. Press a setting.
SETTING THE CLOCK AND DATE
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Clock Settings.
3. Set the time.
Note: The AM and PM options are not
available if 24-hour mode is on.
Switching Automatic Time Updates On
and Off
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Clock Settings.
3. Switch Auto Time Update on or off.
AM/FM RADIO
AM/FM RADIO LIMITATIONS
The further you travel from an AM or FM
station, the weaker the signal and the weaker
the reception.
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges,
tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking
garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the
reception.
When you pass a ground-based broadcast
repeating tower, a stronger signal may
overtake a weaker one and result in the
audio system muting.
488
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
SELECTING A RADIO STATION
Manually Selecting a Radio Station
E270235
Turn to search through the radio frequency
band.
Using Direct Tune
1. Press Direct Tune to open the number
pad.
2. Enter the station you prefer.
Note: You can only enter a valid station for
the audio source you are currently listening
to.
Using Seek
Press either button. The system
stops at the first station it finds in
that direction.
Using the Station List
1. Press Browse.
Note: Available on FM radio only.
2. Press a station.
SWITCHING THE DISPLAY ON AND
OFF
Audio Unit
E272035
Press the button.
Touchscreen
To switch the display off:
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Display Settings.
3. Press Display Off.
Note: The display defaults to on each time
you switch your vehicle on.
To switch the display on, press anywhere on
the touchscreen.
DIGITAL RADIO
WHAT IS DIGITAL RADIO
HD Radio™ technology is the digital evolution
of analog AM/FM radio.
For additional information, visit
www.HDRadio.com.
489
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
HD Radio Technology is manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation and
foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks
of XPERI. The vehicle manufacturer and
XPERI are not responsible for the content
sent using HD Radio technology. Content
may be changed, added or deleted at any
time at the station owner's discretion.
HOW DOES DIGITAL RADIO WORK
Your system has a special receiver that
allows it to receive digital broadcasts in
addition to analog broadcasts.
HD1 signifies the main programming status
and is available in both analog and digital
broadcasts. Other multicast stations are only
available digitally and could contain new or
different content.
Note: When the system first receives an HD1
station, it plays the station in the analog
version until it verifies the station is an HD
Radio station. Then it shifts to the digital
version.
Note: There is an audio mute delay when
switching to an HD2 or HD3 station because
the system has to reacquire and decode the
digital signal.
DIGITAL RADIO LIMITATIONS
If you are outside the reception area, the
system could not work.
If you are on the fringe of the reception area,
the station could mute due to weak signal
strength.
Note: If you are listening to HD1, the system
changes back to the analog broadcast until
the digital broadcast is available again. If
you are listening to any other multicast
channels, the station mutes and stays muted
unless it is able to connect to the digital
signal again.
Depending on the station quality, you could
hear a slight sound change when the station
changes between analog and digital audio.
You cannot access a saved HD station if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.
SWITCHING DIGITAL RADIO
RECEPTION ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Radio Settings.
3. Switch AM HD Radio or FM HD Radio
on or off.
DIGITAL RADIO INDICATORS
HD Radio Indicator
The indicator appears when HD Radio is on
and you tune to a station broadcasting HD
Radio technology.
E142616
The color of the indicator changes to indicate
the system status.
490
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
Gray indicates the system is acquiring a
digital station.
Orange indicates digital audio is playing.
Multicast Indicator
The multicast indicator appears if the current
station is broadcasting multiple digital
broadcasts. The highlighted numbers
indicate additional digital channels available.
Note: For stations that have more than one
HD multicast, the HD indicator and radio text
appears as a button. Press the button to
cycle through all of the HD stations on that
specific frequency.
SATELLITE RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
WHAT IS SATELLITE RADIO
Your factory-installed SiriusXM radio system
includes a limited subscription term, which
begins on the date of sale or lease of your
vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.
For additional information about extended
subscription terms, visit
www.SiriusXM.com
in the United States, www.SiriusXM.ca in
Canada, or call SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Neither SiriusXM and its affiliates nor Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates will be
liable to you or any third party for any such
modification, suspension or termination.
SATELLITE RADIO LIMITATIONS
For optimal reception performance, keep the
antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and
keep luggage and other material as far away
from the antenna as possible. Placing
luggage over the antenna may reduce
performance. Factory-installed and
aftermarket vehicle structures including, but
not limited to, roof racks and soft top roofs
in a partially open position could reduce
reception performance.
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges,
tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking
garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your
reception.
When you pass a ground-based
broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal
may overtake a weaker one and could result
in the audio system muting. Your display
could show an error message to indicate the
interference.
LOCATING THE SATELLITE RADIO
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
1. Select SiriusXM as the audio source.
2. Tune to channel 0.
SELECTING A CHANNEL
Manually Selecting a Channel
E328569
E328570
Press the button to find the
previous or next available radio
channel.
491
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
Linear Tuner
The linear tuner is displayed when manually
selecting a channel. You can swipe left or
right on the linear tuner carousel to navigate
through the channel list. Tap on a channel
title to listen to it.
Using Direct Tune
1. Press the channel up or down button to
open the linear tuner screen.
2. Press Direct Tune to open the number
pad.
3. Enter the channel you prefer.
Using Browse
1. Press Browse.
2. Select a channel.
SATELLITE RADIO SETTINGS
Subscription
Your subscription status is displayed. You
can subscribe or manage your subscription
directly from the touchscreen.
SiriusXM Favorites
While you are listening to SiriusXM, you can
save favorites by:
• Tapping the currently tuned channel or
show logo on the SiriusXM audio screen.
• Tuning to a channel or show you want to
save as a favorite. Navigate to the
SiriusXM Favorites screen and press the
Add Current button. The currently tuned
channel or show is saved as a favorite.
• Saving a radio preset. This saves the
currently tuned SiriusXM channel or show
as a favorite
Note: Requires a trial or active subscription
to use.
Listening History
Listening history is a list of recently listened
to SiriusXM content. You can view, manage
and reset the listening history using the
controls on the touchscreen.
Note: Requires a trial or active subscription
to use.
Help and Support
You can contact SiriusXM Customer Care
directly from SYNC and view information
required to manage your SiriusXM account.
492
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
AUDIO SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
AUDIO SYSTEM – INFORMATION MESSAGES
Satellite Radio Troubleshooting
Recommended ActionPotential EffectsError Message
Internet connectivity is turned off. See
Connected Vehicle (page 481).
Internet streaming and On Demand shows are
unavailable and some SiriusXM features are
disabled.
Connectivity Disabled
SYNC attempts to connect. See Satellite
Radio Limitations (page 491). Switch to a
satellite connection for the current channel if
the option is available.
Audio system may mute. Switch to Satellite
button may be displayed on the SiriusXM
audio screen if the channel is also available
via satellite.
No Internet
Antenna may be obstructed or satellite
reception is weak in your location. See
Satellite Radio Limitations (page 491). Switch
to an internet connection for the current
channel if the option is available.
Audio system may mute. Switch to Internet
button may be displayed on the SiriusXM
audio screen if the channel is also available
via streaming.
No Satellite Signal
Allow some time for the audio to load or tune
to a different channel.
Audio system may mute while the audio
attempts to load.
Slow Network Connection
493
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
Recommended ActionPotential EffectsError Message
A temporary update may be in progress. Allow
some time before retrying to tune to the
channel. If the issue continues, the channel
may no longer be available.
Audio system may mute. Radio may tune to a
different channel.
Channel Unavailable
A temporary update may be in progress. Allow
some time before retrying to play the episode.
If the issue continues, the episode may no
longer be available.
Audio system may mute. Radio may tune to a
different channel.
Episode Unavailable
Allow some time and retry the action.Audio system may mute. Radio may tune to a
different channel.
Something went wrong
Your subscription has expired or you have not
yet subscribed for access to the listed content.
Navigate to Subscription under the Satellite
Radio Settings menu. If you have an active
subscription which includes the listed channel
or content and you see this error, you may
need to refresh your radio. To refresh your
SiriusXM radio, visit www.siriusxm.com/refresh
in the US, or www.siriusxm.ca/refresh in
Canada.
You may need to provide your SiriusXM Radio
identification number. See Locating the
Satellite Radio Identification Number (page
491).
Cannot listen to selected content. Content
may appear grayed out and some features
may be disabled.
Subscribe to Listen
494
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
Recommended ActionPotential EffectsError Message
Your subscription does not include access to
the listed content. You may need to upgrade
your subscription. Navigate to Subscription
under the Satellite Radio Settings menu. If you
have an active subscription which includes
the listed channel or content and you see this
error, you may need to refresh your radio. To
refresh your SiriusXM radio, visit www.siri-
usxm.com/refresh in the US, or www.siri-
usxm.ca/refresh in Canada.
You may need to provide your SiriusXM Radio
identification number. See Locating the
Satellite Radio Identification Number (page
491).
Cannot listen to selected content. Content
may appear grayed out and some features
may be disabled.
Upgrade to Listen
Content is not available in your location or
SiriusXM is unable to determine your location.
Tuning to a different channel may resolve the
issue.
Audio may mute. Not available in your location
or Unable to determine your location may be
displayed.
Location Restricted Content
The Block Explicit Content filter is turned on.
Navigate to Listener Settings under the Satel-
lite Radio Settings menu to access the Block
Explicit Content filter. Navigate to Listener
Settings. See Satellite Radio Settings (page
492).
Audio may mute. Radio may tune to a different
channel.
Channel Blocked
495
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
Recommended ActionPotential EffectsError Message
If issue persists, you may need to visit an
authorized dealer for service.
Audio may mute. Access to SiriusXM features
may be unavailable.
Antenna Problem or Hardware Problem
Allow SiriusXM some time to complete
updating.
Audio may mute.SiriusXM Updating...
No action necessary. If loading time is longer
than usual, See Satellite Radio Settings (page
492).
Audio may mute. Content may be temporarily
unavailable while loading.
Loading...
No action necessary. Allow SiriusXM some
time to finish loading.
Audio may mute. Content and controls may
be temporarily unavailable.
SiriusXM Loading...
496
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Audio System
IDENTIFYING THE REAR
PASSENGER AUDIO CONTROLS
E356495
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls may look different
from what you see here.
E100027
Press the icon on the touchscreen
to access the audio control
features.
SWITCHING THE REAR
PASSENGER AUDIO CONTROLS
ON AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
SELECTING THE AUDIO SOURCE
Press the Source button to open the media
source menu.
You can press the Source button multiple
times to change the audio source or scroll
through the media sources.
PLAYING AND PAUSING THE
AUDIO SOURCE
Press the button to pause
playback. Press again to resume
playback.
Note: Not all sources can be paused.
ADJUSTING THE VOLUME
E356421
Press the buttons on the
touchscreen to adjust the volume
for the rear passenger audio.
E356422
SWITCHING SHUFFLE MODE ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch shuffle
mode on or off.
Note: Not all sources have shuffle mode.
SWITCHING REPEAT MODE ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch repeat mode
on or off.
Note: Not all sources have repeat mode.
CHANGING THE RADIO STATION
In radio mode, select a frequency
band and press and release either
button. The system stops at the
first station it finds in that direction.
497
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Rear Passenger Audio Controls
CENTER DISPLAY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
CENTER DISPLAY LIMITATIONS
Speed-restricted Features
For your safety, some features are not
available while the vehicle is in motion at or
above 5 mph (8 km/h). Settings that are not
critical while driving your vehicle are shown
as restricted on your display. Some of these
settings include:
• Software updates.
• Personal profiles setup.
• Valet mode setup.
• Driver assistance settings.
• MyKey setup.
• Door keypad code setup.
These restricted features become available
when your vehicle is no longer in motion.
STATUS BAR
Lincoln SYNC 4 Basics
The bar is on top of the display and indicates
the status of your vehicle's features.
Audio System
E353221
Audio system muted.
Connected Device
Cell phone microphone muted.
E353213
Phone call in progress.
E353208
Media player connected using
Bluetooth®.
Cell phone network signal
strength.
Cell phone roaming.
E335295
Text message received.
E353216
Unread email message.
Automatic crash notification system
off.
E335293
Cell phone battery status.
Vehicle Data
E353219
Wi-Fi available.
498
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Center Display Overview
Wi-Fi connected.
Vehicle data sharing on.
E335292
Vehicle data sharing off.
Vehicle location sharing on.
Vehicle data and vehicle location
sharing on.
Vehicle Software Update
E327789
Vehicle software update available.
E327785
Vehicle software update requires
schedule.
E327786
Vehicle software update requires
consent.
E353217
Vehicle software update requires
Wi-Fi.
E327787
Vehicle software update schedule
reminder.
E327788
Vehicle software update not
successful.
E353218
Vehicle software update
successful.
Wireless Accessory Charger
E353214
Wireless accessory charger active.
FEATURE BAR
The feature bar is located on the bottom of
the display and allows you to access vehicle
features.
E100027
Press to use the radio, a USB, a
media player or a Bluetooth®
device.
Press to make calls and access the
phonebook on your cell phone.
Press to use the navigation system.
E358432
Press to replace this button with a
shortcut to a feature or setting.
E353220
Press to search for and use
compatible apps on your iOS or
Android device.
E280315
Press to adjust system settings.
E353210
E335299
Press to view features.
E335300
E347104
Note: The icon may be different depending
on your vehicle.
499
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Center Display Overview
INFORMATION ON DEMAND
SCREEN
The information on demand screen displays
cards on the side of the display and allows
you to see information from different
features.
E353212
Press the button to view the next
card.
E353211
Press the button to view the
previous card.
E353209
Press the button to view available
cards.
You can swipe toward the main screen to
move the content into the main screen.
Note: This can only be done with some
information on demand screens.
REBOOTING THE CENTER DISPLAY
You can reboot the center display using the
controls on the steering wheel.
1. Simultaneously press and hold the seek
forward and audio system power button
for 10 seconds.
500
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Center Display Overview
LINCOLN PERSONAL ASSISTANT
USING LINCOLN PERSONAL
ASSISTANT
The digital assistant allows you to control
vehicle features using conversational
requests.
To begin a voice interaction using the wake
word, say the selected wake word, then say
your command.
E142599
Press the voice interaction button
on the steering wheel. A tone
sounds before you can say your
command.
Note: You may need to enable your vehicle's
modem to use certain voice commands. See
Enabling and Disabling the Modem (page
481).
Note: When you are not driving, additional
commands are available by using popular
chat applications. Use LincolnWay to setup
a conversation with your Lincoln assistant.
Voice Command Examples
To see examples of what voice commands
you can use with different features:
E280315
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
1. Press Lincoln Assistant.
2. Press Voice Command Help.
3. Select a feature.
LINCOLN PERSONAL ASSISTANT
SETTINGS
To access the settings menu:
E280315
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
1. Press Lincoln Assistant.
From the settings menu you can do the
following:
• Switch listen for wake word on or off.
• Set the preferred wake word.
• Switch advance mode on or off.
• Switch phone confirmation on or off.
• Switch the commands list on or off.
• View the commands help menu.
E366956
Press the button next to a menu
option for more information.
LINCOLN PERSONAL ASSISTANT –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the system not understand
what I am saying?
• You are speaking too soon. When using
the button of the steering wheel, wait for
the tone before you speak.
501
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Voice Interaction
Why does the system not understand
the name of a track or artist?
• Bluetooth® does not support voice
commands.Connect your device to a USB
port.
• You are not saying the name exactly as
it appears on your device. Say the name
of the track or artist exactly as it appears
on your device. Spell out any
abbreviations in the name.
• The system does not recognize some
special characters contained in the name
of a song or artist, for example *, - or +.
Rename the files on your device or use
the touchscreen to select and play the
track.
Why does the system not understand
the name of a contact in the
phonebook on my device and calls the
wrong contact?
• You are not saying the name exactly as
it appears on your device. Say the first
and last name of the contact exactly as
it appears on your device. Spell out any
abbreviations in the name.
• The name contains special characters,
for example *, - or +. Rename the contact
on your device or use the touchscreen
to select and call the contact.
Why does the system not understand
foreign names of contacts in the
phonebook on my device?
• The system applies phonetic
pronunciation rules of the selected
language to the names of contacts in the
phonebook on your device. Select the
name of the contact on the touchscreen
and use the Hear it option to get an idea
of how the system expects you to
pronounce it.
Why do the system voice prompts and
the pronunciation of some words not
seem accurate?
• The system uses text-to-speech
technology and a synthetically generated
voice rather than a pre-recorded human
voice.
502
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Voice Interaction
WHAT IS ALEXA BUILT-IN
Allows you to use Alexa in your vehicle for
auto specific use cases on the road and
gives you access to an ever evolving number
of skills that help to make your life more
productive, entertaining, and connected
while using your vehicle.
ALEXA BUILT-IN REQUIREMENTS
To use Alexa, all of the following must occur:
• Your vehicle modem is enabled.
• You are logged into an existing Amazon
account.
• Vehicle location services are enabled.
• Vehicle connectivity and vehicle data
sharing is enabled.
SIGNING INTO YOUR ACCOUNT
E368039
Press the button in the status bar
and follow the on-screen prompts.
To sign in using the settings menu:
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Amazon Alexa.
3. Press Get Started.
4. Sign into your account by either scanning
the QR code or entering the on-screen
code into the Amazon website.
5. Once logged in, follow the on-screen
prompts.
6. When complete, the vehicle informs you
that Alexa is ready to be used in the
vehicle.
Signing Out of Your Account
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Amazon Alexa.
3. Press Sign Out.
USING ALEXA BUILT-IN
To use Alexa, say “Alexa” or press the voice
interaction button on the steering wheel and
then say “Alexa” to invoke Alexa to start
listening.
Note: If the wake word is not enabled, you
can only use the voice interaction button.
You can use Alexa for the following and
more:
• Entertainment.
• Hands-free calling.
• Traffic and navigation.
• Vehicle controls.
• Smart home device control.
• Weather and news information.
ALEXA BUILT-IN SETTINGS
Enabling the Wake Word
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Amazon Alexa.
3. Switch Listen for Wake Word on or off.
Note: If the wake word is not enabled, you
can only use the voice interaction button.
Contact List
Displays a list of connected phones and
contact sharing status for each phone.
503
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Alexa Built-In
To change the contact sharing status:
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Amazon Alexa.
3. Press Contact List.
4. Enable or disable sharing for each phone.
Note: You can share contacts from more
than one phone at a time.
Note: If a contact list is not shared,
hands-free calling does not work via Alexa.
Things to Try
Learn more about what you can do with
Alexa by browsing the things to try.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Amazon Alexa.
3. Press Things to Try.
504
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Alexa Built-In
PHONE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
CONNECTING YOUR PHONE
Go to the settings menu on your device and
switch Bluetooth® on.
Press the phone option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Add Phone.
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
vehicle on your cell phone.
2. Select your vehicle on your cell phone.
Note: A number appears on your cell phone
and on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm the number on your cell phone
matches the number on the touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your cell phone.
4. Download the phonebook from your cell
phone when you are prompted.
Note: If you pair more than one cell phone,
use the phone settings on the center display
to specify the primary phone. You can
change this setting at any time.
PHONE MENU
This menu becomes available after pairing
a phone.
Recent Call List
Display and select an entry from a list of
previous calls.
Contacts
Display a smart search form to look up your
contacts. Use the List button to alphabetically
sort your contacts.
Favorites
Display the list of favorite contacts that are
set up on your phone.
Messaging
Displays the list of text messages to read,
listen to, or respond to.
Email
Displays the list of emails to read, listen to,
or respond to.
Phone List
Display the list of paired or connected
devices that you can select.
Note: Up to 12 devices can be stored.
505
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone
Do Not Disturb
Reject incoming calls and switch ring tones
and alerts off.
Phone Keypad
Directly dial a number.
Voice Control
Press the button and say a command to use
the Google or Siri voice assistant available
on your connected phone to access
supported features.
Note: Some features under the phone menu
may not be available if the feature is not
supported through the phone.
506
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone
MAKING AND RECEIVING A
PHONE CALL
Making Calls
To call a number in your contacts, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select the
name of the contact you
want to call. Any numbers
stored for that contact
display along with any
stored contact photos. You
can then select the number
that you want to call. The
system begins the call.
Contacts
To call a number from your recent calls,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select an entry
that you want to call. The
system begins the call.
Recent Call
List
To call a number from your favorites, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select an entry
that you want to call. The
system begins the call.
Favorites
To call a number that is not stored in your
phone, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select the digits of the
number you wish to call.
Phone
Keypad
The system begins the call.Call
Pressing the backspace button deletes the
last digit you typed.
Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Caller information appears in the
display if it is available.
To accept the call, select:
Menu Item
Accept
Note: You can also accept the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
To reject the call, select:
Menu Item
Reject
Ignore the call by doing nothing. The system
logs it as a missed call.
During a Phone Call
During a phone call, the contacts name and
number display on the screen along with the
call duration.
The phone status items are also visible:
• Signal Strength.
• Battery.
507
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone
You can select any of the following during
an active phone call:
Item
Immediately end a
phone call. You can
also press the button
on the steering
wheel.
End Call
Press this to access
the phone keypad.
Keypad
You can switch the
microphone off so
the caller does not
hear you.
Mute
Transfer the phone
call audio to the cell
phone or back to the
touchscreen.
Privacy
508
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone
SENDING AND RECEIVING A TEXT MESSAGE
DescriptionMenu Item
Hear the text message.Hear It
View the text message.View
Call the sender.Call
Reply to the text message with a standard text message.Reply
509
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone
SWITCHING TEXT MESSAGE
NOTIFICATION ON AND OFF
iOS
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
phone.
2. Select Bluetooth®.
3. Select the information icon to the right of
your vehicle.
4. Switch text message notification on or
off.
Android
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
phone.
2. Select Bluetooth®.
3. Select the profiles option.
4. Select the phone profile.
5. Switch text message notification on or
off.
510
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Phone
CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH®
DEVICE
1. Make sure Bluetooth® is enabled on your
device.
2. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
3. Press Connectivity.
4. Press Bluetooth.
5. Press Add a Bluetooth Device.
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
vehicle on your device.
6. Select your vehicle on your device.
Note: A number appears on your device and
on the touchscreen.
7. Confirm that the number on your device
matches the number on the touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your device.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are
registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Ford
Motor Company is under license. Other
trademarks and trade names are those of
their respective owners.
PLAYING MEDIA USING
BLUETOOTH®
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Connect your device.
E100027
Press the audio button on the
feature bar.
E250655
Press Sources.
Press the Bluetooth® option.
Press to play a track. Press again
to pause the track.
Press to skip to the next track.
Press and hold to fast forward
through the track.
Press once to return to the
beginning of a track. Repeatedly
press to return to previous tracks.
Press and hold to fast rewind through the
track.
511
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Bluetooth®
APP PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
APP REQUIREMENTS
When you start an app through the system
for the first time, you could be asked to grant
certain permissions. You can review and
change the permissions that you have
granted at any time when your vehicle is not
moving. We recommend that you check your
data plan before using your apps through
the system. Using them could result in
additional charges. We also recommend that
you check the app provider's terms and
conditions and privacy policy before using
their app. Make sure that you have an active
account for apps that you want to use
through the system. Some apps will work
with no setup. Others require you to
configure some personal settings before you
can use them.
ACCESSING APPS
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
ENABLING APPS ON AN IOS
DEVICE
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Mobile Apps Help.
2. Follow the instructions to pair and
connect your device via Bluetooth® or
with a USB cable.
3. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use.
4. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
Note: Some apps may run through Apple
CarPlay if it is enabled.
Note: Closing an app on your device will
close it on the touchscreen.
Note: For troubleshooting assistance select
Mobile Apps List under Mobile Apps Help.
ENABLING APPS ON AN ANDROID
DEVICE
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Mobile Apps Help.
2. Follow the instructions to pair and
connect your device via Bluetooth® or
with a USB cable.
3. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use.
4. Select Find Mobile Apps.
512
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Apps
5. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
Note: Some devices may lose the ability to
play music over USB when Mobile Apps are
enabled.
Note: Some apps may run through Android
Auto if it is enabled.
Note: Closing an app on your device will
close it on the touchscreen.
Note: For troubleshooting assistance select
Mobile Apps List under Mobile Apps Help.
SWITCHING APPLE CARPLAY ON
AND OFF
Enabling Apple CarPlay with USB
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on your device
and the touchscreen.
Note: Selecting "Enable Wireless CarPlay"
on your device will prepare the device for
wireless carplay when you re-enter the
vehicle.
Enabling Apple CarPlay with Wireless
1. Pair your device to Bluetooth®.
2. Follow the instructions on your device
and the touchscreen.
Disabling Apple CarPlay
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Phone List.
2. Select your device from the list.
3. Press Disable.
Re-Enabling Apple CarPlay
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Phone List.
2. Select your device from the list.
3. Press Connect to Apple CarPlay.
SWITCHING ANDROID AUTO ON
AND OFF
Enabling Android Auto with USB (If
Equipped)
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Note: Certain features of the system are not
available when you are using Android Auto.
Enabling Android Auto with Wireless
1. Pair your device to Bluetooth®.
2. Follow the instructions on your device
and the touchscreen.
Note: Certain Android Devices do not
support Android Auto Wireless. Please check
your Android OS version for compatibility.
Disabling Android Auto
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Phone List.
513
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Apps
2. Select your device from the list.
3. Press Disable.
Re-Enabling Android Auto
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press Phone List.
2. Select your device from the list.
3. Press Connect to Android Auto.
514
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Apps
HOW DO PERSONAL PROFILES
WORK
This feature allows you to create multiple
personal profiles enabling users to
personalize vehicle’s settings such as seats
and mirrors, as well as non-positional settings
like radio, navigation, driver assist system
settings. Positional settings are saved by
holding a memory seat button.
Non-positional settings are saved you
change a setting while a profile is active. You
can create one profile for each preset
memory seat button along with a guest
profile.
Recalling and Changing a Profile
You can recall a profile using the
touchscreen or the preset button you
selected when you created your profile. You
can also link a remote control and a mobile
device to your profile, which are used to
recall it.
ENABLING OR DISABLING
PERSONAL PROFILES
When you switch on the Personal Profiles
feature:
• Unlocking a door with a remote control
or mobile device that is not linked to a
driver profile does not change the active
profile, but remains in the last known
profile. It does not change the positional
settings.
• Pressing a memory seat button that is
not linked to a driver profile or saved to
a preset setting does not change the
active profile, but remains in the last
known profile. It does not change the
positional settings.
• Pressing a memory seat button that is
not linked to a driver profile but is saved
to a preset setting does not change the
active profile, but remains in the last
known profile. It recalls the positional
settings that you saved to that memory
seat button.
When you switch off a Personal Profiles
feature:
• Unlocking a door with a remote control
or mobile device does not recall any
non-positional settings but still recalls
positional settings from the driver profile
which the remote control or mobile
device is linked to.
• Pressing a memory seat button that is
not linked to a driver profile or saved to
a preset setting does not change the
positional or non-positional settings.
• Pressing a memory seat button that is
linked to a driver profile or has saved to
a preset setting recalls the positional
settings that you saved to that memory
seat button.
CREATING A PERSONAL PROFILE
Use the touchscreen to create a personal
profile.
1. Switch the vehicle on and leave the
vehicle in park (P).
2. Select the Personal Profiles button under
Settings.
515
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Personal Profiles
3. Follow the instructions on the display.
LINKING OR UNLINKING A
PERSONAL PROFILE TO A REMOTE
CONTROL
You can save preset memory positions for
up to three remote controls by assigning a
remote control to a personal profile using
the touchscreen.
Use the touchscreen to link a remote control
to a personal profile.
1. Switch the vehicle on and leave the
vehicle in park (P).
2. Select the Personal Profiles button under
Settings.
3. Touch the arrow for the profile you wish
to link to a remote control.
4. Select remote control.
5. Follow the instructions on the display.
Note: If more than one linked remote control
is in range, the memory function moves to
the settings of the first key to initiate a
memory recall.
Note: The guest profile consists of existing
settings when there is no driver profile
created. After you create a driver profile, the
guest profile serves as an additional driver
profile.
Note: You cannot link a remote control to a
guest profile.
516
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Personal Profiles
CONNECTED NAVIGATION (IF
EQUIPPED)
Your vehicle may be equipped with
connected navigation. Depending on your
version, you are given a 90 day or 3 year
trial. After the trial period, you need to sign
up to continue the experience. For additional
information, visit
lincoln.com/
connectedservices.
Note: If you do not sign up or renew your
subscription, you can still use navigation
through a connected device.
ACCESSING NAVIGATION
Press the button to access
Navigation.
Note: As the driver, be aware of all local
traffic regulations and road attributes, and
operate your vehicle in a safe and legal
manner.
NAVIGATION MAP UPDATES
To update your map data over Wi-Fi, your
vehicle must be connected to a Wi-Fi access
point. For USB updates and other details,
contact dealers at 1-866-462-8837 in the
United States and Canada, or 800-557-5539
in Mexico.
Note: If you find map data errors, you may
report them by going to
www.here.com/mapcreator.
ADJUSTING THE MAP
ZOOMING THE MAP IN AND OUT
You can use pinch gestures to zoom in and
out. Place two fingers on the screen and
move them apart to zoom in. Place two
fingers on the screen and bring them
together to zoom out.
CHANGING THE FORMAT OF THE
MAP
E328845
Press the Menu button.
1. Press the Map Orientation tile.
2. Select a map orientation.
LIVE TRAFFIC
WHAT IS LIVE TRAFFIC
You can observe real-time road congestion
when live traffic is on.
SWITCHING LIVE TRAFFIC ON AND
OFF
E328845
Press the Menu button.
1. Press the Traffic on Map tile.
2. Press Traffic on or Traffic Off.
517
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Navigation
SETTING A DESTINATION
SETTING A DESTINATION USING THE
TEXT ENTRY SCREEN
1. Press the search bar at the top of the
screen.
2. Enter your destination using the
keyboard.
3. Press Search.
4. Select a destination from the list.
5. Press Start to begin navigation.
SETTING A DESTINATION USING THE
MAP SCREEN
Press and hold on the map to place a pin at
that location. Information about the location
of the pin appears on the screen.
E328844
Press the button to begin
navigation to the pin.
SETTING A DESTINATION USING A
PREDICTIVE DESTINATION
Press the predicted destination card on the
screen to navigate to it. These appear when
the navigation system has learned your
driving habits.
SETTING A DESTINATION USING A
RECENT DESTINATION
1. Press the search bar at the top of the
screen.
2. Press the Recents tile.
3. Select a destination from the list.
SETTING A DESTINATION USING
A SAVED DESTINATION
1. Press the search bar at the top of the
screen.
2. Press Saved Places.
3. Select a saved destination.
Note: Press the star icon next when viewing
location details to save the location.
SETTING A DESTINATION USING A
POINT OF INTEREST
Press on a point of interest icon on the map.
Information about the location of the point
of interest appears on the screen.
E328844
Press the button to begin
navigation to the point of interest.
WAYPOINTS
ADDING A WAYPOINT
E328843
Press the Add Waypoint button
when in an active navigation
session.
1. Enter your waypoint on the keyboard.
2. Press Search.
3. Select a waypoint from the list.
4. Press Add to Trip.
Note: You can also search for a waypoint
through your recent trips, saved trips, and
points of interest.
518
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Navigation
EDITING WAYPOINTS
1. Press the waypoint you would like to edit.
2. Select an option to reorder or delete the
waypoint.
ROUTE GUIDANCE
ADJUSTING THE GUIDANCE PROMPT
VOLUME
Turn the volume control when a guidance
prompt plays to adjust the volume.
REPEATING AN INSTRUCTION
Press the turn indicator to hear the last voice
instruction.
CANCELING ROUTE GUIDANCE
E280804
Press the button to cancel route
guidance to the selected location.
519
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Navigation
This introduces new features and provides
updates to the vehicle's software systems.
Make sure to switch Automatic Updates on,
set a recurring update schedule and connect
your vehicle to Wi-Fi. Updates could take
longer when not connected to Wi-Fi or could
not download at all. See Connecting the
Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network (page 482). See
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network
(page 482).
Your vehicle may be able to receive drivable
software updates, non-drivable software
updates or both. Drivable software updates
happen during normal vehicle usage and
require limited input from you. You are
notified on your touchscreen and connected
device prior to a non-drivable update.
Most updates complete in less than 30
minutes, although some updates could take
up to a few hours. Check your touchscreen
or connected device for the most accurate
estimated update time.
You are notified of the status of the vehicle
software update in the touchscreen and on
your connected device. See Software
Update Indicators (page 521).
Vehicle Software Update Requirements
Non-drivable software updates do not install
if any of the following occur:
• Your vehicle is running.
• Your vehicle is switched on.
• Your vehicle is not parked.
• The 12 V battery charge is too low.
• The hazard indicators are switched on.
• The alarm is sounding.
• The doors are open.
• The parking lamps are switched on.
• You are pressing the brake pedal.
• An emergency call is in process.
• Your vehicle is in limp home mode.
Vehicle Software Update Limitations
Once you begin a non-drivable software
update, you cannot:
• Cancel the update.
• Lock, unlock or enter your vehicle unless
you have a key blade.
• You can open the doors using the
mechanical latch if child locks are not
on.
• Drive your vehicle.
• Start your vehicle.
• Use the remote control to lock, unlock or
start your vehicle.
• Use the alarm, central locks or door
tones.
• Use the electronic door locks.
• Charge your vehicle.
• Charging resumes once the update
completes.
SOFTWARE UPDATE SETTINGS
To access the Software Updates menu:
520
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Software Updates
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Software Updates.
You can do the following in the Software
Updates menu:
• Switch Automatic Updates on and off.
• Schedule and install software updates.
• View software update details.
E366956
Press the button next to a menu
option for more information.
Switching Automatic Updates On and
Off
Your vehicle may come with Automatic
Updates switched on. To make sure your
vehicle always has the latest software, which
could include security or other
enhancements, we do not recommend
switching Automatic Updates off.
Note: Software updates require approval to
download or install with Automatic Updates
switched off.
Scheduling and Installing Software
Updates
Scheduling Software Updates
From the Software Updates menu:
1. Press Schedule Updates.
2. Select the days and time for updates.
3. Press Save.
The more days that updates are scheduled,
the more frequently your vehicle installs new
updates. We recommend selecting a time
you normally do not need your vehicle, such
as overnight.
Some updates require your vehicle to be
switched off.
Note: The schedule you set is recurring. If
Automatic Updates is on, every time a
non-drivable update is available, it installs
on this schedule unless you change it. You
are notified on your touchscreen and
connected device prior to a non-drivable
update, with an option to reschedule it.
Installing Software Updates
Using the Status Bar
1. Press a Software Update indicator on
your touchscreen when it appears.
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Using the Touchscreen
From the Software Updates menu:
1. Press Update Details.
2. Press Update Now.
Viewing Software Update Details
From the Software Updates menu:
1. Press Update Details.
SOFTWARE UPDATE INDICATORS
You can press the indicators in the status bar
when they appear for more information.
521
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Software Updates
E327787
Vehicle software update reminder,
schedule required, confirmation of
default schedule required, or
consent required.
E327788
Vehicle software update canceled,
update not successful, or
precondition not met.
E353218
Vehicle software update
successful.
522
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle Software Updates
PERFORMING A SYSTEM RESET
Performing a system reset allows you to
remove all personal information and restore
settings to their factory defaults.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press General.
3. Press Reset.
4. Press Master Reset.
5. Follow the prompts on the screen to
complete the reset.
523
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Vehicle System Reset
For a complete listing of the accessories that
are available for your vehicle, please contact
your authorized dealer or visit the online
store website:
Web Address (United States)
https://accessories.lincoln.com/
Web Address (Canada)
www.lincolncanada.com
We will repair or replace any properly
authorized dealer-installed Lincoln Original
Accessory found to be defective in
factory-supplied materials or workmanship
during the warranty period, as well as any
component damaged by the defective
accessories.
We will warrant your Lincoln Original
Accessory through the warranty that provides
the greatest benefit:
• 24 months, unlimited mileage.
• The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.
Lincoln Licensed Accessories
The accessory manufacturer designs,
develops and therefore warrants Lincoln
Licensed Accessories, and does not design
or test these accessories to Lincoln
engineering requirements. Contact an
authorized Lincoln dealer for the accessory
manufacturer's limited warranty details and
request a copy of the Lincoln Licensed
Accessories product limited warranty from
the accessory manufacturer. See your
warranty guide for more information.
For maximum vehicle performance, keep the
following information in mind when adding
accessories or equipment to your vehicle:
• When adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your vehicle,
do not exceed the total weight capacity
of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle
(GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the
Safety Compliance Certification label).
Ask an authorized dealer for specific
weight information.
• The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio
Telecommunications Commission (CRTC)
regulate the use of mobile
communications systems that have radio
transmitters, for example two-way radios,
telephones and theft alarms. Any such
equipment installed in your vehicle
should comply with Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) and
Canadian Radio Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) regulations and
should only be installed by an authorized
dealer.
524
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Accessories
• Mobile communications systems may
harm the operation of your vehicle,
particularly if their manufacturer did not
design them specifically for automotive
use.
• If you or an authorized Lincoln dealer add
any non-Lincoln electrical or electronic
accessories or components to your
vehicle, you may adversely affect battery
performance and durability. In addition,
you may also adversely affect the
performance of other electrical systems
in the vehicle.
525
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Accessories
WHAT IS LINCOLN PROTECT
Protect yourself from the rising cost of
vehicle repairs with the Lincoln Protect
extended service plan.
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plans
(United States Only)
Lincoln Protect means peace of mind. It is
the extended service plan backed by Lincoln,
and provides more protection beyond the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage.
When you visit your Lincoln Dealer, insist on
genuine Lincoln Protect extended service
plans.
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plan Can
Quickly Pay for Itself
One trip to the Service Center could easily
exceed the price of your Lincoln Protect
extended service plan. With Lincoln Protect,
you minimize your risk for unexpected repair
bills and rising repair costs.
Up to 1000+ Covered Vehicle Components
There are four mechanical Lincoln Protect
extended service plans with different levels
of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for
details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most comprehensive
coverage. With over 1,000 covered
components, this plan is so complete it
is probably easier to list what is not
covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components, and
includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.
Lincoln Protect extended service plans are
honored by all authorized Lincoln dealers in
the United States, Canada and Mexico.
That means you get:
• Reliable, quality service at any Lincoln or
Ford dealership.
• Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts.
Rental Car Reimbursement
First Day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for
service, we will give you a rental vehicle to
use for the day.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including bumper to bumper
warranty repairs, and field service actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance, including:
• Towing, flat-tire change and battery jump
starts.
• Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
• Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car.
• Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car
coverage and other transportation.
526
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lincoln Protect
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Lincoln
Protect extended service plan coverage
expires, you can transfer any remaining
coverage to the new owner. This should give
you and your potential buyer a little more
peace of mind.
Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your Vehicle
The Lincoln Protect extended service plan
also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that
covers all scheduled maintenance, and
selected wear items. The coverage is
prepaid, so you never have to worry about
the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.
Covered maintenance includes:
• Windshield wiper blades.
• Spark plugs.
• The clutch disc - if equipped.
• Brake pads and linings.
• Shock absorbers and struts.
• Engine cooling hoses, clamps and
o-rings.
• Engine belts.
• Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment - if
equipped.
Interest Free Finance Options
Just a 5% down payment will provide you
with an affordable, no interest, no fee
payment program allowing you all the
security and benefits Lincoln Protect
extended service plan has to offer while
paying over time. You are pre-approved with
no credit check or hassles. To learn more,
call our Lincoln Protect extended service
plan specialists at 800-367-3377.
Complete the information below and mail to:
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232
Lincoln Protect (Canada Only)
You can get more protection for your vehicle
by purchasing a Lincoln Protect extended
service plan. The Lincoln Protect extended
service plan is the only service contract
backed by Lincoln, Limited. Depending on
the plan you purchase, the Lincoln Protect
extended service plan provides benefits such
as:
• Rental reimbursement.
• Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items.
• Protection against repair costs after your
New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage
expires.
• Roadside Assistance benefits.
527
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lincoln Protect
There are several Lincoln Protect extended
service plans available in various time,
distance and deductible combinations. Each
plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs,
including reimbursement for towing and
rental. When you purchase a Lincoln Protect
extended service plan, you receive added
peace-of-mind protection throughout
Canada, the United States and Mexico,
provided by a network of participating
authorized Lincoln dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada,
the United States and Mexico are not eligible
for Lincoln Protect extended service plan
coverage.
This information is subject to change. For
more information, visit your local Lincoln of
Canada dealer or www.LincolnCanada.com
to find the Lincoln Protect extended service
plan that is right for you.
528
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Lincoln Protect
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when you
sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.
It is important that you have your vehicle
serviced at the proper times. These intervals
serve two purposes: first is to maintain the
reliability of your vehicle and the second is
to keep the cost of owning your vehicle
down.
It is your responsibility to have all scheduled
maintenance performed and to make sure
that the materials used meet the
specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and Specifications
(page 467).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
and regularly inspect your vehicle may result
in vehicle damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Our Genuine Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock our parts and our
authorized branded remanufactured
replacement parts. These parts meet or
exceed our specifications. Parts installed at
your dealership carry a nationwide 24-month
or unlimited mile (kilometer) parts and labor
limited warranty.
If you do not use our authorized parts, they
may not meet our specifications and could
affect emissions compliance.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved reliability,
durability and resale value. To maintain the
proper performance of your vehicle and its
emission control systems, make sure you
have scheduled maintenance performed at
the designated intervals.
Your vehicle comes with the Intelligent
Oil-Life Monitor system, a message appears
in the instrument cluster display at the proper
oil change interval. This interval may be up
to one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km), hybrid
vehicles could exceed 10,000 mi (16,000 km).
When the oil change message appears in
the instrument cluster display, it is time for
an oil change. Make sure you perform the
oil change within two weeks or 500 mi
(800 km) of the message appearing. Make
sure to reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor
after each oil change. See Resetting the
Intelligent Oil Life Monitor (page 418).
529
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
If your instrument cluster display resets
prematurely or becomes inoperative, you
should perform the oil change interval at six
months or 5,000 mi (8,000 km) from your
last oil change. Never exceed one year or
10,000 mi (16,000 km) between oil change
intervals.
You can drive your vehicle in such a way that
may lead to higher oil consumption including
extended time at high engine speeds, high
loads, engine braking, hard cornering
maneuvers, track and off-road usage. Under
these conditions, oil consumption of
approximately 1 quart per 500 miles (1 liter
per 800 km) is possible. Check the engine
oil level at every refueling and adjust to
maintain proper levels to avoid engine
damage.
You can also drive your vehicle in such a way
that dilutes and increases the level of oil by
frequent short trips that do not allow the
engine to get to operating temperature,
extended idling and low speed driving for
long periods of time.
It is important to rely upon your dealership
to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle.
We strongly recommend only using our
genuine or our authorized re-manufactured
replacement parts engineered for your
vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of your
vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please consult
your warranty information.
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a normal
operating characteristic and, by itself, does
not necessarily indicate a concern or that the
fluid needs to be changed. Have discolored
fluids that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination checked
immediately.
Make sure to change the vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a viable
way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled maintenance.
It is critical that systems are flushed only with
new fluid that is the same as that required
to fill and operate the system or using our
approved flushing chemical.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections.
530
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every Month
The air filter restriction gauge.
1
The engine oil level.
Function of all interior and the exterior lights.
The tires including the spare for wear and proper pressure.
The windshield washer fluid level.
The fuel and water separator. Drain if necessary or if indicated by the instrument cluster display.
1
The holes and slots in the tail pipe to make sure they are functional and clear of debris.
1
1
Diesel vehicles only.
Check Every Six Months
The battery connections. Clean if necessary.
The body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
The cooling system fluid level and the coolant system strength.
The door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
The hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
531
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every Six Months
The parking brake for proper operation.
The seatbelts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps, brake, ABS, airbag and seatbelt for operation.
The washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
Multi-Point Inspection
It is important to have the systems on your
vehicle regularly checked. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval to
help make sure your vehicle keeps running
great.
Multi-Point Inspection
Hazard warning system operationAccessory drive belt or belts
Horn operationBattery performance
Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning hosesEngine air filter
532
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Multi-Point Inspection
Suspension components for leaks or damageExhaust system
Steering and linkageExterior lamps operation
Tires including the spare for wear and proper pressure
2
Fluid levels
1
; fill if necessary
Windshield for cracks, chips or pitsFor oil and fluid leaks
Washer spray and wiper operationHalfshaft dust boots
1
Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer.
2
If your vehicle has a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive way
to perform a thorough inspection of your
vehicle. Your checklist gives you immediate
feedback on the overall condition of your
vehicle.
NORMAL SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
Oil Change Reminder
Your vehicle comes with an oil change
reminder that determines when you should
change the engine oil based on how you use
your vehicle.
Your vehicle lets you know when an oil
change is due by displaying a message in
the information display.
The following table provides examples of
vehicle use and its impact on oil change
intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil
change intervals depend on several factors
and generally decrease with severity of use.
533
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Message
Vehicle Use and ExampleInterval
Normal
7,500–10,000 mi (12,000–16,000 km)
Normal commuting with highway driving
No, or moderate, load or towing
Flat to moderately hilly roads
No extended idling
Severe
5,000–7,500 mi (8,000–12,000 km)
Moderate to heavy load or towing
Mountainous or off-road conditions
Extended idling
Extended hot or cold operation
Extreme
3,000–5,000 mi (5,000–8,000 km)
Maximum load or towing
Extreme hot or cold operation
534
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Intervals
At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display
1
Change the engine oil and filter.
2
Rotate the tires, inspect tire wear and measure tread depth.
Perform a multi-point inspection - recommended.
Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level - vehicles with dipstick. Consult your dealer for requirements.
Inspect the brake pads, rotors, hoses and parking brake.
Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses.
Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect the front axle and U-joints.
Inspect the half-shaft boots.
Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tire-rod ends, driveshaft and U-joints.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
1
Do not exceed one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km) between service intervals.
2
Reset the oil change reminder after engine oil and filter changes.
535
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Brake Fluid Maintenance
1
Change the brake fluid.
2
Every Three Years
1
Perform this maintenance item every three years. Do not exceed the designated time for the interval.
2
Brake fluid servicing requires special equipment available at your authorized dealer.
Other Maintenance Items
1
Replace the cabin air filter.Every 20,000 mi (32,000 km)
Replace the engine air filter.Every 30,000 mi (48,000 km)
Replace the spark plugs.
Every 100,000 mi (160,000 km)
Inspect the accessory drive belt(s).
2
Change the automatic transmission fluid.
Every 150,000 mi (240,000 km)
Change the front axle fluid - Four-wheel drive vehicles.
Change the rear axle fluid.
Change the transfer case fluid - Four-wheel drive vehicles.
536
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Other Maintenance Items
1
Replace the accessory drive belt(s).
Change the engine coolant.
3
Every 200,000 mi (320,000 km)
1
Perform these maintenance items within 5,000 mi (4,800 km) of the last engine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance
for the interval.
2
After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.
3
Initial replacement at 10 years or 200,000 mi (320,000 km), then every 5 years or 100,000 mi (160,000 km).
SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any
of the following conditions, you need to
perform extra maintenance, as indicated. If
you operate your vehicle occasionally under
any of these conditions, it is not necessary
to perform the extra maintenance. For
specific recommendations, see your
dealership service advisor or technician.
Perform the services shown in the following
tables when specified or within 3,000 mi
(4,800 km) of the message appearing in the
instrument cluster display prompting you to
change your oil.
• Example 1: The message comes on at
28,751 mi (46,270 km). Perform the
30,000 mi (48,000 km) automatic
transmission fluid replacement.
• Example 2: The message has not come
on, but the odometer reads 30,000 mi
(48,000 km) (for example, the Intelligent
Oil-Life Monitor was reset at 25,000 mi
(40,000 km)). Perform the engine air filter
replacement.
537
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Towing a Trailer or Using a Car-top Carrier
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the instrument cluster display and perform services listed in the
Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.
As required
Inspect and lubricate U-joints (if equipped with grease fittings).Inspect frequently, service
as required
See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.
Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
Replace spark plugs.
Extensive Idling or Low-speed Driving for Long Distances, as in Heavy Commercial Use (Such as Delivery, Taxi, Patrol Car or Livery)
Short Trips that do not allow the engine to get to operating temperature causing fuel dilution and an increase of the engine oil level
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the instrument cluster display and perform services listed in the
Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.
As required
Replace engine air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace cabin air filter.
Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
Replace spark plugs.
538
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions (Such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads)
Replace engine air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace cabin air filter.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth.
Change engine oil and filter.
1
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
or six months
Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
1
Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change.
Off-road Operation
Inspect steering linkage, ball joints and U-joints. Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Replace cabin air filter.
Change engine oil and filter.
1
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
or six months
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
539
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Off-road Operation
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth.
Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles).Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
1
Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change.
Exceptions
There are several exceptions to the Normal
Schedule.
Axle and Transfer Case Maintenance
Axle(s) and transfer case (Four-wheel drive
vehicles) fluid changes or level checks are
not required unless a leak is suspected or
the assembly has been submerged in water.
Contact an authorized dealer for service.
California Fuel Filter Replacement
If you register your vehicle in California, the
California Air Resources Board has
determined that the failure to perform this
maintenance item does not nullify the
emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's
useful life. Lincoln, however, urges you to
have all recommended maintenance services
performed at the specified intervals and to
record all vehicle service.
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals
Vehicles operating in the Middle East, North
Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or locations with
similar climates using an American Petroleum
Institute (API) Certified for Gasoline Engines
(Certification mark) oil of SM or SN quality,
the normal oil change interval is 3,000 mi
(4,800 km).
If the available API SM or SN oils are not
available, then the oil change interval is
1,800 mi (2,900 km).
Engine Air Filter Replacement
The life of the engine air filter is dependent
on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions.
Vehicles operated in these conditions
require frequent inspection and replacement
of the engine air filter.
540
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
ROLLOVER WARNING
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles.
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not become
overconfident in the ability of four-wheel
drive vehicles. Although a four-wheel drive
vehicle may accelerate better than a
two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction
situations, it won't stop any faster than
two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive at
a safe speed.
Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently
than passenger cars in the various driving
conditions that are encountered on streets,
highways and off-road. Utility vehicles and
trucks are not designed for cornering at
speeds as high as passenger cars any more
than low-slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off-road
conditions.
THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU
AUTO LINE PROGRAM - UNITED
STATES OF AMERICA
Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor
Company and to your dealer. If a warranty
concern has not been resolved using the
three-step procedure outlined earlier in this
chapter in the Getting the Services you need
section, you may be eligible to participate in
the BBB AUTO LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration. During
mediation, a representative of the BBB will
contact both you and Ford Motor Company
to explore options for settlement of the claim.
If an agreement is not reached during
mediation or you do not want to participate
in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you
may participate in the arbitration process. An
arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that
you can present your case in an informal
setting before an impartial person. The
arbitrator considers the testimony provided
and makes a decision after the hearing.
541
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within 40 days
after you file your claim with the BBB. You
are not bound by the decision, and may
reject the decision and proceed to court
where all findings of the BBB Auto Line
dispute, and decision, are admissible in the
court action. Should you choose to accept
the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then
bound by the decision, and must comply with
the decision within 30 days of receipt of your
acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information that follows, call or write to
request a program application. You will be
asked for your name and address, general
information about your new vehicle,
information about your warranty concerns,
and any steps you have already taken to try
to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will
be mailed that needs to be completed,
signed and returned to the BBB along with
proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB
reviews the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by calling
BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or
writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE a Division of BBB National
Programs, Inc.
1676 International Drive, Suite 550
McLean, VA 22102
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center at
1-800-392-3673.
For additional information, refer to the Better
Business Bureau website.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
THE MEDIATION AND
ARBITRATION PROGRAM -
CANADA
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where you
continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of
Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve
a factory-related vehicle service concern
have been unsatisfactory, Ford of Canada
participates in an impartial third party
mediation/arbitration program administered
by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straightforward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
542
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
In the CAMVAP program, impartial third-party
arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually
convenient times and places in an informal
environment. These impartial arbitrators
review the positions of the parties, make
decisions and, when appropriate, render
awards to resolve disputes. CAMVAP
decisions are fast, fair, and final as the
arbitrator’s award is binding on both you and
Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For more
information, without charge or obligation, call
your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator
directly at 1-800-207-0685 or visit
www.camvap.ca.
ORDERING A CANADIAN FRENCH
OWNER'S MANUAL
You can obtain a French owner's manual
from an authorized dealer or by contacting
Helm, LLC at:
HELM, LLC
47911 Halyard Drive, Suite 200
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Call toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
For additional information, visit
www.helminc.com.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS IN
THE UNITED STATES
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford
Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or
Ford Motor Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information
about motor vehicle safety from
www.safercar.gov.
543
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS IN
CANADA
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
Transport Canada Contact Information
http://tc.canada.ca/recallsWebsite (English)
http://tc.canada.ca/rappelsWebsite (French)
1-800-333-0510Phone
Lincoln of Canada Contact Information
www.LincolnCanada.comWebsite
1-800-387-9333Phone
544
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
RADIO FREQUENCY CERTIFICATION
LABELS
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM
SENSORS
Argentina
E363578
Belarus
E253816
Brazil
E340204
Canada
Short Range Radar Sensor SRR3-B
IC ID: 4135A-SRR3B
545
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
E351800
546
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Djibouti
E340826
European Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E269695
Jamaica
E340517
Malaysia
E269697
RALM/24A/0715/S(15-2272)
547
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Mauritania
E353342
Mexico
E353300
Moldova
E337971
Pakistan
E352429
Paraguay
E337181
Russia
E253816
548
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Serbia
E340200
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E269696
South Korea
E351001
549
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Taiwan, China
E340203
550
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Ukraine
E356737
551
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E338020
United Kingdom
E362840
United States of America
FCC ID: OAYSRR3B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
CAUTION TO USERS
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority
to operate the equipment.
Vietnam
E353397
Zambia
E340205
552
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Argentina
E340512
Djibouti
E344539
Ghana
E340513
Jamaica
E340514
Mauritania
E340515
553
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Morocco
E344540
Pakistan
E337974
Paraguay
E339812
2018-08-I-000410
2013-08-I-0158
South Africa
E344541
South Korea
E339675
554
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
2013-07-03
Syria
E344542
Ukraine
E269682
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: M3NA2C738448
IC: 7812A-A2C738448
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Vietnam
E278262
555
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Zambia
E344538
CRUISE CONTROL MODULE
Argentina
E338549
Brazil
E388865
Djibouti
E356903
EAC Marking - Russia, Belarus,
Kazakhstan
E253816
556
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Europe Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E344040
Independent State Of Samoa
E365127
Israel
E388866
Jamaica
E344041
Malaysia
E339836
557
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
HIDF16000009
Mauritania
E356900
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
AGREE PAR L'ANRT MAROC
Numéro d'agrément:
MR00030034ANRT2021
Date d'agrément: 16/09/2021
Pakistan
E359721
Paraguay
E339812
2020-10-I-0752
558
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Sierra Leone
E382724
TAN: 2021-002-0028
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E388867
South Korea
E339675
R-C-1Ap-F3TR
559
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Taiwan
E356901
Thailand
1. This telecommunication equipment
conforms to NTC technical requirement.
2. This radiocommunication equipment
has the electromagnetic field strength
in compliance with the Safety Standard
for the Use of Radiocommunication
Equipment on Human Health
announced by the National
Telecommunications Commission.
Ukraine
E269682
Unites Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E344042
United Kingdom
E362840
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2CF3TR
IC: 3432A-F3TR
560
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Zambia
E356902
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS
Argentina
E340316
E340119
E342143
Brazil
E372151
561
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
E340120
Djibouti
E343017
E340306
Ghana
E340317
E340307
Jamaica
E340318
E340308
E340215
Malaysia
E339836
F17000176
562
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Mauritania
E340487
E340310
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E343018
E340311
Pakistan
E337974
563
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2016-9-I-000222
NR: 2016-9-I-000220
NR: 2016-9-I-000223
Serbia
E269681
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E343025
E340313
TA-2016/2012
564
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
South Korea
E339675
MSIP-CRM-TAL-A2C97102000
Taiwan
E340216
E340217
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E340486
565
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
E340314
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Vietnam
E278262
Zambia
E343026
E340315
566
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
RADIO TRANSCEIVER MODULE
Argentina
E339077
Brazil
E342393
10693-20-12270
Djibouti
E340642
E340643
Ghana
E340644
E340645
Mauritania
E340530
E340531
567
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E340648
Pakistan
E342392
Serbia
E341434
South Africa
E340649
Taiwan, China
E340641
568
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E340647
E340218
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2C0082R
FCC ID: L2C0083TR
IC: 342A-0083TR
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Zambia
E340646
569
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
SYNC
Argentina
E338546
E338545
Brazil
E342398
E342510
Djibouti
E342399
E342511
570
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
European Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E338082
E338203
Indonesia
E380500
E384585
Jamaica
E342400
E342512
571
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Malaysia
E339836
SQASI/TA/19/4047
SQASI/TA/19/4046
Mauritania
E342401
E342513
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E338085
E338205
572
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Pakistan
E342402
2019
Paraguay
E339812
2020-03-I-00192
2020-03-I-00193
Serbia
E342403
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E342404
TA-2019/2465
573
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
E342514
South Korea
E338087
E338206
Taiwan
E342405
E342515
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E338088
574
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
E361931
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: KMH-SYNCG4
FCC ID: KMH-SYNCG4L
IC: 1422A-SYNCG4
IC: 1422A-SYNCG4L
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Zambia
E342406
E342516
575
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM SENSORS - VEHICLES WITH:
315 MHZ SENSORS
Argentina
E338008
Brazil
E338010
Jamaica
E338213
Mexico
E338212
Paraguay
E338214
576
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
United Kingdom
E362840
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: MRXFP3
IC: 2546A-FP3
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM SENSORS - VEHICLES WITH:
433 MHZ SENSORS
Argentina
E338009
577
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
China
E338011
Democratic Republic of Congo
Agréé par l'ARPTC
N° d'homologation: HIR-0099/09/2016
Date d'homologation: 15/09/2016
Djibouti
E338012
European Union (EU)
E310043
578
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
The RED 2014/53/EU (replacing R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC on 13 June 2016) explicitly states that instructions for intentional radiators include
reference to "(a) frequency band(s) in which the radio equipment operates; and (b) maximum radio-frequency power transmitted in the
frequency band(s) in which the radio equipment operates," in addition to carrying over the general operational instruction and Declaration
of Conformity inclusion requirements from the R&TTE Directive.
Hereby, Schrader Electronics Ltd. declares that the radio equipment type FP4 is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of
the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:
http://www.tpmseuroshop.com/documents/declaration_conformities
f=433.92MHz
P<10mW (e.i.r.p)
Schrader Electronics Ltd. 11 Technology Park, Belfast Road, Antrim BT41 1QS, Northern Ireland United Kingdom.
Ghana
E338016
579
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Independent State of Samoa
E365127
Israel
E382725
Mauritania
E337970
Moldova
E337971
Nigeria
E337972
Oman
E337973
580
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Pakistan
E337974
Paraguay
E338018
Serbia
E338019
Sierra Leone
E382724
TAN: 2016-002-0035
South Korea
E338023
Ukraine
E269682
581
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
United Arab Emirates
E338025
United Kingdom
E362840
WIRELESS ACCESSORY CHARGING
MODULE
Argentina
E368925
E368926
E368927
582
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Brazil
E367123
Democratic Republic of Congo
E370174
European Union
E310043
Ghana
E364756
Indonesia
E375961
E375962
583
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
E375963
Israel
E370175
E387620
E387621
Jamaica
E364757
Malaysia
E269697
RGEZ/35A/0521/S(21-2033)
RGEZ/35A/0521/S(21-2032)
584
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
RGEZ/35A/0521/S(21-2031)
Mauritania
E364761
E364762
E364763
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E364758
E364759
585
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
E364760
Paraguay
E339812
2021-04-I-0204
2021-04-I-0203
2021-04-I-0202
Russia
E253816
Serbia
E364764
Sierra Leone
E371606
Singapore
E339940
586
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
South Africa
E364768
South Korea
E339675
R-R-LGE-WCFDM00N2A1
Taiwan
E364769
E364770
E364771
587
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
E390486
Ukraine
E269682
United Kingdom
E362840
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
TRA REGISTERED No:
ER98638/21
DEALER No:
DA37380/15
TRA REGISTERED No:
ER00421/21
DEALER No:
DA37380/15
588
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
TRA REGISTERED No:
ER00422/21
DEALER No:
DA37380/15
United States and Canada
FCC ID: BEJWCFDM00N2A
IC: 2703H-WCFDM00N2A
E357468
589
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Zambia
E364773
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such as
airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners and
remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling may
apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
For more information visit:
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever
your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that conform
to the specifications detailed in this Owner’s
Manual.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or
exceed these specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents happen sometimes.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish,
structural integrity, corrosion protection and
dent resistance. During vehicle development
we validate that these parts deliver the
intended level of protection as a whole
system. A great way to know for sure you
are getting this level of protection is to use
genuine Ford replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty.
The Ford Warranty may not cover damage
caused to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts.
For additional information, refer to the terms
and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
590
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Using mobile communications equipment is
becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in emergency
situations. Safety must be paramount when
using mobile communications equipment to
avoid negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but is
not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
FEDERAL HIGHWAY
ADMINISTRATION REGULATION
Regulations such as those issued by the
Federal Highway Administration or issued
pursuant to the Occupational Safety and
Health Act (OSHA), and state and local laws
and regulations may require additional
equipment for the way you intend to use your
vehicle. It is the responsibility of the
registered owner to determine the
applicability of such laws and regulations to
your intended use for the vehicle, and to
arrange for the installation of required
equipment. The dealer has information
about the availability of equipment which can
be ordered for your vehicle.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable) have
acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that include
software licensed or owned by Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates ("FORD
MOTOR COMPANY"). Those software
products of FORD MOTOR COMPANY
origin, as well as associated media,
printed materials, and "online" or
electronic documentation ("SOFTWARE")
are protected by international intellectual
property laws and treaties. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All
rights reserved.
• The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be later
upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
591
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") DO
NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY THE
SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON
THE DEVICES, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR
AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR
RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS
CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This EULA
grants you the following license:
• You may use the SOFTWARE as installed
on the DEVICES and as otherwise
interfacing with systems and/or services
provide by or through FORD MOTOR
COMPANY or its third party software and
service providers.
Description of Other Rights and Limitations.
• Speech Recognition: If the SOFTWARE
includes speech recognition
component(s), you should understand
that speech recognition is an inherently
statistical process and that recognition
errors are inherent in the process.
Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor
its suppliers shall be liable for any
damages arising out of errors in the
speech recognition process. It is your
responsibility to monitor any speech
recognition functions included in the
system.
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly: You
may not reverse engineer, decompile,
translate, disassemble or attempt to
discover any source code or underlying
ideas or algorithms of the SOFTWARE
nor permit others to reverse engineer,
decompile or disassemble the
SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to the
extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
• Limitations on Distributing, Copying,
Modifying and Creating Derivative
Works: You may not distribute, copy,
make modifications to or create
derivative works based on the
SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to the
extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
• Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may contain
multiple EULAs, such as multiple
translations and/or multiple media
versions (e.g., in the user documentation
and in the software). Even if you receive
multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use
only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE.
592
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer
of the DEVICES, provided you retain no
copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE
(including all component parts, the media
and printed materials, any upgrades, and,
if applicable, the Certificate(s) of
Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to
the terms of this EULA. If the SOFTWARE
is an upgrade, any transfer must include
all prior versions of the SOFTWARE.
• Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions of
this EULA.
• Internet-Based Services Components:
The SOFTWARE may contain
components that enable and facilitate
the use of certain Internet-based
services. You acknowledge and agree
that FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third
party software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent may
automatically check the version of the
SOFTWARE and/or its components that
you are utilizing and may provide
upgrades or supplements to the
SOFTWARE that may be automatically
downloaded to your DEVICES.
• Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components of
the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain
your initial copy of the SOFTWARE
("Supplemental Components".)
SOFTWARE updates may cause you to
incur additional charges from your
wireless service provider. If FORD
MOTOR COMPANY or third party
software and services suppliers provide
or make available to you Supplemental
Components and no other EULA terms
are provided along with the
Supplemental Components, then the
terms of this EULA shall apply. FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to you
or made available to you through the use
of the SOFTWARE.
593
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
• Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The third
party sites are not under the control of
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent. Neither
FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its
affiliates nor its designated agent are
responsible for (I) the contents of any
third party sites, any links contained in
third party sites, or any changes or
updates to third party sites, or (ii)
webcasting or any other form of
transmission received from any third
party sites. If the SOFTWARE provides
links to third party sites, those links are
provided to you only as a convenience,
and the inclusion of any link does not
imply an endorsement of the third party
site by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent.
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly: You
recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety and
you agree to assume any risk associated
with the use of the DEVICES.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: If the
SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY separate from the DEVICES on
media such as a ROM chip, CD ROM disk(s)
or via web download or other means, and is
labeled "For Upgrade Purposes Only" or "For
Recovery Purposes Only" you may install one
(1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the
DEVICES as a replacement copy for the
existing SOFTWARE, and use it in
accordance with this EULA, including any
additional EULA terms accompanying the
upgrade SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: All
title and intellectual property rights in and to
the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to
any images, photographs, animations, video,
audio, music, text and "applets" incorporated
into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying
printed materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials accompanying
the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual
property rights in and to the content which
may be accessed through use of the
SOFTWARE is the property of the respective
content owner and may be protected by
applicable copyright or other intellectual
property laws and treaties. This EULA grants
you no rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and
third party software and service providers
and suppliers. Use of any on-line services
which may be accessed through the
SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
594
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge
that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and
European Union export jurisdiction. You
agree to comply with all applicable
international and national laws that apply to
the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export
Administration Regulations, as well as
end-user, end-use and destination
restrictions issued by U.S. and other
governments.
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to FORD
MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in
the documentation for the DEVICES product
support, such as the vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages: EXCEPT
AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE
OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, AND THEIR
AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR
ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL
OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow instructions:
• Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not following
precautions found in the Owner Guide
can lead to an accident or other serious
injuries.
General Operation
• Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system may
be accomplished using voice commands.
Using voice commands while driving
helps you to operate the system without
removing your hands from the wheel or
eyes from the road.
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level
where you can still hear outside traffic
and emergency signals while driving.
Driving while unable to hear these
sounds could cause an accident.
595
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
• Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully read
and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual (non-verbal)
setup. Attempting to perform such set-up
or insert data while driving can distract
your attention and could cause an
accident or other serious injury. Stop the
vehicle in a safe and legal manner before
attempting these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only as
an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic regulations.
Any such feature is not a substitute for
your personal judgment. Any route
suggestions made by this system should
never replace any local traffic regulations
or your personal judgment or knowledge
of safe driving practices.
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to follow
the suggested directions.
• Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used
by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always use
good judgment and common sense when
following the suggested routes.
• Emergency Services: Do not rely on any
navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals and
clinics are likely to be contained in the
map database for such navigation
features.
596
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
597
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
• You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while driving
an automobile or other vehicle in
violation of applicable law or otherwise
driving in an unsafe manner presents a
significant risk of distracted driving and
should not be attempted under any
circumstances;(b) Use of the SOFTWARE
at excessive volume poses a significant
risk of hearing damage and should not
be attempted under any
circumstances;(c) The SOFTWARE may
not be compatible with new or different
versions of an operating system, third
party software, or third party services,
and the SOFTWARE may potentially
cause a critical failure of an operating
system, third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software used
with the SOFTWARE (I) may charge an
additional fee for access, (ii) may not
work correctly, on an uninterrupted basis,
or error free, (iii) may change streaming
formats or discontinue operation, (iv) may
contain adult, profane or offensive
content; and (v) may contain inaccurate,
false or misleading traffic, weather,
financial or safety information or other
content; and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider (WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference only,
are not warranted in any way and should
not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in Section
(a) – (e) above.
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
COMPATIBILITY, ACCURACY AND EFFORT
IS WITH YOU. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE
SOFTWARE AND ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND “AS
AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL FAULTS AND
WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND
FORD MOTOR COMPANY HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND
CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, AND
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN ARTICULAR
PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY, OF QUIET
ENJOYMENT, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY DOES NOT WARRANT (a)
AGAINST INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR
ENJOYMENT OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD
PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, (b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD
PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES WILL MEET YOUR
REQUIREMENTS, (c) THAT THE OPERATION
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE,
(d) OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES WILL BE CORRECTED. NO ORAL
598
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE
GIVEN BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR
LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE STATUTORY
RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER, SO THE ABOVE
DISCLAIMER MAY NOT FULLY APPLY TO
YOU. THE SOLE WARRANTY PROVIDED BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND
IN THE WARRANTY INFORMATION
INCLUDING WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO
THE EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY
CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS
SECTION AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET,
THE WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL
CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
• The laws of the State of Michigan govern
this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the SOFTWARE
may also be subject to other local, state,
national, or international laws. Any
litigation arising out of or related to this
EULA shall be brought and maintained
exclusively in a court of the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County or in
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.
Binding Arbitration and Class Action Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to any
dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT INCLUDE A
DISPUTE RELATING TO COPYRIGHT
INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Dispute
means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, other than the exceptions listed
above, concerning the SOFTWARE (including
its price) or this EULA, whether in contract,
warranty, tort, statute, regulation, ordinance,
or any other legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the party
giving it, the facts giving rise to the dispute,
and the relief requested. You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to resolve
any dispute through informal negotiation
within 60 days from the date the Notice of
Dispute is sent. After 60 days, You or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY may commence
arbitration.
599
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
(c) Small claims court. You may also litigate
any dispute in small claims court in your
county of residence or FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S principal place of business, if
the dispute meets all requirements to be
heard in the small claims court. You may
litigate in small claims court whether or not
You negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve the
dispute will be conducted exclusively by
binding arbitration. You are giving up the
right to litigate (or participate in as a party or
class member) all disputes in court before a
judge or jury. Instead, all disputes will be
resolved before a neutral arbitrator, whose
decision will be final except for a limited right
of appeal under the Federal Arbitration Act.
Any court with jurisdiction over the parties
may enforce the arbitrator’s award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings to
resolve or litigate any dispute in any forum
will be conducted solely on an individual
basis. Neither you nor FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, will seek to have any dispute
heard as a class action, as a private attorney
general action, or in any other proceeding
in which any party acts or proposes to act in
a representative capacity. No arbitration or
proceeding will be combined with another
without the prior written consent of all parties
to all affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any arbitration
will be conducted by the American
Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), under its
Commercial Arbitration Rules. If You are an
individual and use the SOFTWARE for
personal or vehicle use, or if the value of the
dispute is $75,000 or less whether or not
You are an individual or how You use the
SOFTWARE, the AAA Supplementary
Procedures for Consumer-Related Disputes
will also apply. To commence arbitration,
submit a Commercial Arbitration Rules
Demand for Arbitration form to the AAA. You
may request a telephonic or in-person
hearing by following the AAA rules. In a
dispute involving $10,000 or less, any
hearing will be telephonic unless the
arbitrator finds good cause to hold an
in-person hearing instead. For more
information, see adr.org or call
1-800-778-7879. You agree to commence
arbitration only in your county of residence
or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S principal
place of business. The arbitrator may award
the same damages to you individually as a
court could. The arbitrator may award
declaratory or injunctive relief only to you
individually, and only to the extent required
to satisfy your individual claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
• I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will promptly
reimburse your filing fees and pay the
AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement offer
made before the arbitrator was appointed
(“last written offer”), your dispute goes
all the way to an arbitrator’s decision
(called an “award”), and the arbitrator
awards you more than the last written
offer, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give
600
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
you three incentives: (1) pay the greater
of the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and (3)
reimburse any expenses (including expert
witness fees and costs) that your attorney
reasonably accrues for investigating,
preparing, and pursuing your claim in
arbitration. The arbitrator will determine
the amounts.
• ii. Disputes involving more than $75,000.
The AAA rules will govern payment of
filing fees and the AAA’s and arbitrator’s
fees and expenses.
• iii. Disputes involving any amount. In any
arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA or
arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or Your
filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR COMPANY
commences, it will pay all filing, AAA, and
arbitrator’s fees and expenses. It will not
seek its attorney’s fees or expenses from
you in any arbitration. Fees and expenses
are not counted in determining how
much a dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed within
one year. To the extent permitted by law,
any claim or dispute under this EULA to
which this Section applies must be filed
within one year in small claims court (Section
c) or in arbitration (Section d). The one-year
period begins when the claim or dispute first
could be filed. If such a claim or dispute is
not filed within one year, it is permanently
barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those parts
will be severed and proceed in a court of
law, with the remaining parts proceeding in
arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be severed
with the remainder of Section e remaining in
full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav Software
indicates that you accept these terms and
conditions. If you do not accept these terms
and conditions, do not break the seal of the
package, launch, or otherwise use the
TeleNav Software. TeleNav may revise this
Agreement and the privacy policy at any
time, with or without notice to you. You agree
to visit http://www.telenav.com from time to
time to review the then current version of
this Agreement and of the privacy policy.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention to
the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of
injury or death to you and others in situations
that otherwise require your undivided
attention, and you therefore agree to comply
with the following when using the TeleNav
Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive
safely;
601
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested by
the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for any
illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe,
hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any
manner inconsistent with this Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and
cables necessary for use of the TeleNav
Software in a secure manner in your vehicle
so that they will not interfere with your
driving and will not prevent the operation of
any safety device (such as an airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from any
dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use
of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the TeleNav
Software, to provide TeleNav with true,
accurate, current, and complete information
about yourself, and (b) to inform TeleNav
promptly of any changes to such information,
and to keep it true, accurate, current and
complete.
3. Software License
• Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby
grants to you a personal, non-exclusive,
non-transferable license (except as
expressly permitted below in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software license), without the
right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of this
Agreement. You agree that you will use
the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial navigation
services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter or
otherwise change the TeleNav Software
or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive
the source code, audio library or
structure of the TeleNav Software without
the prior express written consent of
TeleNav; (c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or its
suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d) distribute,
sublicense or otherwise transfer the
TeleNav Software to others, except as
part of your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming, privacy,
consumer and child protection, obscenity or
defamation, or
602
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing,
tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene,
libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f)
lease, rent out, or otherwise permit
unauthorized access by third parties to the
TeleNav Software without advanced written
permission of TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
• To the fullest extent permissible pursuant
to applicable law, in no event will
TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers, or
agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data may
not always reflect reality due to, among
other things, road closures, construction,
weather, new roads and other changing
conditions. You are responsible for the
entire risk arising out of your use of the
TeleNav Software. For example but
without limitation, you agree not to rely
on the TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the well-being
or survival of you or others is dependent
on the accuracy of navigation, as the
maps or functionality of the TeleNav
Software are not intended to support
such high risk applications, especially in
more remote geographical areas.
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND
EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM
COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR
TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY
RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE.
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR
ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR
ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS
OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE)
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TELENAV HAS
BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT
INCUR FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT
OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR
603
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF
TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S
SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR
THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME
STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO
NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
• You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav Software
shall be settled by independent
arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator
and administered by the American
Arbitration Association in the County of
Santa Clara, California. The arbitrator
shall apply the Commercial Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration
Association, and the judgment upon the
award rendered by the arbitrator may be
entered by any court having jurisdiction.
Note that there is no judge or jury in an
arbitration proceeding and the decision
of the arbitrator shall be binding upon
both parties. You expressly agree to
waive your right to a jury trial. This
Agreement and performance hereunder
will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of
California, without giving effect to its
conflict of law provisions. To the extent
judicial action is necessary in connection
with the binding arbitration, both TeleNav
and you agree to submit to the exclusive
jurisdiction of the courts of the County of
Santa Clara, California. The United
Nations Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent transfer
of the TeleNav Software, and expressly
conditioned upon the new user of the
TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound
by the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Any such sale, assignment
or transfer that is not expressly permitted
under this paragraph will result in
immediate termination of this Agreement,
without liability to TeleNav, in which case
you and all other parties shall
immediately cease all use of the TeleNav
Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
604
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
not expressly granted in this Agreement are
intended to, or shall be, granted or conferred
by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel
or otherwise, and TeleNav and its suppliers
and licensors hereby reserve all of their
respective rights other than the licenses
explicitly granted in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you consent
to receive from TeleNav all communications,
including notices, agreements, legally
required disclosures or other information in
connection with the TeleNav Software
(collectively, "Notices") electronically.
TeleNav may provide such Notices by
posting them on TeleNav's Website or by
downloading such Notices to your wireless
device. If you desire to withdraw your
consent to receive Notices electronically,
you must discontinue your use of the
TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not affect
that party's right to require performance at
any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any
breach or default of this Agreement
constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach
or default or a waiver of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held unenforceable,
then such provision will be modified to reflect
the intention of the parties, and the
remaining provisions of this Agreement will
remain in full force and effect.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and
will not be referred to in connection with the
construction or interpretation of this
Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the
words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to be
terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed
to be followed by the words "without
limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement includes
end-user terms applicable to these
companies (included at the end of this
Agreement), and thus your use of the
Telenav Software is also subject to such
terms. You agree to comply with the
following additional terms and conditions,
which are applicable to Telenav’s third
party vendor licensors.
605
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for resale.
It is protected by copyright, and is subject to
the following terms and conditions which are
agreed to by you, on the one hand, and
Telenav (“Telenav”) and its licensors
(including their licensors and suppliers) on
the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the
United States Postal Service® to publish and
sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014. Prices
are not established, controlled or approved
by the United States Postal Service®. The
following trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States Postal
Service, USPS, and ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for resale.
It is protected by copyright, and is subject to
the following terms and conditions which are
agreed to by you, on the one hand, and
NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd (“NAV2”) and its
licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand. 20xx. All rights
reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to
the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you agree not to otherwise
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
disassemble, create any derivative works of,
or reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav, and
without limiting the preceding paragraph,
you may not use this Data (a) with any
products, systems, or applications installed
or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real
time route guidance, fleet management or
similar applications; or (b) with or in
606
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
communication with any positioning devices
or any mobile or wireless-connected
electronic or computer devices, including
without limitation cellular phones, palmtop
and handheld computers, pagers, and
personal digital assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain inaccurate
or incomplete information due to the
passage of time, changing circumstances,
sources used and the nature of collecting
comprehensive geographic data, any of
which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees,
representations or warranties of any kind,
express or implied, arising by law or
otherwise, including but not limited to,
content, quality, accuracy, completeness,
effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a
particular purpose, usefulness, use or results
to be obtained from this Data, or that the
Data or server will be uninterrupted or
error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow certain
warranty exclusions, so to that extent the
above exclusion may not apply to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO
YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND
OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS,
INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR
INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE
USE OR POSSESSION OF THE
INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF
PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR
SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT
OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE
THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE
INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR
ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Some States, Territories and Countries do
not allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals required
under, applicable export laws, rules and
regulations, including but not limited to the
laws, rules and regulations administered by
the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the
U.S. Department of Commerce and the
Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S.
Department of Commerce. To the extent that
any such export laws, rules or regulations
prohibit HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute
Data, such failure shall be excused and shall
not constitute a breach of this Agreement.
607
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors, including
their licensors and suppliers) and you
pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and
supersedes in their entirety any and all
written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws of
the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used], without
giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws
provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the International
Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded.
You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the
State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used] for any
and all disputes, claims and actions arising
from or in connection with the Data provided
to you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is being
acquired by or on behalf of the United States
government or any other entity seeking or
applying rights similar to those customarily
claimed by the United States government,
this Data is a “commercial item” as that term
is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is
licensed in accordance with these End-User
Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the following
“Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in
accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425 West
Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606
This Data is a commercial item as defined
in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-
User Terms under which this Data was
provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal government
agency, or any federal official refuses to use
the legend provided herein, the Contracting
Officer, federal government agency, or any
federal official must notify HERE prior to
seeking additional or alternative rights in the
Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing Data
for the United States shall contain the
following notices:
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal Service®
to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.”
“©United States Postal Service® 20XX.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4.”
608
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
B. Canada Data. The following provisions
apply to the Data for Canada, which may
include or reflect data from third party
licensors (“Third Party Data”), including
Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada
(“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation
(“Canada Post”) and the Department of
Natural Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data is
licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representations
or warranties respecting such data,
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, complete-
ness, accuracy or fitness for a partic-
ular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of any
claim, demand or action, irrespective
of the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action alleging any loss,
injury or damages, direct or indirect,
which may result from the use or
possession of such Data; or (ii) in any
way for loss of revenues or contracts,
or any other consequential loss of any
kind resulting from any defect in the
Data.
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage media
of the copy; (ii) the packaging for the
copy; or (iii) other materials packaged
with the copy, such as user manuals or
end user license agreements: “This data
includes information taken with permis-
sion from Canadian authorities, including
© Her Majesty the Queen in Right of
Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario,
© Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®,
© The Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
3. End-User Terms: Except as otherwise
agreed by the parties, in connection with
the provision of any portion of the Data
for the Territory of Canada to End-Users
as may be authorized under the Agree-
ment, Client shall provide such End-
Users, in a reasonably conspicuous
manner, with terms (set forth with other
end user terms required to be provided
609
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
under the Agreement, or as otherwise
may be provided, by Client) which shall
include the following provisions on
behalf of the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post and
NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect data
of licensors, including Her Majesty the
Queen in the Right of Canada (“Her
Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation
(“Canada Post”) and the Department
of Natural Resources Canada
(“NRCan”). Such data is licensed on
an “as is” basis. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, make no guarantees,
representations or warranties
respecting such data, either express
or implied, arising by law or otherwise,
including but not limited to, effective-
ness, completeness, accuracy or
fitness for a particular purpose. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be
liable in respect of any claim, demand
or action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which may
result from the use or possession of
the data or the Data. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in any
way for loss of revenues or contracts,
or any other consequential loss of any
kind resulting from any defect in the
data or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, and
their officers, employees and agents
from and against any claim, demand
or action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action, alleging loss, costs, expenses,
damages or injuries (including injuries
resulting in death) arising out of the
use or possession of the data or the
Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addition
to all of the rights and obligations of the
parties under the Agreement. To the
extent that any of the provisions of this
Section are inconsistent with, or conflict
with, any other provisions of the Agree-
ment, the provisions of this Section shall
prevail.
610
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice: “Fuente:
INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used as
described below corresponding to the
Territory (or portion thereof) included in
such copy:
NoticeTerritory
IGN “INSTITUTO
GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL
ARGENTINO”
Argentina
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-2011-
01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE ENERO
DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Guade-
loupe,
French
Guiana
and
Marti-
nique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used as
described below corresponding to the
Territory (or portion thereof) included in
such copy:
NoticeCountry
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The fore-
going notice requirement for
Jordan Data is a material term
of the Agreement. If Client or
any of its permitted subli-
censees (if any) fail to meet
such requirement, HERE shall
have the right to terminate
Client’s license with respect to
the Jordan Data.
Jordan
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of Jordan
(“Jordan Data”) for use in Enterprise
Applications to (i) non-Jordanian entities
for use of the Jordan Data solely in Jordan
or (ii) Jordan-based customers. In addition,
Client, its permitted sublicensees (if any)
and End-Users are restricted from using
the Jordan Data in Enterprise Applications
if such party is (i) a non-Jordanian entity
using the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or
(ii) a Jordan-based customer. For purposes
611
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applications”
shall mean Geomarketing applications,
GIS applications, mobile business asset
management applications, call center
applications, telematics applications,
public organization Internet applications
or for providing geocoding services.
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges and
agrees that in certain countries of the
Europe Territory, Client will need to
obtain rights directly from third party
RDS-TMC code providers to receive and
use the Traffic Codes in the Data and to
deliver to End-Users Transactions in any
way derived from or based on such
Traffic Codes. For such countries, HERE
shall deliver the Data incorporating
Traffic Codes to Client only after
receiving certification from Client of its
having obtained such rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights Legends
for Belgium. Client shall, for each Trans-
action that uses Traffic Codes for
Belgium, provide the following notice to
the End-User: “Traffic Codes for Belgium
are provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any license
granted to Client relating to making,
selling or distributing paper maps (i.e., a
map fixed on a paper or paper-like
medium): (a) such license with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain is
conditioned on Client’s entering into and
complying with a separate written agree-
ment with the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to
create and sell paper maps, Client’s
paying to the OS any and all applicable
paper map royalties, and Client’s
complying with the OS copyright notice
requirements; (b) such license for selling
or otherwise distributing for charge with
respect to Data for the Territory of Czech
Republic is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining prior written consent from
Kartografie a.s.; (c) such license for selling
or distributing with respect to Data for the
Territory of Switzerland is conditioned on
Client’s obtaining a permit from
Bundesamt für Landestopografie of
Switzerland; (d) Client is restricted from
using Data for the Territory of France to
create paper maps with a scale between
1:5,000 and 1:250,000; and (e) Client is
restricted from using any Data to create,
sell or distribute paper maps that are the
same or substantially similar, in terms of
data content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
swesen of Austria, and the National Land
Survey of Sweden.
612
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to Data
for the Territory of Great Britain, Client
acknowledges and agrees that the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring a direct
action against Client to enforce compli-
ance with the OS copyright notice (see
Section IV(D) below) and paper map
requirements (see Section IV(B) above)
contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used as
described below corresponding to the
Territory (or portion thereof) included in
such copy:
NoticeCountry(ies)
“© Bundesamt für Eich- und
Vermessungswesen”
Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
Germany
“Contains Ordnance Survey
data © Crown copyright
and database right 2010
Contains Royal Mail data ©
Royal Mail copyright and
database right 2010”
Great Britain
“Copyright Geomatics Ltd.”Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed al
tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”Portugal
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
“Topografische Grundlage:
© Bundesamt für
Landestopographie.
Switzerland
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not received
approvals to distribute map data for the
following countries in such respective
countries: Albania, Belarus, Kyrgyzstan,
Moldova and Uzbekistan. HERE may
613
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
update such list from time to time. The
license rights granted to Client under this
TL with respect to the Data for such
countries are contingent upon Client’s
compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations, including, without limitation,
any required licenses or approvals to
distribute the Application incorporating
such Data in such respective countries.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used as
described below corresponding to the
Territory (or portion thereof) included in
such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing RDS-
TMC Traffic Codes for Australia shall
contain the following notice: “Product
incorporates traffic location codes which
is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited and
its licensors.”
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier Telematics
Disclosure
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS AFFILIATES AND
CONTRACTORS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE
OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES,
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. END USER
HAS NO CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP
WITH THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN FORD AND UNDERLYING
CARRIER. END USER UNDERSTANDS AND
AGREES THAT THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
HAS NO LEGAL, EQUITABLE, OR OTHER
LIABILITY OF ANY KIND TO END USER. IN
ANY EVENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM
OF THE ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH
OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR OTHERWISE,
END USER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR
CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY WAY IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, FOR
ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED
HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT OF
DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED
THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER FOR THE
SERVICES DURING THE TWO-MONTH
PERIOD PRECEDING THE DATE THE CLAIM
AROSE.
614
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND
HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CLAIMS
FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY PROPERTY
DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH,
ARISING IN ANY WAY, DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE,
OR INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
DEVICE.
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT FORD
AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER CANNOT
GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF WIRELESS
TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL NOT BE LIABLE
FOR ANY LACK OF SECURITY RELATING
TO THE USE OF THE SERVICES
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
GUARANTEE ANY END USER
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR COVERAGE.
THE UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
WARRANT THAT END USERS CAN OR WILL
BE LOCATED USING THE SERVICE. THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER MAKES NO
WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SUITABILITY, OR
PERFORMANCE REGARDING ANY SERVICES
OR GOODS, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL
AT&T BE LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE
TO ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A)
ACT OR OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT, DELAYS,
OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE PROVIDED
BY OR THROUGH THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR INJURY CAUSED
BY SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION BY THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR
INJURY CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY
IN CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END USER
RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND HOLDS THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER HARMLESS FROM
AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS OF
ANY PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES
OF ANY NATURE ARISING IN ANY WAY
FROM OR RELATING TO, DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY, SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER OR ANY PERSON’S
USE THEREOF, INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING
IN WHOLE OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other similar
purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the
restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as
necessary for your personal use to (i) view
615
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not
remove any copyright notices that appear
and do not modify the Data in any way. You
agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy,
modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse
engineer any portion of this Data, and may
not transfer or distribute it in any form, for
any purpose, except to the extent permitted
by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in communication
with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation,
positioning, dispatch, real time route
guidance, fleet management or similar
applications; or (b) with or in communication
with any positioning devices or any mobile
or wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation cellular
phones, palmtop and handheld computers,
pagers, and personal digital assistants or
PDAs. You agree to cease using this Data if
you fail to comply with these terms and
conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will perform
substantially in accordance with the
accompanying written materials for a period
of ninety (90) days from the date of receipt,
and (b) any support services provided by
NAV2 shall be substantially as described in
applicable written materials provided to you
by NAV2, and NAV2’s support engineers will
make commercially reasonable efforts to
solve any problem issues.
Customer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2 with
a copy of your receipt. This Limited Warranty
is void if failure of the Data has resulted from
accident, abuse, or misapplication. Any
replacement Data will be warranted for the
remainder of the original warranty period or
thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. Neither
these remedies nor any product support
services offered by NAV2 are available
without proof of purchase from an authorized
international source.
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY SET
FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
616
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO
YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND
OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS,
INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR
INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE
USE OR POSSESSION OF THE
INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF
PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR
SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT
OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE
THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE
INFROMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE
TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED
ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals required
under, applicable export laws, rules and
regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its suppliers
and are protected by applicable copyright
and other intellectual property law and
treaties. The Data are provided solely on the
basis of a license to use, not sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between us
with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to (i)
its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United
Nations Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder shall be submitted to the
Shanghai International Economic and Trade
Arbitration Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from Gracenote,
Inc., copyright©
617
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Software,
copyright © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This
product and service may practice one or
more of the following U.S. Patents 5,987,525;
6,061,680; 6,154,773; 6,161,132; 6,230,192;
6,230,207; 6.240,459; 6,330,593 and other
patents issued or pending. Some services
supplied under license from Open Globe,
Inc. for U.S. Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608 ("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote Data only
by means of the intended End User functions
of this device. This device may contain
content belonging to Gracenote's providers.
If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein
with respect to Gracenote Data shall also
apply to such content and such content
providers shall be entitled to all of the
benefits and protections set forth herein that
are available to Gracenote. You agree that
you will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers
for your own personal, non-commercial use
only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer
or transmit the Gracenote Content,
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data
(except in a Tag associated with a music file)
to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE
OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights in
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote
Content, including all ownership rights.
Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
including any copyrighted material or music
file information. You agree that Gracenote
may enforce its respective rights, collectively
or separately, under this agreement against
you, directly in each company's own name.
618
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The purpose
of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is
to allow Gracenote to count queries without
knowing anything about who you are. For
more information, see the web page at
www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote
Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO
YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES
ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE
ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA
FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR
GRACENOTE CONTENT. GRACENOTE
COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE
THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND/OR
CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES'
RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES
FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE
DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARRANTY IS
MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE
CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE
OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE
ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO
DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT
ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Taiwan Territory
According to the "Technical Specifications
for Low Power Radio Frequency Equipment"
formulated by the National Communications
and Communication Committee of the
Executive Yuan: 3.8.2. For the low-power
radio frequency equipment that has obtained
the verification certificate, the company, firm
or user shall not change the frequency,
increase the power or change the
characteristics and functions of the original
design without authorization.
The use of low-power radio frequency
equipment must not affect flight safety and
interfere with legal communications: when
the system detects interference, immediately
stop using it until there is no interference.
The aforementioned legal communication
refers to the wireless communication
operated in accordance with the provisions
of the Telecommunications Management
Law. Low-power radio frequency equipment
needs to endure the interference of legal
communication or industrial, scientific and
medical radio wave radiation electrical
equipment.
619
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS AND
CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept certain
terms and conditions. The following is a brief
summary of the terms and conditions that
apply to you. To view the full terms and
conditions relevant to your use of the SUNA
Products and/or Services, please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcondi-
tions/
1. Acceptance
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcondi-
tions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for your
personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to provide
SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are intended
as an aid to personal motoring and travel
planning, and do not provide comprehensive
or accurate information on all occasions. On
occasions, you may experience additional
delay as a result of using SUNA Products
and/or Services. You acknowledge that it is
not intended, or suitable, for use in
applications where time of arrival or driving
directions may impact the safety of the public
or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorized drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and active,
remain at all times responsible for observing
all relevant laws and codes of safe driving.
In particular, you agree to only actively
operate SUNA Products and/or Services
when the Vehicle is at a complete stop and
it is safe to do so.
5. Service Continuity and Reception of the
SUNA Traffic Channel
620
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
We will use reasonable endeavors to provide
the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic Channel
may occasionally be unavailable for technical
reasons or for planned maintenance. We will
try to perform maintenance at times when
congestion is light. We reserve the right to
withdraw SUNA Products and/or Services at
any time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or the
manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to any
third party for any damages either direct,
indirect, incidental, consequential or
otherwise arising out of the use of or inability
to use SUNA Products and/or Services even
if Intelematics or a Supplier has been advised
of the possibility of such damages. You also
acknowledge that neither Intelematics nor
any Supplier guarantees nor make any
warranties that relate to the availability,
accuracy or completeness of SUNA Products
and/or Services, and to the extent which it
is lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State or
Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development may
mean that some information is not entirely
up-to-date. The information in this document
is subject to change without notice.
EMISSION LAW - UNITED STATES
OF AMERICA
WARNING: Do not remove or alter
the original equipment floor covering or
insulation between it and the metal floor
of the vehicle. The floor covering and
insulation protect occupants of the vehicle
from the engine and exhaust system heat
and noise. On vehicles with no original
equipment floor covering insulation, do not
carry passengers in a manner that permits
prolonged skin contact with the metal floor.
Failure to follow these instructions may
result in fire or personal injury.
U.S. federal laws and certain state laws
prohibit removing or rendering inoperative
emission control system components. Similar
federal or provincial laws may apply in
Canada. We do not approve of any vehicle
modification without first determining
applicable laws.
E67028
Tampering with emissions control
systems including related sensors
or the Diesel Exhaust Fluid system
can result in reduced engine power and the
illumination of the service engine soon light.
621
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
Tampering With a Noise Control
System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:
• Removal or rendering inoperative by any
person other than for purposes of
maintenance.
• Repair or replacement of any device or
element of the design incorporated into
a new vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or delivery to the
ultimate purchaser or while it is in use.
• The use of the vehicle after any person
removes or renders inoperative any
device or element of the design.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
may presume to constitute tampering as
follows:
• Removal of hood blanket, fender apron
absorbers, fender apron barriers,
underbody noise shields or acoustically
absorptive material.
• Tampering or rendering inoperative the
engine speed governor, to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
If the engine does not start, runs rough,
experiences a decrease in engine
performance, experiences excess fuel
consumption or produces excessive exhaust
smoke, check for the following:
• A plugged or disconnected air inlet
system hose.
• A plugged engine air filter element.
• Water in the fuel filter and water
separator.
• A clogged fuel filter.
• Contaminated fuel.
• Air in the fuel system, due to loose
connections.
• An open or pinched sensor hose.
• Incorrect engine oil level.
• Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
• Incorrect engine oil viscosity for climactic
conditions.
Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel filter
that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular
maintenance or replacement is not needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you correct
the concern, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited
Tampering Acts and Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation
became effective governing the noise
emission on trucks over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg)
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The
preceding statements concerning prohibited
tampering acts and maintenance, and the
noise warranty found in the Warranty Guide,
are applicable to complete chassis cabs over
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.
EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your vehicle
may be equipped with features and options
that are different from the features and
options that are described in this Owner’s
Manual. A market unique supplement may
be supplied that complements this book. By
referring to the market unique supplement,
if provided, you can properly identify those
features, recommendations and
622
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
specifications that are unique to your vehicle.
This Owner’s Manual is written primarily for
the U.S. and Canadian markets. Features or
equipment listed as standard may be
different on units built for export. Refer to
this Owner’s Manual for all other required
information and warnings.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
The following warranties may apply to your
vehicle:
• New vehicle limited warranties.
• Emissions warranties, if applicable. (Note:
Fully-electric vehicles are not eligible for
emissions warranties.)
• Other warranties, if applicable.
Detailed warranty information specific to your
vehicle can be found in the Warranty Guide
at www.owner.lincoln.com.
The following California Warranty Statement,
required by California regulations, applies to
vehicles certified to California emissions
standards and registered in a state that
requires California emissions warranty. If
applicable, additional California Emissions
Warranties can be found in the Warranty
Guide at www.owner.lincoln.com.
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL
WARRANTY STATEMENT
YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND
OBLIGATIONS
The California Air Resources Board and Ford
Motor Company are pleased to explain the
emission control system warranty on your
(year) vehicle. In California, new motor
vehicles must be designated, built and
equipped to meet the State's stringent
anti-smog standards. Ford Motor Company
must warrant the emission control system on
your vehicle for the periods of time listed
below provided there has been no abuse,
neglect or improper maintenance of your
vehicle.
Your emission control system may include
parts such as the carburetor or fuel-injection
system, the ignition system, catalytic
converter and engine computer. Also
included may be hoses, belts, connectors
and other emission-related assemblies.
Where a warrantable condition exists, Ford
Motor Company will repair your vehicle at
no cost to you including diagnosis, parts and
labor.
MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY
COVERAGE:
(For 1990 and subsequent model passenger
cars, light-duty trucks, and medium-duty
vehicles.)
- For 3 years or 50,000 miles (whichever
occurs first);
1) If your vehicle fails a Smog Check
inspection, all necessary repairs and
adjustments will be made by Ford Motor
Company to ensure that your emission
control system PERFORMANCE WARRANTY.
623
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
2) If any emission-related part on your vehicle
is defective, the part will be repaired or
replaced by Ford Motor Company. This is
your short-term emission control system
DEFECTS WARRANTY.
- For 7 years or 70,000 miles (whichever
occurs first);
1) If an emission-related part listed in this
warranty booklet specially noted with
coverage for 7 years or 70,000 miles is
defective, the part will be repaired or
replaced by Ford Motor Company. This is
your long-term emission control system
DEFECTS WARRANTY.
OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES:
- As the vehicle owner, you are responsible
for the performance of the required
maintenance listed in your owner's manual.
Ford Motor Company recommends that you
retain all receipts covering maintenance on
your vehicle, but Ford Motor Company
cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of
receipts or for your failure to ensure the
performance of all scheduled maintenance.
- You are responsible for presenting your
vehicle to a Ford or Lincoln dealer as soon
as a problem exists. The warranty repairs
should be completed in a reasonable amount
of time, not to exceed 30 days.
- As the vehicle owner, you should also be
aware that Ford Motor Company may deny
you warranty coverage if your vehicle or a
part has failed due to abuse, neglect,
improper maintenance or unapproved
modifications.
If you have any questions regarding your
warranty rights and responsibilities, you
should contact Lincoln Concierge at
1-800-521-4140 or the California Air Resource
Board at 9528 Telstar Avenue, El Monte, CA
91731.
624
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Customer Information
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNING: Do not place objects or
mount equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the front or rear
seatbacks, or in areas that may come into
contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to
follow these instructions may increase the
risk of personal injury in the event of a
crash.
WARNING: Do not fasten antenna
cables to vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and
brake pipes.
WARNING: Keep antenna and power
cables at least 4 in (10 cm) from any
electronic modules and airbags.
Note: We test and certify your vehicle to
meet electromagnetic compatibility
legislation. It is your responsibility to make
sure that any equipment an authorized
dealer installs on your vehicle complies with
applicable local legislation and other
requirements. Installation of some
aftermarket electronic devices could
degrade the performance of vehicle
functions, which use radio frequency signals
such as broadcast radio receiver, tire
pressure monitoring system, push button
start, Bluetooth® connectivity or satellite
navigation.
Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular
telephones and amateur radio transmitters)
must keep to the parameters in the following
illustrations and table. We do not provide
any other special provisions or conditions
for installations or use.
625
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Appendices
Car/SUV
E239120
626
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Appendices
Van
E239122
627
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Appendices
Truck
E239121
Antenna PositionsMaximum Output Power Watt (Peak RMS)Frequency Band MHz
1501-30
2, 35050-54
2, 35068-87
628
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Appendices
Antenna PositionsMaximum Output Power Watt (Peak RMS)Frequency Band MHz
2, 350142-176
2, 350380-512
2, 310806-870
629
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Appendices
630
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
3
360 Degree Camera....................................261
360 Degree Camera Settings.........................263
360 Degree Camera Guide Lines...........262
360 Degree Camera Limitations..............262
360 Degree Camera Precautions.............261
360 Degree Camera Settings...................263
Switching the 360 Degree Camera On and
Off......................................................................263
Switching the 360 Degree Camera
View..................................................................264
4
4WD
See: Four-Wheel Drive......................................224
9
911 Assist...........................................................70
A
A/C
See: Climate Control..........................................159
About This Publication...................................19
ABS
See: Brakes..........................................................232
Accessing Apps.............................................512
Accessing Navigation...................................517
Accessing the Passive Key Backup
Position........................................................205
Accessories...................................................524
ActiveGlide™..................................................286
ActiveGlide™ – Troubleshooting......................291
ActiveGlide™ Alerts......................................290
ActiveGlide™ Automatic
Cancellation................................................290
ActiveGlide™ Indicators................................291
ActiveGlide™ Limitations.............................288
ActiveGlide™ Precautions...........................287
ActiveGlide™ Requirements.......................288
ActiveGlide™ Settings..................................289
ActiveGlide™ – Troubleshooting................291
ActiveGlide™ – Information Messages...........291
Active Park Assist.........................................265
Active Park Assist – Troubleshooting...........267
Active Park Assist Precautions.................265
Active Park Assist –
Troubleshooting.........................................267
Active Park Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................267
Active Park Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................267
Adaptive Cruise Control.............................270
Adaptive Cruise Control –
Troubleshooting.............................................284
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control...............282
Lane Centering...................................................279
Adaptive Cruise Control Automatic
Cancellation................................................274
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators.........278
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations.........271
Adaptive Cruise Control
Precautions.................................................270
Adaptive Cruise Control –
Troubleshooting.........................................284
Adaptive Cruise Control – Information
Messages.........................................................284
Adaptive Front Lighting...............................130
How Does Adaptive Front Lighting
Work...................................................................130
Switching Adaptive Front Lighting On and
Off........................................................................131
Adjustable Pedals..........................................113
Adjusting the Exterior Mirrors....................138
Adjusting the Headlamps...........................427
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Lighting
Brightness.....................................................133
Adjusting the Integrated Trailer Brake
Controller Mode.........................................358
631
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Adjusting the Luggage Compartment
Divider..........................................................343
Adjusting the Luggage Compartment Load
Floor..............................................................342
Adjusting the Map.........................................517
Changing the Format of the Map....................517
Zooming the Map In and Out...........................517
Adjusting the Pedals......................................113
Adjusting the Seatbelt Height.....................56
Adjusting the Seatbelts During
Pregnancy......................................................55
Adjusting the Sound Settings....................487
Adjusting the Steering Wheel.....................112
Adjusting the Volume..................................487
Aid Mode........................................................302
How Does Aid Mode Work..............................302
What Is Aid Mode...............................................302
Airbag Precautions.........................................63
Airbags...............................................................61
Front Passenger Sensing System....................65
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control..........................................159
Air Conditioning System Capacity and
Specification................................................474
Alert and Aid Mode......................................303
How Does Alert and Aid Mode Work............303
What Is Alert and Aid Mode.............................303
Alert Mode.....................................................302
Adjusting the Steering Wheel Vibration
Intensity............................................................302
How Does Alert Mode Work...........................302
What Is Alert Mode............................................302
Alexa Built-In.................................................503
Alexa Built-In Requirements......................503
Alexa Built-In Settings.................................503
AM/FM Radio.................................................488
AM/FM Radio Limitations..................................488
Selecting a Radio Station.................................489
Ambient Lighting...........................................133
Adjusting Ambient Lighting..............................133
Switching Ambient Lighting On and Off........133
Anti-Lock Braking System..........................232
Anti-Lock Braking System Limitations..........232
Anti-Theft Alarm System.............................106
Arming the Anti-Theft Alarm System..............107
Disarming the Anti-Theft Alarm System........107
How Does the Anti-Theft Alarm System
Work...................................................................106
What Are the Inclination Sensors....................107
What Are the Interior Sensors.........................106
What Is the Anti-Theft Alarm System.............106
What Is the Perimeter Alarm............................106
Anti-Theft Alarm System Settings.............107
Setting the Alarm Security Level.....................107
Switching Ask on Exit On and Off...................107
What are the Alarm Security Levels...............107
What Is Ask on Exit.............................................107
Appendices...................................................625
Applying the Electric Parking Brake........235
Applying the Electric Parking Brake in an
Emergency..................................................235
App Precautions............................................512
App Requirements........................................512
Apps.................................................................512
Audio System................................................486
AM/FM Radio.......................................................488
Audio System – Troubleshooting...................493
Digital Radio.........................................................489
Satellite Radio......................................................491
Audio System Precautions.........................486
Audio System – Troubleshooting.............493
Audio System – Information Messages........493
Auto-Dimming Exterior Mirror....................139
What Is the Auto-Dimming Exterior
Mirror..................................................................139
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror.....................136
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror
Limitations.........................................................136
What Is the Auto-Dimming Interior
Mirror..................................................................136
Auto Hold.......................................................243
Auto Hold Indicators....................................244
632
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Autolamps........................................................121
Autolamp Settings................................................121
What Are Autolamps...........................................121
Autolock............................................................88
Autolock Requirements.......................................88
What Is Autolock...................................................88
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake.............................................236
Automatic Crash Shutoff............................393
Automatic Crash Shutoff Precautions...........393
Re-Enabling Your Vehicle.................................393
What Is Automatic Crash Shutoff...................393
Automatic Emergency Braking.................327
Switching Automatic Emergency Braking On
and Off..............................................................327
What Is Automatic Emergency Braking........327
Automatic Engine Stop...............................204
How Does Automatic Engine Stop
Work..................................................................205
Overriding Automatic Engine Stop................205
Switching Automatic Engine Stop On and
Off......................................................................205
What Is Automatic Engine Stop......................204
Automatic High Beam Control...................124
Automatic High Beam Control
Indicators..........................................................126
Automatic High Beam Control
Limitations........................................................126
Automatic High Beam Control
Precautions......................................................125
Automatic High Beam Control
Requirements...................................................125
How Does Automatic High Beam Control
Work...................................................................124
Overriding Automatic High Beam
Control...............................................................126
Switching Automatic High Beam Control On
and Off...............................................................126
Automatic High Beam Control –
Troubleshooting..........................................127
Automatic High Beam Control – Information
Messages..........................................................127
Automatic Locking Mode..............................54
Disengaging Automatic Locking Mode..........55
Engaging Automatic Locking Mode................55
What Is Automatic Locking Mode.....................54
When to Use Automatic Locking Mode..........54
Automatic Return to Park (P).....................223
Automatic Return to Park (P)
Limitations........................................................223
How Does Automatic Return to Park (P)
Work..................................................................223
What Is Automatic Return to Park (P)............223
Automatic Transmission Audible
Warnings......................................................223
Automatic Transmission.............................220
Automatic Return to Park (P)...........................223
Automatic Transmission Positions.................220
Manually Shifting Gears.....................................221
Temporary Neutral Mode.................................222
Automatic Transmission Position
Indicators......................................................221
Automatic Transmission Positions...........220
Drive (D).................................................................221
Neutral (N)............................................................220
Park (P)..................................................................220
Reverse (R)...........................................................220
Automatic Transmission
Precautions.................................................220
Auto Mode.......................................................161
Auto Mode Indicators..........................................161
Switching Auto Mode On and Off....................161
Switching Dual Mode On and Off...................162
Auto-Start-Stop.............................................208
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting...............209
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators.........................208
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions......................208
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting.........209
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................210
Auto-Start-Stop – Information
Messages........................................................209
633
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Autounlock.......................................................88
Autounlock Requirements..................................88
Switching Autounlock On and Off....................88
What Is Autounlock..............................................88
Autowipers.......................................................114
Adjusting the Sensitivity of the Rain
Sensor.................................................................115
Autowipers Settings.............................................114
What Are Autowipers..........................................114
B
Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery.......................424
Blind Spot Assist...........................................304
Blind Spot Assist Indicators.............................305
Blind Spot Assist Limitations...........................304
How Does Blind Spot Assist Work.................304
What Is Blind Spot Assist..................................304
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer
Coverage.....................................................306
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer Coverage
Indicators..........................................................307
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer Coverage
Limitations.......................................................306
How Does Blind Spot Assist with Trailer
Coverage Work..............................................306
What Is Blind Spot Assist with Trailer
Coverage.........................................................306
Blind Spot Information System...................311
Blind Spot Information System –
Troubleshooting..............................................316
Blind Spot Information System With Trailer
Coverage..........................................................313
Blind Spot Information System
Indicators......................................................315
Blind Spot Information System
Limitations.....................................................311
Blind Spot Information System
Precautions...................................................311
Blind Spot Information System
Requirements..............................................312
Blind Spot Information System –
Troubleshooting..........................................316
Blind Spot Information System – Information
Messages..........................................................316
Blind Spot Information System With Trailer
Coverage......................................................313
Blind Spot Information System With Trailer
Coverage Limitations.....................................313
Selecting a Trailer................................................315
Setting a Trailer Length......................................314
What Is Blind Spot Information System with
Trailer Coverage..............................................313
Bluetooth®........................................................511
Body Control Module Fuse Box...............408
Accessing the Body Control Module Fuse
Box.....................................................................408
Identifying the Fuses in the Body Control
Module Fuse Box...........................................409
Locating the Body Control Module Fuse
Box.....................................................................408
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood.............414
Booster Seats..................................................48
Brake Fluid Specification...........................233
Brake Over Accelerator..............................232
Brake Precautions........................................232
Brakes.............................................................232
Anti-Lock Braking System................................232
Brakes – Troubleshooting................................233
Brakes – Troubleshooting..........................233
Brakes – Frequently Asked Questions.........234
Brakes – Warning Lamps.................................233
Breaking-In.....................................................384
C
Calculating Payload.....................................338
Calculating the Load Limit..........................338
Canceling the Set Speed...........................276
Capacities and Specifications...................467
634
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Catalytic Converter.......................................218
Catalytic Converter – Troubleshooting.........219
Catalytic Converter Precautions...............218
Catalytic Converter –
Troubleshooting..........................................219
Catalytic Converter – Warning Lamps...........219
Center Console............................................200
Opening the Center Console.........................200
Center Display Limitations.........................498
Center Display Overview...........................498
Center Display Precautions.......................498
Changing a Flat Tire....................................459
Changing a Road Wheel............................459
Changing the 12V Battery..........................424
Changing the Fuel Filter.............................424
Changing the Language...............................151
Changing the Measurement Unit...............151
Changing the Radio Station.......................497
Changing the Remote Control Battery......73
Changing the Temperature Unit.................151
Changing the Tire Pressure Unit................151
Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Name
or Password................................................484
Charging a Device........................................194
Charging a Wireless Device.......................198
Checking MyKey System Status.................84
Checking the Brake Fluid..........................232
Checking the Coolant..................................418
Checking the Seatbelts.................................58
Checking the Tire Pressures.....................449
Checking the Wiper Blades.........................116
Childminder Mirror........................................136
Childminder Mirror Precautions.......................136
Locating the Childminder Mirror......................136
Children and Airbags.....................................65
Child Restraint Anchor Points......................40
Locating the Child Restraint Lower Anchor
Points...................................................................40
Locating the Child Restraint Top Tether
Anchor Points.....................................................41
What Are the Child Restraint Anchor
Points...................................................................40
Child Restraints................................................41
Child Restraint Position Information..................41
Child Restraints Recommendation...................43
Child Safety......................................................39
Child Restraint Anchor Points............................40
Child Restraints.......................................................41
Installing Child Restraints....................................44
Child Safety Locks...........................................51
Child Safety Precautions...............................39
Cleaning Products.......................................429
Cleaning the Exterior..................................430
Cleaning Camera Lenses and Sensors........432
Cleaning Chrome, Aluminium or Stainless
Steel..................................................................430
Cleaning Headlamps and Rear Lamps.........430
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics............................431
Cleaning the Engine Compartment................431
Cleaning the Exterior Precautions.................430
Cleaning the Underbody..................................432
Cleaning Wheels..................................................431
Cleaning Windows and Wiper Blades..........430
Cleaning the Interior....................................432
Cleaning Carpets and Floor Mats..................433
Cleaning Displays and Screens......................432
Cleaning Fabric Seats and Headliners.........433
Cleaning Leather and Vinyl..............................433
Cleaning Moonroof Tracks...............................434
Cleaning Plastic..................................................432
Cleaning Seatbelts.............................................434
Cleaning the Instrument Panel.......................432
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................84
Climate Control..............................................159
Auto Mode.............................................................161
Climate Control Hints...................................162
Closing the Liftgate......................................100
Closing the Hands-Free Liftgate.....................102
Closing the Liftgate From Inside Your
Vehicle...............................................................100
Closing the Liftgate From Outside Your
Vehicle................................................................101
Closing the Liftgate Using the Remote
Control................................................................101
635
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Cold Weather Precautions.........................384
Connected Navigation.................................517
Connected Vehicle.......................................481
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting.........482
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network.............................................................481
Connected Vehicle Data...............................27
Connected Vehicle Limitations..................481
Connected Vehicle Requirements............481
Connected Vehicle –
Troubleshooting.........................................482
Connected Vehicle – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................482
Connecting a Bluetooth® Device...............511
Connecting a Trailer....................................346
Connecting a Trailer – Troubleshooting.......348
Hitches..................................................................345
Connecting a Trailer Precautions.............345
Connecting a Trailer –
Troubleshooting.........................................348
Connecting a Trailer – Information
Messages.........................................................348
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network.........................................................481
Connecting Lincoln Way to the Modem........481
Enabling and Disabling the Modem...............481
What Is the Modem.............................................481
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network........................................................482
Connecting Your Phone.............................505
Contacting Us...................................................17
Cooling System Capacity and
Specification.................................................471
Crash and Breakdown Information..........389
Automatic Crash Shutoff..................................393
Jump Starting the Vehicle................................390
Post-Crash Alert System...................................392
Post Impact Braking...........................................393
Recovery Towing................................................394
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator..........68
Creating a MyKey...........................................83
Creating a Personal Profile.........................515
Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot.............484
Cross Traffic Alert..........................................317
Cross Traffic Alert – Troubleshooting...........320
Cross Traffic Alert Indicators......................319
Cross Traffic Alert Limitations....................318
Cross Traffic Alert Precautions...................317
Cross Traffic Alert –
Troubleshooting.........................................320
Cross Traffic Alert – Information
Messages.........................................................320
Customer Information..................................541
Radio Frequency Certification Labels...........545
Customizing the Instrument Cluster
Display...........................................................150
D
Data Privacy.....................................................24
Department of Transportation Uniform Tire
Quality Grades............................................437
Deploying and Stowing the Power Running
Boards.............................................................111
Digital Radio..................................................489
Digital Radio Indicators.....................................490
Digital Radio Limitations...................................490
How Does Digital Radio Work........................490
Switching Digital Radio Reception On and
Off......................................................................490
What Is Digital Radio.........................................489
Directing the Flow of Air.............................160
Disposing of Airbags.....................................69
Distance Alert................................................327
Adjusting the Sensitivity of Distance
Alert...................................................................327
What Is Distance Alert.......................................327
Distance Indication......................................325
Distance Indication Indicator...........................326
Switching Distance Indication On and
Off......................................................................326
What Is Distance Indication.............................325
636
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Doors and Locks Audible Warnings..........89
Doors and Locks.............................................87
Autolock..................................................................88
Autounlock.............................................................88
Doors and Locks – Troubleshooting...............89
Mislock.....................................................................88
Operating the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle.................................................................87
Operating the Doors From Outside Your
Vehicle.................................................................87
Doors and Locks – Troubleshooting.........89
Doors and Locks – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................90
Doors and Locks – Information
Messages...........................................................89
Doors and Locks – Warning Lamps.................89
Drive Belt Routing........................................428
Drive Mode Control.....................................294
Drive Mode Control – Troubleshooting.......298
Drive Modes........................................................295
Drive Mode Control –
Troubleshooting.........................................298
Drive Mode Control – Frequently Asked
Questions........................................................299
Drive Mode Control – Information
Messages.........................................................298
Drive Mode Control – Warning Lamps.........298
Drive Modes..................................................295
Conserve..............................................................295
Deep Conditions................................................295
Excite.....................................................................296
Normal...................................................................296
Normal 4A............................................................297
Slippery.................................................................297
Slow Climb...........................................................297
Driver Alert.....................................................330
Driver Alert – Troubleshooting........................331
Driver Alert Limitations................................331
Driver Alert Precautions.............................330
Driver Alert – Troubleshooting..................331
Driver Alert – Information Messages.............331
Driving Economically...................................384
Driving Hints..................................................384
Driving in Special Conditions..........................385
Driving in Special Conditions....................385
Driving In Sand....................................................386
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain.................385
Driving Through Mud and Water....................385
Driving on Snow and Ice............................384
Driving Through Shallow Water...............386
E
Easy Entry and Exit.........................................97
Electric Parking Brake Audible
Warning........................................................236
Electric Parking Brake.................................235
Electric Parking Brake –
Troubleshooting.............................................236
Electric Parking Brake –
Troubleshooting.........................................236
Electric Parking Brake – Information
Messages.........................................................237
Electric Parking Brake – Warning
Lamps...............................................................236
Electric Power Steering..............................252
Electric Power Steering Precautions.............252
How Does Electric Power Steering
Work..................................................................252
Electromagnetic Compatibility.................625
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential..........230
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential –
Troubleshooting..............................................231
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential –
Troubleshooting..........................................231
Electronic Limited-Slip Differential –
Information Messages...................................231
Emergency Call Limitations...........................71
Emergency Call Requirements....................70
Emergency Call System Data......................28
Emergency Towing......................................399
637
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Emission Law - United States of
America.........................................................621
Enabling Apps on an Android
Device...........................................................512
Enabling Apps on an iOS Device..............512
Enabling or Disabling Personal
Profiles..........................................................515
Enabling Remote Start.................................156
End User License Agreement....................591
Engine Air Filter............................................423
Changing the Engine Air Filter........................423
Engine Block Heater...................................203
Engine Block Heater Precautions..................203
How Does the Engine Block Heater
Work..................................................................203
Using the Engine Block Heater......................204
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge.......144
Engine Oil Capacity and
Specification...............................................469
Engine Oil........................................................417
Adding Engine Oil...............................................417
Checking the Engine Oil Level.........................417
Engine Oil Capacity and Specification...........418
Engine Oil Dipstick Overview...........................417
Resetting the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor.......418
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge........................144
Engine Specifications..................................467
Entering a Parallel Parking Space...........266
Entering a Perpendicular Parking
Space............................................................266
Evasive Steering Assist...............................327
Evasive Steering Assist Limitations...............328
Switching Evasive Steering Assist On and
Off......................................................................328
What Is Evasive Steering Assist......................327
Event Data........................................................26
Exiting a Parking Space..............................267
Export Unique Options...............................622
Extending the Remote Start Duration......157
Exterior Bulbs................................................428
Exterior Bulb Specification Chart...................428
Exterior Lamps...............................................122
Exterior Lamp Indicators....................................123
Exterior Lamps On Audible Warning..............123
Switching the Daytime Running Lamps On
and Off...............................................................122
Switching Welcome Lighting On and
Off.......................................................................123
Using the Front Fog Lamps..............................123
Using the Turn Signal Lamps...........................122
Exterior Lighting Control.............................120
Exterior Lighting............................................120
Adaptive Front Lighting.....................................130
Autolamps..............................................................121
Automatic High Beam Control.........................124
Automatic High Beam Control –
Troubleshooting..............................................127
Exterior Lamps.....................................................122
Glare Free Lighting.............................................127
Glare Free Lighting – Troubleshooting.........130
Headlamps............................................................120
Headlamps – Troubleshooting.........................121
Exterior Mirrors..............................................138
Auto-Dimming Exterior Mirror..........................139
F
Fastening and Unfastening the
Seatbelts........................................................53
Feature Bar....................................................499
Federal Highway Administration
Regulation....................................................591
Flat Tire
See: Changing a Flat Tire.................................459
Floor Mats.......................................................387
Folding the Exterior Mirrors........................138
Foot Pedals
See: Adjusting the Pedals..................................113
Ford Power-Up
See: Software Update Settings......................520
See: Vehicle Software Updates.....................520
Four-Wheel Drive.........................................224
Four-Wheel Drive Modes.................................226
638
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Four-Wheel Drive – Troubleshooting............227
Four-Wheel Drive Indicators......................227
Four-Wheel Drive Limitations....................225
Four-Wheel Drive Modes...........................226
Four-Wheel Drive Auto.....................................227
Four-Wheel Drive High.....................................227
Four-Wheel Drive Low.......................................227
Two-Wheel Drive High......................................226
Four-Wheel Drive Precautions..................224
Four-Wheel Drive –
Troubleshooting.........................................227
Four-Wheel Drive – Information
Messages.........................................................228
Four-Wheel Drive – Warning Lamps.............227
Front Axle Fluid Capacity and
Specification................................................478
Front Exterior...................................................35
Front Parking Aid..........................................257
Front Parking Aid Audible Warnings.............258
Front Parking Aid Limitations..........................257
Locating the Front Parking Aid Sensors.......257
What is the Front Parking Aid..........................257
Front Passenger Sensing System..............65
Front Passenger Sensing System
Indicators............................................................68
Front Passenger Sensing System
Precautions........................................................67
How Does the Front Passenger Sensing
System Work.....................................................65
What Is the Front Passenger Sensing
System................................................................65
Front Seat Precautions................................167
Front Seats......................................................167
Heated Seats........................................................173
Massage Seats.....................................................172
Power Seats..........................................................168
Ventilated Seats...................................................174
Fuel and Refueling.........................................211
Fuel and Refueling – Troubleshooting...........217
Fuel Quality...........................................................212
Refueling................................................................214
Running Out of Fuel............................................213
Fuel and Refueling Precautions.................211
Fuel and Refueling –
Troubleshooting..........................................217
Fuel and Refueling – Information
Messages..........................................................217
Fuel and Refueling – Warning Lamps............217
Fuel Gauge......................................................143
Fuel Gauge Limitations......................................143
Locating the Fuel Filler Door............................143
What Is Distance to Empty................................144
What Is the Fuel Gauge.....................................143
What Is the Low Fuel Reminder.......................143
Fuel Quality.....................................................212
Selecting the Correct Fuel................................212
Fuel Tank Capacity.......................................216
Fuse Precautions...........................................401
Fuses................................................................401
Body Control Module Fuse Box.....................408
Fuses – Troubleshooting...................................413
Under Hood Fuse Box.......................................401
Fuses – Troubleshooting.............................413
Fuses – Frequently Asked Questions............413
G
Garage Door Opener Additional
Assistance....................................................192
Garage Door Opener...................................188
Garage Door Opener Introduction...........188
Garage Door Opener Precautions and
Frequencies.................................................188
General Maintenance Information...........529
Glare Free Lighting.......................................127
Glare Free Lighting Indicators.........................129
Glare Free Lighting Limitations.......................129
Glare Free Lighting Precautions.....................128
Glare Free Lighting Requirements..................128
How Does Glare Free Lighting Work.............127
Overriding Glare Free Lighting........................129
639
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Switching Glare Free Lighting On and
Off.......................................................................129
Glare Free Lighting –
Troubleshooting..........................................130
Glare Free Lighting – Information
Messages..........................................................130
Global Opening..............................................134
Switching Global Opening On and Off..........135
Using Global Opening........................................135
What Is Global Opening.....................................134
Glossary of Tire Terminology....................443
Glove Compartment....................................200
Opening the Glove Compartment.................200
H
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps.......................427
Headlamps......................................................120
Adjusting the Level of the Headlamps..........120
Headlamp Indicators..........................................120
Switching Headlamp Exit Delay On and
Off.......................................................................120
Using the High Beam Headlamps..................120
Headlamps – Troubleshooting...................121
Headlamps – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................121
Head Up Display...........................................152
Head Up Display – Troubleshooting..............155
Head Up Display Indicators........................154
Head Up Display Settings...........................152
Head Up Display – Troubleshooting........155
Head Up Display – Information
Messages..........................................................155
Heated Seats..................................................173
Heated Seat Precautions...................................173
Switching the Heated Seats On and Off.......173
Heating
See: Climate Control..........................................159
Hill Descent Control....................................250
Hill Descent Control – Troubleshooting........251
Hill Descent Control Indicator....................251
Hill Descent Control Precautions.............250
Hill Descent Control –
Troubleshooting..........................................251
Hill Descent Control – Information
Messages..........................................................251
Hill Start Assist..............................................242
Hill Start Assist – Troubleshooting.................242
Hill Start Assist Precautions.......................242
Hill Start Assist – Troubleshooting..........242
Hill Start Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................242
Hitches............................................................345
Hooking Up a Trailer Using a
Weight-Distributing Hitch.............................346
Installing a Hitch.................................................345
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood.............414
Horn...................................................................112
How Does 911 Assist Work...........................70
How Does ActiveGlide™ Work..................286
How Does Active Park Assist Work.........265
How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With
Stop and Go Work.....................................270
How Does Auto Hold Work.......................243
How Does Blind Spot Information System
Work................................................................311
How Does Cross Traffic Alert Work..........317
How Does Drive Mode Control
Work..............................................................294
How Does Driver Alert Work.....................330
How Does Easy Entry and Exit Work.........97
How Does Four-Wheel Drive Work.........224
How Does Hill Descent Control
Work..............................................................250
How Does Hill Start Assist Work..............242
How Does Pre-Collision Assist Work.......321
How Does Reverse Braking Assist
Work..............................................................238
640
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
How Does Speed Sign Recognition
Work..............................................................332
How Does Stability Control Work.............247
How Does the 360 Degree Camera
Work...............................................................261
How Does the Lane Keeping System
Work..............................................................300
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work................................................................60
How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System
Work...............................................................184
How Does the Safety Canopy™ Work........62
How Does Traction Control Work............245
How Does Trailer Backup Assistance
Work..............................................................362
How Does Trailer Reverse Guidance
Work..............................................................375
How Does Trailer Sway Control
Work...............................................................361
How Do Personal Profiles Work................515
How Do the Front Airbags Work.................61
How Do the Side Airbags Work...................61
I
Identifying Fuse Types.................................413
Identifying the Audio Unit..........................486
Identifying the Climate Control Unit.........159
Identifying the Rear Passenger Audio
Controls........................................................497
Identifying the Rear Passenger Climate
Control Unit..................................................164
Inflating the Tires..........................................449
Information On Demand Screen..............500
Information on the Tire Sidewall..............438
Inspecting the Tire for Damage...............450
Inspecting the Tire for Wear......................449
Inspecting the Wheel Valve Stems...........451
Installing and Removing the Luggage
Compartment Cargo Net..........................341
Installing Child Restraints..............................44
Combining the Seatbelt and Lower Anchors
for Attaching Child Restraints........................47
Installing a Child Restraint in a Center
Seat......................................................................47
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children..............................................................46
Using Seatbelts.....................................................44
Using Tether Straps..............................................47
Instrument Cluster Display..........................148
Trip Computer......................................................149
Instrument Cluster Display Main
Menu..............................................................148
Instrument Cluster Indicators.....................146
Instrument Cluster.........................................142
Fuel Gauge............................................................143
Instrument Cluster Overview.....................142
Instrument Cluster Warning Lamps..........144
Instrument Panel..............................................31
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller..........356
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller –
Troubleshooting.............................................359
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller
Precautions.................................................356
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller –
Troubleshooting.........................................359
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller –
Frequently Asked Questions......................360
Integrated Trailer Brake Controller –
Information Messages..................................359
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control.........282
Adjusting the Set Speed Tolerance...............283
How Does Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control
Work..................................................................282
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control
Alerts.................................................................283
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control
Indicators.........................................................283
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control
Limitations.......................................................282
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control
Precautions.....................................................282
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control
Requirements.................................................282
641
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Switching Intelligent Mode On and Off........283
Interior Air Quality.........................................166
Interior Bulbs.................................................428
Interior Bulb Specification Chart....................428
Interior Lamp Function.................................133
Switching the Interior Lamp Function On and
Off.......................................................................133
What Is the Interior Lamp Function.................133
Interior Lighting..............................................132
Ambient Lighting.................................................133
Interior Lamp Function.......................................133
Interior Lighting – Troubleshooting................133
Interior Lighting – Troubleshooting..........133
Interior Lighting – Frequently Asked
Questions..........................................................133
Interior Mirror..................................................136
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror...........................136
Childminder Mirror..............................................136
Interior Mirror Precautions..........................136
Introduction.......................................................19
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle..........................390
Jump Starting Precautions...............................390
Jump Starting the Vehicle.................................391
Preparing the Vehicle.........................................391
K
Keyless Entry.....................................................91
Keyless Entry – Troubleshooting......................92
Keyless Entry Keypad....................................93
Keyless Entry Keypad –
Troubleshooting...............................................96
Keyless Entry Keypad Limitations...............93
Keyless Entry Keypad Master Access
Code................................................................93
Keyless Entry Keypad Personal Access
Codes..............................................................94
Keyless Entry Keypad –
Troubleshooting...........................................96
Keyless Entry Keypad – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................96
Keyless Entry Limitations...............................91
Keyless Entry Settings....................................91
Keyless Entry – Troubleshooting................92
Keyless Entry – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................92
Keys and Remote Controls...........................72
Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting................................................77
Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting............................................77
Keys and Remote Controls – Information
Messages............................................................77
L
Lane Centering.............................................279
How Does Lane Centering Work...................279
Lane Centering Alerts.......................................280
Lane Centering Automatic Cancellation.......281
Lane Centering Indicators...............................282
Lane Centering Limitations..............................280
Lane Centering Manual Cancellation.............281
Lane Centering Precautions............................279
Lane Centering Requirements........................279
Switching Lane Centering On and Off.........280
Lane Keeping System Indicators..............303
Lane Keeping System.................................300
Aid Mode..............................................................302
Alert and Aid Mode............................................303
Alert Mode...........................................................302
Blind Spot Assist.................................................304
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer Coverage.......306
Lane Keeping System –
Troubleshooting.............................................308
Lane Keeping System Limitations.............301
Lane Keeping System Precautions.........300
Lane Keeping System –
Troubleshooting.........................................308
Lane Keeping System – Frequently Asked
Questions........................................................309
642
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Lane Keeping System – Information
Messages.........................................................308
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft.....................................................351
Liftgate...............................................................98
Closing the Liftgate............................................100
Liftgate – Troubleshooting................................104
Opening the Liftgate............................................98
Liftgate Obstacle Detection.......................103
Liftgate Precautions.......................................98
Liftgate – Troubleshooting.........................104
Liftgate – Frequently Asked Questions........105
Liftgate – Information Messages.....................104
Liftgate – Warning Lamps.................................104
Lincoln Personal Assistant..........................501
Lincoln Personal Assistant – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................501
Lincoln Personal Assistant Settings...............501
Using Lincoln Personal Assistant....................501
Lincoln Protect..............................................526
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Remote Control.......................................516
Live Traffic.......................................................517
Switching Live Traffic On and Off....................517
What Is Live Traffic..............................................517
Load Carrying................................................336
Roof Rack.............................................................340
Load Carrying Precautions........................336
Loading Your Trailer.....................................350
Locating the 360 Degree Cameras.........262
Locating the Blind Spot Information System
Sensors.........................................................312
Locating the Brake Fluid Reservoir.........232
Locating the Cross Traffic Alert
Sensors.........................................................318
Locating the Fuel Filler Funnel..................212
Locating the Keyless Entry Keypad............93
Locating the Memory Function
Buttons..........................................................186
Locating the Power Outlets........................195
Locating the Pre-Collision Assist
Sensors........................................................324
Locating the Safety Compliance
Certification Labels....................................337
Locating the Tire label.................................437
Locating the USB Ports................................193
Locating the Wireless Accessory
Charger.........................................................198
Locating Your Vehicle....................................73
Locking the Rear Window Controls..........135
Luggage Compartment................................341
Luggage Compartment Precautions........341
M
Maintenance...................................................414
Engine Air Filter..................................................423
Engine Oil..............................................................417
Exterior Bulbs......................................................428
Interior Bulbs.......................................................428
Maintenance Precautions...........................414
Making and Receiving a Phone Call.......507
Manually Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake.............................................................235
Manually Shifting Gears...............................221
Shifting Using the Paddle Shifters..................221
Manual Seats..................................................175
Accessing the Third Row Seats.......................178
Adjusting the Head Restraint...........................176
Adjusting the Seat Backrest..............................177
Folding the Seat Backrest.................................177
Head Restraint Components............................175
Installing the Head Restraint............................176
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward.............................................................176
Removing the Head Restraint..........................176
Unfolding the Seats............................................178
Massage Seats...............................................172
Adjusting the Massage Seat Settings............172
Massage Seat Limitations.................................172
643
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Switching the Massage Seats On and
Off.......................................................................182
Memory Function..........................................186
Memory Function Precautions...................186
Mislock..............................................................88
Mislock Limitations...............................................88
Switching Mislock On and Off...........................88
What Is Mislock.....................................................88
Mobile Communications Equipment........591
Mobile Device Data........................................27
Moonroof Bounce-Back................................141
Overriding Moonroof Bounce-Back................141
What Is Moonroof Bounce-Back.......................141
Moonroof.........................................................140
Moonroof Bounce-Back......................................141
Motorcraft Parts............................................468
Muting the Audio..........................................487
MyKey Settings................................................82
Configurable MyKey Settings............................82
Non-Configurable MyKey Settings...................82
MyKey – Troubleshooting............................85
MyKey – Frequently Asked Questions...........86
MyKey – Information Messages........................85
MyKey™..............................................................82
MyKey Settings......................................................82
MyKey – Troubleshooting...................................85
N
Navigation Map Updates.............................517
Navigation.......................................................517
Adjusting the Map...............................................517
Live Traffic.............................................................517
Route Guidance...................................................519
Setting a Destination..........................................518
Waypoints..............................................................518
Normal Scheduled Maintenance..............533
O
Opening and Closing the Hood................414
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
Window.........................................................103
Opening and Closing the Moonroof........140
Opening and Closing the Sunshade........140
Opening and Closing the Windows..........134
Opening the Liftgate......................................98
Opening the Hands-Free Liftgate....................99
Opening the Liftgate From Inside Your
Vehicle................................................................98
Opening the Liftgate From Outside Your
Vehicle................................................................98
Opening the Liftgate Using the Remote
Control................................................................99
Operating the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle............................................................87
Opening the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle.................................................................87
Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the
Central Locking.................................................87
Operating the Doors From Outside Your
Vehicle............................................................87
Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the
Key Blade............................................................87
Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the
Remote Control.................................................87
Ordering a Canadian French Owner's
Manual..........................................................543
OTA
See: Software Update Settings......................520
See: Vehicle Software Updates.....................520
Overhead Storage.......................................200
Opening the Overhead Storage
Compartment..................................................200
Overriding Reverse Braking Assist..........239
Overriding the Set Speed..........................278
Over the air
See: Software Update Settings......................520
Over-the-air
See: Software Update Settings......................520
See: Vehicle Software Updates.....................520
See: Vehicle Software Updates.....................520
644
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
P
Parking Aid Indicators.................................259
Parking Aid Precautions.............................255
Parking Aids..................................................255
Front Parking Aid................................................257
Parking Aids – Troubleshooting.....................259
Rear Parking Aid.................................................256
Side Parking Aid.................................................258
Parking Aids – Troubleshooting...............259
Parking Aids – Information Messages..........259
Passive Anti-Theft System..........................106
How Does the Passive Anti-Theft System
Work...................................................................106
What Is the Passive Anti-Theft System..........106
Perchlorate....................................................590
Performing a System Reset.......................523
Personalized Settings...................................151
Personal Profiles............................................515
Personal Safety System Components......60
Personal Safety System™..............................60
Phone as a Key Limitations..........................78
Phone as a Key................................................78
Phone as a Key – Troubleshooting..................80
Phone as a Key – Troubleshooting............80
Phone as a Key – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................80
Phone Menu..................................................505
Phone..............................................................505
Phone Precautions......................................505
Playing and Pausing the Audio
Source..........................................................497
Playing Media Using Bluetooth®................511
Playing Media Using the USB Port...........193
Playing or Pausing the Audio
Source..........................................................486
Post-Crash Alert System.............................392
How Does the Post-Crash Alert System
Work..................................................................392
Post-Crash Alert System Limitations.............392
Switching the Post-Crash Alert System
Off......................................................................393
What Is the Post-Crash Alert System............392
Post Impact Braking.....................................393
How Does Post Impact Braking Work...........393
Overriding Post Impact Braking......................393
Post Impact Braking Indicators.......................393
Post Impact Braking Limitations.....................393
Power Outlet Indicators...............................197
Power Outlet Limitations.............................196
Power Outlet..................................................195
Power Outlet Precautions...........................195
Power Running Board Precautions...........110
Power Running Board Settings..................110
Power Running Boards.................................110
Power Running Boards –
Troubleshooting................................................111
Power Running Boards –
Troubleshooting............................................111
Power Running Boards – Frequently Asked
Questions............................................................111
Power Seats....................................................168
Adjusting the Head Restraint...........................168
Adjusting the Lumbar Support.........................172
Adjusting the Seat Backrest..............................171
Adjusting the Seat Cushion..............................170
Adjusting the Seat Height.................................172
Folding the Seat Backrest................................180
Head Restraint Components............................168
Installing the Head Restraint............................169
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward.............................................................170
Removing the Head Restraint..........................169
Unfolding the Seat Backrest.............................181
Pre-Collision Assist Limitations.................322
Pre-Collision Assist Precautions................321
Pre-Collision Assist.......................................321
Automatic Emergency Braking.......................327
Distance Alert......................................................327
Distance Indication............................................325
Evasive Steering Assist.....................................327
Pre-Collision Assist – Troubleshooting.........328
645
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Pre-Collision Assist –
Troubleshooting.........................................328
Pre-Collision Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................329
Pre-Collision Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................328
Pre-Collision Assist – Warning Lamps..........328
Preparing Your Vehicle for Storage.........435
Programming a MyKey..................................84
Programming the Garage Door
Opener..........................................................189
Programming the Remote Control.............75
Programming Your Phone.............................78
Properly Adjusting the Driver and Front
Passenger Seats..........................................64
Puncture
See: Changing a Flat Tire.................................459
Push Button Ignition Switch.......................201
R
Radio Frequency Certification
Labels...........................................................545
Blind Spot Information System Sensors.......545
Body Control Module........................................553
Cruise Control Module......................................556
Keys and Remote Controls...............................561
Radio Transceiver Module...............................567
SYNC.....................................................................570
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Sensors.............................................................576
Wireless Accessory Charging Module.........582
Rear Auto Mode............................................165
Switching Rear Auto Mode On and Off.........165
Rear Axle Fluid Capacity and
Specification................................................479
Rear Exterior.....................................................37
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Warnings.......................................................185
Rear Occupant Alert System
Indicators......................................................185
Rear Occupant Alert System
Limitations....................................................184
Rear Occupant Alert System
Precautions..................................................184
Rear Occupant Alert System......................184
Rear Parking Aid...........................................256
Locating the Rear Parking Aid Sensors........256
Rear Parking Aid Audible Warnings...............257
Rear Parking Aid Limitations...........................256
What is the Rear Parking Aid..........................256
Rear Passenger Audio Controls...............497
Rear Passenger Climate Control
Indicators......................................................165
Rear Passenger Climate Control...............164
Rear Auto Mode...................................................165
Rear Seats.......................................................175
Heated Seats........................................................182
Manual Seats........................................................175
Massage Seats.....................................................182
Power Seats..........................................................179
Ventilated Seats...................................................183
Rebooting the Center Display..................500
Recalling a Preset Position.........................186
Recovery Towing..........................................394
Accessing the Front Towing Point.................394
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle -
4x2.................................................................399
Recreationally Towing Your Vehicle -
4x4.................................................................397
Refueling..........................................................214
Manually Opening the Fuel Filler Door.........216
Refueling System Overview.............................214
Refueling Your Vehicle.......................................214
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the
Vehicle Battery Has Run Out of
Charge..........................................................236
Remote Control Limitations..........................72
Remotely Starting and Stopping the
Vehicle...........................................................156
Remote Start Limitations.............................156
Remote Start Precautions...........................156
Remote Start Remote Control
Indicators......................................................157
646
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Remote Start...................................................156
Remote Start Settings...................................157
Removing the Key Blade...............................73
Removing Your Vehicle From
Storage.........................................................436
Repairing Minor Paint Damage.................434
Replacement Parts
Recommendation......................................590
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................75
Replacing the Cabin Air Filter....................166
Replacing the Front Wiper Blades.............116
Replacing the Rear Wiper Blades...............117
Reporting Safety Defects in Canada.......544
Reporting Safety Defects in the United
States............................................................543
Resetting the Stopping Position.................112
Restarting the Engine.................................208
Resuming the Set Speed............................276
Reverse Braking Assist Indicators...........239
Reverse Braking Assist Precautions.......238
Reverse Braking Assist...............................238
Reverse Braking Assist –
Troubleshooting.............................................240
Reverse Braking Assist –
Troubleshooting.........................................240
Reverse Braking Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions..........................................................241
Reverse Braking Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................240
Reverse Wipe..................................................115
Reverse Wipe Settings........................................115
What Is Reverse Wipe.........................................115
Roadside Assistance...................................389
Rollover Warning...........................................541
Roof Rack.......................................................340
Roof Rack Load Capacities..............................340
Roof Rack Precautions......................................340
Route Guidance.............................................519
Adjusting the Guidance Prompt Volume......519
Canceling Route Guidance...............................519
Repeating an Instruction...................................519
Running-In
See: Breaking-In.................................................384
Running Out of Fuel.....................................213
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................213
Filling a Portable Fuel Container.....................213
S
Satellite Radio................................................491
Locating the Satellite Radio Identification
Number..............................................................491
Satellite Radio Limitations.................................491
Satellite Radio Settings.....................................492
Selecting a Channel...........................................491
What Is Satellite Radio.......................................491
Saving a Preset Position..............................186
Scheduled Maintenance............................529
Seatbelt Extensions.......................................58
Seatbelt Precautions.....................................52
Seatbelt Reminder..........................................56
How Does the Seatbelt Reminder Work.........56
Seatbelt Reminder Audible Warnings..............57
Seatbelt Reminder Indicators............................56
Switching the Seatbelt Reminder On and
Off.........................................................................57
Seatbelts...........................................................52
Automatic Locking Mode....................................54
Seatbelt Reminder................................................56
Sensitive Locking Mode......................................54
Security............................................................106
Anti-Theft Alarm System...................................106
Anti-Theft Alarm System Settings...................107
Passive Anti-Theft System................................106
Security – Troubleshooting..............................108
Security – Troubleshooting........................108
Security – Frequently Asked Questions.......109
Security – Information Messages...................108
Selecting a Drive Mode..............................295
Selecting a Four-Wheel Drive Mode.......226
Selecting the Audio Source......................486
647
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Sending and Receiving a Text
Message......................................................509
Sensitive Locking Mode................................54
How Does Sensitive Locking Mode
Work.....................................................................54
What is Sensitive Locking Mode.......................54
Service Data.....................................................25
Setting a Destination....................................518
Setting a Destination Using a Point of
Interest...............................................................518
Setting a Destination Using a Predictive
Destination.......................................................518
Setting a Destination Using a Recent
Destination.......................................................518
Setting a Destination Using a Saved
Destination.......................................................518
Setting a Destination Using the Map
Screen...............................................................518
Setting a Destination Using the Text Entry
Screen...............................................................518
Setting a Memory Preset............................487
Settings Data...................................................26
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Gap................................................................275
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Speed............................................................274
Setting the Blower Motor Speed..............160
Setting the Clock and Date.......................488
Setting the Hill Descent Speed.................251
Setting the Liftgate Opening Height........100
Setting the Speed Sign Recognition Speed
Tolerance.....................................................333
Setting the Speed Sign Recognition Speed
Warning........................................................333
Setting the Temperature.............................160
Setting Up the Trailer Backup Assistance
for a Conventional Trailer........................363
Applying the Trailer Reversing Aid
Sticker...............................................................364
Calibrating the System......................................365
Configuring the Trailer......................................363
Setting Up Trailer Reverse Guidance for a
Conventional Trailer..................................375
Applying the Trailer Reverse Aid
Sticker...............................................................376
Calibrating the System......................................377
Configuring the Trailer.......................................375
Shifting Your Vehicle Into Gear..................221
Side Parking Aid...........................................258
Locating the Side Parking Aid Sensors........259
Side Parking Aid Audible Warnings..............259
Side Parking Aid Limitations...........................258
What is the Side Parking Aid...........................258
Signing Into Your Account.........................503
Sitting in the Correct Position....................167
Software Update Indicators........................521
Software Update Settings.........................520
Software Update
See: Software Update Settings......................520
See: Vehicle Software Updates.....................520
Sounding the Panic Alarm............................73
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance...............................................537
Speedometer..................................................143
Speed Sign Recognition Indicators.........333
Speed Sign Recognition Limitations.......332
Speed Sign Recognition
Precautions.................................................332
Speed Sign Recognition.............................332
Speed Sign Recognition –
Troubleshooting.............................................334
Speed Sign Recognition –
Troubleshooting.........................................334
Speed Sign Recognition – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................335
Speed Sign Recognition – Information
Messages.........................................................334
Stability Control Indicator...........................249
Stability Control.............................................247
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Precautions..................................................201
Starting and Stopping the Engine.............201
Automatic Engine Stop.....................................204
Engine Block Heater.........................................203
648
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Troubleshooting.............................................206
Starting the Engine............................................202
Stopping the Engine..........................................204
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Troubleshooting........................................206
Starting and Stopping the Engine – Frequently
Asked Questions...........................................207
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Information Messages..................................206
Starting and Stopping the Engine – Warning
Lamps...............................................................206
Starting the Engine......................................202
Restarting the Engine After Stopping it........202
Starting a Gasoline Engine..............................202
Status Bar.......................................................498
Steering..........................................................252
Electric Power Steering....................................252
Steering – Troubleshooting.............................252
Steering – Troubleshooting.......................252
Steering – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................254
Steering – Information Messages..................253
Steering – Warning Indicators........................252
Steering Wheel................................................29
Stopping the Engine....................................208
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving..............................................................204
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary.........................................................204
Stopping the Liftgate Movement..............103
Storage...........................................................200
Center Console..................................................200
Glove Compartment..........................................200
Overhead Storage.............................................200
Storing Your Vehicle....................................435
Sunroof
See: Moonroof.....................................................140
Switching ActiveGlide™ On and Off.........289
Switching Active Park Assist On and
Off..................................................................265
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and
Off..................................................................273
Switching Air Conditioning On and
Off...................................................................159
Switching All of the Interior Lamps On and
Off...................................................................132
Switching Android Auto On and Off.........513
Switching Apple CarPlay On and Off.......513
Switching Auto Hold On and Off..............243
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and
Off..................................................................208
Switching Blind Spot Information System
On and Off....................................................312
Switching Climate Control On and
Off...................................................................159
Switching Cross Traffic Alert On and
Off...................................................................318
Switching Defrost On and Off....................159
Switching Driver Alert On and Off............331
Switching Easy Entry and Exit On and
Off.....................................................................97
Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control
to Cruise Control........................................278
Switching Hill Descent Control On and
Off..................................................................250
Switching Maximum Cooling On and
Off...................................................................160
Switching Maximum Defrost On and
Off...................................................................159
Switching Parking Aid On and Off...........256
Switching Pre-Collision Assist On and
Off..................................................................323
Switching Rear Occupant Alert System On
and Off...........................................................185
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off...................................................................159
Switching Repeat Mode On and Off........487
Switching Reverse Braking Assist On and
Off..................................................................239
Switching Shuffle Mode On and Off........487
Switching Stability Control On and
Off..................................................................248
649
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Switching Text Message Notification On
and Off..........................................................510
Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off..................................................................486
Switching the Display On and Off............489
Switching the Front Interior Lamps On and
Off...................................................................132
Switching the Hazard Flashers On and
Off..................................................................390
Switching the Head Up Display On and
Off...................................................................152
Switching the Heated Rear Window On
and Off..........................................................160
Switching the Heated Steering Wheel On
and Off............................................................112
Switching the Lane Keeping System
Mode..............................................................301
Switching the Lane Keeping System On
and Off...........................................................301
Switching the Rear Interior Lamps On and
Off...................................................................132
Switching the Rear Passenger Audio
Controls On and Off..................................497
Switching the Rear Passenger Climate
Controls On and Off...................................164
Switching the Rear Window Wiper On and
Off....................................................................115
Switching Traction Control On and
Off..................................................................245
Switching Trailer Backup Assistance On
and Off..........................................................366
Switching Trailer Reverse Guidance On
and Off..........................................................378
Switching Trailer Sway Control On and
Off...................................................................361
Symbols Glossary............................................21
Symbols Used on Your Vehicle....................21
System Update
See: Software Update Settings......................520
See: Vehicle Software Updates.....................520
T
Tachometer.....................................................143
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications................467
Temporary Neutral Mode...........................222
Entering Temporary Neutral Mode................222
Exiting Temporary Neutral Mode...................222
How Does Temporary Neutral Mode
Work..................................................................222
Temporary Neutral Mode Limitations............222
What Is Temporary Neutral Mode..................222
The Better Business Bureau Auto Line
Program - United States of
America.........................................................541
The Mediation and Arbitration Program -
Canada.........................................................542
Tire Care.........................................................449
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Limitations...................................................455
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Overview......................................................453
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Precautions.................................................454
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.............453
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Troubleshooting.............................................455
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Troubleshooting.........................................455
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Information Messages..................................457
Tire Pressure Monitoring System – Warning
Lamps...............................................................455
Tire Replacement Requirements..............444
Tire Rotation...................................................451
Towing a Trailer Limitations.......................350
Towing a Trailer Precautions.....................349
Towing a Trailer.............................................349
Towing a Trailer – Troubleshooting...............354
Towing Weights and Dimensions...................352
650
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Towing a Trailer – Troubleshooting.........354
Towing a Trailer – Information
Messages.........................................................354
Towing Weights and Dimensions.............352
Calculating the Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight for Your Vehicle................................353
Recommended Towing Weights.....................352
What Is the Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight...............................................................353
Towing Your Vehicle Precautions.............397
Towing Your Vehicle....................................397
Towing Your Vehicle –
Troubleshooting.............................................400
Towing Your Vehicle –
Troubleshooting.........................................400
Towing Your Vehicle – Information
Messages........................................................400
Traction Control Indicator..........................245
Traction Control............................................245
Traction Control – Troubleshooting...............246
Traction Control – Troubleshooting........246
Traction Control – Information
Messages.........................................................246
Trailer Backup Assistance
Precautions.................................................362
Trailer Backup Assistance..........................362
Setting Up the Trailer Backup Assistance for
a Conventional Trailer...................................363
Trailer Backup Assistance –
Troubleshooting.............................................369
Trailer Backup Assistance –
Troubleshooting.........................................369
Trailer Backup Assistance – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................372
Trailer Backup Assistance – Information
Messages.........................................................369
Trailer Brake Precautions...........................349
Trailer Reverse Guidance
Precautions..................................................375
Trailer Reverse Guidance...........................375
Setting Up Trailer Reverse Guidance for a
Conventional Trailer......................................375
Trailer Reverse Guidance –
Troubleshooting.............................................380
Trailer Reverse Guidance –
Troubleshooting.........................................380
Trailer Reverse Guidance – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................382
Trailer Reverse Guidance – Information
Messages.........................................................380
Trailer Sway Control Precautions..............361
Trailer Sway Control.....................................361
Trailer Towing Hints.....................................350
Transfer Case Fluid Capacity and
Specification................................................477
Transmission Fluid Temperature
Gauge............................................................144
Transporting the Vehicle............................395
Trip Computer................................................149
Accessing the Trip Computer...........................149
Resetting the Individual Trip Values...............150
U
Under Hood Fuse Box.................................401
Accessing the Under Hood Fuse Box...........401
Identifying the Fuses in the Under Hood Fuse
Box.....................................................................402
Locating the Under Hood Fuse Box...............401
Under Hood Overview.................................415
USB Ports........................................................193
Using Alexa Built-In.....................................503
Using Auto Hold...........................................243
Using Keyless Entry........................................91
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems..........................................................84
Using Snow Chains......................................446
Using the Backup Start Passcode..............79
Using the Instrument Cluster Display
Controls.........................................................148
Using the Integrated Trailer Brake
Controller.....................................................356
Using the Keyless Entry Keypad.................95
651
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
Using the Remote Control............................72
Using the Trailer Backup Assistance
Controller.....................................................366
Using the Trailer Backup Assistance
Views............................................................367
Using the Valet Mode....................................79
Using This Publication...................................20
Using Trailer Reverse Guidance
Views............................................................378
V
Vehicle Care..................................................429
Cleaning the Exterior.........................................430
Cleaning the Interior..........................................432
Vehicle Identification Number..................480
Locating the Vehicle Identification
Number............................................................480
Vehicle Identification Number
Overview..........................................................480
Vehicle Identification...................................480
Vehicle Identification Number........................480
Vehicle Interior................................................33
Vehicle Software Updates.........................520
Vehicle System Reset..................................523
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot –
Troubleshooting.........................................485
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................485
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot..................................484
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot –
Troubleshooting.............................................485
Ventilated Seats.............................................174
Switching the Ventilated Seats On and
Off........................................................................174
Ventilated Seat Precautions.............................174
Ventilation
See: Climate Control..........................................159
Venting the Moonroof...................................141
Viewing the Tire Pressures.......................455
Visual Search...................................................29
Voice Interaction...........................................501
Lincoln Personal Assistant................................501
W
Warranty Information...................................623
Washer Fluid Specification.........................475
Washers............................................................117
Adding Washer Fluid...........................................118
Switching the Courtesy Wipe On and
Off........................................................................118
Using the Rear Window Washer.......................118
Using the Windshield Washer...........................118
Washer Fluid Specification................................118
Washer Precautions.............................................117
Washers
See: Wipers and Washers..................................114
Waxing Your Vehicle....................................434
Waypoints........................................................518
Adding a Waypoint.............................................518
Editing Waypoints...............................................519
What Are the Instrument Cluster
Indicators......................................................146
What Are the Instrument Cluster Warning
Lamps............................................................144
What Is 911 Assist............................................70
What Is a Connected Vehicle.....................481
What Is ActiveGlide™...................................286
What Is Active Park Assist.........................265
What is Alexa Built-In..................................503
What Is Auto-Start-Stop..............................208
What Is Blind Spot Information
System............................................................311
What Is Cross Traffic Alert...........................317
What Is Drive Mode Control......................294
What Is Driver Alert......................................330
What Is Hill Descent Control.....................250
What Is Hill Start Assist...............................242
What Is Keyless Entry.....................................91
What Is Lincoln Protect...............................526
652
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
What Is MyKey.................................................82
What Is Phone as a Key.................................78
What Is Pre-Collision Assist........................321
What Is Remote Start....................................156
What Is Reverse Braking Assist................238
What Is Speed Sign Recognition..............332
What Is the 360 Degree Camera..............261
What Is the Cabin Air Filter.........................166
What Is the Catalytic Converter.................218
What Is the Electric Parking Brake..........235
What Is the Electronic Limited-Slip
Differential...................................................230
What Is the Gross Axle Weight
Rating............................................................337
What Is the Gross Combined Weight
Rating............................................................337
What Is the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating............................................................337
What Is the Head Up Display.....................152
What Is the Integrated Trailer Brake
Controller.....................................................356
What Is the Keyless Entry Keypad..............93
What Is the Lane Keeping System...........300
What Is the Memory Function....................186
What Is the Personal Safety System..........60
What Is the Power Outlet............................195
What is the Rear Occupant Alert
System...........................................................184
What Is the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System..........................................................453
What Is the Wireless Accessory
Charger.........................................................198
What Is Traction Control.............................245
What is Trailer Backup Assistance...........362
What Is Trailer Reverse Guidance............375
Wheel and Tire Information.......................437
Wheel Nuts....................................................465
Wi Fi
See: Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Name
or Password.....................................................484
See: Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network............................................................482
See: Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot.........484
See: Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot..............................484
Window Bounce-Back..................................135
Overriding Window Bounce-Back..................135
What Is Window Bounce-Back.........................135
Windows..........................................................134
Global Opening....................................................134
Window Bounce-Back........................................135
Wipers and Washers –
Troubleshooting...........................................119
Wipers and Washers – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................119
Wipers and Washers – Warning Lamps..........119
Wipers and Washers......................................114
Autowipers.............................................................114
Reverse Wipe........................................................115
Washers...................................................................117
Wipers.....................................................................114
Wipers and Washers – Troubleshooting........119
Wipers...............................................................114
Switching Windshield Wipers On and
Off........................................................................114
Wiper Precautions................................................114
Wireless Accessory Charger
Precautions..................................................198
Wireless Accessory Charger......................198
653
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
Index
654
2023 Navigator (TB9) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202207, DOM
, Edition date: 202207
